Author: davenkross2026

  • 09/14/2026 – Generative AI Mastermind – Day 3 Part 1

    All right, folks. Good morning to those of you in the Eastern time zone, good afternoon and good evening to people joining from elsewhere.

    Before we begin, can I get a quick tech check as to whether everyone can see me and hear me clearly?

    Can I get a yes in the chat? Perfect. All right, folks. With that being said, welcome back to the bonus day of the Generative AI mastermind. I hope all of you are doing great and are excited for today’s session. If yes, can I get a yes in the chat?

    Awesome. Awesome. I can see all the yeses coming in, so I think we’re good to go.

    All right. Uh, so today what we’re going to be talking about is something I’m pretty sure all of you have been thinking about throughout the generative AI mastermind and that is how do I actually make money with AI, right? Over the course of mastermind, you have been learning about AI tools, different models, prompting techniques, agents, workflows, and all the different things that AI can help you do. But there’s another question that naturally comes after all of this, right? And that is, how do I turn these skills into an opportunity? How can I freelance with AI? How can I offer AI powered services? How can I help businesses solve real problems? or maybe even build something of my own. And that’s exactly why we are doing this session for the bonus day of the generative AI mastermind. But before we jump in, I want to know how many of you have actually thought about this already. How many of you have thought, I want to make money with AI, but I have absolutely no idea where to start. If that’s you, type a me in the chat.

    Okay, I’m seeing a lot of meals. So, clearly this is something that many of you have been thinking about.

    Perfect. All right. Before we get to the session on itself, can I get a message as to where you folks are joining in from?

    UK, France, Chicago, South Africa, Munich, Tampa. Wow. India,

    Sweden. Lovely. Lovely.

    All right, folks. So, for the next 2 hours, we are going to look at AI with a completely different perspective. We’re not going to look at it with just what AI can do. We’re going to talk about what you can do with AI, right? What skills are actually valuable? What problems can you solve? What services can you offer? And what can you actually build? How do you take something that you’ve learned and turn it into something that creates real value for someone else? Because at the end of the day, that’s where making money with AI starts, right? It’s not simply about knowing how to use AI, but about being able to use AI to solve problems that someone actually cares about. Now in the two days of the mastermind that we had last o over Saturday and Sunday there is one specific terminology that we kept saying you should become right does anybody remember can somebody drop that on the chat I’m already seeing all right yes it is an AI generalist

    yes AIG G perfect. All right. So now folks, whether you are a student, a working professional, a freelancer, a business owner, or whether you simply want to just get started with AI, I want you to keep one thing in mind throughout this session. Whenever Utam shares an idea that you think, wait, I could actually do that. Write it down. Don’t just listen to it and move on. Think about how you could actually apply it to your own skills, your own experiences, or even your own industry. Because hopefully by the end of these two hours, you won’t have just learned a few new ways about thinking about AI. You’ll actually have a few ideas that you can take forward. Right folks, with that being said, um can I get a message on the chat about whether you have joined in from your laptop or desktop or whether you have joined in from your mobile or tablet.

    All right, I see a lot of messages with laptops and desktops. Folks, for the ones who have joined in on your mobile or a tablet, I would recommend taking 2 minutes to join back with a laptop or desktop because similar to the last two days, we will be showing you how you can build with AI and how you can use AI. So, it would be a much better experiences, a much better experience if you can use a laptop or a desktop. I will give you 2 minutes for that while I check in on our mentor to see if he is here as well.

    Yes, he is. Just give me a minute.

    All right. So, folks, as I said already, what are we going to be learning today? We are going to be learning how you can monetize the skills that you have learned over the last 2 days to actually make money with AI. And post the session, we are getting a lot of questions about where are our resources, what are we getting, what can we do post the session. And that’s what we will be discussing after the session. All right, with that being said, folks, today we have Utam joining us today and he is going to take us through how you can start making money with AI and more importantly, how do you start identifying the opportunities around you? We’re going to connect the dots between learning AI, using AI, and solving real problems and also creating opportunities from it. Right? So I really encourage you to stay involved throughout the session. Use the chat, ask questions, take notes, and most importantly, keep thinking how does this apply to me. All right, before I hand it over to Utam, I want to see if you have the energy for this session. If you are willing to spend the next 2 hours learning how you can actually make money with AI, I want everyone to drop a massive let’s go in the chat.

    Amazing. All right, folks. So, like I said, I don’t think any introduction that I can give you is going to suffice for the amazing mentor that we have today. So Utam, I will let you do that yourself. Um, can I get a welcome Utam on chat before Utam takes over?

    Amazing. Amazing. That’s awesome. Crazy energy. With that being said, Utam, we’re super excited to have you with us here again today. Over to you. The stage is all yours. Awesome. Thank you so much. Thank you so much for setting up the stage. I’ll take it forward from here. Brilliant. All right. How How are you guys doing? I hope you can hear me and see me. Just quick check. I hope you can hear me and see me.

    Yes. Uh uh Utam, I think your video is off. Okay. And just just give me a second. I’m just checking my camera. Everything fine.

    just off again.

    In the meantime, folks, while Utam checks out his camera, can we for those of you who have already thought about making money with AI and if you have any ideas on the chat that you would like to drop, now is the right time. You can go ahead and drop your ideas or what you want to do or if you’ve already done something with AI and if you’re already monetizing it, you can drop those as well. Somebody says Shopify, I have sold out a lot of websites. Amazing process automation interface

    AI in education AI assistance. Amazing. All right. I think utam is back. [laughter] [clears throat] Always happens with the best of us. Uh something sometimes when a lot of good things are about to happen something bad happens. So I think that we must say about it. So we’ll get started. Thank you so much for being patient. I hope now you can hear me and see me properly. Yes. Yes. Perfect. Perfect. All right. All right. Without any further ado, I’ll start sharing my screen and we will get started. But uh can you quickly tell me where are you guys joining from? There are so many wonderful people. There are almost 1500 people who are joined. Where are you joining from? New York, Sweden, Chicago, uh Switzerland. Oh my god, the chat is like going crazy. Germany, Amsterdam, uh, Australia, US, Munich, [clears throat] Ireland. Oh my god, thank you so much, folks. You are from all over the world and you could have been anywhere in the world doing anything, but you chose to be here and give your special time. So I’ll make sure that this time is worth your time and this time your time has value for money and I’ll make sure that every minute you spend you’ll get to know how you can make more money with AI right and you get like maximum ROI of the time you are spending today and also the time that you have already put right how do you utilize that so without any further ado I’ll start sharing my screen and we’ll get started let me know once you can see my screen? Yes. Yes. I think you should be able to see my screen. Yes. Perfect. So, this session is on how to make money with AI. And in this session, I’m going to share the eight steps uh which can take you from wherever you are today and make your first $10,000 with AI as a side hustle or, you know, while working part-time, working full-time or whatever it is. All right. I hope you’re excited. drop excited if you are interested in this topic so that I know you have enough energy right brilliant brilliant I love that energy also I will control the chat you know we’ll keep it open and you should be while you type in the chat you will see an option to change to everyone or host to host and panelist if you keep it to host and panelist only I’ll see if you keep it to everyone everyone will see right uh you will have an option to choose all right cool So what have you done in the last few days? You have learned how to operate with AI. You learned AI skills. Right? Now you can build things with AI which most of the people cannot do. But let me ask you a honest question that the AI that you have learned till now or you know by watching YouTube videos by attending mastermind or the skills that you have gained has any one of you made money from the skills that you have have you made like $10,000 at least with AI most of the people are saying no never right I know that I know that right for most people the answer is you have not made it yet and that’s what I’m here to change. Uh the problem is not that you lack skill. The problem is not more information. The problem is that nobody has shown you a path that how can you utilize your skills to make some money out of it. Right? And I believe that you know sometimes people learn keep spending time in learning more because learning feels like progress but you know learning is not progress. Sometime people feel more information is the answer. More information is not the answer. More action is the answer. Right? And I believe whenever you learn something it should be able to do something for you and you should know what you can do with that skill. Right? How many of you feel that you always feel like you need more information or you need to learn more then you might be able to do something. How many of you feel that drop me in the chat you feel like probably the next course will solve it for you. Probably the next YouTube video will solve it for you. probably knowing one more resource will solve it for you. That’s why you always keep asking what are the YouTube channels to learn from, what are the newsletters to read from, what are the courses to do from, and you keep following content creators and keep saving the reals and content, but you don’t end up taking action and you don’t end up making money, right? How many of you relate to that? Drop me in the chat. Yes. Like I know it like 99% of the people I talk to, they are like this. They keep consuming content. They keep saving content and they keep looking for the next video but nothing changes in their life right and that’s what we are going to change. We need a road map to turn our skills into some monetary value which can add value to our life right professionally personally and we need a road map right let’s go right so learning AI is a skill problem which you have solved already right making money is an awareness problem like most people don’t know how to make money or what are the opportunity what is the potential right and I think uh you are able to make progress people are able to make prog progress or achieve whatever they achieve in their life based on the awareness they have. Just think about if you were made aware about the crypto at the right time, you would have made money from that opportunity. If you were made aware about the YouTube potential, you would have probably become a content creator. So most of the problem was that you were just not aware what to do with what you know, right? So uh I’m going to solve that problem. I am going to tell you, make you aware what is the potential of the skills that you have learned and how you can utilize that. Does it make sense? Clear in the chat if that makes sense. If that resonates with you and you can connect and it actually Yeah. Perfect. Perfect. I’m glad you can resonate with that. Right. So today is all about awareness and action, right? And by the time you finish the SE session, uh you will know what kind of business model exist if you learn AI skills and which one is right for you. You’ll get a take eightstep road map to go from nothing or whatever you are making to getting paid for your skills and you will also I will share exact road map what 10 things you should do in the next 30 days to make your first dollar. I have made it made it extremely practical so that you can actually become aware but also take action. Right. So the eight steps of building an AI business or side hustle goes as follows. To give you a glimpse of what we are going to cover, first we are going to understand what all business models exist, right? Uh what all business models exist and which one is right for you. Second is how do you find an opportunity? What is the opportunity for you? Third, which is the niche you should focus on, industry you should focus on. How do you convert your skill into an offer that people will buy? People don’t buy skills, people buy some outcome, people buy an offer and how do you build an AI offer for which people will pay. Uh then fifth is how do you price it? How much you can charge, right? Sixth is how do you build a proof that people can actually trust you and give you work no matter whether you are 18, 15 or 60 or 70? How you can sell the services and get credibility for your skills, right? How do you do that? uh we’ll touch on that and then we’ll talk about how do you get your first five clients first five customers how do you do that and then how do you close and convert does it sound like a plan holistic everything I’m not going to leave anything I’m not going to just make you aware what exists in the AI market I’m going teaching you end to end process that will actually take you from awareness to action right these eight steps sounds like a plan right let’s go it’s extremely practical extremely realistic and it will definitely definitely definitely help if you stay till the end and you trust me right just like you go to a doctor and you trust whatever medicine they give you are you have chosen to be here just trust me trust my words and what I’m teaching you um and you will be taken care all right I’ll turn the chat to host and panelist because now we are starting to learn so you can still continue to type and share your reactions and responses but it will only be visible to me so it will not be disturbing for everyone else all right few things before uh that questions mostly I will try to take in the uh at the end of the session all right so that you know we don’t get deviated from what I have already prepared so we are just getting started if you have just joined right now and you were few minutes late late so don’t think you know you have lost anything we are just starting and uh before teaching you how to make money I thought it is right to tell you why the duck you should listen to this guy should can I take a Can I take two minutes just to tell you what I have done and what do I do and you know I can um you know why you should even give me your next two hours can I take uh a minute or two if you don’t mind only with your permission I would do that so that um all right I’m getting a lot of yeses thank you so much let’s let’s let me tell you so hi guys this is Utam and you can call me Eugi if it is difficult to pronounce my name I’m the founder of a company called agent valley do.ai AI. But interestingly before that I was building outskilled with web hub. I was the director of growth. I was leading uh global growth and expanding our business to all the countries US, Europe and all the countries. And I right now implement AI processes for business to help them save time, money and grow with AI automation and AI content. Along with that I love teaching. I genuinely enjoy. I hope you feel the passion that I have for teaching and sharing and impacting uh that because of that I am also a content creator educator online. I have a personal brand over 170,000 people all over the internet. Over 80,000 people follow me on LinkedIn. I write there and on Instagram I create videos and over 90,000 people uh follow me there to learn about AI marketing and how to grow a business, how to you know scale a business. uh before that along with that I’ve also trained and spoken on stages and addressed an audience over 100,000 people in the last couple of years and I’ve been in the rooms

  • 09/12/2026 – Generative AI Mastermind – Day 1 Part 1

    All right, everyone. Very warm welcome to the 2-day generative AI mastermind at Outskill. I see that more people are still joining into the room. As everybody joins in and as everybody settles down, let me know on the chat if you are all able to hear me well and see me well. Drop in a quick yes on the chat as we are all getting started. And I hope all of you love the music that we have gone ahead and played. Drop in a heart as well if you like the music that was being played. Perfect. I see that everybody is able to hear me well. Everybody is able to see me well. Trend says there is an echo. Trend, please drop off the call and join back in because I sense that everybody else is able to hear my o voice and also my video. Karen, it could be only at your end. Please drop off the call and join back in. We will take the next one minute to give everybody that time to settle down as we have just gotten started. No echo on your end. Wonderful, Lawrence. You’re all good to get I mean you’re all sorted. Wonderful. Now, as more people are still joining in and as people are figuring out the tech at their end, I will also request you to go ahead and answer the poll that we have put out. It’s going to give us a good sense of who you are, what you have been doing, and also where you’re from. And I also see that there are a few people who are using a mobile phone to join in. Please take the next 30 seconds to 1 minute to switch to a laptop or a desktop so that you are able to go ahead and see everything very very clearly as we run all of you through a lot of demos to teach you generative AI over the next 2 days. But as all of you are going ahead and joining that.

    Perfect. Are you all able to see my screen? Yes, we will be using clot as well. We will be showing you a lot of workflows on cloud as well. But can you all see my screen? Wonderful. Wonderful. Uh Trent, uh I think the echo is only at your end. So please drop off the call and join back in. Everybody else is able to hear me very very well. There could be some other tab open on your device because of which you are hearing a resound. Drop off and join back in and that should sort it out for you. I’ve just turned the chat off to officially welcome this entire cohort to the 2-day generative AI mastermind at outskill the latest edition of the mastermind. And as I see the poll, I’m also getting a sense that a lot of you here are attending a session at outskill for the very first time. So quickly taking this moment to share with all of you what our larger vision is. And our larger vision at outskill is to bring generative AI education to over a 100 million plus people from all across the world because we believe that by doing so we will be building the next generation workforce. What you are attending over these two days is probably the most powerful 2-day AI training programs that has ever been created on the internet. And the same training has been taken by over 11 million plus people from all over the world. More than 100 million plus hours of learning has happened on our platform as of today, eventually making us the largest generative AI education platforms on the internet. I would love for all of you to go ahead and drop in on the chat where is it that you are all joining in from. While I do see results on the poll, I would want all of you to drop it in on the chat so that everybody here in the room gets a sense of the global audience that we have right here. Amsterdam, Netherlands, Indiana, UK, Hong Kong, late night for you in Hong Kong, but I appreciate that you have taken the time out to learn AI. Ireland. We have a lot of people from Dubai. Lot of people of course from the USA, Germany, San Francisco, Kenya. All right. Uh few of you from India as well. I as I see on the chat. Incredible. Incredible folks. Drop in a heart. We also have people from Australia joining in. Drop in a heart if this excites you. And I hope all of you are able to read through the messages that are coming in on the chat as well. Please don’t spam. If anybody spams on the chat, our team will have to put you out of the entire session. Winston says, “Let’s go.” I hope all of you are as excited as I am to get started with this experience of learning generative AI over the next 2 days. Now, if you’re wondering who I am, I’m your host for this entire mastermind. My name is Funni Krishna, but those of you who might find it difficult to pronounce it, you could keep it simple and call me PK. I’m going to be your host. I’ve been a teacher, a non- tech person all my life who has lately gone extremely deep into generative AI. While I will be teaching you a thing or two over today and tomorrow, I’m primarily here to help you connect the dots between multiple mentors that you will be meeting and multiple sessions that you will be attending as well. And I’m super excited to be your host for this mastermind. Now, as we are getting started, a quick reminder. I’m going to give all of you 30 seconds to make sure that you are attending this entire mastermind or the day one of it from a laptop or a desktop. The reason why this becomes very important is because if you are watching me right now on a mobile phone, I could be looking fine. You could be probably seeing the slide. But as we get started with the session in the next few minutes, we are going to be doing a lot of demos and it will not be convenient for you to see all of that and learn from a mobile phone. But if you don’t have an option, attending from a mobile phone is also fine. But as much as possible, join the entire session from a laptop or a desktop. Are you all with me? Give me a thumbs up if you are all with me. And the reactions is something that we will continue to use to communicate with each other whenever the chat is turned off. Now as everybody is switching or the people who are joining in from a mobile phone as they are switching to a laptop or a desktop I will quickly go ahead and share a little bit about what we are going to be doing inside the mastermind because we told you that this is a 2day long event. We are all going to be learning together for more than 16 hours over today and tomorrow. And over these two days, we want to teach you the foundations of generative AI. We want to teach you important concepts like prompt engineering and context engineering. We also want to enable all of you to be able to build your own AI employees. Now, for a lot of people here, you might have been using a chipity or a claude. As I look at the poll, that’s the sense that I’m getting from majority of the people. So, you might not really understand what an AI employee is. Today, by the end of the next 3 hours, you will have an idea about what an AI agent is and what an AI employee could look like. But what generative AI largely has done for all of us is that it has enabled all of us to have as many digital assistants as me as we may want to. How many of you would want to walk out of this mastermind by building your own AI assistance for yourself or learning the process of building probably because once you learn the process you will have to give your AI assistance a lot of context and eventually iteratively build it all of which we are going to be teaching you today itself and then we come back tomorrow again spend time from 10:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. EST to get into building automations, building products, all of it without writing a single line of code. I understand that majority of us have never written a single line of code in our entire life. We have not learned computer languages. However, generative AI has truly democratized the landscape between non-developers, non-technical people and technical people. And I have this confidence that if I have been able to build incredible products over the last couple of years without writing code manually, you also will be able to do. Now, with this being the schedule, are you all clear about the schedule? Give me a quick thumbs up if you’re clear about the schedule. 10:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. is what today’s schedule is looking like. And tomorrow as well we will be spending the whole day trying to learn multiple different topics. Now of course there are lunch breaks there are micro break breaks as well packed into the entire session and as we move forward I will keep informing you of all of the breaks and the lunch break as well but we will not be able to provide recordings to any of the sessions that would be happening in this mastermind. So it’s important that you have a notebook with you. It’s important that you take down notes as you attend all of the sessions. Do you all have a notebook with you? Drop in a quick yes on the chat if you have a notebook and if you’re ready with a notebook. Yes.

    All right. Someone’s asking me to wait. So, I’ll give it 20 seconds for them to get ready with their notebook. And I also see that people are still switching to a laptop or a desktop. So you have that next 20 seconds to do that. Perfect. Perfect. Perfect. Wonderful. Now while we will not be able to provide recordings, we will certainly provide you with a lot of resources. Now there is going to be a dashboard that I’m going to be sharing with all of you towards the end of the day. And in this particular dashboard, you will find all the resources of everything that we are teaching you inside this mastermind. But for you to unlock this dashboard, you would need a password. The password is going to have six different digits to it. I’m going to keep revealing one digit after the other at multiple points of the entire mastermind. And towards the end of this mastermind, I hope that all of you will note down all the six digits of this dashboard. All of you will be able to access this entire dashboard as well. And people who complete this entire mastermind will of course get a certificate as well that you can go ahead and add to your CV, add to your resume or even add to your LinkedIn profile. Now since we are a large group today and we will be a large group tomorrow as well, me and our mentors are going to control the chat so that the complete focus is on what we are teaching you. But as in when you have questions, keep noting down the questions in your parking lot because at the end of the day, we’re going to be spending a lot of time answering questions. Now in case the chat is turned off, you could respond back with reactions and I sense that all of you are already doing that. Give me a thumbs up at this point of time just so that all of us get accustomed to the reactions option on Zoom and I would want everybody to go ahead and give me a reaction at this point of time. Let’s flood the screen with hearts and probably with thumbs ups as well. The hearts are making the screen look very colorful. I really like that. Perfect. Perfect. Now, the way all the things that we will be teaching you over today and tomorrow, the way all of this is structured is that we primarily are going to be looking at five different levels over the course of today and tomorrow. I’m not going to be explaining these levels right now because as we get into the very first session, you will understand what you will be able to do by going deep into all of these five levels. But I want you to understand that this entire mastermind is extremely structured. Now, are you all ready to get started and meet your very first mentor for the day? Drop in yes on the chat if you’re all excited to meet your very first mentor of the day. Yes.

    And as I go ahead and introduce him to all of you, you will be very very very surprised. A lot of you might already know him. Let me share a little bit about him before I go ahead and hand this session over to him. Now he comes from a small town called Orisa in India. He did not make it to any of these IV league colleges that we have in our country. He went to a regular university for undergrad. But during his university itself, he started two tech first companies and he was able to go ahead and pay his entire university fee with the revenue that he generated from those tech first companies itself. Post that he went on to work with Uber and scaled Uber across multiple cities and countries as well. Post Uber he went ahead and joined Cluke and helped this company Cluke go from $5 million to $25 million of revenue in a year. Eventually pandemic happened and during the pandemic he realized the importance of helping people upskill themselves and that is what gave birth to outskill. Over the course of many years, he has gained a lot of following across multiple different social media platforms. All of these platforms today are used to educate people around AI. More than 2 million plus followers on Instagram, more than 2 million newsletter subscribers, more than 7 760,000 followers on YouTube, lot of following on LinkedIn and a bunch of other platforms as well. In fact, as all of this was growing, his tweets today are liked by people like Elon Musk. His tweets today are liked by people like Andre Karpati, if you have heard about him, Mark Cuban, and companies like BU. In fact, he has been getting opportunities to meet people and get into rooms that most of us have no chance to get into. He’s gone ahead and recently met Alex from Meta who heads AI at Meta. He met Wolfie from OpenAI and he also met Josh from Google. He has also gone ahead and done a lot of podcasts which are all available for people to learn from on YouTube. Today your mentor is Webhub Cicinti. I’m sure a lot of you have already learned from him on social media dropping a boom as we all welcome him into the session and the next three three and a half hours that he’ll be speaking to all of us with I think you know it’ll open up a lot of eyes to what AI can really do web I’m super what is up people I hope you guys can hear me and see me thank you for such a fancy introduction funny okay guys. Okay. How’s it going? How’s it going? How is the energy? I hope you guys can hear me and see me. Drop a yes in the chat. Uh if you guys can hear me and see me. All right, perfect. Okay, without further ado, let us just get started. Okay, there’s a lot that is being cooked for you all of you people. So, I thought you know what, we’re going to keep chatting over the course of time, but uh it’s important for us to get started. Uh and let us do that right now. Okay, let me quickly share my screen. Give me a yes in the chat if you guys can see my screen as well. Just want to be sure if you guys can see my screen as well. All right, perfect. Perfect. Perfect. Uh, okay guys, quick heads up. Quick quick heads up. Uh, look, I’m going to turn off the chat as well. There could be a chance where, you know, my computer could suddenly restart. There could be a chance that you might end up seeing something on the screen that you should not be seeing. There could be a lot of those things happening. That’s probably because the computer that I’m using right now is the ones that I run AI agents on. It’s actually not my computer. I have a dedicated machine for an AI agent. And my computer is back at office. So I’m using the computer at home which I usually run all my AI agents on. So it could run things on itself and you might end up seeing something that might be like what the hell is happening, right? So don’t get paranoid if you see something and there’s a good chance my computer can quickly restart and whatnot as well. Right? So don’t worry about it and uh with that being said, let us get started. Okay. Funny uh I’ve had a few people saying that they were not able to enter the session because of the LinkedIn URL. We might want to disable and send an email again for people to join in. Yes, Weber, that’s done already. Yeah. All right. Cool. All right, guys. Let me quickly share my screen and let us get started. Is my screen visible? Yes. Okay. Perfect, perfect, perfect, perfect. Give me a second. All right. So, welcome to the first session of mastermind. Uh, and what we’re going to do right now is going to be something very interesting. today over the course of the session one right we’re going to go deep into clot and we’re going to what I’m going to try to help you accomplish is that I want you guys to learn how to build like a mini AI employee right that is what I want all of you guys to accomplish so without further ado let me jump right inside of claude okay by the way guys most of the things that we’re going to do is not really like uh only cloud stuff you can do that on chat GPT you can do that on literally any uh you app that you want to but today I’m going to do it on cloud because a few people requested that claude would be great. So that is what we’re going to do as well. So the basic of the most basic thing that we do on any of these LLMs is to get a question answered right we have been using AI quite extensively across the board all of us right and we try to get answers of everything that we want to do let’s start with something very very simple to start with okay let’s say you want to get uh you basically want to uh I don’t know get an email return okay you want to get a code email return for a job so how do you go about it well I’m going to use the incognto so that uh my actual skills and tools don’t get uh invoked inside of cloud because I have a lot of setup done. Incognito basically like discards everything and focuses on a brand new window. So I’m come on incognito and let me write a prompt right simple one write an email uh to the founder of openAI let’s say looking for a job in growth right uh I can say I want this to be a code email now this is what most of us actually end up using AI for a simple question like this and we end up getting a simple answer as well and you know what claude and all these AI tools are actually quite smart they will do a pretty good job actually coming back with a great output like you will be able to see it on your screen. But the reason why I wanted to get started with this is to teach you something very very fundamental but I believe could be really powerful for a lot of you people. See when I asked a question like this I did get a very good answer where I got Sam I got a bunch of open blanks and I got a cold email which is not bad at all. But you know what? The real difference between someone like you and everyone else out there has to be based on how we talk to an AI. You see, everybody has the same tool. How do you get more out of the same tool? Well, you basically ask better questions to AI. And how do you ask better questions? By crafting the questions in a format that will lead AI to work harder and give you a better output. Am I making sense? Well, what I’m trying to say here is instead of writing a prompt like this and getting a generic answer like this, you need to learn how to craft great prompts. And that is what is I believe is the foundation of literally everything out there. Okay, how do we go about it? Well, I would never end up writing a prompt like this. You know, when it comes to prompting, I do it slightly differently. Let’s open a new cloud window. Okay, the way I would go about it is my every prompt will have something called as role. My every prompt will have something called as objective. My every prompt will have context and also have something called as instructions and finally might have something called as notes. So these are the five buckets that I usually have every single prompt of mine to be part of. Now what are all these things? Let me explain. Ro is where I basically tell AI how I want my AI to behave. That is basically what I do on role. What do I mean by how I want my AI to behave? Well, you see AI is a general machine. It knows literally everything out there on the internet. So, I want my AI to be focused. I want my AI to work like an expert. So, I need to literally tell my AI how I want it to behave like. If I don’t say it, it’s going to act like a generalist. I want it to work like an expert. So here I could tell my AI something like this. Instead of writing the cold email directly, I could literally say something like this. Give me a second.

    Okay, sorry I told you I have a bunch of AI agents. So one of my agents got invoked because of the keyword that I just said. But okay, what let’s say the role. What do I say in role? I basically give a hat to AI here. For example, I would say something like uh you are a cold email strategist who has written a bunch of cold emails for top people in tech companies. So you you have a very good understanding of writing incredible cold emails especially for jobs. So that is the role guys. And by the way if you guys are wondering how did I just speak and it ended up filling up the whole thing. I don’t know if you noticed a little black box kind of showed up here and that is something called as whisper flow. I use this tool called as whisper flow so that I don’t have to type. I just speak and it can fill it up. I have a shortcut on my mouse. I just tap on that. I just speak and it fills it up in a very clean way for me. And that is what I’m using right now. I’m using whisper flow. What is the objective? Objective is where I tell AI what I want it to do. I basically assigned the task here. In this case, this was the objective. This was basically the objective. So, I can simply copy this and paste this as the objective because this is the task that I wanted to give. Next comes context. Here I need to tell AI a little bit more about me so that it can write a much more personalized email. What do I write in context? So I can say something like um you see uh you can find a lot about me on my resume that I’m going to attach with you. Also I’m a stranger writing into an extremely crowded inbox of a founder without any warm intro. Also I’m basically targeting growth marketing business kind of roles. And finally the realistic win for me is if Sam can put me in touch with a hiring manager. This is the overall context. There you go. I’ve given it context and you can see it has filled up really nicely. And finally comes instructions. Here I can specify if I want my email to be in any form or fashion where I could simply say hey I want the email not to be very long maybe 150 words short paragraphs uh no flattery keep it direct right that is how I want it to be. The other thing is open with something concrete. You know, start with some proof, numbers and things like that. The person who’s reading the email should know that I know enough about OpenAI. And always end with a very simple ask. That is the instruction that I have for you. So all the instructions that I might have, I can put it right here. And finally, there is something called as notes, right? What are notes? Notes is basically how I want this email to work out on. So anything that I wanted to specify that I was not able to capture in these four buckets is where what I specify on nodes. I could add something like in nodes I could add something like uh you know what instead of giving me one iteration can you give me like three different iterations so that I can select uh out of them. And there you go guys this is what a good prompt looks like. You have a role, you have objective, you have context, you have instructions and you finally have something called as notes as well. When you write a prompt like this, the kind of output you will get will be fundamentally different. Okay, so let’s check it out. We’ll go back to incognto again. And I also told that I will attach my LinkedIn profile. So sorry, I will attach my resume. So let me quickly pull my resume. If you remember in the instructions, sorry, in the context, I said I will attach my resume because it needs to know who I am. All right. So, let me quickly download my resume. There you go. I have my ré handy. And I’m going to just upload this ré. So, this is context guys. As much information as possible is what we need to give. And this time, let us see what kind of output do we get. We wrote a much better prompt, much more extensive prompt. And I’m pretty sure the output that we’re going to get is much is going to be much much better. Here it comes. Three different bets, not three uh rewrites in the same email. Pick based on what you would spend, what you would defend if Sam would reply and why. Here comes the full email, guys. Look at this. This time it is super personalized. It’s talking about the growth that I’ve achieved in the past which was part of my resume, right? It’s talking about the work that I’ve done in the past in growth. It’s talking about the rationale and also giving my LinkedIn profile as well. Look at this. Isn’t this much much better as an email instead of this random dunk of email which I probably will not be able to use. This was a generic email that we got. Now with a better prompt. Look how good of an email we got. On top of that, I have three different options. Proof first, India veg and shortest possible one as well. I’ve also got three different emails. So this, my friends, is the power of coming up with right prompts. And guess what? What you just learned right now where you had a prompt with role, objective, context, instructions and nodes is actually something called as the markdown prompting. I didn’t want to show you this and scare you. So I first showed you how simple the prompt is and then talk about this structure. Folks, you guys all have learned something very powerful and that my friends is called as the markdown prompting structure or something called as markdown prompting. Now you guys might have a question. V, you ended up showing us a prompt which is great. But what are these hashtags and stars? What is happening here? Well, these hashtags and stars are actually quite powerful. The reason why it’s powerful is when it comes to writing a prompt, right? It’s very hard to tell AI what is important, what is not important. So the hashtags and stars that you see which we actually didn’t use so far, we use the simple one. When the moment we use these hashtags and stars, the power of the prompt, it goes up even up. What do what do these hashtags and stars even mean? Now let’s go with a simple example then I’ll explain you what this what these hashtags and stars are. Okay let’s say you saw this slide for the first time. When I open this slide for the first time is it fair to imagine that you guys read this word or this sentence first. Give me a thumbs up. You read markdown prompting or simple prompting structure as lines first. Your eyes automatically went to this. The reason why this happens is because our brains are tuned in a way that whenever we see a text which is in large text, which is in large size, right, which is in a title format, our brain automatically knows it is important. So, you’re able to increase the size of the font the moment you want to convey anyone that this is important, right? But how do you convey that to an AI? Because when I was writing this prompt, right, let me just copy this prompt again. Okay. When I was writing this prompt, let’s open a new one. Okay. When I was writing this prompt, do I have an option to make this into a headline? Let’s say if this is very important, can I increase the font of this role because it is important, I want AI to focus on it. Actually, no. But you know what? The moment I put a hash next to it, AI imagines this line to be written in a large font. AI imagines this line to be written in the biggest font possible. When I put a in the same way, let’s say next to objective, if I put two hashtags, you know what AI imagines this line to be? It is still a title, but it is slightly smaller than one hashtag. So one hashtag is the largest text possible. Two hashtags is still a title but smaller than one hashtag. If I put three hashtags here, it is also basically it is also basically a title but it is smaller than two hashtags. So this is our way to tell AI what is important. Let’s say this word is very very important for me that is code email strategist and I want AI to remember this word. Can I bold it? I don’t have an option to bold it. So, what do I do? I just put them between two stars like this or two asterisks like this. You know what? AI imagines this word to be in bold. Am I making sense guys? AI imagines this word to be in bold automatically just because I put them in stars. So if I have to reimagine this whole prompt in markdown, I would write the prompt something like this. You have a role, then you have objective. You can see this. Then you have context. Then you have instructions. Inside of instructions, you can see there are multiple instructions. Instruction one, instruction two, instruction three. Now instead of instruction 1, 2 and three, you see how I put two hashtags instead of a single hashtag because these are sub headlines. This guys allows AI to understand what it should give emphasis or focus on. We humans when we reading an article, we can see the size of the font to be larger and we automatically know it is important. But because AI cannot understand different font sizes, we talk to it in this coded language. So folks, this is what markdown formatting is. You can see this. When I put one hashtag, AI imagines that to be in a large text. When I put two hashtags, AI imagines that still to be a title, but smaller than headline one. And when I put three hashtags, AI imagines that to still be a headline, but smaller than H1, H2. So basically, we have three different font sizes to play with based on what is important. And every time we want to bold a word, we just put a put the word in between two asterisks and AI imagines that word to be in bold. And that is how markdown prompting is done. And when you write markdown prompts, the kind of outputs that you get will fundamentally change. Guys, if you understood this, drop a boom in the chat. If you understood this on what role, objective, context, instructions and notes are, what is markdown prompting and how incredibly powerful this is. Awesome, awesome, awesome. Now that you have learned this, should we take it up to the next level? NL in the chat, guys. NL in the chat if you wanted to take it to the next level. Now that I’ve taught you the foundations of how to write a great prompt and what is the right prompting structure, let’s jump into something that all of us have been waiting for. And you know what that is? We are going to jump into building our first micro app. We’re going to jump into building our first micro app which is basically a mini AI employee. That is what we’re going to do. And for you to be able to build a good AI employee, I realized you need to learn how to write a great prompt. And that is what I literally taught you right now. That is literally what I taught you right now. I taught you this prompting structure. Now, it’s time for us to take it to the next level. Now, you might be wondering, “Oh my god, I’ve learned this prompting structure, but how do I go about writing so many prompts every single time?” Well, there are a couple of ways to go about it. Number one is if you have basically uh access to a prompt library like this. This is basically prompt library.click which is a platform which costs about $200 which already has like th 10,000 plus prompts. So if you have access to a prompt library like this, it becomes easy for you to pick up prompts from tens of thousands of prompts by simply searching for the kind of prompt that you want and start using it. So you can have access to libraries like this that will make your life easy. And the other thing that I also wanted to tell you is whenever you’re using prompt or whenever you’re writing great prompts you want to store them so that you can use the same prompt instead of cloud instead of chat guty instead of gemini instead of gro instead of any app that you want when you want to do that you could use a tool like super prompts which is also very very cool what superprompts allows you is that it has a chrome extension and inside the chrome extension you can save all the prompts that you create for the first time so that with one click you can import those prompts and start using it inside of any app that you want. So when you have apps like this, they can really really help you. Okay, with that being said, let’s come back. I quickly wanted to share this for people who want to understand how to take this to the next level. But I told you something that right now we’re going to jump into something even more exciting and that is basically building our own app. How do we go about building a simple mini employee? Well, for us to build a mini employee inside of Claude, if you click on the sidebar, there is something called as projects. When you tap on this, you see this nice little window, you can simply click on new project. And let’s say I want to build a mini employee, okay, which can write LinkedIn posts for me on any topic that I give. So I can call this the LinkedIn post writer. LinkedIn post generator. Okay. And uh I can say writes LinkedIn posts on any topic that I give. Okay. That is the that is a LinkedIn post writer and I can simply click on create project. Here it comes guys. We have a micro app that is ready inside of claude which is called as projects. Now that you’ve entered it, for this app to work, the most important thing that you need is basically this section called as instructions. What happens is you can write one prompt inside of this and once you write a prompt, this tool can use that prompt over and over again to be able to generate LinkedIn posts for you, right? And that is how you can go about doing stuff. Now, how do I write a prompt for a LinkedIn post generator? Well, of course, you can use markdown prompting to write it all by yourself, or you could actually use AI to write your prompt. How many of you guys want to learn a process on how I get AI to write my prompts in a super extensive way so I always get incredible outputs? Drop a me in the chat if you would want to learn that. Yes. So, that is what I’m going to teach you guys. Guys, we’re going to we have three different levels on this. We literally have three different levels on this. And I’m going to take you through each one of the levels till level two. And then based on my understanding of how well you’re able to consume this information, we’re going to I’m going to tell you if you’re going to go to level three or not. But I’ll ask you questions based on the feedback that I get, based on the feeling that I get, if you guys can consume it or not. Based on that, we will go about it. But the app that we’re trying to build is a LinkedIn post generator. So I need a prompt for that. What do I do? Well, I simply go to claude or any app for that matter guys. And I explain what I want AI to do. So this is how I get AI to write prompts for me guys. Okay? I would just talk to it and I’ll be like, hey, you know what? I want to build an incredible project which can help me write killer LinkedIn posts. What I want you to do is I want you to act like an expert prompt engineer and write a super extensive prompt which I could use inside of a clot project which can generate LinkedIn post for me on any topic that I give. Think like a top prompt engineer understand how great LinkedIn posts are written based on that give me a super extensive prompt that I can use inside of a clot project. There you go guys. That’s the explanation that I gave. That’s all I have to do. And I click on the send button. Okay. You can see this. It’s thinking about crafting an expert prompt generation. It’s going through all those insights that it needs to do. Look at this. It has started to use memory again which I don’t want it to use. So I’m going to just get into incognito.

    Okay, there you go guys. The reason why I going to incognito is I already have a lot of systems built inside of clot and I don’t want clot to use those systems to write this prompt or else I’ll not be able to teach you. The moment I go into incognito you will not have all claude will not be able to use all those things that I’ve already built so that I can teach you the same experience that you will face when you’re trying to do the same thing. Do I make sense? Do I make sense? That is why I’m using incognito so that you get the same kind of answers that you will get. Okay, look at that. It has started to do the work right now for me. It is going through a bunch of information. It’s thinking about it. Right now, it’s creating a file which is going to be of a prompt. It’s acting like an expert prompt engineer and very soon it’s going to give me a prompt basically. So, let’s give it a second. Let us see what it is coming up with guys. We are still at level one right now. Okay, this is the most basic level that there could be. After this, we’re going to jump to level two. We’re going to go deeper and deeper into this till we build an autonomous AI employee. Today, I can’t jump into autonomous AI employee directly because if I do that, you will not be able to understand what the hell is happening. So, we have to go step by step and that is what we are doing right now. All right. So, look at that. It is working on this. I just clicked on this file. So, it’s probably working on this file at this point of time. So, let’s give it some time.

    Okay, it is still loading. You can see this button, right? And you can see this icon dancing around. That basically means it’s doing the work of writing the prompt. So, it’s basically figuring out what is the right prompt. How does an expert, you know, uh LinkedIn posts are written and it’s going to come across with a prompt. Now, here’s what I’ll tell you, right? It’ll come with a prompt and the prompt will be pretty decent. But I told you that uh the best prompts are written in form of markdown prompting like this. So once it comes up with a prompt, I’m still waiting for it to come with a prompt. It’s taking too long which should not be the case. Once it comes up with the prompt, I will basically ask AI to rewrite this prompt in the markdown prompting because the prompt that will come up with will not be in markdown based on what I understand. Right? And here comes the prompt guys. All right. Finally, AI kind of responds. It’s presenting the file and look at this. It has finally come up with a prompt. It has a few things. I can operate a profile, how LinkedIn actually works. It has come up with a super extensive prompt right here all by itself. Okay, this is great. This is awesome. Okay, it has come up with a bunch of very very extensive prompt. Now, what I need to do is very simple. While the prompt it has come up with it is not exactly in the structure that I want to which is the markdown prompting. So what do I do? I simply take a screenshot of this markdown prompting structure. Come back to claude drag and drop this structure inside of it and I basically say hey uh hey could you uh could you rewrite the whole prompt in the markdown prompting structure like I’ve shared above? uh and give it to me directly here without creating a file. Just give give the whole prompt to me directly below in a code editor so that I can simply copy the prompt and start using it inside of my project. That’s it guys. First step on what I did was I just simply asked AI to come up with a great prompt for me by acting like a prompt engineer. It did all the work and came up with a great prompt. Now that it came up with a great prompt, I want the prompt to be written in this markdown formatting because that is important for me. And when I said that, now AI is basically rewriting. Look at that. Drop a heart if you see what is happening. Now AI has started to write the prompt in the markdown formatting. We have a role. We have the hashtags and stars. We have the objective. We have the context. The whole thing is right here. Look how extensive this is. We have the instructions and of course, right, very long while still going on and on and on. And finally, we will also have the notes. So, basically, we made AI to work really, really hard to come up with an incredibly powerful prompt right here for us. And once I have the prompt ready, I could simply copy this, go back to Claude. We created this project, you remember, right? I can go to this instructions box, click on add button and just paste the prompt. That’s it. Now the prompt is ready in a technical way which I could get an AI to work for me. I can simply click on the save instruction and I’m good to go guys. I can just say write a LinkedIn post on. We have to come up with a topic. Anthropic let’s say that’s the topic that I want to write on. Anthropic is really evil. Okay, I don’t know. I’m just making up a topic right now because I do think anthropic is a little evil. Uh, so I just gave that prompt. Uh, let’s see. It says about ethical concerns about it because it is also clawed. So, it probably doesn’t want to give a negative post about itself, which is fair. But let’s see what it comes up with. So, what is this LinkedIn post generator guys? Right now, a LinkedIn post generator already has a set of instructions which can write great LinkedIn posts for me. And you can see this, it is loading up the instructions, going through the whole thing, loading up a bunch of stuff internally to come up with a great LinkedIn post for us. In fact, it’s doing research on the internet as well to understand what to write this topic on. It’s doing all that work because the prompt has baked all this information inside of it. It realized that if you have to write a great LinkedIn post, it needs to have understanding of all of this. So it’s doing all this research and once it is all done it will come up with a LinkedIn post. And how is it able to do all these things? It is able to do all these things because this LinkedIn post generator that we created has all these instructions of how to write a great LinkedIn post. And how did we get this here? By basically asking AI for us to write a great prompt and convert it into markdown prompting. So that is what we did. And look at this guys. Here comes the three angles. In fact, here comes the five different angles and eight different hooks and a fullon LinkedIn post right here. Isn’t this insane? Drop a insane in the chat if you think this is insane. It has come up with multiple angles. It has come up with eight different hooks. That is eight different first lines. And it has come up with a full LinkedIn post right here as well. In fact, multiple variations of this. And the crazy part is because it is inside of a LinkedIn post generator. This time I don’t have to do anything at all. All I have to do is give a topic and it’s going to work every single time. That is the advantage of a project which is like a mini employee. I don’t have to write the prompt multiple times. I don’t have to remind itself how or I don’t have to reuse the prompt multiple times. All I have to do is just come inside of the project, give it a topic and it’s going to write a LinkedIn post on any topic that I want by using all these instructions.

    Yes, give me a thumbs up if this is clear guys. This is the most basic mini AI employee that you can create. The most basic one that you can create. Okay, now that we have created this, should we take it to the next level? If your answer is yes, drop a comment NL in the chat. Should we take it to the next level? NL in the chat.

    You see, there are some problems with this. Okay, there are some problems with this. And the problem is while it is writing LinkedIn posts for me on any topic that I give, it doesn’t write like me. I have a style of writing but it doesn’t write like me. It just writes a LinkedIn post. But I want my AI employee which is the LinkedIn post generator here to write it in my own style. How do I get it to write it in my own style? I basically have to teach it on how I write my LinkedIn content. Am I making sense? I want AI to not just write LinkedIn posts but actually write LinkedIn posts in my own style. How do we get AI to write it? Write like me. Well, the whole magic is inside of the prompt. The whole magic is inside of the prompt. So inside of the prompt, I have to explain AI how I write. Guys, the reason why it’s called level two at this point of time is because I’m going to teach you something incredible right now. You know what that is? I’m going to teach you how to think with AI right now. Basically, by now you know that we can get AI to write a great prompt for us. We can get AI to write it in the markdown formatting as well. All I have to do is take a screenshot, share with it and AI will write it. But now we have a different task. I want AI to basically write LinkedIn posts but exactly like me. For that I have to teach AI how I write. How do I teach AI how I write? Well, I have to express AI that this is how I write. That is how I write. But it’s very very hard to explain AI how I write. So I’m going to do something called as thinking with AI. What you’re going to learn is something called as an AI workflow right now. So this is how it goes right. What I’ve done is I’ve gone to my LinkedIn and downloaded all the LinkedIn posts that I’ve written in the past. You can see this is a sheet of all the LinkedIn posts that I have written since the beginning. Now if you’re wondering how did I get this sheet of data, we’re going to talk about it going forward. This is slightly advanced on how I got this data and I’m going to talk about it in an hour from now. Okay, it is the next level but we’re going to get there. But hypothetically, you can basically go to LinkedIn settings and download all your LinkedIn posts. In the same way, you can download all your emails by going to settings of Gmail as well. I’ve done that and I have a sheet of data of LinkedIn post that I have written. What if I give this sheet of data to to AI and tell it look this is how I write my content. You tell me how I write my LinkedIn content because I have to tell AI how I write and I don’t know how to tell AI how I write. So I’m going to ask AI to tell me how I write. Am I making sense? Instead of me doing the work, I’m going to get AI to do the work for me. Let me show you what I’ll do. I can of course open claude or chat GP or whatever that you’re using and I’m going to write a prompt like this. First, you are you are an expert at analyzing large chunks of content. You have been incredible when it comes to understanding how someone writes. You are a very good ghost writer who can replicate anybody’s style of writing. What I want you to do is I want you to give me a content DNA playbook of how I write my LinkedIn content. I’m going to give you a sheet of data which has a bunch of my LinkedIn content, the content that I have personally written. What I want you to do is I want you to go through all this LinkedIn posts data and understand what kind of content and how do I write my LinkedIn content in terms of how do I write the hook, how I how do I write my body, how do I write my call to action, the kind of words that I use, how I frame my sentences, the kind of structuring that I do, the kind of topics that I create content on and of course right the data that I’m going to give you access to also has the likes, comments and views it has got or shares it has got. Use all this data to also analyze what are the posts that have gone viral for me in the past and learn from all those things so that you can increase the odds of writing viral LinkedIn content from me. And also one more important thing is the data that I’m going to share also has a lot of content that was written using AI. So only consider the post only consider those posts that were written pre- AAI era after chat GPT came I ended up using a lot of AI any which ways so don’t consider post AI content only consider pre-AI era content of mine this is the job that I want you to do I want you to give me a content DNA playbook of how I write my LinkedIn content don’t execute this right now please explain me what you understood from this task first. There you go, guys. That is the prompt. Look at that. I’ve written a very, very long prompt. I just used my voice and I basically said, “Look, I’m going to give you a bunch of my LinkedIn content. I want you to go through all of it. Understand and tell me how I write my LinkedIn content. Instead of asking it to execute the task, look at what I said. I said, I want you don’t execute this right now. Please explain me what you understood. I didn’t ask it to do the job. I asked it to explain me what it understood because I want to be sure AI understood what I wanted to do. And look at this. AI is clarifying me. The deliverable is a content DNA playbook. The data is a Google sheet data. The critical filter only the preAI era post count. And this is the extract. It needs to go through all of this. It look it needs to look at the performance layer and it comes up with the whole thing. And it says send the sheet whenever you are ready. If your preference on how heavily the playbook leans descriptive blah blah blah all of that explain me that as well. Are we clear so far? What did I tell AI? I just told AI look I’m going to give you a lot of my content. You have to give me a content DNA playbook of that. That’s what I said. AI understood what I wanted to do. Now that it understood I can simply download this CSV. Okay, I’ve downloaded the CSV. All I have to do is just drag and drop it here and I just say, “Hey, here is here is the full sheet of data uh inside of it. So go through it and uh do this analysis and give me the content DNA playbook right now.” There you go guys. That’s it. I’ve uploaded the Google Sheets data and I basically say give me the content DNA playbook right now. Now what are we solving guys? We are solving something very specific. We wanted AI to write like me. And for AI to write like me, AI needed to know how I write. So I didn’t know how to tell AI how I write. As a result, I gave AI a bunch of my LinkedIn content pieces. And I said, look, here is how I write. Go through all this content and you tell me how I write my LinkedIn content. And that is what AI is doing right now. Isn’t this bloody cool? Are we clear so far? Are you clear how I’m able to outsource things to AI by thinking with AI? I understand what AI is good with. I understand what a superpower is and I’m leveraging the superpowers of AI to get me the best things in here. Incredible.

    Awesome. Okay, look at this. It is going through a bunch of stuff for me. Someone is asking what is this Vid IQ. We’ll get to it. We’ll get to it. Those are called as connectors or MCPS. We’ll get to it. Don’t worry. You can see this AI is literally writing Python, guys. It’s literally writing code and I don’t know how to write code, but I don’t care either. AI is this super smart thing which can do a lot of things as long as we are able to guide it. I have never written a single line of code. And here comes AI. It has gone through a,000 posts on my sheet. It filtered out pre-chad GPT window only which is four to 5 year old buckets and that was 352 posts and used all of that to write this content DNA playbook. Guys, drop in a heart if you think this is crazy. The core finding on how I write, what data says, what kind of content works for me. And look at this how technical has gone to word count under 40 is 95 posts. 40 to 80 is 66 post 250 to 400. So it’s going all datadriven inside of understanding of this brutally short actually won a lot of times and topics ranked by median engagements. It’s doing all these data analysis to find what kind of content actually works for me. The style of content, the body architecture, the engines. For example, the microte has the highest volume, best return to effort. Guys, isn’t this just wild? Do you think it is humanly possible for us to be able to come up with such a deep down analysis of my own style of writing? Do you think it is even humanly possible? Look at this. It has lexicon. Here is why is being used 85 times. I use btw a lot of times and has picked up those count so that it can use it. Someone is asking how did you add your LinkedIn post? I told you we’re going to talk about it in an hour. You can download it by going to your settings as well.

    How crazy is this guys? I’m not taking questions right now sadly. All right, I’m not taking questions right now because I see people going into every tangent and if I go on doing that, we will spend the next 100 days sitting together here. Right. So that’s what we are doing. And finally, it has gone through the whole thing and has given me this incredible content research of my own writing. How cool is this? Now, now that I’ve got this report, I can simply copy this. I can just go to docs.google.com.

    I can just open a new Google doc, guys. That’s what I’m doing. dogs do dogs do dogs do dogs do dogs do dogs do dogs do dogs do dogs do dogs do dogs.google.com create a new document and I can just simply paste it. Okay. Everything that I got from here I can simply copy this. Come here and paste it right here. Here it comes. The whole document is right here. I don’t need this. So I can just remove this. And here it comes. The whole document is right here. Okay. I can call this the content DNA playbook. There you go. Once this is done, I can simply save this as a PDF file. Okay, I can save this as a PDF file. And you remember this claude project that we created which was writing LinkedIn posts. There is something called as context right here where I can upload a file. So what I’m going to do is this content DNA playbook that I created, right? I’m going to simply click on this add button upload from device and the content DNA playbook that I just downloaded. I’m going to upload it right inside. So now my AI employee has the whole playbook of how I write my LinkedIn content. But this is not enough. Okay, it has context which is great. But you know what? I want also the instructions that we have right here, right? To be optimized for it to write LinkedIn content like me. So what am I going to do now that I have this content DNA playbook? I can simply copy this content DNA playbook again. go into a new window, paste the content DNA playbook as if I wrote it and I can act very smart and I ask you to convert it into a prompt as well. So what I’m going to do is hey you are an you are basically an expert prompt engineer and you are writing a prompt for me which I’m going to use inside of a claude project to write LinkedIn posts for me. But the beauty of the LinkedIn post that you’re going to use here is that the LinkedIn post will be written exactly in my own style. So you replicate the style of my writing. For you to replicate the style of my writing, I have attached the content DNA playbook with you. That is exactly how I write my LinkedIn content. So what I want you to do is go through the whole content DNA playbook. Understand how I write, understand what is working for me. Based on that, give me an incredible prompt which I can use inside of my claude project so that you can write LinkedIn posts literally like me at a 99% accuracy. In fact, I’m going to attach this content DNA playbook as a PDF file as well inside of the project. So, you can refer it back as many times as you want as well, but write the prompt in a way that I get great LinkedIn posts on any topic that I give you. There you go guys. I have attached the prompt. I’ve attached the content DNA. I basically am asking AI, look, this is the content DNA playbook. I want you to convert this into an incredible prompt for me. So, I’m playing a two-sided game. Game number one is I’m giving AI the content DNA playbook and also I’m asking AI to write a prompt for me. So I’m making sure AI literally writes LinkedIn posts in my own style. I have the content DNA playbook attached to it and also have a prompt return in a way that I want. And look at this. It is literally writing the whole prompt. But you know one thing that it has it is not in the markdown prompting style. So what do I do? Well, I can simply take a screenshot of this like I told you the markdown prompting format. Go back to AI. Where is this? attach this prompting style inside and I can say hey could you rewrite the whole prompt in the markdown prompting style and give me the output in a code editor or a code block so that I can simply copy the prompt and paste it inside of the instructions of a clot project as simple as that I’m basically saying give it to me in a markdown prompting style that’s all I do guys that’s all I do and look at this still not finished it actually.

    Okay, here it comes. And look at this. I’ve given the prompting style. Now I’ve asked it to write it in form of a markdown prompting style. And now it will convert the whole prompt in a markdown prompting style. Look at that. Look at that. How cool is that? Here comes the whole prompt coming in the markdown prompting style where it can refer to the document that I’m sharing and come up with literally great LinkedIn post exactly in my own style. Guys, this is what I mean by thinking with AI. We are literally making AI to think with us to do the work that we wanted to do so that we can get outputs exactly the way we want. And that is what we are pulling off right now. Look at this. The whole prompt is coming for us end to end. And how cool is this? And look at all this. It is all coming based on all the learnings. It’s talking about the word count. It’s talking about the sentence formation. It’s literally doing everything that is possible.

    Yes. Here comes the whole prompt guys. I simply copy this. The prompt is copied. I come inside the instructions. This time I replace this dummy instruction with the super personalized instruction. Click on save. And look at this. Now we have a level two employee ready. We have an employee which can literally write LinkedIn content because the instructions already has baked in to write like me and also has a content DNA playbook right here. So now when I say write a LinkedIn post on let’s say the same thing anthropic is evil let us see the kind of LinkedIn coins coming up right now before this it came up with a great LinkedIn post but that wasn’t the problem but it didn’t replicate the style of my writing now it knows how I write the prompt has been optimized to replicate the style of my writing and that is what it is going to do right now. That is literally what it’s going to do right now. It’s doing a research on the internet to understand why I’m calling anthropic as evil. It’s going to go through the style of my writing. It’s going to go through the content DNA playbook of mine, understand my style, and it’s going to give me a LinkedIn post in a way that when people read it, they think I wrote it and not AI. And that is the edge, guys. This is the edge that I talk about. It’s not about writing or it’s not about getting AI to do work. It’s about getting AI to do things for you in a way that you want it to. And this is the mindset that I wanted to teach you. What I’m teaching you right now is not how to build an app that can write LinkedIn posts for you. What I’m teaching you right now is a way of thinking with AI. And look at this LinkedIn post. It starts with a line, anthropic is evil. At least that’s what my uh feed keeps saying. So I went and checked and here comes the whole LinkedIn post exactly formatted in my own style.

    It’s it literally has written exactly in my own style. Look at this. It’s talking about outskill. It is personalized for me and it uses words like I use. Guys, if you think this is awesome, drop a boom in the chat. And this is how you build an AI employee which can literally write like you. And I taught you how to think about it, right? Love it. I love those booms that are coming within the asterisk as well. People are learning really, really well. I’m so glad. But are you guys ready for level three right now? Are you guys ready for level three right now? Level three in the chat, guys. L3 in the chat. If you guys are ready for level three, what could be L3? The L3 is where you make all of this into an autonomous AI employee. What do I even mean by autonomous AI employee? You see, we have built a very cool app right now, which is the LinkedIn post generator, which is awesome, right? Every time I give a topic, it’s able to come up with a LinkedIn post exactly in my own style. And I absolutely love what it is able to do. But you know what? An AI employee is supposed to work automatically. My if I if I actually hire a person, what would I expect that person to do? I would expect that person every single day to research about the topic that it needs that I need to create LinkedIn post on. Uh once it understands what topic it should write on, it would do a research on the internet to find information about it, come up with a LinkedIn post, write it in my own style and share the samples with me. If I hire a employee to write my LinkedIn content for me, I want all of this to be done automatically. Find the right topic every single day. Write the LinkedIn content. Analyze my LinkedIn post every single day. Look at the data of how it’s working. And as I wake up, my employer should have given me three different samples automatically that I should pick and post. I want everything to work autonomously. I don’t want to come into this project say write this topic, do this, do that. I want it to work automatically. And that is what autonomous is all about. That is how a human employee would do the job. A human employee would not need me to do a lot of work. He or she will do it himself or herself. Now, how can I get an AI to do that? Can I build a human equivalent? Can I build an AI employee which will do everything for me? Guess what the answer is? Yes. I can actually build an AI employee which can every day wake up in the morning at let’s say 8:00 in the morning everyday wake up read the internet to find good topics that I can create content on. Once it finds the bunch of topics that are out there let’s say I create content on AI, right? So, I want my AI employee to wake up every day 8:00 in the morning, do research on the internet with all the big AI news that I’ve come up with and come up with 10 topics. Once it has come up with 10 topics, I want my AI employee to compare those 10 topics with all the content that I’ve written in the past and identify me three different topics that I should create content on based on things that have worked in the past for me. Once it identifies the three best topics, then does research on the internet, does all the research and writes LinkedIn content exactly in my own style and keeps all these three LinkedIn posts ready for me so that when I wake up at like 10:00 in the morning, let’s say, I can just review all the three LinkedIn posts and post what I like all automatically. All I have to do is I like this one and I don’t like these two. But all the hard work should be done before I wake up. Well, that is what we are going to build right now. Finally, did you understand what we are trying to do here? Yes, we are taking it to level three and I’m I’m assuming people are loving it. People are able to understand what I’m saying. So, I’m thinking of pushing it to level three where we will build an AI employee. And funny, I want you to help me out here. Nice. funny is going to be your uh you know is going to represent all of you people because I know as I do this you guys will get a lot of questions lot of doubts so funny is going to act on behalf of you and if if funny believes that something is getting too complex or too complicated he’s going to ask me follow-up questions because we are on a Zoom webinar right now and the sad part about Zoom webinar is that you cannot unmute and I can’t let people unmute also because we literally have thousands of people on this call. So that is not possible either. All right. So we’re going to we’re going to get Funny to help us out here. Funny, you ready to help me out? Yes. All right, let’s do it. You can keep the chat on if you want, but I’m going to turn it off so that I don’t get distracted. Okay, you can turn it on whenever you want to. Let’s get into building an AI employee. Guys, let’s set some foundation straight. When you hire an AI employee or when you hire a employee for that matter, the employee needs to have a computer. Without a computer, how will an employee work? Your employee will need a computer. Well, an AI employee also needs a computer. So what we’re going to do is I’m going to give a folder inside of my computer and I say, “Hey AI employee, this is your computer. You work inside of this folder.” I told you in the beginning a lot of AIS work on this computer because I have a lot of AI agents using my computer as their computers and that is what we’re going to do. Now on what platform are we going to build this AI employee? Well, we’re going to use Claude. But you know what? I’m not going to use the web version of Claude. I’m going to use the desktop app of Claude. Why do we use the desktop app of Claude? Because I told you we’re going to build an AI employee. And for an AI employee to be built, an AI employee needs access to your computer. And if it’s a website, Claude cannot use your computer. So we use the desktop app of the claude. Are we clear? Funny. Are you clear about why we are using the desktop app? So that we can give uh claude access to the computer. Yes. And whose computer are we giving access to? The same computer that I use. So how do we go about it? It’s very simple. I’m going to show you very soon. So inside of Claude, I just simply go to projects again. And this time because I’m using I’m using my desktop app. You’ll see one new setting. Okay. I click on new project. And look at this. What are you working for? What are you trying to achieve? But there is a new option right now. It says use a folder which was not visible on the web. For example, if I was on the web, this is the web, right? You can see the web version right now. I’m right now on the web version. You can you’ll be able to see the URL. You can see cloud.ai/rojects AI/ projects on web version if I click on new projects there is no use of folder right but because I am on the desktop app right now this is the desktop app that I’m using you can see this this is the desktop app which looks very similar to the web when I click on new project there is an option called as use a folder now let’s get to that let’s call this the LinkedIn employee okay we’ll call this the LinkedIn employee and writes LinkedIn posts for me. That’s what I’ll say. And there is something called as user folder. I’m going to click on this folder. I’m going to say choose a different folder. And you see what has opened. You see my computer’s finder has opened up. I can simply create a new folder. I call this the let’s say mastermind LinkedIn writer. Okay. Funny. Remind me of this name. I create a folder on my desktop called as mastermind LinkedIn writer. Click on create and I click on open. That’s it. You know what I’ve done right now? You can see this. All of a sudden my claude has access to a folder on my desktop. You can see this which is the mastermind LinkedIn writer. So I created a folder on the desktop of my computer which is mastermind LinkedIn writer and I gave it access to that folder. So this employee that I’m creating right now can use my computer but can only use the folder that I’ve given it access to. Are we clear funny? Very clear. But let me just check with everyone. Folks, did you all understand why WebHub used the Claude app here? Did you all understand why Webhub used the Claude app and not the web version of Claude? Drop in a yes if you understood that.

    Perfect. You can see this guys on desktop we have created a folder called as mastermind LinkedIn writer and that’s it that is the folder that we have created right now there is nothing inside of the folder right but you know what because it’s an employee and when when you create an employee your employee needs to work on some files or is how will your employee work on well for LinkedIn postw writing what all files does your employee need well one is that the content DNA playbook that we created because we want our employee to write it in our own style So I’m going to give access to this content DNA playbook. So I’m going to click on download again. Click on the PDF file. There you go. It has downloaded right now. Where is it? Here comes the download. I’m going to open my finder. Give me a second. Okay. I’m going to open my finder. I’m going to go to the downloads. You can see my content DNA playbook right here. The PDF file. Oh, there’s one more thing. You see this LinkedIn post analytics this this file that we use to come up with a content DNA playbook. Well, we should give access to this also funny like if my employee wants to go and look at my old content he he or she I don’t know I can’t even say he or she it this AI employee so I’ll call it it should be able to use this data as well. So I’m giving it all the files possible right? So let’s give it give it access to this file also. And there’s one more thing. What is that one thing? You remember we wrote a prompt to replicate the style of my writing. Let’s give it access to this prompt also. So I’m going to copy this prompt. Go to a new document. Click on document. There you go. And paste the prompt as well. Okay. And I’m going to call this the prompt for LinkedIn post. Right. And I’m going to simply save this as well. Download PDF. Okay. Now there are three files. Okay. You can see this. There’s a LinkedIn. I just order this this way. You can see there’s a content playbook. Okay. There’s LinkedIn post analytics and also the prompts of the LinkedIn post. There are three files that I have. I can simply copy them because I want my AI employee to access it. But they are in downloads. My AI employee doesn’t have access to this folder called as downloads. My AI employee only has access to one folder. What was that? Mastermind LinkedIn writer. So I’m going to open this folder and basically paste all the three files. That’s it. So what have I done so far? Funny. I basically created a folder called as a mastermind LinkedIn writer. Pasted the LinkedIn content DNA playbook. All the post sheets. This sheet I’ve downloaded and pasted. And also the prompt is what I have pasted. And I’ve given the access to my to this app. And look at this. When I open this folder inside of context, it has access to all the three files which is on my computer. So guys, what have we done? We created a simple employee. We gave it access to a folder. Inside of that folder, there are all these three files. So let us quickly check if it understood or not. Now before I get there, because we want it to work like an employee, I will recommend you to use the co-work option. Instead of chat, I want you to tagle it to co-work. It should toggle, but just in case it has not, change it to co-work so that it will work like an employee. Okay. Now that I’ve done all of this, I can quickly check what it has. I can simply ask something like this. Hey uh so I have given you access to a folder which should have three different files. Can you go through all the three files very quickly and tell me what is inside of them? I’m just checking if you can understand what’s in those files or not. Okay. I want I’m basically testing I’m basically for the first time when you do it it’s basically saying are you sure you want to give your AI access to a folder? I’m like yes I trust you bro for it. And look at this guys. All of a sudden we have something called as context which is this folder right inside. If I tap on it the folder literally opens up inside of my computer. So AI has access to this folder and it is basically I’m giving a task. So it can basically show me all the task it needs to do and it can also show me the output. So what I’ve done right now is I’m checking I’m basically asking my employee hey I gave your computer I gave some files. Can you check if you have access to them or not? I’m just checking. Right. So, you can see this. It can read three files and it says yes, I have three files. The prompt for LinkedIn post, the content DNA playbook and it explains me what it has. It has quickly gone through it as well. And also says LinkedIn post analytics dump. So guys, the AI employee that we are creating literally has access to all these three things right now. So it has access to everything. Now my job is to give it some work. My jobs I’ve given my employer computer. I’ve given employee I’ve given my employee all the files it needs to work on. Now I’m going to give the first task to this AI employee. What I’m going to say? Well, I can come back to the mastermind LinkedIn writer and I can give a new prompt as well. Right? I can say something like this. This is what I want my AI employee to do. and hear to this very clearly. Okay, it’s going to get very complex here. Listen to me very clearly on how I’m going to tell my AI to do bunch of things for me.

    All right, here is what I want you to do. I have given you access to a folder which has the content DNA playbook, the LinkedIn post analytics dump and the prompt for LinkedIn posts. You are my employee who is supposed to come up with great LinkedIn posts for me. So what I want you to do is step one I want you to research the internet for the last 48 hours. I don’t want you to mention the dates, times or any sensitive data for that matter but do a research on the internet for the last few hours and come up with great topics that I can create LinkedIn content on. So I want to do a do a research on the internet and come up with great topics that I can create LinkedIn content on. My name is web house and I create content on AI. So focus on those topics only. Once you have identified 10 topics that we can potentially write LinkedIn content on. What I want you to do is basically go through those 10 topics and shortlist three topics. How will you shortlist it? Once you have come up with 10 10 different ideas, go through the content DNA playbook that I’ve given you access to, I want you to read the PDF file which is content DNA playbook web on LinkedIn. That’s a file that you have access to. Go through that file and understand the kind of content that I create usually on and tell me what are the three pieces of content that I should create content on. So instead of coming up with 10 topics, once you come up with 10 topics, you read this content DNA playbook as the next step and identify the top three topics for me. That is what I want you to do for me. Guys, did you understand what we are doing? Did you understand what we are doing? Give me a thumbs up. I’m basically saying do a research on the internet. Find me the best topics out there. And once you do that, once you have done research on the internet to find me the topics, what I want you to do is I’ve given you access to a content DNA playbook. Go through the content DNA playbook. This is the playbook, right? Read through all that information. Understand what kind of content works very well for me. Basis of that, come back with top three topics. Oh, sorry, my bad. It’s on the cloud app, right? Come up with top three topics. And look at this. It literally like a very good boy girl. Sorry. It it literally came up with a task list. Stage source files, research AI news, build 10 candidate LinkedIn post, read content DNA playbook, short list the top three content ideas exa against the content DNA, verify claims and deliver. So its job is to identify three different content topics and it has started to do the work. Look at this. It’s researching on the internet. It’s doing all the work I’ve asked it to do. And its job is to come up with basically three great content ideas that I can create content on. Funny. Are we clear so far? Guys, this is just the first step. Clear in the chat. If you guys are clear,

    we have set the chat to host and co-host because we don’t want to spam get spammed with other chats obviously. Yeah. Love it. Love it. So that is what we’re getting AI to do guys. Finally, do you want to clarify or explain me what you understood? Oh yes. So you are basically asking You’re on mute my friend. No, I’m not wrong. I I think everybody’s able to hear. I can’t hear you for whatever reason. Do you want to take over audio as well? Yeah, everybody’s able. Uh guys, can you hear funny? Yes. Yes, they can. What there? Maybe you might want to check the zoom setting.

    Okay, this is weird.

    Can you try now? Funny. Yeah. Can you hear me now? No, I can’t hear you for whatever reason. Okay, you can go on explaining people. I don’t know why I can’t hear you, but that’s okay. So uh from what I have understood, we are asking AI to do research on the internet for different topics, AI topics that are trending right now. And then we are asking it to go into the content DNA report that we have in the folder. So it’s going to check all of these. It’s going to do its research and it’s going to compare that to the content DNA report that we that that is there inside the folder. And that content DNA report will essentially tell it what kind of posts have worked well in the past. Web, you are able to hear me now. Yeah, I I realized what happened. I told you the AI agent magic, right? So, usually I have one AI agent which listens to a lot of podcasts for me. All right. And it the moment it gets into the listening mode of podcast, I basically have instructed it turn the volume to zero automatically. So that if I’m in the room, I don’t want to be bothered of it listening to a podcast. So it reduced my audio to zero because I started to see it as what started to watch some podcast on my behalf and hence the volume was set to zero. Now I had to stop that process and increase the volume. That’s it. Now I can hear you. My bad. Sorry guys. Insane. I told you this is not my computer guys. This is my AI agent’s computer. So it does a lot of random stuff on this. So please uh ignore my uh ignorance at this point of time. Funny. Go on. So yeah, like we can see now currently in the progress bar, we can see that AI is researching uh the latest AI news and then it is going to come up with 10 different topics and then it is going to compare those 10 different topics with the content DNA playbook, right? Yes. Yes, that is what it’s going to do guys and it’s going to do take a lot of time. You can see it’s already been 4 minutes. It’s doing a lot of research work. Now I’ll tell you what I want to want it to do next. Once it is done, once AI has done this, right? The next step that I would want AI to do is now that it has come up with three topics, I would want AI to identify what kind of content it should create at this point of time. How can it optimize that content based on what has worked in the past? Now, when I’m building these AI employees, I’ll give you a rule of thumb, okay? When I’m building this AI employees, I think about one thing. I imagine if I had unlimited humans to work for me. If I had unlimited humans to work for me, what would I ask AI to do or what would I ask those humans to do to do the same job? If I had unlimited AI employees, what would I do? Basically, once it has given me three different LinkedIn posts, right? I will give one one employee because I have unlimited. I will call three different employees and I’ll be like okay this is topic one employee one for the employee two I’ll give topic two to the employee number three I’ll give it topic three and I will tell each of those employees look here’s a topic that I’m thinking of creating content on can you go through all of these thousand LinkedIn posts that I’ve created in the past read all these thousand LinkedIn posts that I’ve created in the past and see if I’ve created a similar piece of content in in the past that has gone viral and if a similar piece of content if I’ve created in the past that have gone viral can you take all those insights out and come up with a LinkedIn post for me on this topic based on what has worked in the past funny did you understand what I just said yes basically yeah go on yeah no basically you are asking AI to compare the three posts that it’s going to come up with to all the previous posts of yours that have gone viral. So it’s you’re taking a very datadriven approach. Exactly. So what I’m basically doing is I’m basically calling after this I’m going to call three different AI employees. Okay. So three different AI employees are going to come and I’m going to give away because at this step we’re going to get three great ideas. Once I have three great ideas, I’m going to give one idea each to one employee and I’m going to be like this is a topic that I’m planning to create content on. take this topic, go inside of this Google sheet, read all the thousand LinkedIn posts that I’ve created, understand if I’ve created something like this in the past, and if I have, take those insights out and then rewrite my LinkedIn post exactly in my own style. So one employee will write one LinkedIn post each in my own style and it’s going to come up finally with three different LinkedIn posts and they would in your writing style. Yes. And they’ll be in my writing style. And this my friends is something called as agent swarm. I can literally have AI to spin multiple AI employees under it to do a lot of work on my behalf. And that is what we’re going to do right after the researching AI news is done it. You can see how much work it’s doing. It already ran two agents and did 63 different steps all by itself. And it is still continuously going inside of this and researching and finding us all the data. That’s the beauty of an AI employee. It’s going to work relentlessly till it finishes the job that we have given it. And that is what currently it is doing right now. So let it continue its work. Let it continue its work because I don’t want to bother it because the first time when it does the work, it is very important because I’m literally teaching AI at this point of time or I’m literally teaching my employee at this point of time on how to basically create this content for me. Once I teach it step by step, it can I can automate this going forward. So you will see what’s happening. Let it finish its job. I don’t want to bother it. So what I’m going to do is I’m going to just keep it on the side like this, guys. And this is how I use AI, by the way. I don’t waste my time by looking at AI, seeing what it’s doing. I just give it a task and I move on to my next task. And that’s what we’re going to do. So we’re going to keep a sidebar. You can see right here, this is our claude doing the work. And on the sidebar, we’re going to continue to do a work where instead of waiting, I thought I’ll teach you something even more cooler. I don’t know how many of you guys knew this, but we are going to give you a teacher. What is that? We all of you guys are going to get access to this. It’s called as the outskill AI mentor. You see, you’re attending this mastermind, right? It’s going to be 2 days. This is just a day one. And you guys will have a lot of questions, lot of doubts based on the session that we are having. So we thought we’ll build you a mini AI mentor which is also an AI employee of sorts, right? So that over the course of the year whenever you have doubts you like we was trying to do something. What was that? Any question that you might have you’ll be able to ask this outskill AI mentor and it will be able to give you answers. And you know what? You guys are going to get this for free. You guys are going to get are going to get this AI employee for free or the AI mentor for free. So that you can do all the good stuff all ask all the questions that you want all by yourself. But the fun part would be because we have some time right now. What if I teach you how I built this? How many of you guys would like to learn how I built this? While our one AI employee is building inside of cloud,

    do you want me to build an AI tool like this which is globally available and anybody can use it? Yes. All right, guys. Let us do that right now. Okay. There’s a very interesting concept that you need to learn. When you want to build a tool like this, you’re basically not using cloud anymore. You’re using AI models in the back end. When I ask a question here, right, I’m able to get an answer from the AI mentor. How am I able to get an answer from the AI mentor? Because it is powered by AI in the back end. So, how do I build a tool like this? It needs two things guys. One is the back end of the tool which is powered by AI that is the AI engine and the front end of the tool which is this beautiful user interface. Okay, do you understand what I’m saying? Of course I know you understand what I’m saying but do you want to clarify very quickly? Yes. So basically for every application to run or for this application to run it needs a front end where you can go ahead and ask questions and for it to respond back to you there needs to be a back end or there needs to be an AI connection to it. Correct guys you have a Ferrari. A Ferrari needs an engine and the Ferrari also need a outer shell. This there are two things right? We have to build the engine and we also have to build the outer shell and that is what I’m going to teach you the both the parts. Now parallelly because we are you can see what we are doing right now we are operating like an AI generalist at this point of time we’re trying to do two different things parallelly right no wonder when funny asked you guys switch to a computer for people who haven’t I know a lot of people are feeling bad right now this is exactly why I wanted you guys to switch to a larger screen because we’re going to split windows like this so that we can parallelize things right now but parallelly this is what AI pulled off guys you can see this it did did a bunch of research and first it came up with 10 different ideas by doing research on the internet. Look at this. It came up with 10 different ideas. Then part two how I shortlisted it went through a content DNA playbook understood what kind of content works and finally came up with three topics. One rippling’s 40% AI token bill. The second topic that it came up with is AI is the top reason for layoffs and layoff just hit a 2-year low. And topic number three is India’s 20-year data center tax holiday versus 22 $23.3 million for Indian AI startups. These are the three topics guys it came up with after it did the research. So right now we taught the AI employee how to do the research on the internet and once it does the research on the internet we taught the AI employee how to come up with three different topics. Are we clear so far? And that is literally what AI did for all these steps and came up with three different topics right now. Now I want my AI employee to work even harder. I want to write a killer LinkedIn post on all these three topics so that when I wake up these three topics are ready for me. So what do I do? I give the next prompt. What do I say?

    Okay. All right. Now that we have three topics in place, I want us to take it to the next level. You see, you already have access to all the LinkedIn post data that I’ve written in the past. There’s a CSV file that is attached which has all the LinkedIn content that I’ve written in the past with all the likes, comments, and shares. So, you also know what content has worked well, what content has not worked well. What I want you to do is I want you to take these three different LinkedIn post topics and assign it to one AI agent per topic. I want you to spin three different AI agents or three different AI employees. Assign one topic to each of the AI agent that you open or spin up. And the AI agent that you spin up is supposed to do the following stuff. Take the topic that is assigned to it. understand what the topic is about. Go into the CSV file that I’ve given access to which has thousand LinkedIn posts of mine. Go through all of those LinkedIn posts and understand how should it craft this LinkedIn post. Are there any similar content that has gone viral in the past capture all that information to understand what are the things that it should include in this LinkedIn post. Once it has done that, I want you to use the prompt. There’s a prompt that is attached and also the content DNA playbook that is attached. Use both the sheets to basically rewrite the whole LinkedIn post exactly in my own style. So each agent will take a topic, go into the data sheet, go through thousand LinkedIn posts of mine that I’ve written in the past, understand what are the pieces of information it can pick up from that, take that information from that Google sheet and use the research it has done and write the LinkedIn post exactly in my own style by using the prompt that is inside of the folder and also the content DNA playbook. And once all the three LinkedIn posts are ready, you give me all the three LinkedIn posts in three different files, not just with the LinkedIn post written, but also a very clear explanation of why you think it will go viral and rate each one of them from a scale of 1 to 10. That is the job that I want you to execute end to end. Funny, did you understand what we are doing? Yes, I got it. I got it. And I think one thing that I will certainly tell everybody is folks, I hope you’re all listening to the small nuggets, the kind of instructions that Web is going ahead and giving in the prompt. The kind of context that he’s going ahead and giving in the prompt. That is what I want everybody to capture as well. But here, Web of what you’re basically doing is you’re asking three different AI agents to essentially take each of these topics, compare it with all of those thousand topics in the sheet, and then figure out what worked, what didn’t work. With that understanding, write the post in your own writing style. Exactly. So, instead of one employee, I have built a team. Now that has three topics, I’ve given one topic to one agent. And look at this. It says running sub agent. Very soon you will see boxes of three different employees here and three different employees will start working on one topic each. So why if I have unlimited employees to work with? Why should I rely on one employee? I will ask multiple people to work with me at once and multitask and do all the work and give it to me. Look at this agent one rippling AI token bill post. So it has just spun agent number one and assigned it the topic number one which was the repling uh repling rippling AI token bill post. That was one topic that picked up. Now agent number one is picking this up. In the same way agent two will come up in the same way agent three will come up and it will do the job. Now you’ll still be wondering but web you are literally saying everything to AI to do. How is this automation? We’ll get to the automation. Right now we’re in the process. Look at this guys. Agent one, Rippling AI token. Agent number two, AI layoffs paradog post. It has spinned up two agents so far. It’s going to spin up the third agent as well very very soon. So what is it doing? It’s spinning up multiple AI employees so that it can do stuff parallelly without breaking our heads. And that is literally what is happening right now. So let it do its work. We have given it the prompt so I don’t have to break my head. Let it do its work. I’m going to basically reduce the size. You can see this. It’s doing its work. We can parallely see it. And let us move on doing our work right now. Look at this. Three agents running three different agents. So, as we are doing something else that three different AI employees grinding their butts off at this point of time to get the work done. Okay guys, can I tell you something? My team must have seen this. I have the ability to spin literally hundreds of AI agents parallelly. I can spin multiple hundreds of AI agents parallelly to do it. I’m not even trying to show you all of that. It cannot be done this simply. It is you basically need uh loop engineering for this and you need graph engineering for that. Those are much more advanced topics, right? For you to be able to do that. But I’m giving you a glimpse of what is possible at this point of time where you’re building a simple AI employee. Now let it do its work parallelly here. It’s going to take good 10 minutes to finish off all the task. Let’s come back to building this product right now. So funny what were we doing here if you want to quickly remind people. Yeah. So we’re trying to build an application that has a front end and that also has an engine. So what we are seeing here is the front end but we do not know yet how this can be built out and we do not know how the engine of this can also be built out. Yes, for us to build an app like this we need the Ferrari’s engine and also the Ferrari shell. So we have to build both of them. First let’s build let’s build the engine. For us to build the engine what we basically need is a AI agent building software. And a AI agent building software which is very very powerful is called as lizer.ai. This is a platform inside of which you can build powerful AI agents without writing a single line of code. Guys, all these tools are usually paid tools, but they have free, you know, uh, 30-day free trials you can play with. When you want to build apps like this, don’t expect it to be done for free. It’s not going to happen. Okay, now that we have an app like this, we just log into the app. It’s so simple, right? Now that I’ve logged in, I can simply click on this button called as agent. The moment I click on the agent, you can see this, it has given me some option. I have to enter a prompt for this agent role goal instruction. So I need to write a prompt. How do I write a prompt? Well, I’m going to jump to Claude very quickly or chat GPD or anything for that matter and I can say what prompt I need. Hey, I want to build an outskill AI mentor. The job of this mentor is to answer questions of people who have attended the AI mastermind. And every time they ask you a question, I want you to go through the transcript of the session or the notes of the session, understand the questions, go through the notes of the session, find the answer, and explain it back to the learner like you’re the best teacher in the world. That is the prompt that I want you to write for me. So, every time a learner asks you a question, you understand the question. go through the notes of the session that I will attach with you as a knowledge base. Find the answer inside of it and once you find the answer, explain back the answer like you’re the best teacher in the world. And that is the prompt that I want you to write. Now when you write the prompt, I want them to be written in three blocks. I want role, I want goal, and also I want instructions. I want it to be written in these three blocks so that I can use it inside of Lizer AI uh inside of these boxes for it to work the way I want it to work. Funny, do we have notes of this session by any chance? Yes, web, we do. Okay. So guys, what am I writing? I’m basically asking AI to write a prompt for me, right? I’m saying you are an outskill AI mentor. The job of the mentor is to do this and I’m basically asking it to write a prompt for me. And here comes the whole prompt guys. Here comes the role because I asked it to write it in ro goal and all of this. Right. Here comes the role. Here comes the goal. And here comes the instructions as well.

    Funny. Is this the old one? New one? What is this? This is the current one web. Okay, cool. So, here comes the whole prompt, guys. Okay, it’s writing the whole prompt right now for me. Now that I have the goal, I can simply copy this and paste it inside of RO. Now it needs the goal. Where is the goal? Well, AI has writt Sorry, I actually copied the goal inside of RO. Okay, here comes the role. I paste it inside of RO. Then comes goal. Here comes the goal. AI I mean Claude has already written that for me. I copy the goal and paste it inside. And finally needs the instructions which AI has already written that for me. So I’m going to copy all this instructions. Here it comes. Copy and simply paste it inside. We have the role goal and instructions all done. Let me fill in the screen so that you can see it nicely. Uh where is our claude? I will do the hard work of keeping a eye on this. Looks like it is done. Uh we’re going to come back to this very soon. So don’t worry about it. working on your computer. Sorry. No, it says working on your computer. Yeah, it’s it’s probably creating files inside of my computer. I’ll show it. Don’t worry about it. Okay, guys. We copied the whole prompt here that we came up with claude. Now, it is giving me some option, right? I can select which AI model that I want because this lizer AI is connected to all the AI models. I can select anthropic also, whichever AI model I want. Right? Now, how will it know what session you have attended? So, Funny has quickly taken some notes. Which tool did you use, Funny, for taking notes? Whisper flow web hook. Okay. So, Funny has used Whisperflow to take some notes. Which file is this?

    One second. Okay. Let me see. All right. I’ve opened the text edit file. You can see this. This is the everything that I’ve spoken so far. I guess is that it funny? Yes. Yes, guys. For whisper flow, the same tool that I was talking about, right? This is whisper flow. Whisper flow doesn’t only convert we can see whis whisperflow doesn’t only convert whatever I say into text it also has a AI note taker so funny took the AI notes of everything that I was speaking so far and gave me in form of a file here you can see this file right what I’m going to do is there is something called as knowledge right here right I can click on the add button and click on create new knowledge base I can select basic I can call it mastermind session one. I can say create knowledge base.

    And you can see it’s asking me to upload a file. I’m going to just upload this file. My bad. I think it will need a PDF. So I’m going to do docs.google.com. I’m going to paste the transcript. If you use a AI noteaker, you will be able to get transcript like this as well. I’m going to just save this PDF file. And then all right. And now I’m going to just attach it. Add source. Add a file. And there you go. This is the file. I’ve attached the file. Click on continue. Upload file. Simple guys. It’s nothing rocket, right? Nothing rocket science. All the nodes that we got from the session so far. Funny gave me that file because he was using whisper flow to take all the nodes. uh and I basically uploaded that file and gave it to my AI agent and we got a prompt written by Claude as well. So now Lizer AI agent basically has the prompt and also has the file that it can refer to. So every time I ask a question, it should be able to give me an answer by finding the answer from the transcript. So it’s uploading right now. It can take like about a couple of minutes to be able to do this. So let’s give it some time. And as it is doing, let us see what we found here. We are back to this context switching guys. Context switching. Get used to this. Okay. On one side, we’re building a Ferrari, which is the AI agent that we’re talking about. And here we have our AI who has come up with three LinkedIn posts. Okay, you know what? Let’s go back to this. Let’s wrap this up. Okay, we have the file uploaded. That’s it. The file is uploaded right now. It is right here. So I can close this out and you can see this mm session one that’s the file that I created. I’ll click on the save button. So what is this? We right now have an AI agent which has the full prompt and also has the knowledge base. I can simply click on the create button. And you know what? It will basically build an AI agent for me. And that’s it guys. It has built an AI agent. It says successfully created an AI agent. And you can see it has three options. Build, playground, and deploy. Now that has built an AI agent, I’ll go to playground to play with it. Okay, I go to playground and I can simply say I ask a couple of questions. Uh, could you explain me? Could you quickly explain me uh give me a summary of what was covered in the session based on the knowledge base. There you go. I ask a question. It is literally using Opus 4.5 uh Opus 5.0. It’s using the knowledge base that we have attached at this point of time and goes into this. Look at this. How to write a prompt that actually works role, objective, context, instructions and nodes. Thinking with AI, the content DNA playbook, building an AI employee by using the clot desktop app and also talking about agents form. We spoke about all these things so far and now we have built an AI agent which has access to all these things. For example, I can say what is the prompting framework called which web have taught us today in the session. What is the prompting framework called? Let’s see if it is able to pull up. I hope you guys remember what the prompting framework was called. Guys, what was the prompting framework called? Let me know in the answer. All right, before you guys could answer, here it comes. It’s called the markdown prompting. It has role, objective, context, and everything around it. And look at this. It is explaining you the hash, two hash, three hash, the bold, and an example prompt as well. Cool. Is this AI employee working the way it should? Yes. All right. Now that this AI employees working in the back end, this is just the engine, guys. We need to give it a beautiful structure, a beautiful face to it. We just have the engine ready. How do we give it a beautiful structure? Well, we use a different app for that. to build a beautiful structure. I could use anything. For example, I could also go into an app like Google AI Studio. Google AI Studio is a free AI building app. Okay, I could go into a Google AI studio. And you know what? I can ask it to convert this into an app. I could use this or I could also use something like CEX. What is CEX? You can see this desktop app again. This is Codex. Funny. Do you want to explain people what Codex is? Oh yeah. Codex is this agentic hardness by OpenAI. Uh until now we have been using anthropics clot but this is by OpenAI guys. Codex is basically chat GPT. Yeah. If I click on this dropdown you can see chat GPT as well. Instead of using the chat GPT you know uh website I’m using the chat GPT desktop app at this point of time. And because I’m building a product right now using AI, I prefer using something called as Codeex, which is very good with writing code. Okay, it’s as simple as that. That doesn’t mean you have to be good with code. That is the beauty, right? If I switch to Codeex, something even cooler happens. But you can do it on Chat GP as well. Okay. Okay. You know what? For a better example, let’s do it on Chat GPT. Okay. We are on chat GPD desktop app right now. All I have to say is a prompt. Hey, you know what? I want to basically build an incredible AI app which is called the Outskll AI mentor. What I want you to do is it’s a AI mentor app which looks similar to chat GPT or claude like a chatbot but it’s branded without skill like you know neon black and neon green is the brand colors of this and it’s an app where when my learners ask a question about the session that they have attended the app is supposed to give them the answer of based on what was covered in the session and for for this app to work the engine of this app is basically the Lizer AI agent. So I’m going to give you the Lizer AI agent code. I want you to use the Lizer AI agent code in the to build the back end and I want you to build a beautiful stunning front end or stunning UI for this app. And once you have built it, I want you to create deploy this inside of a chat GPT site so that I can share this URL with anyone and anyone will be able to use it. I said chat GPD site. Funny. What is chat GPD site? Chat GPD site is this plug-in launched by OpenAI which with which you can basically deploy all the applications that you’re going ahead and building. And if you don’t know what deployment means, it’ll finally give you a link that you can go ahead and share with others as well. Guys, basically I don’t want to build a website that I can use. I want a website to be buil by everyone. So chat GP right now has something called a site s I t the moment you say create a site it will basically build the app and put it on a URL and give you the URL as simple as that so that you can share it with anyone okay and now I’m saying here is the integration code where is the integration code I’ve said I want you to build this app I want you to connect with lizer AI agent and I said I’ll give you the integration code what is this integration code I’m not a developer you don’t have to be a developer You see we have come back to lizer AI agent right now right there is something called as deploy that you see here if I tap on this here is the code I don’t have to care you the code is right here all I have to do is click on this copy button how difficult is this once I or I can select all of this I simply have to click on this copy button now that I’ve copied it I come back to chat GPT app and I say here’s the integration code and I just paste this code that’s it I built that AI agent. Once I built that AI agent, I came to chat GBD app and I said this is the AI agent that I built. I went to this deploy button. I was in playground. I went to this deploy button. There was some code written here. I can’t read it. I just copied the code and I gave it to ChatG right here. And that’s it guys. I click on the send button. That is it. And you know what? Chat GPT will right now convert the whole thing into an app that we can use.

    That’s it. I can keep chatting here. It says continue to work. I can say continue to work. And that’s it guys. It’s going to work for the next 30 minutes to build a beautiful looking app for us parallelly. While that is happening, let’s come back to Claude because hey, there is some work left with one more AI employee. We’re literally building two different AI employees parallelly, right? One with Claude, one with Chad GPT. Okay, now as Chad GP is building this app for us using Lizer, right? We already have, look at this guys. What did our AI agent do? Our AI agent spinned up three different AI agents on cloud like you guys can see. did all this research. You can see it did 14, 21, 11 steps each right here, okay? And literally gave us the topics inside of it. Look at this. Business year down. Rated each one of them out of eight out of 10. 8 out of 10. And did all the research and came up with three different LinkedIn posts as well. You can see this. And I explained I told it explain me why will it go viral. It’s explaining me why will it go viral. It’s saying you created a LinkedIn post like this back in the day which got you 1150 engagements. There was one more post that you created like this which got you,000 engagements. There was one more post that you created which got only less number of engagement. Based on all these learnings, it wrote this LinkedIn post so that it increases the odds of it to go viral. In the same way we have post two ready here as well. In the same way, we have the post three ready here as well. So guys, what all did we get AI to do? We got AI to do a lot of work. Let’s ask what what did AI do so far. All right. Uh looks like you have done a great work. You have done bunch of things starting from researching coming up with 10 different ideas uh comparing it to a road map that you have and then you spun three different AI agents to literally come up with three different LinkedIn post in my own style. You’ve done all this. Can you explain me in a detailed way everything that you did to come up for this three LinkedIn posts for me? Can you write it in a detailed instruction on what did you learn in this process? What am I doing now that AI has finished all the job? And by the way, look at one more thing I’ll show you. What did AI do here? Which one was a folder? Mastermind, LinkedIn writer. Look at this guys. AI has literally created three different LinkedIn posts and saved that as a file on my computer. Post number one, post number two, post number three. because it has access to the folder on my computer. It created the LinkedIn post and also saved it inside of the folder because that’s a folder it works on. Now what am I asking it? I’m basically asking it to tell me explain me the whole steps it has taken so far. That is what I’m asking AI to do so far. Let us see what it will come up with. Funny what did we do here? If you have to quickly remind people of what did we do on claude as we’re building our AI employee from first step to the last step let us see what you remember. So we first asked it to go ahead and research I mean we first gave it access to a folder inside the computer and inside that folder you had gone ahead and put in the content DNA analysis all of your old posts and the prompt as well. So it knows how your LinkedIn posts are written and then you had gone ahead and asked it to do research on the internet for 10 different posts. From those 10 different posts, you asked it to come down to three different posts and then compare those three different posts with all the thousands of posts that have done very well in the past. So it compared it to all of that, understood why those post did well, why didn’t those post do well, and then wrote those posts in your own style and gave it back to you. Exactly. That is what AI did. And right now I’m asking to document everything. I’m asking basically questioning AI. Tell me what work did you do so far? Right. I’m I’m micromanaging my AI at this point of time. Right? So I’m basically saying, look, you’ve done a lot of work. I want you to explain me what you understood. Isn’t this what we do with actual employees of ours? When we hire someone, we teach them some work. Once we have taught them some work, we try to we ask them to explain us. Tell me what you understood. Tell me what you did not understand. I want to know what you understood and everything around it. Right? That is literally what we are doing right now. Right? I’m basically asking AI to tell me what it understood. And you know what AI is doing? It’s literally building an SOP by going through all the work it has done. It is creating a file which is going to document everything it has learned. Once it documents everything it has learned. What I’m going to do I’m going to basically going to say look now that you’ve learned the process wake up every single morning at 8:00 and repeat the process. I’ve spent enough amount of time teaching AI what needs to be done. I got AI to do all the work. Now AI is telling me what it has done. Look at this. Writing the content engine once it has written. Look at this. It has literally written everything part zero. The one idea the whole system is built on and it has literally documented the whole process for me of everything it did in this document. Stage one. Stage two, it has done all the work. Stage three, stage four, it has basically documented everything it has done so far. We’ve got AI to work quite hard, isn’t it? Now that we have done, now that AI understood what we have done, it has given me a document. Now I’m going to play my final card. I’m going to basically tell AI, great job. Now that you remember, you remember this content engine SOP that you have created. follow this content engine SOP every single day. Wake up in the morning and do this job for me every single day without even me asking you. How do I do that? Well, I just tell it.

    All right, this is great. I really like how you have created your LinkedIn content engine SOP. Now, let’s make this into a task. I want you to set up a schedule right now. I want you to wake up every single day in the morning at 7:00. Follow this content engine SOP end to end where you go hunt stuff on the internet. Find the top topics based on content DNA framework. Once you find the top top 10 topics, bring it down to top three, spin up multiple AI agents to research about each one of the topic and eventually come down to the LinkedIn posts exactly written in my own style. You basically follow the same LinkedIn content engine SOP that you have created every single day. You wake up at 7:00 in the morning. Execute this task end to end for me. So that when I wake up in the morning, I have three LinkedIn posts ready which I can review and post it the one that I like. That is the task that I want you to do. Guys, what we are doing right now is creating a schedule. All I have to do is I want you all I have to say is I want to set this up as a schedule right now or I could have clicked on these three dots and clicked on schedule. The moment I do this, you just need to keep your computer on. And my computer is on all the time. By the way, AI because it has access to your computer will wake up every day at 7:00 like I’ve asked it to do. It’ll wake up every day at 7:00 a.m. execute the whole process end to end for me and give me three different files ready so that when I wake up I basically have three LinkedIn post ready. I can review all of them. AI will give me reasoning as well like you know because we made it do the whole work for us. I can just pick the LinkedIn post that I like. If there are any changes that I need to make, I’ll make those changes and I’ll just post it. Basically guys, what we just created is an AI employee that will work autonomously. All you have to do is just don’t turn off your computer, please. All right. And when you install the Claude app, it will give you an option. Make sure you don’t turn your computer off. You just need to turn that option on and you’ll keep your computer on. You plug the power and leave it. it will this is why my I and you can run multiple AI agents on your computer not just this one right so that is what we are doing right now it is creating the trigger at this point of time it’s creating the schedule it’s creating that automation so that every day it will wake up and do this task for us guys did you understand look at this creating a scheduled task for me it will create a schedule task did you understand what we do drop a boom in the chat if this was mind-blowing where we’re not just getting one AI employee, we’re getting multiple AI employees to work for us parallelly and it’s going to work every single day just like this. You can literally create any number of employees for you that you can. I have an AI employee which is my marketing employee which looks into all my marketing data and explains me how my ads are performing. I have an AI employee which does the same for all my business data, right? Where it goes through all my it has access to all my databases. It has access to my computer. It has access to everything and tells me how much revenue did we do in the last 24 hours. Is it doing well, not doing well, everything around it. I have an AI employee which does access to all my social networks and tells me what content is working, what content is not working and everything around it as well. I have multiple AI employees working for me all the damn time. And look at that guys. It has literally created a task. It fires daily at 7:00 in the morning. The first run is tomorrow morning. And just for me to check, I can go to scheduled on the sidebar. And look at this. Here is the scheduled task. Daily LinkedIn post engine three posts by 7:00 a.m. And here’s the task. I can literally click on run now and it will run now and give me everything around it.

    Clear? Clear. Did you just see how to build an AI employee and run it 24/7? Incredible. There are a few people who are like, “Do you need a paid app for this? Do would would you work for anyone for free? No. Right. So, yes, I mean you can use the free app as well, but you will need a paid app to be able to or you have to spend those $20 to be able to get the most out of it, right? That is what I will recommend, but you can do that for free as well, but it will be limited. While parallelly, look at what Chad GP just did for us. We are on Chad GP right now. Look at this guys. Chad GPT just built a AI employee which is the AI mentor just for us. How did it build it? Remember how we built the lizer agent in the back end? We gave this agent code came to chat GPT gave the code and asked it to build it into a beautiful app. And here it comes. The app is right here. The app is right here. The code is all done. All I have to And look at this. There’s a site here as well. I can literally open it and look at this. It is built into its own website right now. For this, the whole app is built right in front of us. I can literally say summarize today’s session and it will use the Lizer AI agent in the back end to be able to pull the answer for us. It doesn’t probably have the API key right now. So, let us see.

    Yes, it’s publicly available right now. End to end the app is ready at this point of time. It is going to go inside of it. Go through thinking of across everything and it will give me the answer. Here it comes guys. Here it comes. Here comes the whole answer. And this is how we go about building this AI mentor that you guys will get access to as well folks. We have covered a ton of things already today. From a scale of 1 to 10, how is it going so far? From a scale of 1 to 10, how is it going so far?

    Love it. Love it. Sorry if it is becoming a little fast for a few people. Well, there is so much to cover. Uh we had to go fast so that we can teach you the right stuff. I hope you’re picking up stuff and now that you have you will get access to this AI mentor after the day is over. After two days are over. You can always ask doubts and get answers to this as well. But folks, here’s the thing. Here’s the thing that we’re going to do right after this. The next thing that we will do is how about we built an AI mentor right now where I’m able to ask a question. I’m able to get an answer. What if we convert that into a voice agent? What do I mean by that? I ask a question with my voice and it gives me an answer back with a voice. Not just build an AI employee but build an AI employee which I can talk to and can talk back to me. How many of you guys want to learn that? Drop in a heart. We will build we will convert this AI mentor into a voice agent where I can talk to it and can talk back to me. That is what we are going to cover next. And right after that, we’re not done yet. Right after that, what I’m going to do is because you guys are having a ball of a time and I’m having a lot of fun as well. I’m going to show you the kind of AI tools that I use, the kind of AI agents that I use because funny has just pinged me and like web hub. Every time you’re talking about agents, people are like show us, show us, show us. How many of you guys want to see how I use AI every single day? The kind of tools that I use, the kind of workflows that I use, the kind of automations that I have created, the way I work with AI. What you just saw is maybe like 5% of what I use. I want to expose you to the way I work with AI so that you guys will learn and understand what is possible with AI. If that is something that is exciting, that is what I’m going to cover next. But I know all of you guys, your brains are buzzing and you need a break. So funny. Let’s give people a 5 minute break. Let’s put up the timer. Let’s play some music. Guys, go ahead, take a 5 minute break. Once we come back, once we come back, we are basically going to talk about, you know, a voice agent and also from there we’re going to talk about how we use AI. And by the way, before we go to the break, if you guys can see that guy right here on the screen of funny, that is basically Funny’s AI agent as well. His name is Sam Saltman, not Altman, Saltman. Funny, maybe you should talk about how you use AI as well today. Sure, that would be super cool. I will. Okay, let’s reset the timer. Let’s give people a five minute break. Once we come back, you guys are up for a crazy ride. Okay, let’s play some music also. Funny. Yes.

    Shake it out. Sit up tall. Deep breath in. You got this, yo.

    Screen’s been burning. Mind’s on fire. So much buzzing on the wire. Pause the slice. Blow the drive. Feel that focus come alive. Roll your shoulders. Close your eyes. Let that pressure be rise. Every sight, every note building something

    we

    Yeah. Heat.

    to build it on the next day.

    Shake the doubt out of your hands. You’re the ones who change the plans. Every question, every test turns a rough sketch to a test. Oh, look around. Not alone. 100 futures in this room. Take a sip. Reset your face. We’re just getting to the great part of the race.

    Here we go again.

    This is what it looks like. Figure it out.

    Embrace the building out the next great thing

    in home. Let it go. Feel that clarity start to grow. Say you’re with me nice and clear. I’ll build a future starting here.

    Quick, quick charge. Here we go again. Brea in. Brea in. Brea out. This is what it looks like. Figuring it out. We rise. We learn. Every spot we like. The world will turn.

    Now let’s get back.

    Let’s go.

    Let’s go.

    Shake it out.

    Sit up tall. Deep breath in. You got this.

    Screen’s been burning, minds on fire. So much buzzing on the wire slides. Reload the drive. Feel that focus come alive. Roll your shoulders. Close your eyes. Let that pressure vaporize. Everyone building something brave and bold.

    All right, is everyone back? Drop in back on the chat if you’re back. All right, guys. I hope the break was helpful. I I’m very sure your brains were buzzing with so many directions we were taking today. But you know what? I was not even trying to simplify it today. Okay, because you need to get used to this. You need to get used to the fact that you know uh things are going to move fast. You need to get used to the fact that you need to uh you know get comfortable with running multiple AI agents parally being able to switch contexts fast and stuff like that because this is how people are going to operate in the world of AI and this is also a glimpse of how each and every one of you are need to be are supposed to be operating in the AI first world switching context and stuff like that. In fact, what you saw is me switching context between two different AI agents. Today in real, if you see my screen, I have a 57 in wide monitor. At any point of time, I literally have 12 to 15 different AI agents working parallelly and I’m switching context all the time. Now, you will get a hang of this as well very very soon as you get into stuff. And today when I talk about how I use AI, the kind of stuff that I build, the kind of problems that I solve with AI, you will get a good sense of what an AI generalist or how an AI generalist actually works and actually builds. Yes, drop a boom in the chat if you guys want to continue and if you want to go deeper into stuff because now it’s time for us to convert our incredible AI agent that we have built into a phenomenal voice agent. And that is what we’re going to do right now. We’re going to convert everything that we have built into a voice agent right now so that we can get it cranking and get incredible outputs from that. So how do I go about building a voice agent? Well, let me quickly share my screen.

    All right. So you you remember we wrote this prompt for Lizer. You remember how we went to Lizer AI agent built that whole agent for us inside of it and we got done some really cool stuff inside of Lizer. For us to build voice agents instead of going to Lizer we can go to this platform called as smallest.ai. It’s an incredible solution for all of you people to build voice agents. It has the power for you to build agents like this which can call on your behalf, take calls for you and everything around it. And the best part is that you don’t have to pay a fixed fee. You can just sign up and you’ll get $10 in free credits, right? And after that based on your usage, you can pay like 9 cents a minute, right? That is how this works, which is so cool. You don’t have to pay any monthly fee. You pay for usage. And now I’ve come into uh come inside of smallest.ai which is a voice agent. Now how do I build a voice agent? Well, you can clearly see this button called as build an agent. Right now we are at smallest.ai like you guys can see. Okay, we’re at smallest.ai and we can simply click on build an agent just like we did on Liysa. The moment I click on build an agent and I click on create agent, I have two options. Create from scratch. Start with a template. I will create from scratch. And once I come in, look at this. All I need is a prompt. Here it’s the prompt. All I need is a prompt. So what do I do? I just delete whatever is here. And you remember how we built a prompt for Lizer AI agent. I’m just going to copy that prompt because the prompt was already built. I just copy the prompt. Come to smallest and I paste the prompt. As simple as that. Right now it’s saying add a knowledge base because I said refer to a knowledge base as well. We’re going to get to the knowledge base as well. Now that I’ve entered the prompt because it’s a voice agent, I can select a voice as well. Now in this case there are bunch of voices it already has. You can see this there are bunch of voices. I want to hear a voice. I can simply click on a play button.

    You have to share your sound. Yeah, that’s what I wanted. So, let me quickly share my screen again.

    There you go. Here we come, guys. Uh, you can see this. The voices are all here. You can select one of the voices. Hello, this is a preview of my voice. I hope you enjoy listening to it. Awesome. Or something like this. Hello, this is a preview of my voice. I hope you enjoy listening to it. And a bunch of voices, guys. You can pick whatever you want. In fact, I have cloned a voice as well, which if you go to clone, right, I’ve literally used my voice to clone my voice here as well. And I can select that right now. Uh I’ll show you how to quickly clone my clone anybody’s voice very soon using smallest as well. But I select this voice. And you know what? There are bunch of settings here. For example, I can go to tools and I can basically add a knowledge base here as well, right? I can basically attach a knowledge base, upload a file just like we did that on Lizer, but I’m going to skip all of this right now because you get the sense and I can simply click on test agent once I’ve uploaded the knowledge base and whatnot. I can connect a phone number as well if I want to, right? But I can simply click on test agent and I can do a web call and I can simply click on connect.

    Hello there. How are you? I’m doing awesome. How are you? Glad to hear you’re doing awesome. I’m ready to help you with anything from the mastermind. Just let me know what you’re working on or what’s on your mind. Well, uh, what can you help me with? Like, uh, what kind of questions can you help me with? Can you explain me? What’s your job? I’m here to help you with anything you learned in the Outskll AI mastermind. If you attended those sessions, I can answer questions, explain concepts, walk you through steps, or help you apply what was taught, no matter how basic or advanced. You can ask about topics like using AI tools for your business, building automations, writing better prompts, setting up workflows, or anything you saw in the mastermind. My job is to break down ideas from those sessions into All right. Awesome. You got the sense, guys. It is basically the AI agent that we basically built inside of Codeex. But the Codex one is where you ask a question will get you an answer because you’re building this into a voice agent right now. You can talk to it and you can it can talk back to you as well. And that is how you can use something like smallest.ai to be able to build your own voice agent as well. Guys, there are bunch of tools out there that you can pick up. We are picking up the tools that we internally use, right? Smallest uh is an incredible tool that we came across which is which is great. So we are starting to use this. We use Lizer inside. You can use it as well and a bunch of other tools as well. It’s not about the tool that you pick up. It’s about what you’re able to accomplish from them. Right? And that is where we are and that is how you go about building a voice agent. In fact, like I told you, you can clone your voice as well by coming to voice cloning. Upload a bunch of your samples and you can clone your voice inside of it. Build agents, build knowledge bases. You can see this. We just skipped the step right now of uploading the knowledge base. If you would have created the knowledge base, it could have answered questions from the session as well. And that is how you go about it. Funny, is my screen okay or is it blurry? It’s fine for me, but I do see a couple of comments. Guys, how is my screen? Are you able to see my screen? Can you drop a clear in the chat if this is fine? I want to get an understanding if it is clear for most people. Okay, looks like it is pretty clear for most people that three four people who are saying it’s blurry but for most of the people it is pretty clear and you can see all the thumbs ups. But just in case I’m going to just reshare my screen uh just for a few people but this is what it is. Okay, perfect guys. This is what is all about how you can go about building a voice agent as well. Now we come to something that is very very powerful. Now before I get there I wanted to give you some context. You see what we’re going to do right now is I’m going to show you not teach you. I’m going to show you how I use AI every single day. Now how will I use AI every single day? Well the way that happens is basically using a lot of agents. How do I use a lot of agents together? the kind of tools that I use, the kind of workflows that I use and everything around it is what we’re going to talk about right now. And there’s a reason why I do this. The reason why I do this is end of 2 days, we will give you a road map. A road map that captures everything that you need to do after the 2-day mastermind is over. Because the 2-day mastermind is the first few steps that you’re supposed to take. It’s just the beginning. How do we help you go forward? how do we help you to compound is using that road map. Now when we gave this road map to a lot of people you know what happened most people didn’t execute it because they were like okay you know what uh there is so much of work that I need to do and most people never got to that road map because they didn’t really know what could help them or what they could achieve if they finish this road map. So we thought we’ll give you guys a glimpse of what all of you guys can achieve if you go through the whole road map and the road map is going to be free for you that will be given to you end of the two days. If you follow that you can go deeper to become truly an AI generalist but you for you to get a glimpse of how an AI generalist actually operates. I will show you the kind of tools, the kind of workflows, the kind of automations, how I use AI every single day so that you get a sense of the power of AI. Are you guys ready? Are you guys ready for this? Drop in a heart so that I know all of you guys are ready. Right now, guys, I’m I don’t have the time to teach you everything. So sit back, relax, and watch it like a show because what you’re going to see, I can guarantee you is going to blow your mind. Okay? But for me to teach you everything that I’m going to show you over the course of next 75 to 90 minutes will easily take me I don’t know 500 hours. So we don’t have those 500 hours together. So I’m going to show you how I use AI. I’m going to give you guys a road map for free so that you can implement this after the two days is over. Sounds like a deal. Give me a thumbs up if that sounds like a deal and we will get started. And in this process, you will understand what it means to become a true AI generalist. Guys, I want all of you guys to become something called as an AI generalist, an AI first problem solver. And for you to become an AI first problem solver, you have to go from level one to level five. And here are the things that you can do from level one to level five. Don’t worry about it. Everything that I’m going to show you and a lot more is captured in the road map that you guys will get for free end of 2 days. So sit back, relax, and see what AI is capable of. Level one of becoming an AI first problem solver is about having very good understanding of prompting techniques, experiment experimenting with multiple AI models, running AI models on your computer and whatn not. Now, here’s something that I tell that a lot of people don’t have an understanding of. You know what that is? There are literally hundreds of AI models out there. Did you know that? Most of us think AI is chat GPT claude uh grock gemini. If you go to this platform called as open router open router and click on models you will all of a sudden realize there are literally 400 different AI models out there. And if you want to be in the cutting edge of AI, if you want to have an unfair advantage over everybody else, you need to know which AI model to use where. And in fact, inside of open router, there’s something called as rankings. Okay, if you go to rankings, you can literally see what are the top AI models in the world right now. While all of us are using chat, GPT, cloud and stuff like that, right now the rank one AI model is Deepseek V4 flash. The second is H53 by 10centent. The fourth is MIMO V5. And the fifth is GP 5.6. The sixth one is GLM 5.2. For you to be the best in AI, you need to have an ability to use the best AI models, isn’t it? They’re all on open router. But how do I use them? How do I use these AI models? If I want to use a DeepSc V4 or any of these AI models that are the top or Laguna S2.1, which app should I use? Well, there are no apps for this. Well, what you need to do is to use these AI models, what we do internally is we use this app called as get multi. Now, get multi is incredible. What it does is get multi can literally get connected with open router directly. As a result, you can use this app on the go. You can use any of the AI models on the go inside of a single app. I have logged in. I have the account of get multi. Once you come inside of it, right, you can see the bunch of options inside of get multi. Chat, playground, compare, council, auto rotate, a bunch of them. I come to chat. Okay, and all of a sudden, look at this beauty. Okay, because get multi is connected with open router. It literally has, if I tap on this button, look at this guys. I literally have access to 397 AI models at this point of time. I can literally use any of the AI model what I want. Let’s say I want to use Deepseek V4. I can come inside of get multi. I can just search for that model. Deepseek. There you go. Deepseek V4. I select that AI model. Click on use this model and I can literally ask any question that I want and all of a sudden I can use the best AI models out there on the internet with a single click. Isn’t that insane guys? Drop in a heart if you think this is insane. All of a sudden, I have an option to use the best AI models out there. Pick up any of the AI models that I want. Now, with that being said, multi takes it to a next level. You see, a lot of people don’t understand that all these AI models have advanced settings, including models like chat, GPD, Gemini, and Claude. Now, get multi doesn’t only allow me to select out of any of the 380 AI models out there. I can keep loading, keep scrolling. I can select any of the AI models that I want. It’s not just about that, but get multi shows me the advanced settings of every AI model that most people hide. You see, if you go to something called as playground, guys, every single let’s say let’s pick up a open-source AI model. Okay, let’s go to let’s say Nvidia’s AI model, Limatron, Nimatron 3 Ultra. Okay, this is a very powerful AI model. If I select this AI model, every single AI model has something called as parameters. There is something called as temperature, max tokens, top P value, top K value, frequency penalty, presence penalty, the reasoning effect, and I can set up system instructions. What the hell are all these things? Well, you know what? Every single AI model has advanced settings. When you go inside of chat GPT, when you go inside of claude, you can’t see this parameters. You can’t even see this parameters. But you know what? These settings exist. And as I change the settings of these parameters, the kind of output that I get from the same AI model fundamentally changes. Am I making sense? These are like those advanced settings. All of us were driving a powerful car with the auto mode. This is the manual mode of an AI model. And if you want to get the most out of AI, you need to learn what temperature is. Max tokens is top P value, top K value. How when you change this parameters, the kind of output that you get from the same AI model fundamentally changes. Now look at the edge that I’m talking about. While the whole world thinks about AI being chat gypty clawed and stuff like that, you all of a sudden as a generalist knows what open router is, knows what multi is, connects open router to multi. As a result, you can literally use any of the AI models that you want out of the 500 odd AI models out there. And not just that, you are also one of those people who understand that there are advanced setting of these AI models where as you change these parameters, the kind of outputs that you get from an AI fundamentally changes. Isn’t this an unfair advantage to have? While people think AI is chat GPT, you know there are 400 AI models. You know how to use them. You also know how to change the parameters of it to get the most out of AI. Now guys, I can’t sit and teach you what these values are. It will take me a lot of time. I’m giving you a glimpse of what is possible. But you know what? A real AI generalist, a real AI first problem solver doesn’t just have the ability to use multiple AI models, also uses multiple AI models to debate between themselves. When I have the power of so many AI models, why do I have to use it individually? When you go to this option compare inside of multi, something crazy happens. You know what? All of a sudden, I have the ability to get multiple AI models to work for me parallelly and it has combinations. I can select the combination that I want as well. And you know what? Let’s say I will select the fast lane which can give me answers very quickly. I’ll simply ask a question. Explain a hard idea simply. Uh let’s say how does AI work? Okay. And this is a question. And this is the prompt that I want because I have multiple AI models. I can literally get four different AI models to give me answer parallelly. If something important is there and you want to make sure the answer is not wrong, you you basically go to chat GPD cla and multiple AI models parallelly. Instead of that, you just use multi ask a single question and in a single window you get all these different AI models to work for you parallelly. Guys, isn’t this a superpower? One prompt, four different AI models answering you. But this is not enough. You got four answers. You’re too lazy to select which answer you want. Well, screw it. I will ask multi to help me choose. I can simply select one button. And you know what? Multi will give one more AI model to go through all these four answers, understand which is the best answer, and we’ll recommend you keep GPD 5.4 and continue. Instead of selecting four models, I just select keep GPD 5.4 and continue. And you know what? I can open that conversation in 2 seconds. There you go. And I can continue the chat with GPT 5.4 in this case because it gave me the best answer. So what did we just get Multi to do? It got multiple AI models to do the same task for you. Chose the best AI model for this specific task and gave you the output here as well. In fact, once it gave you the output, you want a second opinion. You want to be sure if this answer is good enough or not. Well, I can simply click on second opinion. And you know what multi will do? Multi will spin up five different AI models parallelly. Take the question, take the answer and get it verified by different AI models parallelly. Guys, are you able to understand what we are doing here? If you’re able to understand what we are doing here, drop a comment insane in the chat. I hope you guys are understanding the superpower that you guys are getting here. Not just one AI, we’re getting multiple AIs to work for us like a team and it has so many options like autoroot for example, we don’t know which AI to use. I can simply ask a question, click on autoroot, multi will do the job of checking and get me the right answer here as well. And my friends this is multi get multi.ai which is an incredibly powerful tool. Look at that. It took the question understood told me GP 5.6 soul is the right answer. I click on see the answer and it gives me it’s like having multiple AIs to work for me parallelly and this is how a incredible AI generalist operates. But this is not enough. This is not enough. What do I mean by that? These are AI that is running on a cloud. What if I have something very private? What if I have something very secretive? What if I have something that nobody in the world should know and I don’t want my information to leak? Well, then you need to learn how to run your own AI model on your computer. And you know what? You can actually run your own AI model on your computer using a platform called as Olama. on Olama. Once you set it up, you can literally open a terminal and you know what? You can literally run an AI model on your computer. All I have to do is say Olama chat code and work launch anywhere. And here it is. Now, if I ask any question, I’m going to ask a dumb question right now. What came first chicken or egg?

    And the answer that you see starting to come is coming from an AI. You can see the answer that’s coming, right? It’s coming from an AI that is literally running on my computer. Guys, this AI is not running on cloud. It’s running on my computer. As a result, the moment I close this off, right? Everything is gone because this AI is running on my computer, it can run forever for free. Even if you don’t have internet access and the best part is that it’s completely private. Nobody except for you knows what you’re talking with your AI. And guys, you all know the important importance of privacy when it comes to AI. So yeah, and there are so many other things guys. This is just level one. And let me tell you one thing for you guys to be able to master level one. We’re going to give you the road map, right? It’s going to take you not more than I think two and a half to three months. If you can dedicate 10 hours a week, if you can dedicate 10 hours a week, in two and a half to three months, you will be able to master the level one. What I just showed you is a glimpse. There’s so much more for you to learn and you can master all of that in 3 months. The road map will be given to you for free end of 2 days. Make sure you don’t stop learning. But we are just on level one. What is level two? Level two is where we take everything to the next level. What do I mean by that? Level two is where we automate stuff. You see, AI’s job is to do all the work for us so that we can focus on three things. Judgment, decisions, and taste. How will AI do all the work for us? Well, for AI to be able to do all the donkey work for us, we need to give AI the tools that we use every single day. Yes, you use a lot of tools to do your job every single day, right? You have to give AI access to these tools so that AI can use the tools to do the job that you are doing. How does that work? This works using something called as MCP or something called as model context protocol. Now what is model context protocol? Well, folks, model context protocol is a way for you to connect any of the AI models out there to an AI agent so that it can use it can use the tools that you use on your behalf.

    Too complex? Let me simplify. Let me show you a couple of examples and that will make sense to you. Let’s start with something very simple. Okay, I’ll open claude. Okay. And you know what? Let’s say I want to order food. I’m going to keep it very simple right now. I want to order food and I’m too lazy to order food and I’m too lazy to pick what I want to eat. Well, the food delivery uh that I use here back in India is something similar to Uber Eats or Do Dash. It’s called a Zomato. And you know what I’ve done? I’ve connected my Zomato account to my cloud account. I’ve connected my Door Dash account to my cloud account. As a result, I can simply give a prompt. Hey, I’m I’m super hungry right now. Could you quickly do research of the best pizza place that delivers near my home? You can look up my home address from my Zomato account using Zomato MCP. Uh find my uh understand where I stay right now, but don’t show it on the screen because we are on a call right now and people can see it. I don’t want my PII to come out. Don’t show it on my screen. Understand where I stay. do a research on the internet to find the best pizza place that can deliver near my home and give me three options that I can order from which can deliver to my location in less than 30 minutes. That is the job that I want you to do. And there you go guys, a prompt as simple as that. What have I done? I’ve connected the equivalent the do dash of India is called as Zomato. I’ve connected the Zomato account or the do dash account to my claude and I basically say go use the internet do the research on the internet to find the best bloody pizza that I can order and you can see this it is basically researching the best bloody pizza that I can order and at this point of time it will find me the sub 30inut pizza and look at this it’s basically saying brick oven is the one and

    and and basically saying you can use fig or zomato yourself. Okay, what if I say this? Okay, there is something called as connectors. You can see this and using connectors I can literally connect an app and you know what there is zomato right here. All I have to do is click on the connect button which I basically have forgotten like I told you this is a computer for my AI agents not for me right so I can simply enter give me a second I’ll quickly connect my account so that you can see it live on how it works

    all right give me a And

    all right it should it is authenticated right now. So let us see there you go it is connected right now. You can see this. I will open cloud again and I will say retry now.

    So guys uh initially it was like oh I don’t have access to your food delivery app. So, I gave it access to my food delivery app. I just had to log in once. It probably forgot. And look at this. It has started to work. It’s working. Now, lets me pull your saved location. So, how does it know where I stay? My food delivery app has the location of where I stay. So, it found the food delivery app. Found the location where I stay. Using my food delivery app to understand where it can find. Now, it’s finding me places which can deliver pizza in less than 30 minutes. And it gave me the bunch of options that I want and it showed me up all the options. I can literally say okay you know what go with this and saying if speed wins over quality mojo is the one. I can just say let’s go with Mojo. It’s giving me three options. I’m saying let’s go with Mojo.

    Guys, can I tell you something? I end up wasting a lot of time just figuring out what to eat. Now AI does the job for me. It figures out what I should be eating, right? Which is great. Now, you can see this. Which mood are you in? A big veg pizza or a non-veg pizza? Half and half or I’ll tell you, okay, a big 10-in veg pizza. How do I want my food to be paid for? I can say cash on delivery. And you know what? I’m going to stop it because I don’t want it to end up ordering a pizza for me right now. Just surprise my uh my parents would be like, who ordered this pizza? And they’ll be surprised. But I don’t want to order the pizza. If I continue to do it, it will end up ordering the pizza for me as well. But you get the sense. I’m able to connect my Clawude account to my food delivery app to be able to get the food delivered to my home. But that is not the crazy part. You know what is crazy? How many of you guys invest in stocks? This is just food delivery. So this is simple. Give me a thumbs up if you invest in stocks. What if I told you I basically get my AI to do all the work of stocks as well because I obviously don’t want to lose money on stocks. As a result, I use an MCP tool called as goose. Guys, this my friends is called as goose. Goose is very very powerful. It’s created by Jack Dorsey who’s the ex uh who’s the ex CEO of Twitter and founder of uh you know founder of Twitter as well. He built this tool called as goose and this is a tool because of which literally 5,000 people in his company lost job because this tool kind of automated 5,000 jobs in the company of Jack Dorsy. What does it do? It can do everything. You see I have connected it to an AI model. It also has access to a computer. For example, I’ll show you something very cool. Okay, it basically has access to my computer which is a desktop folder. If I open my desktop folder, right? Look at my desktop folder. It’s an absolute mess. It’s an absolute mess. Look how how much of a mess it is. Okay, let me show you something very very simple to start with on how powerful MCPS are and how I use it for literally everything. While on today when we were using building our AI employee, you saw how it was able to use a computer inside, right? with goose. Now that I have access, it has access to the desktop folder. I can literally write a prompt like this. Hey, you have uh I’ve given you access to the folder on my computer which is desktop. The whole folder like you can see is completely messed up and it’s a mess. What I want you to do is I want you to neatly organize all these files into folders and organize all the data so that you my desktop looks clean. Also very important thing is I want you to go through these files also and tell me if there are files that I should delete to free up some space on my computer and for all the files that you believe I should delete keep it in a folder called as to be deleted so that I can review them and delete it later when I wanted to guys that’s it guys this is goose like I told you go o e it’s an open source tool it’s completely free I’ve connected to open router sadly I can’t show you all the setup it’s going to take a lot of time now that I’ve given access to goose you know what goose can do goose can write something called a shell programming and using shell programming goose can literally access folders on my computer analyze what is on my folder and you can see this I’ve kept it open so that you can see it will go through all the folders understand how it can clean this up and literally order them inside of folders inside of my computer my hands are off has access to everything at At this point of time, like you guys can see, it will write a bunch of shell programming for us. I don’t know what that is. It will do everything itself, right? And it will organize the whole folder for me. Now, obviously, I don’t just use it to organize my folder. I use it to do literally everything that I want on my computer quite frankly. But you get a very good idea using goose. I’ll tell you an example, right? Let’s say there’s a fold there’s a file that I’m looking for which is a Google sheet which has let’s say financial data of mine and I don’t know where it is. It could be in downloads it could be in desktop it could be it could be in some of the folder my computer and I’m not able to find it. I can just tell goose goose I’m looking for this file which has the financial data of my company can you go through all of my computer find me the file and send me that file. It can do it. It can literally do it. Even when I’m not around my computer, it can do it. I can just send a message on my phone. It will use my computer, find the right file, and send that file to me on my Slack. And I’m not even kidding. That is the kind of stuff it can do all by itself. And that is the power of AI agent. Look at this. It’s going through all that, understanding, understanding all the files that are in there and thinking about, look at this. It’s mapping it into folders at this point of time trying to understand how it should organize. And look at that guys. Right in front of your eyes, you saw what just happened. Like magic, it just converted the desktop into all these folders, organized nicely into this folders and also created a folder called as to be deleted which I can review and delete it later. That is the power of course. And this is not just finding a file and you know stuff like that. It can literally do anything and everything that I want. For example, you know, you just saw it. It’s explaining what it just did and it’s still verifying it to make sure everything is all right and all. I can just stop it because it has done it work already. Goose is very very powerful. You know what I’ve done? I’ve connected goose also to my stock broker. I’m not kidding. My stock broker where I invest in stocks is connected to goose. As a result, I don’t need a how do I put it? I don’t really need like a financial adviser. Goose acts like my financial adviser. I can simply ask a question like this to goose. Hey, uh I have uh you know you have access to all the stocks that I’ve invested in. What I want you to do is uh use the use my Zerodha account to find all the stocks that I’ve invested in and give me a rundown of all the stocks, the ones that are performing well, the ones that are not performing well, so that I can quickly do a review of it and also tell me if you have any suggestions about it.

    Guys, that’s it. I just wrote a prompt, clicked on the send button. Goose basically you guys uh I don’t know what apps you use probably use Robin Hood uh or any of the investment apps that you use right I use something called as Zerodha and I’ve connected my stock broker account to my AI as a result I don’t have to break my head I just ask AI to do stuff like this and it will do everything on my behalf go into my stocks understand what is in there and tell me how my stocks are performing. If there are any stocks that I should consider keeping if there any stocks that I should consider selling as well it you can see this it’s asking me to quickly login as well. So let me quickly see what it needs. Oh I know what it is doing guys. You know what I thought I don’t have to show you this but funny do you know what’s happening? I just saw what goose just did guys here’s the thing. Okay, here’s the thing. I I mean, you basically can’t even see what’s happening at this point of time, which is too sad. Goose has just taken over my computer, but it’s taken over on a browser on the other side. Okay, but I’ll tell you what is happening. Okay, while I don’t use Goose, okay, I’m I’m going to tell you this very openly. I don’t use Goose anymore for this for my stock investment.

    You’ll find me weird for this. It’s going to be a little crazy guys. So please uh be patient with me. Okay, I have built an AI employee which manages all my stocks. It has access to all my portfolio and everything around it. Every single day it reads about all my stocks and gives me all the answers. Okay, it is a little advanced so I thought I’ll not show you but uh okay screw it. Let me show you this any which ways folks. Okay, let me mask the values so that you don’t see it. This my friends is my portfolio. This is an app that you can see it. This is an app which I have built based on the stocks that I’ve invested in. Okay, it’s not just this. It has all the stocks that I’ve invested. Okay, let me show you the guys. This is not investment advice. Please don’t take this as an investment advice. This I’m terrible with investments any which ways. So don’t take this as an advice. This is my portfolio overall. This is data that is being pulled from my stock broker and I have multiple stock brokers for multiple stocks that I invest in. And not just this, it also has an AI agent that has baked inside of it. For example, I could literally go to advisor and can literally research on the internet on my behalf and tells me what are the stocks that I should keep, what are the stocks that I should sell every single day. And not just that it has all my holdings. You can see this all the stocks that I’ve invested in. It also has something called as briefs. Now this brief you can see there are couple of them that I have not read yet. Okay, these briefs are not for me. These briefs have are basically my CA has access to this. What this AI agent does is because I have given goose access to my stock broker and I’ve also given access to my CA as a result every single day goose runs three times a day reads up the internet to understand what are the stocks how are the stocks performing of me how are the stocks that are performing of the US does all these research you can see this and tells me what are the stocks that I should keep what are the stocks that I should sell and if there is any stock that I should consider consider selling goose literally I mean this platform that is built by goose literally tells my CA so that I don’t have to break my head and on top of that if I have any question about my portfolio I can simply say ask portfolio it opens up the side box I can say what needs my attention there’s an AI agent that is built on top of my stock stock portfolio as a result it goes through all my stocks understands and tells me what are the ones that I should consider okay showing the stuff that you should not see okay what are the stocks that I should consider keeping what are the stocks that I should consider selling and what not this my friends is a terminal that has been built by AI end to end and I have literally automated this so every single day because AI agent in this case goose has access to all my stocks. It wakes ups in the wakes up in the morning before the market opens in India, before the market opens in the US, does a deep research on the internet, finds all the advice of which stocks I should buy, which stocks that I should sell, comparat it to my portfolio, creates a brief for me, sends an email to my CA, sends a Slack message to me, and it also does in the middle of the day, it also does in the end of the day. So that I basically have a stock advisor working for me all the every single day when market is open and this is all happening using MCP. I know Funny has also not seen this. He’s also probably seeing this for the first time. Exactly. And guys, the kind of stuff that I’ve integrated might scare you a little. For example, right like inside of uh my codeex, right? I can just come inside of my codeex. You see my ring? This is a ring that I’m wearing. You know what this ring is? This ring is a smart ring. I’ve not spoken about this to you guys also. Funny. This is a smart ring that I’m wearing. You know what this ring can do? This ring tracks my workouts, tracks my sleep, tracks everything that I have, all my data signals. Now, it has a beautiful app that I can watch it. But that is not good enough for me. So, I want insights to come out of it. For example, I have a session right now. Let’s say I can ask a question like this. Hey, uh you know, uh I’m right now in middle of a session and I’m feeling a little bit of headache as I’m doing the session. It’s been a couple of hours. Could you quickly look at my metrics of my ultra human and tell me why I could be feeling like this? Are there any metrics that are off? maybe my sleep score or any metrics that are off because of which I’m getting a headache because this is not usual. I do all these sessions and I never get a headache like this. It’s been 2 3 hours into the session and I’m getting a headache which is so off. Can you tell me what could be the reason? I just ask a prompt like this. Okay. And you know what? All my data is already connected to my chat GBT account using MCP. And what you’re going to see right now and has been converted into something called a skill. So my chat GPT account or my codeex account talks to AI and once it talks to AI, it goes back into the data to find if there’s anything that I’m feeling off and once it understands on why I’m feeling off. It probably will tell me I’m not kidding. I’m I seriously have a little headache which is not common and I know I was traveling for the last 3 days. I’ve not got good enough sleep but let’s see if AI is able to tell me if there’s any real signals that I’ve had because of which and look at this. It’s analyzing my sleep. It’s analyzing my recovery score. It’s analyzing a bunch of metrics for me.

    And you know what? Ideally, it should be able to tell me what could be the reason. And guys, you won’t believe how I use this technology. Let’s say I have a very, very tough week coming up. Look at this. The data already suggests something important, but the syncing stopped at 5:42 p.m., which is fine. For whatever reason, it has not synced uh because I’ve been on the session, right? And uh the app has not synced so far, which is fine. But still let’s see if it’s able to find some information for me. All my data is connected. My workout data, uh my field data, my sleep data, my blood work, everything AI has access to. As a result, it’s able to automate everything that I want and it’s going to give me results that I want as well. So it’s not just about my stock. Okay, look at this. The ultra human data does not show one clear abnormality that explains the headache. The timing of the session related to strain more likely because this headache is unusual for you. Don’t power through it. Today my sleep score is basically a 73. My recovery was 71. My sleep HRV is basically 52 millconds close to my recent baseline. And my night resting rate and everything. So my best ranking is I’m probably dehydrated, missed food. Yes, I didn’t have my food yet as I got into the session. Or it’s a next strain or accumulated sleep depth. So it’s basically saying take a 10 to 15 minute break, drink some water and you will be okay right after that. This is coming from data that is real from my ring. And if you don’t believe it, if you don’t believe it, you know what? What I’m showing you right now is basic stuff. Do you want to see the real system that I built for my health? Again, everything is connected to AI because it’s just more smarter. Guys, I have something called as vital. This is my health OS. This is a app that I built for myself. You can’t download this app because this is a app that I built for myself. All right, it’s called health OS. It pulls all the data from my ring and has been built into this app. And look at this. This is how much score I have. This is my recovery score. It was able to pull all this data for me. This is my activity today. I’ve done 10,000 steps already before the session started. This is how my heart rate has been so far. And I can ask questions. For example, why might I feel low today? I can literally ask a question. And this app also has an AI agent. Pulls all the data very quickly. And look at this. It was able to tell me why I feel low. I know funny has also not seen any of these things before. But this is the power guys. This is the power of AI. I have a personal app which has connected to my health data, workout data and tells me how my health and workout and everything is. I have a personal app which is basically my stock terminal which can literally tell me how my stocks are performing. I can ask questions and can give me answers to that as well. And these are all my micro AI agents that I’ve built guys. There are so many more. In fact, I don’t know if you guys would like to see Jerry. Jerry is my executive assistant which can literally do anything and everything out there. This is the power of AI today and this is the power of MCP. You also saw goose basically managing everything on my computer as well. So this is how you behave as an AI journalist. And a lot of you people might be like oh dude you must be you might be a tech genius, you might be a solid software engineer for you to be able to pull this off. Can I be very honest? I have never written a single line of code in my life. I’m not a software engineer. I’m an AI generalist. I know how to solve problems. I understand AI. Hence, I’m able to do all the stuff that the reason why I’m saying this to you is because I truly believe all of you guys can as well. All of you people are capable of doing everything that I’m showing because everything that I just showed you and a lot more in level two guys the kind of things that we have automated in fact funny you should show how you use MCP maybe we don’t have time right now maybe end of next session you should show how you use MCP as a business operator guys most of the business decisions are taken by AI today by us for us AI literally has access to our ads AI has access to our dashboards. AI has access access to all our you know meta learnings and uh how do I put it our databases and everything around it and AI takes all the hard work and all the important tasks for us. In fact, let me see if I can show the tweet to you. There’s a tweet funny you must have seen I don’t know if you’ve seen two days back whatever we did at 1:00 in the night which blew our mind. I made a tweet and I posted it. Oh yes, guys. Been a while, but check this tweet out. This is something that happened a few weeks back. Okay, at 2:00 in the night, FYI, 2:00 in the night, me, funny, and the team were in the were in the call, were in the office, and we had a AGI moment. You see, to our codeex, we have connected our post hog, which is the data analytics, our database, and meta CLI, which is the meta ads. And we ran a prompt opportunities finder. There is a mode inside of codeex which you need to learn. These are all deep stuff called as ultra mode like you saw today right? We were able to spin multiple AI agents inside of cloud. We did the same on codeex but a little more advanced here. We ran more than 100 agents and we basically said go through all the data and understand if we are missing out on any some opportunities out there. And you know what? It surfaced gaps for us that could potentially double the revenue from our existing users with no crazy new feature. We had to make some product optimizations. It had data to all our product data because Postto is like data analytics tool. Uh all the product people use it. We gave it access to it. It we basically don’t have a data science team. It gave me 11 different experiments that we can execute to recover the revenue that we lost which we believe could 100x our ROI from here. The reason why I’m showing you this tweet to you is because all these are happening live. All these are happening real time and it’s happening for us. Funny, you should literally show how you use this because you should set up some guard rails so that we don’t show anything sensitive, but you should show how you use how you take business decisions. People will be mind blown. But guys, I’m trying to give you a sense of what is possible. But anyways, that is level two. for you guys to go deep into level one and level two. You will be able to do literally everything probably in like six to seven months if you follow the road map that we give you for free and dedicate 10 hours a week. But are you guys getting a glimpse of what it means to operate like the top 1% drop a boom in the chat. If you guys are able to get a glimpse of the power of AI and how you can operate like the top 1% drop a boom. Incredible. Incredible, guys. Most people don’t realize how powerful AI is. Yes, the bar is moving bloody fast. All right, that is just level two. Let’s jump into level three, guys. Level three is going beyond of text. It’s going to images. It’s going into videos. It’s going into audio. You can do so many things when it comes to AI. Let me show you something. This is my Instagram, okay? And if you see this pictures of mine, me taking an injection here or me looking surprised or here me wearing a glass right here or me wearing a holding a tablet here or wearing a mask for that matter. None of these images are of me. These are all AI generated. What we did is we took an AI gen model, trained it with a bunch of my images of how I look. Now I can just tell AI, give me an image of mine with me with a laptop looking to the side wearing glasses and AI generates that for me. Every single image that you see here of me uh standing in sitting in front of a sprite to every single image here is completely AI generated. I don’t have an image of me holding a camera on my head. It’s all AI generated. These are the kind of things that you can actually do. But you know what? This is nothing. What if I show you something? Let me play a video. Landed ahead of AI role by Vibe coding and AI system that evaluated 700 jobs for him and automated his job hunt. The crazy part that he made it open source so that anyone can use it for free or let me play some videos. That’s what I’m trying to do, right? OpenAI’s most secret device just leaked. The crazy part, it runs on AI agents instead of apps. Welcome to day 30 of future tech updates. According to this leak by MTS Oh, let me show you one more video. Randomly, Sundar was hiding an AI video model the world had never heard of. Then it leaked inside Gemini. Welcome to day 32 of AI update of the day. A new video model guys. What if I tell you? You can see the views of the video, right? Half a million, 1, 570K, 600K. These are the kind of views that we get. 800K, 5.6 6 million 3.5 million 4.7 million 1.6 million you can see the views that I’m getting on all my videos. What if I tell you every single video that you see got so frustrating

    right now the perfect fix and it’s going viral. Welcome to day 59 of AI updates of the day. Every de What if I tell you every single video here is completely AI generated. These are all my AI clones. This is a different AI clone of me wearing a different t-shirt. This is a different AI clone of me wearing a different t-shirt. This is one more with me wearing a different shirt this time. But you know what? Every single one of them is completely AI generated. I have never shot any of these videos. And like you know, I have over 2 million followers on my Instagram. More than 2 million followers. Because I’m on the web, it just shows 2 million right now. You can see in the last 7 days, I’ve reached 9.5 million people on my Instagram and every single video is completely AI generated. That is not the crazy part. For example, check this video out. You can see this. This video is a paid partnership. Why is it called a paid partnership? A company called as Hicksfield paid me tens of thousands of dollars to make a video on them. And you know what? That person that you just saw, this guy is not me. That’s my AI clone as well. There are brands like Uber, brands like Shell, brands like Google, brands like Hicksfield. You can talk. This is a brand video again. Look at this paid partnership by Lavart. You will see brands paying us tens of thousands of dollars every single month to create video for them. Look at this one. This is one more video that we created for Open Art. Guys, in last 6 months, we probably would have made I mean close to half a million dollars from brand deals. Brands are paying us money to create content on their behalf and that content is created by AI. So literally my AI clone is making me money and that too a decent chunk of money and that is the power that I wanted to talk to you guys about. You can clone your voice, you can clone your video, you can clone your audio, you can literally clone yourself, create content, put yourself out there and you can do all of this using incredible tools like you saw smallest AI today. That is a tool you saw smallest here. This is the tool that we use to clone my voice. There’s a tool called as hijen right hijen is a tool that we use to basically clone my video. If you see all these people right of me which looks exactly like me but it’s not me. They’re all created using this AI tool called as hey genen. The voice is cloned using smallest.ai. Of course there’s a process to this. There’s a method to the madness, but it is all possible. And it’s not the tool that is the crazy part. It’s the process of how you can go about doing this that changes the game for everyone. And you just saw what level 3 is all about. If you think it is insane what you just heard, drop a comment insane in the chat so that I know we are on the same page.

    This is the opportunity guys. These are the kind of opportunities that exist in the world out there that most people are sitting ducks. That is level three. And you can literally do so many things out there. But you know what? If you follow the road map, you can literally learn everything that is out there. Everything that is out there. If you invest the time for you to go to level one, level two, level three. Invest one year, guys. One year of your time. Spend 10 hours a week. Take the road map. Be focused. you can achieve everything that I showed you and a lot more. Understand one thing, it’s never about the tool. All of you guys knew what chat GP is. Look what I’m able to do with Chad GPT. All of you guys knew what Claude is. Look what I am able to do with Claude. It’s never about the uh paintbrush. It’s always about the artist. You need to be a rockstar artist. And that is what an AI generalist is. AI generalist is a AI generalist is an artist not the to not the paintbrush because everybody has the same paintbrush. It’s about what you are able to do with that paintbrush is what sets you apart. That’s why I don’t even shy away talking about the tools. Here are the tools. Everyone has access to tools. Can you do what we can do is the big question. Most of the people have no idea about it. You guys are getting access to all this information. That is level three guys. Level four and level five is where it goes to the whole next level. On level four, you can build aic automations for you. On level five, you can literally build products.

    Talk about both these things also very very quickly. What do I mean? Let’s talk about AI products. You see guys, I just showed you this product, right? Which is my portfolio. This is a app that nobody else in the world has access to except for me because it’s a personal app. I built this app to analyze my stock and I built an AI agent on top of it so that I can ask questions and I can get answers from the AI agent. Right? This is the app that you saw for my health where I connected my health data and I’m getting access to this and this is the app that is created for me. You can’t find it anywhere else because this is my personal app. There’s one more personal app that I’ll show you which you will laugh a little. You know what that is? It’s called Call Sep. You know what Call Sep is? I’m sorry. Sep is my butler guys. Sep is our personal butler. Okay. Funny. I don’t know if you know this. And my water was out. And what Sundep does is what this app does is if I just click on one button, there’s a door here. Sep is our full-time butler. My parents stay with me. We need a lot of help because they are also healthare patients, health patients. So I need a butler. So I have a full-time butler at my home and if I need something, I need to pick up my phone, drop a message, drop a WhatsApp, and I’m on a session like this. Let’s say I want to quickly get a bottle of water. I can simply click on this option water. You know what it will do? This app will call SEP on his phone, talk to him in my voice and say that web wants water in Hindi or English, whichever language I want. He understands Hindi. So the default is set to Hindi. It talks in Hindi. And in the break, this water bottle was over. So I actually clicked on that button to get the second bottle. He just put it here and left because there’s a door right here. You could not even see it. This is an app that I created. You can look at the most common things. I drink a lot of water. I drink a lot of diet coke. I need my protein shake and I need my food. And if I need anything custom, I can just type it here and I can click on this button. It will call sep and do it. These are personal apps that I’ve created for myself. Very personal apps. But this is not only the kind of apps that you can build. You can literally solve problems for your company. For example, I’ll show you something. One of our graphic designer was leaving our job. Okay. And we wanted to get a graphic designer and we were not finding one. So my team was literally in a panic mode. We don’t have a graphic designer. How are we going to operate? You know what I did? I literally built a AI graphic designer for my team. And today my team literally uses it every single day. An advanced version of this app guys. This is called as AI creative strategist. It’s an app that I built which is a graphic designer. All right. And I’ll tell you how it works. Okay. My bad. Sorry. I’ll tell you how it works. First of all, my team can come and say they want five ad creatives. They’ll just say five. Uh they will put the copy of what they want. L prompt engineering or whatever. Wipe coding or whatever. Put all the information of the creatives that they want and they click on generate premium creatives. That’s it. You know what this app will do? This app has been trained to generate technical prompts which can generate winning ad creatives for me. Look at these prompts that has created. A human can’t even understand what these prompts are. That is the kind of prompts it creates. Once it creates the prompts, that is not where it stops. My team can literally click on this one button saying open all tabs and look what happens on the top. Look at that guys. It just opened five different tabs inside of chat GPD. And not just that, that is not it. It has automatically pasted the whole prompt right inside of it. I didn’t have to paste it. The prompt has been pasted inside of the app automatically. In fact, I’m right now using a comet browser. We have created a Chrome extension which automatically clicks on the send button as well. So all my team has to do is come here, say how many creatives they want. Let’s say they want 20 creatives. They just explain what they want. Click on one button. It just pins up multiple chat windows with the prompt inserted and clicked on enter. They go for coffee, come back and chat GPT has generated all the ad creators for them. Hundreds of them parallelly. They can just come pick up what they want and ignore the ones that they don’t like. Are you guys able to understand what I’m saying? We didn’t have a graphic designer. So we built a graphic designer and today my team uses this and you know what funny do you do you want to tell the story of the CRM that we built because most people can’t even believe that this is possible. Oh yes yes yes. So what ended up happening was uh we had reached out to HubSpot and um to use their services of course and HubSpot was uh charging thousands of dollars from us. No, no, no, no, not thousands. They were quot $10,000 a month for a bloody CRM and they were like, “Oh, you know what? If you pay $100,000 a year up front, we’ll give you $20,000 of discount.” That is what they said. Yeah. And then we went ahead and built out our own CRM. And this one was more personalized to our workflows and our journeys. Guys, this is literally the CRM that we built. It’s called the acceptance tracker which is a CRM that we built. It is built inside of Replet like you can see which is a wipe coding platform. It was built back in the day and this acceptance tracker is the CRM that a version of this is what my team uses today which was supposed to cost us $10,000 a month. I spent 3 days over a weekend to build this app. You can see it has everything. It has data. It has email history. I can bulk upload learners. I can manage programs. It has connected con connections to email, WhatsApp, payment gateways, openAI, everything. It was a much more personalized and a custom CRM than it is. Obviously, I’m not able to show you the real one because it has a lot of data, sensitive information which you should not be seeing for obvious reasons, but you get the understanding of what is possible. So guys, when it comes to building, you saw the AI graphic designer. you want to see more, I can continue to show you. Like if you if I show you all the apps that I have on my computer that I built for myself, you will like go bonkers at it, right? You will be like, “What the hell is this saucy?” Let me show you one more before I move on. Okay, you all know right now that I have 2 million followers on my Instagram and I wanted to build an app where I can take references from what is going viral on the internet. You know, I built an app which spins up multiple AI agents in parallel to find me what is going viral for others. It’s called the viral post hunter. This is a personalized app that I have built for myself and my team which literally tracks 120 different Instagram accounts. It tracks the res. It tracks the kosels real time and tells me which post is going viral for others. It catches the post which is going viral for others before it has gone viral by tagging them into hot, trending, rising so that I can take references from that and create content based on that. It literally tracks 120 accounts. If I needed a human to do this, I needed a team of 20 people just to scroll through so many human posts. But you know what? An AI does all of this. And this whole app is built without writing a single line of code. What I’m trying to tell you is the moment you have the power of building, you don’t need to be an engineer. You don’t need to be a software engineer. I am not one. We are all hired to solve problems. Do you guys agree or not? We are all hired to solve problems. What am I doing? I am solving problems. I’m solving my health problems. I’m solving my financial problems. A financial adviser will charge 2% of my portfolio. I don’t want to spend tens of thousands of dollars every single year on paying a financial adviser. So I have a financial adviser that is working for me 24/7. I built it myself. I don’t have a health coach. I have an AI which is a health coach which has all my metrics. If I feel low and everything around it, it’s a personalized health coach which can answer. But this is not just about personal apps, right? It’s also about solving problems for my team. I’m not a designer. I’m not a developer. But my team lost a graphic designer. So I built an AI graphic designer. We needed a CRM. I wanted to save $100,000. So, I built a CRM. In fact, Funny has built tens of apps to solve his problems. The company that I work in, like the company that I run, has interns who has built problems, built apps to solve their problems. You don’t need to be an engineer to solve problems. Do I make sense, guys? Do I make sense? And that, my friends, is building real world AI products without writing a single line of code. It’s an absolute superpower. But you know what? I kept the best to the end. Guys, we spoke about AI agents here. You saw a couple of AI agents already. What if I told you my executive assistant is also an AI agent? Well, his name or its name is Jerry. It’s on my Slack and it can literally do anything that I want. I’ll show you an example. Okay, I’ll show you one example that should give you a very good idea. Hey Jerry, I want you to help me out with something. You know what? Uh I’m right now in a session and I want to play uh some pickle ball. Okay. So, what I want you to do is I want you to write an email to Funny saying asking him to block a pickle ball court so that after the session is over, we can go play pickle ball. In fact, Funny is terrible with his emails. Once you send an email to Funny, what what about you look up his phone number and give him a phone call and ask him to check his email because this guy doesn’t check his email on time. So, ask him to check his email and respond back to me so that by the time I’m done with my session, we have a pickle ball code ready, we can go and play. So, that’s the task that I want you to do, Jerry, for me. There you go. I can’t believe I’ve given a prompt right now. Let us see. Oh my god. Okay. I hope it doesn’t show your phone number. Let me give that add that thing as well. Hey, can you make sure that uh you’re not showing Funny’s email ID or phone number on this session because your screen is being shared and I don’t want the PII to be visible.

    I’m just adding that as well just so that Jerry doesn’t screw up. So, I’m getting a call right here. web and I also Okay. Do you want to pick up and show it to people? Yes. So there you go. That’s a call from Jerry. Uh I have because he calls pick up the phone. Hey Jerry Vibbi’s executive assistant. Vibb asked me to let you know that I just sent you an email about blocking a pickle ball code after the session. Please check the email now and reply back to Babubab as soon as possible so the code is ready. by the time this session ends. Sure. Sure. I’ll check the email. I’ve not gotten time to check it yet. So, I’ll check the email and reply back. Did Weber mention who is going to be paying for the code though. Thank you for confirming you check the email and reply back. Regarding payment for the code, I don’t have that detail at the moment. I’ll check with web and get back to you on that. Thank you. Okay. Sure. All right guys, you saw how AI spoke with funny now. parallel. Look at this magic. Call is skewed. Checking status. Call connected. Waiting for final status. Still in progress. Checking one more. You know what’s going to happen? You just saw what funny spoke. Okay. Now you’ll very soon see whatever we spoke with funny is going to show up right here. And funny you should have got an email as well. And look at that. Email is spent. Email is sent. And here is what email is sent to Funny asking to block a pickle ball court after the session. Called him too. He picked up and he said check uh and he said who is paying for the code? I told him I’ll check with you guys. This is Jerry my AI agent and funny is acting like he has never seen this before but just before this session also Jerry called him checking him about the status. That is what happened on the call as well. And guys Jerry does literally everything that is out there. Look at this. is I had asked call funny and asked him if it’s all set for the session today. Jerry called up and called up funny and funny was like yes everything is done because I don’t call anymore guys. I also told you Jerry does everything for me. It has access to my email. It has access to my calendar. It has access to my social media content as well. So every single day as I wake up you can see this. It goes to my Instagram res and tells me how my Instagram content is doing, how my LinkedIn content is doing, how my YouTube content is doing, what is working well, what is not working well, everything around it and also talks about my calendar. Right? You can see this. You’re traveling back to Bangalore. I told you I was on a flight. I just landed and I got into the session and all the meetings that I have and all the important emails that I’ve got. But this is so basic. If I show you the kind of things Jerry does, it will just blow your mind. Let me scroll through. It can literally do anything and everything that I want. I’m just scrolling through to show you something that is probably not relevant anymore so that no PII is coming out of it. Jerry can do anything guys. Literally Jerry can do anything. For example, look at this. I just said, okay, if I have to block a calendar of someone, I just say block calendar of this person and it just blocks the calendar and everything around it. So this is my executive assistant, right? It literally does everything for me. For example, look at this one. I get AI I get Jerry to do all the tasks for me. It’s like an AI employee for me, right? I mean, you’ll be you’ll be mind blown with the kind of stuff that it can do. I just talk to it like a human being. Okay. I hope I don’t show you anything PII. Okay. Oh my god. Sorry about the language, guys. I get a little annoyed. Okay. For example, I’m doing a podcast with this person Wolfie Bane. It’s a podcast that’s already live on my YouTube right now by the way, right? Uh where the guy’s planning to show demos. What kind of demo should I ask? It went through the profile of Wolfie did all the research and gave me the questions and look at this. Pardon my French guys. I was like, why are you giving me outdated questions? Don’t you have access to the internet? So, it looked up the internet again and gave me the better questions. And then I was I basically keep asking questions, right, on who are the most relevant people that are following to me. It finds me all the data for me. How much would it cost me to scrape a piece of content? It’s literally driving me on what I should do. Funny has not seen this stuff either. Uh I do a lot of stuff with my Jerry. You can see realtime stuff uh that I do. It scrapes for me. It does work for me. It does literally everything. I also share screenshots with it and I say write him an email asking for the best time slots. I’m too lazy to give it context. So I just upload a screenshot to Jerry on my phone and say just do it for me and it does everything for me and I can keep scrolling. Guys, this is what Jerry does for me. It builds apps for me. In fact, a few of the apps like the ultra human app that you saw of my health was actually built by Jerry because initially I used to ask all these questions to Jerry. Now I don’t ask anymore. I just say what I wanted and it builds the apps for me whichever are very common. For example, look at this example. Okay, I wanted to understand what are the apps that are going viral for me. It went through all my data. I said, “How many videos do I have with more than 1 million views in the last 365 days?” It came up with all of this and I said, “You forgot about shares.” So, it gave me data of shares. And I said, “Not true. You’re wrong.” Then it did the hard work again to pull all the data and then I’m So, I’m talking like a human being, right? I’m literally talking to my AI agent like a human being. I’m like, “Bro, you screwed up. You didn’t do it well. Please work hard. This is not right. And I was trying to brainstorm. Sorry, guys. Pardon my French. These are not stuff that you should be seeing. So, there’s some French inside of it. But you get the idea. You get the idea. Jerry builds apps for me, solves problems. I talk to it like a human being. And it does everything for me end to end. This is Jerry, guys, which is my AI executive assistant, which has access to my meetings, which has access to my calendar. By the way, one other thing that Jerry also does is it attends meetings on my behalf and tells me for the meetings that I don’t enter tells me what happened in the meeting. So every single meeting that happens in the company which are important even if I don’t attend my AI agent attends on my behalf, takes all the notes and end of the day when I ask it if I want to know what happened in a specific meeting I know what happened because Jerry attends all the meetings on my behalf. So guys, I hope you got a glimpse of how a AI generalist works. And you know what? For you to go from level one to level five, for you to be able to build any kind of AI products that you want, for you to be able to automate anything that you want to automate in your life, for you to be able to like operate at this levels, you don’t need to be an engineer. You don’t need to know how to write a single line of code. Each and every one of you has the capability to be able to pull this off. All you have to do is you get a road map. End of two days. Go through the road map. Spend the next 18 months. 10 hours a week guys. Can you dedicate 10 hours a week in the next 18 months? I can guarantee you the way you will operate. You will definitely be in the top 0.1% of people. What you just saw is not even the glimpse of how we operate. And I want each and every one of you guys to operate because I want you guys to realize one thing. While the whole world thinks AI is charged, I want you to know what is real. And I want each and every one of you to level up to become something called as an AI generalist. How many of you guys want to truly become AI generalist? Drop a AIG in the chat. Drop a AIG in the chat if you are motivated enough to give your 100% to become AI generalists. Everyone has to become one guys because you know what AI is going to be ramping through four out of five jobs and 80% of the work will be taken up by AI agents. I used to think it’ll be by 2030 but probably by 2027. You can see how I operate and what you saw right now is nothing funny. You know how funny operates? He’s going to show you today. He has Sam Saltman. It is a character that bounces around on his computer. He literally uses his voice to talk to it and the AI employee works on his computer to do everything that he wants. Funny, you should show them. I’m not a big guy on voice, but funny is big on voice. And you will you have no idea how people are operating. And you know what? For you to win in this world, for you to become an AI first problem solver, you have to become an AI generalist. And it doesn’t matter who you are, guys. You could be an entrepreneur, you could be a working professional, you could be someone doing both. If you want an edge, this is what you have to be. And especially people with a lot of experience, someone with 10 to 20 years of experience. word is going to be quite crap going forward because people with experience are expensive and a lot of people are very very reluctant to change and you have to operate like this like an AI generalist and most people are very pompous about their past and forgetting about what the future is going to look like and it’s going to hemorrhage a lot of people because if you’re not an AI generalist if you’re not an AI first problem solver you’re not relevant in this world anymore and there’s enough evidence about it. If you’re someone with more than 10 years of experience, you know what I’m talking about. Level up. Be the one to win because the deadly combination is experience and AI. Just experience is not going to cut it anymore. You have to operate like a top 1% AI generalist. And this is what you need to be someone with 3 to 9 years of experience. Well, if you can operate like an AI journalist, if you can operate like the way I showed you, it can fundamentally change the kind of opportunities that you can get guys. I all I will recommend you is to become the most valuable person in any room. The only way you can become the most valuable person in any room is by becoming an AI first problem solver. This is the smartest career move that you can make in 2026. And for all the people who are entrepreneurs out there as well, I want you to look at this uh snapshot. This is coming from the World Economic Forum report called as future of work. I hope you guys can see what is in the screenshot. 80% of the team are AI agents. 80% of the team and now you can probably imagine how because you’ve seen a glimpse of how guys you most of you people will be working with more AIs than humans going forward. Everyone has to you get an unfair advantage when you learn how to operate like this before. And if you’re an entrepreneur, if you’re a self-employed person, if you’re a business person, if you’re a founder of a company, if you’re not driving your company by becoming AI first and you’re imagining that you’re going to hire someone to do it for you, it’s not going to happen. An entrepreneur who’s not AI first is going to be getting crushed by someone who’s AI first. But someone who is AI first is going to have such an incredible unfair advantage, it’s not even funny. So guys, it’s all about being this understanding business and AI. Very few people fall into this cross-section. That is what an AI generalist is. And I really hope all of you guys become this because the moment you become this, the kind of unfair advantage you’ll have is going to be unmatched. There is no two words around it, right? And very very few people are able to leverage it. Please go deep into this. Please learn about it. As you go deep knuck into it, you will win. There is no two ways around it. And the way you can win is by taking the road map. We’re going to give you the road map for free. End of 2 days. You can use that road map, learn for free, invest your next 18 months, go deeper, and win in the AI first world. But I al

    sorry about that. Give me a second. I think your screen share got stopped suddenly by Bob. Yes. Yeah. Uh, give me a second. I think also lost. Just give me a second. Funny. Yes. Yes.

    Hey. Yeah. Uh, my bad.

    Okay, guys. Like I like I told you. Of course. Right. And like people are like I get it. I get it. Sorry about that. Uh all right. But guys, here’s the thing, right? You can always take the road map, go deeper into it like I was telling you, right? But how many of you guys How many of you guys actually want to get there faster than everybody else? Drop a me in the chat. How many of you guys want to get there faster than everybody else?

    If that is you, if that is you, you want to get there faster than everybody else. You want us to help you. I wanted to introduce all of you people to the AI generalist accelerator program. It is a program that we have designed to help you to become a full stack AI generalist, a full stack AI problem solver. So if you guys are keen to know more about this, it’s going to be a paid program obviously. If you want to if you want to go deeper into AI, want to win the AI first world and more importantly, you want us to help you. That is very important, right? You want us to help you, you want us to help you get there faster than anybody else. This is a program for you. I truly truly believe there is nothing like this anywhere out there in the world. I can guarantee you that. So, I thought now that we have been yabbing for the last 4 hours, I thought I’ll quickly run you guys through this program and a few of you people might find it super useful and might want to consider this. Do I have your permission? Drop a yes in the chat if I have your permission. I’ll get to the questions. Everybody’s like, “Send us the link. We want to win.” What a surprise. I see I see the all the excitement that’s coming in because I understand, right? You guys have spent the last 4 hours here. you understood the power of AI. Of course, we didn’t even speak about GP6, Astra, or AGI for that matter, which is almost here as well, but we’re going to talk about it right now, folks. Here’s the thing. This is something that you probably haven’t never seen. Okay, I’m going to turn off the chat so that you can focus on this at this point of time, right? There is nothing like this that you would have seen because AI generalist accelator program is your fastest way to become a full stack AI generalist. And why do I say that? Because it has literally eight different parts to it. It’s a complete one-year experience. It has eight parts to it. And I’ll get to it just in a second, one at a time. Of course, there are eight parts to it. It’s going to take me about 10 15 minutes to talk about it. So, have some patience, but trust me when I say this, it’s totally going to be worth it. If you guys took a leap of faith in coming and spending your last 4 hours learning here, trust me when I say this, you don’t want to miss out on what’s coming from here as well. There’s an insane bonus that we have packed for you people. So, don’t miss out on that. All right, here’s the thing, guys. Here’s everything that’s inside of the program. There are total of 10 things inside of it. The first one is basically 100 hours of learning over 14 days. Now, you’ll be like, “What the hell? How could I be learning for 100 hours that to over 14 days? There’s a reason why we chose this mad path because we truly believe you can get an unfair advantage if you can get there faster. How many of you guys agree with this that one of the biggest unfair advantage is time. If you can do things before everybody else can, that is where your leverage is. And we want to give you that leverage. We want to give you that unfair advantage. As a result, we model this around to be a 14 days of absolute madness which will literally push you to the top 1% of AI end of 14 days. That is what you’ll go through. So, what you going to learn in these 14 days? Well, pretty much everything that you just saw of how I use AI and a lot more. What do I mean by that, guys? It’s like I said, it’s a 14-day thing. So, it starts from Monday to Sunday and Monday to Sunday. So we have kept the weekday light and we have kept kept the weekends heavy. I’ll get to the timings very soon. But on day one, you’ll spend about 4 hours with us learning everything about you saw what a playground is. You saw how I play with local models. You saw how you can build your own AI models as well in some form of fashion. How you can tune these models. How you can connect something like an open router to be able to access all the AI models out there. You’re going to learn everything around it. A lot of people don’t understand you can plug in a agent hardness like a codeex to an Olama to be literally be able to use incredible stuff all for free 24/7 if you know how to get the most out of your local models. They’re incredibly powerful guys and most people have no idea about it but that’s not going to be you. And also you’re going to get your way around things like prompt engineering, context engineering, loop engineering. These are very very important ways on how we are communicating with AI. It all started with prompt engineering which we touch based on today. Then it goes to context engineering. Then right now we are living in the world of loop engineering and graph engineering. I don’t want you guys to get stuck at prompt engineering only. And that is what we going to explore on day one. And of course guys you don’t need to be an engineer or you don’t need to be someone who can write code to be able to understand this program. So don’t worry about it. It is for everyone. The day two is where we literally focus on building and getting our skills all around image, video and audio. How many of you guys would like to clone yourself like I did and create content? Drop in a heart if you guys would want to learn how to clone yourself, make your audio clone, make your video clone, be able to create content, be able to create content for others, and do anything and everything that you want to do with image, video, audio, and everything around it. My playbook will be yours. That is what we’re going to teach you. Something that has made us literally millions of dollars will be all yours. We’re going to be teaching you on day two right here. Next, on day three, you’re going to learn AI automations with NATM. You see, on day three, we’re going to get you used to little things. You saw some crazy things I was able to do with Jerry, right? Jerry was basically an automation expert. But for you to make Jerry an automation expert, you need to learn the foundations of automation. How can you get into automations? How can you do things right? For that, you need to understand trigger, action, and things like that. And that is what we teach you on day three. And we help you build basic automations as well. But we’ll get there. Don’t worry, we’ll get to Jerry as well. On day four, we go deep into agentic AI. Here is where we go into agent harnesses. We go into the worlds of Lizer AI. We go into the worlds of relevance AI. We go deeper into learning agentic frameworks so that you can build your basic Jerry as a starting point. That is where that is what you learn on day four. How Jerry was able to book emails, how Jerry was able to book calendars, send emails and stuff like that. That is what you learn in the agentic AI step. Next, we take it to the next level. Here you learn how to set up workflows using MCPS and connectors. Today you saw how funny got a call, how I was able to automate my, you know, stock brokerage, how we were able to automate using Appify. We literally automated a bunch of things today and all of them were done using MCPS. And we want all of you guys to learn that because that is the future of work. The future of work for us, it doesn’t matter who you are. All of us have to operate like a CEO. a CEO who has a bunch of team members under them and all those team members are AI agents and all these AI agents needs tools to be able to do their job and that is where MCPs and connectors come into the picture. So how do you set up an MCP? How can you configure them? How can you automate using MCP? All that good stuff is what you’re going to learn on day five. Then comes day six which is a full day. It’s going to be a Saturday. Here we’re going to help you build a voice agent and ship your first AI product. It’s a full day on the first half. You’ll build an incredible voice agent which can call for you and can take calls on your behalf. It is a great way to get started with building your first agent and then you’ll also literally vip code your product. You saw today my health OS. You saw today my portfolio tracker. You saw today my call butler service. These are all vipcoded apps that I’ve built without writing a single line of code. And of course, if you want to solve serious business problems, you saw how we built a CRM, graphic designer, and whatnot, you will get a hang of how to go about building products on day six. On day seven, this is where we put everything that you have learned so far. And guess what, guys? You’re going to learn how to build your own Jerry. A Jerry that can manage your time, manage your calendar, manage your emails, attend meetings on your behalf, take notes for you, do research for you, track anything that you want to and everything that you want to. You will literally build your first AI employee and an AI employee as powerful as Cherry. If you think that is exciting, drop in a heart because people are literally willing to pay us tens of thousands of dollars just to learn this. because everybody wants their own AI employee. And that is what you’re going to learn right here. This was just week one, guys. Now, we’re just getting started. On week two, we take it a notch up. What do we do? Well, on week two, on day one. On day two and I mean day eight and day nine we go deep into claude because you have to understand something that there is claude code there is claude cowwork there is hosted there is local claude there is so many things that you can do with claude that most people have no idea about and we want you guys to go deep into it and that is what we teach you on day eight and day n you’ll do so many things that you’ll not even believe then we go into advanced MCPS and workflows what if an MCP doesn’t exist you learn how to create it. You’re going to learn how to connect apps. For example, you saw how my Jerry was able to p pull all my social media metrics. How was it able to do? It’s not as simple as you think it is, right? That involves you to build your own MCP servers. And again, when I say you have to build your own MCP servers, you might be like, “Oh my god, that sounds technical.” It is not. Calm down. I don’t know. I’ve never written a single line of code myself. Don’t worry about it. And that is what you’re going to learn on day 10. On day 11, you’re going to learn the back end of your air system. You learn how to build a product like I told you, right? How do you build the back end of it is what we teach you here. On day 12, this is a favorite by the way. Uh the last two cohorts, this has been the favorite, one of the highest rated and that is Codex deep dive. What is Codex deep dive? Today you saw how I was able to use my harness of OpenAI which is Codeex to be able to do so many decision making right inside of it. That is what you guys are going to get a sense of on day 12 right here. We’re going to go deep into it so that you can use codeex like a boss. Of course, chat gypy work as well. And finally, on day 13, we go into aentic uh open-source softwares like openclaw Hermes, which will allow you to build your Jerry 2.0. First, you’ll build Jerry 1.0, which will do the task that you asked to and it will perform it. Jerry 2.0 to will be built on day 13 which is like a full day again where you take it to the next level which will be proactive which knows what you want learns from how you work and will become a proactive employee so Jerry 1.0 that you learn on week one is a foundations where you’ll get a employee who you can rate three out of five Jerry 2.0 O is going to be your rockstar five out of five employee. And every time I say employee, there are a lot of people out there like, “Oh, I’m not a founder. I don’t need an employee.” Guys, even if you’re working for a job, even if you’re a freelancer, even if you’re a consultant, all of us need help. We have to act like CEOs. So, you need to learn how to build your AI agents or AI employees. And that is what you’re going to learn here. And on day 14, we also want you to get a sense of how you can now that you’ve learned so many things, how can you translate all these things into dollars into monetization? And that is what we teach you on 14 days. So guys, in 14 days, this is everything that you’ll be accomplishing. Don’t you think this is insane? If you think this is insane, drop in a heart. This is everything that you will learn in just 14 days. something that I guarantee you will take people an year to get to. Even if they spend 10 to 15 hours a week, because I know it, even if they spend 10 to 15 hours a week, it will literally take them an year to get to. And by the time they get there, everything has changed. And that is the unfair advantage that we wanted to give you. And that is why we did something that only freaks would do. That is learn as much as possible as fast as possible. Because we are living in the world of not just AI, AGI right now. Agi is here guys. Jensen Wong said it. Sam Alman said it. And to be very frank, I’ve been experiencing it every single day. AI is getting better every 30 days to a level that’s unimaginable. Getting a head start is very, very important. Of course, you have not managed to get here so far, but it’s not too late. Now is the time to take action if you’re serious about it. Make sense? And does that make sense? Awesome. Now, folks, here’s the thing. The 14-day mega sprint that I was talking about has a date that it starts from. Here are the two options that we have for you. You can pick any of them that you like. And as you get a chance to join the cohort or make the payment, you will be able to select the slots that you want to. And you can see both the slots right here on the screen. And let’s say for whatever reason these two slots are not working for you. That should not be a problem. We will be happy to move you to a future chord. Let’s say we’ll be happy to move you to a cohort that will be happening on December or January for free. We allow one moment for free. Don’t worry about it. These are the dates. You can pick the ones that you like. My team will share the dates on the chat just for you to refer back later as you decide to join as well. The next thing that I want to talk about are the live session timings. What are the live session timings? Well, we have from Monday to Friday, we have 10:00 a.m. to 1:30 p.m. EST. And of course, right, we also on on the weekends, we basically have a weekend timings as well, right? Uh funny there were more slots also, right? Uh yes, Bab. So, Monday to Friday, it’s going to be uh, you know, either of these slots. And Saturday and Sunday, it’s the full day, 10:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. PST. Oh, my bad. I got confused for a second. Sorry. I’ve been talking for so long that I got confused for a second. My god, even you changed the slide format, so I got confused. Okay, guys. My bad. My bad. Okay. Thanks, Funny, for intervening. Uh, here’s the thing, guys. We have two slots, okay? You can pick whichever slot that works for you. From Monday to Friday, you have two slots. that is 10:00 a.m. to 1:30 p.m. EST or you have a slot number two which is 7:00 a.m. to 11:00 p.m. EST. If you are, you can join whichever slot you want because there are people from all over the world who are joining our cohorts. And to be very honest, this is the first time we have added a second slot purely because a lot of people requested because a few people had work and they could not avoid it in a few days and a few people so we tried to fit in the best way possible and I really hope one of these slots works for you based on the country that you come from. You can just ask it to change it into your time zone. That’s the timings for Monday to Friday, guys. And on Saturday and Sunday, it’s the same slot for everyone. 10:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time because it’s going to be a full day. Well, the other slot could have been over the night, which we don’t want you to go through. But 10:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time on Saturday and Sunday, that’s the only slot. But from Monday to Friday, we have two flexible slots that you can pick from, which is 10:00 a.m. to 1:30 p.m. EST slot number one, 7:00 p.m. to 11:00 p.m. EST slot number two. You can join whichever slot that works for you that day for you. Is this clear? Is this clear? Give me a thumbs up because I know this is very important. We have two slots on the weekdays for people who are working, who are founders, who get busy. So, we wanted to make it easy for all of you people. Those are the live session timings. Now, here’s the full schedule. Like you can clearly see right now the option number one, the option number two on dates. In terms of live session timings, you have two different slots. They’re not two different sessions, guys. There are two different slots. You can pick any one of them. Let’s say you joined the 10:00 a.m. slot. You understood, but you didn’t understand completely and you wanted to refresh yourself. You can join both the slots, but we’re going to be teaching you the exact same thing in both the slots from Monday to Friday. And on Saturday and Sunday, there’s only one slot. And finally, recordings will be available to every session. And like I told you, for whatever reason, the two date slots that we have here, if they don’t work for you, don’t worry about it. We’ll be happy to move you to a future slot as well. That is with the 14-day schedule. Now, the second part of the program, we have nine more to go, but now I I uh I mean, I swear I’m going to be very quick right now. The second part of it is the 48 hour buildathon. What is a 48 hour buildathon? Now that you’ve learned a ton of things over the course of 14 days, it’s time for you to put things into actions. So what do we do? We put you into groups of people, the people from literally all over the world who you will see, right? Uh you saw how diverse this community was. It’s going to be as diverse as that is, right? Fun fact, in the last 90 days, uh we’ve had people from 147 different countries coming and learning from us. So that’s pretty much all the countries with access to the internet. That is how diverse it is. So we’re going to put you together into a group based on the time zone that you are in. You’ll be given a task or you can come up with your own assignment and ship that product in 48 hours and get a chance to demo it. It’s a global buildathon that you will participate in. That is the part. So you learn and then you execute. But the third part of it is something very interesting. You see the third part of it is the AI content library. What is this? We realized you learn a lot over two weeks and then you build. But that doesn’t mean you’ve learned it all. So, how do we make sure that we give you enough value all throughout the year so that you can continue to learn? The 14-day thing is going to act like your ignition engine. You get started and you get a nitro boost, get far ahead from everybody else. Then you get access to this content library. The content library has content that you can watch at your own pace over the course of one full year. What does it include? You basically learn AI for data analysis, AI to apply jobs, AI for research, AI for marketing, AI for product building, AI for design, AI for content writing, AI for sales, AI for operations and of course a bunch of tool deep dives as well. Like all the tools that you see like claude, chat, GPT, notebook, LM, hugging face, zapier, copilot, diffy, smithery, genspark, notion, you’re going to learn and go deep into all of them. And of course, right, we also have created a bunch of additional courses. This is a lot of content that you guys will get access to. Imagine this to be like a Netflix of AI for you so that you can keep consuming, keep getting updated over the course of next 12 months. It’s recorded. We we keep adding courses every single month and we refresh every single piece of content every quarter because AI is moving that fast and we want to keep you up to date across. That is the third part of it. The fourth part of it is we gave you AI, we gave you a buildathon, we gave you a bunch of content library and tools and workflows and deep dives for you guys to master AI. But just mastering AI is not enough. Having understanding of modern business is very important. As a result, we partnered with Kairo School of Business, which sells an online business program, the modern online business program for $3,000. We partnered with them and they have a content library that they have created with CXOs that has courses on first principles thinking, design thinking, operations, product sense, consulting and all these courses are taught by people from Airbnb, Canva, you know, largest of the BCG, largest of the companies so that you can pick up all these skills yourself. They’re completely recorded. You can watch it any number of times over the course of one year. So you have AI and you have business skills sorted. Next, it’s time for you to help you make money. How do you make money? Well, we teach you how you can monetize all your skills. You have learned a bunch of things. That is great. How do you translate them into dollars? Well, we teach you how to generate organic sales, how to use LinkedIn AI and automation in the right way. We teach you how to do cold emailing using AI, how the foundations of consulting, foundation of meta ads and Google ads as well. And the whole thing is completely recorded. You have access to it for the next 12 months. Whenever you’re ready to do it, you get right inside of it and start translating your skills into dollars. Next is this part six, which is something that we have started to add. The next five things are something that we just recently added. So you guys are up for a treat. You see, we realized AI is changing so rapidly. It is so hard to keep up. So, how do we make sure we keep you updated all the time? So, we took up a mountain of a task. We said, “We’re going to do one live session every single week for the next one year. Are you guys even realizing what this is? AI is changing so fast. It’s very hard to keep up even for me.” So, we built this product as part of it. All of you guys will get access to it where top mentors will come in, spend 30 to 40 minutes every single week talking going deep into one big launch of that week which is very important and the rest 30 minutes is dedicated to run you through all the updates and the next 30 minutes is dedicated to take your questions. And this will happen every single week for the rest of the year. So that at any point of time if you’re stuck, we got your back. Don’t you think that is incredible? In the world of AI that we are living in, a support layer is very, very important. A way for us to stay updated, to ask questions is very, very important. One week you go for a vacation, things fundamentally change. Once you get inside of Axelator, you’ll realize where AI has got to. There’s a reason why the world is saying AJI is here and truly is but the most people in the world think AI is charging a question and getting an answer. You don’t. And this will keep you updated for the next one year so that you would never go out to dated. That is the sixth part of it. But what could be the seventh part of it? Well, what if something big launches? For example, GPT6 Astra launched uh a few weeks back. It’s massive. It fundamentally changes everything. I could not even teach you GB6 Astra because I would have to spend good 5 hours just talking about how insane it is and what you can do with it. But something new just dropped and you know what let’s say you took accelerator 4 months back. We’re probably not teaching GPT6 Astro then. So how do we help? Well, we do something called as monthly AI sprints. Sprints are dedicated for something tectonic, something large, something that will not be done in 1 hour, which you might have got a doubt before when I said live Q&A sessions over the week. You’ll be like, how can they teach us everything that happened in the 30 minutes? We can’t something big when it comes it need two to three days and you can’t dedicate two to three days every single week. So we do a monthly sprint. a monthly sprint where you people decide out of all the crazy things that have come out, what is that that you would like to learn as a team and we spend two to three days every single month going deep into the stuff where you learn, where you build, where you get certified. If you’re in this for 12 months, you get 12 sprints and on top of that you get recordings to all the old sprints that we have already done. These are some of the old sprints that we did some time back. That is an AI sprint. That’s not it guys. Your network is your net worth. And the network that an outskill can enable is unparalleled. And you know why? I told you the reason. You walk into any not I would not even say large city any city in the world. You walk into any top 100 cities in the world, you will have you will find outskill learners in that city. When we have such incredible community, you guys should have access to it, right? And these are all AI first. If you’re in Lisbon next week, you should be able to get in touch with someone at Lisbon. You have the community here. And that is the online AI community that we have built. A community that meets that catches up that solves problems has over 20 sorry 18,000 people so far from literally every country on which has internet out there and you can catch you can sync and do bunch of things we doing more and more here and on top of that we recently started doing offline catchups so if you are someone let’s say in let’s say Portugal if you’re someone in Bonasaris if you’re someone at CDMX, if you’re someone at Santa Clara, if you’re someone at San Jose, if you’re someone at Texas, if you’re someone at Dubai and you’re like, is there a community that I can meet of outskill here who are people like me who are mad about AI like me, who are driven to be winning in the AI first world? Most of the times the answer is yes. And we allow you to host these meetups so that you can meet each other no matter where you are. Don’t you think that is insane? People have found their co-founders. People have found their you know co-workers. People have hired people from this. People have got hired inside of this. The community is just wild guys and that is what you will get access to for life. Then we also thought look these are new additions and we also thought there are a lot of things happening every single day in the world of AI. Do we have to make people wait for the end of the week for them to know about what’s happening in the world of AI? So, we created a premium AI newsletter and a daily AI updates community. A premium AI newsletter that drops three times a week so that you don’t have to wait for the end of the week. Whatever my team is experimenting with, playing with, we usually document them and send them in form of a newsletter for only our special people that comes three times a week. But there’s something that comes every single day as well. Because if something big has dropped today, I want you guys to know it now. How do we do that? Well, we have an exclusive outskll AI updates WhatsApp community where every time something big drops, you will have it in the community end of the day. So all you have to do to stay updated on every single day level is just open this community. There will be a note out there on everything that has happened. just read it and you’re done. You don’t have to break your head on Twitter. You have to don’t have to break your head on YouTube. You don’t have to break your head anywhere. And that is something that we just started to enable people. These are all coming from requests of our learners and we are building one at a time. And the final new addition is an AI mentor that you guys access to for one year. Now what is this AI mentor? Is this similar to the one that we have just built? Not really. You saw the AI mentor that we built. Imagine this 10 times more advanced. This AI mentor knows who you are. This AI mentor understands who you are, learns with you about you and gets better with you to be a better teacher. What does that mean? As you start using this app, this AI mentor has been trained with all the content, all the sessions that we have done, all the knowledge that there is with all the knowledge that you have learned about. There’s a new personalization layer that we are adding to this where you introduce yourself. So, it syncs with your uh it syncs with your LinkedIn, it syncs with your resume. We are enabling new features like syncing with your email and calendars as well. So it knows what are the new problems that you’re solving and it gets better and better over the course of time and whenever you ask a question it knows that you’re a marketer working in a company X with so many years of experience and your company is doing why and you’ve had these four problems in the past. It knows all this context and based on that it also knows what you have learned from us inside of this accelerator program. Based on that, it gives you an answer personalized based on what your teachers have taught. This is your personal AI mentor. Isn’t that insane, guys? Don’t you think this will be insanely useful? You’re in a meeting, you have learned something from some video course and you can’t remember what that is. The AI understands what you have learned. You just have to say hey there was this thing that you know web hub was teaching us uh where you know he was using some tool to be able to run local models and then he also mentioned that I can run it on codeex and then he told me that it was in one of the courses can you help me point that information so I can learn it quickly it can that is what we are building and that is what you guys will get access to once you’re I mean this is still in uh development and you will have it in like the next couple of weeks pretty much after your C is over. That is your AI mentor guys. And this is everything that you’re going to get in the accelerator program. What do you think of this? Drop in a heart if you like what you are seeing. I told you there is nothing like this anywhere on the freaking internet. And you know what? I’ve not even come to the best part. I’ve not even come to the best part. Here’s the thing, guys. We spent about four hours learning today, right? And we played with like a couple of tools in those 4 hours. But for you to be able to get the most out of AI, you need to be able to use the best AI tools out there. And the best AI tools out there cost you a lot of money. We wanted to solve that problem. Hence, we brought in an incredible bonus for people who are part of our AI accelerator program. And this is even special because this is going to be confined to people only who are on this session who are going to join the program today in the next 20 minutes. And there’s a reason why and you will know why. Folks, this is the bonus that I didn’t want to tell before I started to talk about this program because if you would have known about this bonus, you would have probably I mean everybody would have stayed just to know about it. And you guys are here, you guys are lucky because today when you join the AI accelerator program within 20 minutes of time slot that you get, you guys will get one year paid access to Emily. Emily is a tool which is incredible. It’s like your sidekick. You can see this. This is Emily. This is your sidekick. You can It can literally summarize any website. You can chat with any of the website. You can play with multiple AI models all inside of it. It is magic. It can write LinkedIn comments for you. It can pretty much do anything and everything out there. It can literally summarize YouTube videos for you. You can chat with a YouTube video with Emily. It is your sidekick. And you guys are going to get Emily, which is literally worth at this point of time $19 a month if I’m not wrong, for free when you join the AI accelerator program. But that’s not it. You guys will also get access to something called as Superrow. Now, what is Supergrow? Superrow is this incredible platform which cost you $39 a month. It’s an incredible platform for people who want to win the game of LinkedIn. This is a platform that can help you create content, track what’s working, and put everything on brand. And on top of that, it plugs into your AI to be able to do everything. So guys, here’s the thing. For you to be able to win the game of distribution in the world of AI, you need to be able to crack LinkedIn. Supergrow is that one tool that can help you crack the game of LinkedIn. That’s exactly why it’s $40 a month. But you know what? All of you guys will get one year paid access of Super Grow for free when you join the program. But that’s not it. When we talk about distribution, owning the distribution is something very very important. When you build following on LinkedIn, it’s great. But being owning those audience is very important. If your LinkedIn account goes away, all that audience are gone. So I am a huge believer of building newsletters and we want you to build newsletters. As a result, we did a partnership with Humanic where it’s a AI native email marketing software and you guys will literally get the growth plan of humanic for 1 year for free which will allow you to send up to 10,000 emails a month so that you get started. We are trying to take care of your business going forward as well in some form or fashion. Humanic is insane. You’re going to learn about a lot of these tools uh today in the today over the course of time as well. But I wanted to quickly say you’re going to get humanic for one year for free. Not just that, if you remember Fireflies AI, the same AI tool which can join meetings on your behalf, take notes, and of course uh do all the good stuff with you. Fireflies AI is worth $108 and you get 6 months of pro access of Fireflies AI when you join the program. They’ve also launched an email assistant which is insane. You also get one year access of automate IQ. Automate IQ is this incredible tool which has series of automations that you can oneclick deploy and I quickly spoke about it today. Any which ways you guys will get one year pro access of automate IQ as well. And for all the people who want to make sure that you’re getting your prompts game right, you guys will get one year access to prompts library as well. Yes, the same tool that I told you which has tens of thousands of prompts. You can just search for it, get an answer. That is what you guys will get an access to as well. Prompt library.click worth literally $200 for free. But that’s not it. How many of you guys remember skills? I taught you how we can build a skill on AI. But you know what? What we built is a very basic skill. You can get literally hundreds, not hundreds, thousands of skills. This is skill hunter guys where it literally has 5,000 plus skills inside of it. You literally look for a problem. There is someone in the world who has created a skill for it. It’s a membership platform called a skill hunter. It literally cost I think $300 lifetime. It’s what it cost you to get it because you can literally oneclick import a skill and start using it inside of your claude or chat GPT or CEX or whatever and literally operate in the next level. You don’t have to pay this $300 to get Skill Hunter for lifetime because we are taking care of that for you guys. It’s not just the annual plan that you’re getting access to. We just upgraded all of you guys to the lifetime access to skill hunter. But that not that’s not it. Do you remember me telling that we literally work with every single large AI company out there? Well, we do. And I’m super excited to announce you that we recently closed a partnership with Google and we are probably the first in the world where the outskill learners will get the Google AI Pro for one year worth $20 a month which is $240 a year for free when you join the accelerator program. And what is this Google AI Pro? Why is it so insane? It’s not just Gemini. It’s Google Flow which is the video generation tool. It’s the AI search. It’s Jules which is for developers. It’s Google Anti-gravity. It’s unlimited 5x usage for notebook lm. It’s using having the ability to use Gemini inside of your Gmail docs videos and more. It’s Google Home Premium. It’s also YouTube Premium and you get 5TB storage. That’s what $240 of Google AI Pro gives you. But you don’t have to pay for it because good folks at us basically have done this partnership with Google so that you guys get Google AI Pro worth $245 for free. But if you think we are done, we are not done yet because you guys will also get oneear access to Fort AI. Fort AI is this incredible tool that can help you generate stunning images and creatives for your social media, for your ads. It’s incredible. Also, shameless plug, I am a angel investor in this company. So, that made it slightly easier for me to get to do a partnership for them uh and partnership with them and get you guys for AI. But I wanted to be upfront, right? I think it is incredible. But you guys get it for free for one year. That’s not it, guys. For all the people who hate writing Excel formulas, you get numerous AI for one year for free. The same tool that can write literally Excel formulas for all of you people. Not just that, inside of social media, you would want to track everything out there. This is my favorite tool. It’s called Get Tow, which can help you to track every single link. And you guys literally get one year for free of Towel. something that has tracked 44 million clicks and has served 192 countries. This is what you get access to for free for one year. Not just that, we are also getting you one year access to Happen Stance. Happen stance is just insane. What it does is it connects with your calendar, it connects with your LinkedIn, it connects with your Gmail, it connects with your Twitter and not just that you can get your friends invitations where they can connect their LinkedIn, their Gmail, uh their uh Twitter and everything around it. And you know what this acts like? This becomes a network of networks. So if you’re looking for let’s say a marketer who is working in Apple who has 15 years of experience and let’s say that person had written you an email when he was working for some other company 10 years back but that’s in your email. It finds you that detail. It finds you that contact that you have on LinkedIn that you spoke with 6 years back but you that person has become a large founder right now and you didn’t even realize it. It finds you golden network inside of your own network. That is happen stance. You know what? It is incredible. We use it all the time. It’s worth $24 a month. You get it for free when you join the program. And we teach you all of this in the next session as well. So don’t worry about it. And that my friends is happen stance. But there is a tool that a lot of you guys learned and a lot of you guys loved. a tool which allowed us which allows you to talk to multiple AI tools at once. It’s called as multi where you can plug in your open router like we spoke. You can plug in your open router key and then you will be able to use literally 300 different AI models out there. That my friends is called get multi like you know the lifetime access to this is $399. You’re going to get it for free when you join the accelerator program. I’m already tired. Are you guys tired? Are you guys tired? Drop in a heart if you’re not tired. Drop in a smiley if you’re tired. Listening to so many bonuses. You want more. Clearly more people want more. So, I’m going to get you more. And the more is something that you can’t believe because all of you guys are getting Lizer one year pro access when you join the program. All of you guys are getting Lizer, the same tool that we built uh the AI agent on. Not just that, all of you guys are getting whisper flow, the paid plan of whisper flow, which is the voicetoext app and also a app right now which can take notes of all your meetings. You guys are going to get Whisperflow, a notetaker, a dictation tool currently valued at $2.5 billion. By the way, you’re going to get access to one year of Whisper Flow for free when you join the program as well. It’s worth $180. Are we done? Actually, no. You also get access to one year of Super Join. What is Super Join, guys? Super join $24 plan is what you get access to. Super join is that tool can literally is going to become an AI agent on top of your Google sheet. You can build dashboards. You can build complex data analysis. You can make sense inside of Excel or Google Sheets right inside. And that is super join. It’s incredible. Like like I told you, it’s worth good $288. You’re going to get it for free when you join the program. Not just that, I also spoke about super prompts where you can save your own prompts. You can use other prompts and build a collection around it. You’re going to get super prompts for one year for free. But how many of you guys remember smallest.ai? AI, the same tool that was used to build voice agents. What if I told you all of you guys who are joining in today are getting $1,000 worth of smallest AI credits. That’s literally 10,000 minutes worth of AI calling. So all your calling needs are done. $1,000 worth of smallest AI credits for free. And finally, I’m going to tell you a tool which is such a OG of a tool that it’s not even funny. It is the same tool that we use I use to basically convert my build all my AI clones on my YouTube on my Instagram that tool my friends is called as hen it’s worth $288 and all of you guys will get even hen for one year for free again a multi-billion dollar company we are the only company that they have partnership in the world they’re probably worth I think 3 billion or 4 billion right Now, hey John guys, this is what you get access to when you join the AI accelerator program. Google AI Pro, Super Grow, Forti, Fireflies, Humanic, Happen Stance, Lizer, Whisper Flow, Automate HQ, Hen, Get Multi, Super Join, Numerous, Super Prompts, Get Owl, uh, Prompt Library, Skills Library, and Smallest AI, $1,000 credits. All of this, if you individually buy them, it’s going to cost you $5,000. And when you join the program today, you’re going to get all of this for free as a part of the bonus. What do you guys think of that? What do you guys think of that guys? Did you ever imagine something like this is even possible? Nowhere in the world you can get anything like this. Nowhere in the world.

    But we just make it happen for all of you people. Folks, there’s a promise that I made as I started to talk about this. I told you we’re going to do something mindblowing. Something that you can’t refuse. Something that you will be like, how the hell is this even possible? And that is what we have just pulled off today for all of you people. You get 100 hours of live training, 48 hour buildaton, AI content library, modern business library, monetization, 55 plus live sessions, monthly AI sprints, online AI community, premium AI newsletter, and AI mentor that start that stays right by your side. All these incredible bonus AI tools together worth $5,000. When I stack all of this together, it’s literally worth $20,000. In fact, we sell the same program on our website quite literally. I mean, you can see this at $10,000. In fact, even for people who are spending this money, they actually don’t get any of these bonus AI tools because we can’t we don’t have unlimited of them. We only do it in sessions like this where we teach at scale where we do it once in a while but we talk to them talk to only those people who stay till the end. 80% of the people give up by the time they get to this part. We we just do this as a very special thing for people who stuck around who didn’t give up who continued to learn because they realize the power of learning and the special offer is for all of those people. Are you paying $19,000 today? Absolutely not. Are you even paying $10,000 today? Absolutely not. We told you we’re going to be doing something absolutely mind-blowing, folks. For the next 20 minutes only after we drop the payment link, you’re going to hear something that you will not be able to believe. So, I hope you have your cards ready because for the next 20 minutes, everyone who’s going to join in is going to get all of this for $2,000. That is where I drop my mic. For 20 minutes after we drop the payment link, you get all of this literally stacked together worth $20,000. Just the bonus AI tools that you’re going to get is worth $5,000. If you go and individually buy them, you’re going to get all of this for $2,000. And that is exactly why we could show it to very less number of people and we have to keep it valid for 20 minutes only. But I understand a lot of you people might not have $2,000 handy. So you can do one more thing to make sure you book your slot. You can pay a non-refundable $295 to block your seat. The moment you block your seat, we keep your seat for you so that you can get it within the next 20 minutes and you can pay the rest of the amount over the course of next 7 days. Of course, a lot of you might want payment options as well. So, we’ll help you out with payment options as you block your $295 seat. So, either you can block your seat by 290 paying $295 if you don’t have all the money handy, or you can pay $2,000 to basically get your seat up right in there. This is the full payment. This is the partial payment. You will have 20 minutes to be able to block your seat. So, I want to make it very clear before we share the payment link. We’ll drop the payment link in the next 3 minutes. Guys, make sure you have your uh you know cards handy. And also, one more other thing. We never have done a price like this, right? I know it’s going to fly off the shelf in no time. And the number of codes we have is very limited. And funny once we run out of the quotes even within the 20 minutes make sure you intimate people okay let’s give us let’s give the heads up uh if we even if we run out of the codes in 20 minutes guys we don’t have unlimited codes even though you’ll have 20 minutes we have limited quotes and we have no idea how many people want to join in so funny as we are left with like 10 just give a heads up even if there is time done okay guys we can lock the price for you but we can’t lock the codes for because that’s not something that we control. We spend a lot of money to get that and the partnerships around. But anyways, one other thing when it comes to the codes of all these tools, you get access to all these tools worth $5,000 when you join the program. If you’re paying $1995 today to block your seat, you’re paying the full amount. All of these are yours. My team will get in touch with you in 24 hours. You will get access to everything. Okay? But if you’re paying $295 to block your seat, then you have to pay the rest of the amount in the next 7 days. And my team will help you with payment options if you need. We have very good partnerships with a bunch of providers like CLA, Firm and stuff like that. We’ll help you with payment options. That’s not a problem. If you want to use payment options uh for the rest of the payment apart from the 295. So if you’re blocking your seat by paying 295, you have to pay the remaining amount in the next 7 days to be able to get access to all these tools. If you’re paying after 7 days or the date mentioned here, we will still be able to give you access to the content but not access to these tools. I want to be very very clear. And like I told you, we have 3 to six month payment part payment options available as well. If you want to avail payment options, just block your seat by paying $295 today. my team will get in touch with you and help you out with the payment options as well. And like I told you, there were two dates that we have shared that’s already in the chat and the time slots as well. For whatever reason, if these two slots don’t work for you, don’t worry about it. My team will help you move it as well. All right, with that being said, and like I said guys, if you’re blocking your seat today, either by blocking an amount or paying the full amount, you will be onboarded one-on-one by our team where you’ll get access to everything. So, don’t worry about it. Give it 24 hours. You will have all the information available. And one final thing, if you want access to the bonus tools and you’re blocking your seat by paying $295, make sure you pay the rest of the amount by this date or else you will not get access to the bonus tools, but you’ll get access to everything else. This is the only thing that we can’t give you if you delay your payment. So this is the deal guys, something that is unheard of. We people will find us crazy to be able to doing this but we are doing this today for all of you people and you might have attended one of these sessions before and you know that we never sell at this price we always I mean the best discounting that we have gone up to is $5,000 but you just see sorry 6,000 actually 5995 is the dis special discounts that we do sometimes on special days like black Fridays and stuff like that but today we are just gone absolute bonkers and I really Hope everyone is able to get the most out of it. With that being said, are you guys ready? Funny, let us drop the payment link now. In fact, one second, one second, one second, one second. Before you drop the payment link, let me quickly show people about how the payment actually works. Guys, as the link will be dropped with you, you will be able to see two options right here. Booking amount or full payment. You can select whichever you want. Once you do that, you will be able to see a drop-down right here to select your cohort. You can drop down and select whichever cohort you would like to join. This is for the beginning date of the 14-day sprint. Then you can enter your date. You can enter your email. You can enter your phone number. Very important to enter the right details so that you get access to the right stuff. And click on proceed to check out.

    Okay, there you go. Proceed to check out. And there’s one thing that we have added which is very cool which is upgrade to AI accelerator annual pass for $995. What is this? This is an add-on. This is completely uh how do I put it? Optional. You can select if you like to. This is something that we have recently added because a lot of people requested that hey team can we attend this 14-day session multiple times. So people attend it once and 3 months or 4 months later they’re like we want to attend it again. Why? Because AI has fundamentally changed and a lot of people started to pay $5,000 $6,000 by getting in touch with our team just because they wanted to attend this for the second time and third time. So we thought why don’t we do something special for us special for everyone which is we added a AI accelerator annual pass and if you take this you can join the AI accelerator 14-day thing as many times as you want over the course of the next 1 year and if you change the program to something else you’ll be able to join that one right so that is what it is if you’re interested you can click on uh add to order if you’re not you can absolutely choose not to that’s completely up to you. We have added this so that it’s useful. But let me make it very clear. If you’re not joining right now, you will not be able to join this later. This is only when you are enrolling. With that being said, folks, this is everything that you need to know. And funny, let us drop the payment link right now. There you go. There you go, guys. There you go. The payment link is on the chat. Uh funny, let us start the 20 minutes timer as well. Yes, actually I prefer Google for this. There you go. Your 20 minutes timer is on, guys. And you will see once the 20-minut timer is done, the link will be disabled and you will not be able to join the program for 1995. But what you will be able to do even after the 20inut timer is over is that you can anytime go to our website directly on outskill and you will be able to enroll for $10,000. That’s not a problem. Okay, you will be able to do this later. This 20inut timer is for you to get this program for the special price of $2,000. And on top of that, you get access to all these bonus tools literally worth $5,000. Like I told you, we literally wanted it to make it a no-brainer. Of course, you can scan this QR code as well uh to be able to join the program. If you can’t click the link for whatever reason, you can scan this QR code as well to be able to join the program. Funny, are there any top questions or most frequently asked questions that comes in for people that you want me to address? And before that, I quickly wanted to Sorry guys, there’s so many bonuses that becomes hard for me to even scroll.

    I just wanted to run you guys through this, right? Just to quickly remind you because this could be a question that a lot of people might have. These are two date options that we have. You can select any one of them that’s on the payment link already. And once you join any of the time slots, you might be wondering which how do I select the slot web because you said on Monday to Friday there are two slots and I can join any one of them. You don’t have to select both the slots are open. You can join whichever slot you want. In fact, if you want to go crazy, you can join both the times. That’s up to you because we are teaching twice to make sure everyone is able to get access to the right time no matter which time zone or country you are from. Right? We literally gave our data of our users, okay, from the countries that they come from, the work timings and non-work timings of each one of the countries to a codeex agent ran GP6 Astra Ultra and asked it and gave context of all the messages and all the questions that we have got from customer success and messages uh about the timings and we said what would be the best two timing slots that we can pick which will work for most of the people and these are the two timings that came up to it should work for 95% of you people. It could be + one, minus one, depends on the country that you come from or the time zone that you come from. But that’s literally why Astra, we literally asked for one time and Astra gave us two. By the way, guys, Astra is GPT6 if you guys are not aware. All right. So, yeah, these are the two time slots it came up with and we said and we ran a poll. This worked great. So, we open these slots and of course on Saturday and Sunday you have 10:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. EST and recordings will be available as well. funny what are like the top questions that people come in people have if you want I can quickly answer yes so one of the questions that usually comes in is if you’re taking an if you’re taking a payment plan after making the partial payment right now will you be getting the coupon codes absolutely yes you would be getting all the all of the coupon codes before the plan even gets completed right the minute you go ahead and sign up for any payment plan you will be getting access to all of the coupon codes primary reason is because some of these tools we teach them many of the tools we teach them in the accelator program as well. And just one one other thing one other thing funny sorry to object uh obstruct but uh there’s a reason why we said you have to if you’re blocking your seat by paying 295 you have to pay over the course of 7 days because a lot of the coupon codes that you will get will get disabled as well. So we will strongly strongly recommend you to be able to come in and the moment you guys get access to in the next seven days even if you paid the full payment in the next 7 days to use all your quotes because a lot of them will get disabled and we don’t want your quotes to get disabled. You have all of it but you’re saving it inside of your bank account. I don’t know for what they will go disabled in the next 7 to 10 days. I mean that’s the period that we have. There are different times for everything. Again, we are averaging it out. But that’s the idea. But if you want to leverage all the codes that you have, if you have paid the full amount in the next 48 hours, my team will get in touch with you. They’ll give you access to all the codes. Please enable them right away. And for people who have paid the block blocking your seat right now and you want to pay the rest of the amount, once the once you pay the rest of the amount in the next 7 days, my team will again assist you with enabling all the codes. Please do. And that’s why even in EMI, even if you’ve taken payment options, we give you access to all the codes because we don’t want them to get disabled. We trust you. Yeah. Funny. So, we have started getting enrollments web hub. U everybody who has gone ahead and enrolled and everybody who is going ahead and enrolling, you will all be having a one-on-one onboarding call where let’s say you want to go ahead and defer your bats to a future one, you could do that. That is the call in which you will be applying all of the coupon codes as well. And these coupon codes can be applied on your personal email ids or any email id that you may want to. These are official coupon codes that we are giving you. Each coupon code can be applied once on one particular account and you get to choose the email ID. Right. Um web of the other common question that still today comes up is that hey I’m into marketing. Will I be able to go deep into marketing in AI? uh anything that you might want to share with them in terms of especially after GPT6 got launched right AGI folks we really we really need to stop thinking legacy those days are over your company might be moving a little slow but they will catch up as well the world is moving towards agentic and the definition of you know there is something called as arc AGI okay that’s a benchmark for an AI model GP6 Astra scored 100 out of 100

    and there are quizzes inside of it. A human like I struggled to solve two and I attempted 17 of them and GPT6 solved all of them. There is I mean the world is moving in a direction where specialist roles will cease to exist and that’s what’s going to happen. All of us have to be generalist. With that being said, even if you’re a marketer, finance person, data person, it doesn’t matter. You need to learn AI first problem solving and that is what we teach you. But with that being said there are bunch we are giving you access to a bunch of content library like we told you inside of that content library. We have AI for marketing, AI for product, AI for design. We are cooking a lot of those courses which acts as frameworks for you which will help you. And of course I told you one more thing which is the AI mentor. You can literally go to that AI mentor and ask, “Hey, today I learned this based on what I learned today. Can you tell me how can I apply this in my job?” The AI mentor will literally tell you how you can apply that in your job. That’s the AI mentor that we are building. It is intelligent. It is smart that way. So all the skills that you’re going to learn guys, you didn’t learn how to speak as a marketer. You learned how to speak. You didn’t learn how to write because you wanted to be a marketer. You didn’t learn commun You didn’t try to become better at communication based on marketer as a person. These are hard skills. These are skills for life and so is AI. So it doesn’t matter what job you’re doing. That’s the way to go. Exactly. And you know, one of the reasons why we went ahead and added the 48 hour buildathon as well that you will be participating right after the 14 days of the program is that you get to go ahead and build on a project. And that is a buildathon where we try and create a startup kind of an environment for you with people from different countries coming in together, people from different experiences coming in together to be able to work, I mean to be able to build a project together, right? Um webhub I also pulled out a video of the previous event that I had that we had done right uh should I go ahead and sh show that video to everyone as they’re going ahead and enrolling absolutely guys I’ve been saying this that we’re a global community we’re a global community well we are global community of real humans who often meet each other and we did one at Google HQ that you’re going to have a look at at this point of time but yeah go ahead I’ll be I also take a quick 5m minute break funny uh and once I come back I think I’ll be happy to take questions as well. Uh so drop in a Q&A form uh if there any questions I’ll be happy to come and take them uh as I come back. Uh but uh yeah guys my team will share a uh Q&A form link uh so fill in any questions if you want to if you have any questions that you want me to take about the program. We have about 10 minutes. What I will recommend you guys is not to lose out on this opportunity. That’s what I would say.

    Yes. Yes. So, folks, I’m just quickly dropping in the enrollment link and also the link to the Q&A form on the chat. You could go ahead and make your enrollments happen. And if there are any questions that you might want us to answer, you could go ahead and fill up the form. Um, of course, there are 10 more minutes that we have remaining and I will also tell you once the coupon codes are all done. But I would want all of you to watch this video. This is a video that we um took of the people who completed the entire program when we conducted an event. You will get to see what are the kind of people that you will be meeting inside the cohort and everything around it. I’ll play this video while all of you make your enrollments happen.

    We already are in 2026, so I think everyone needs to have some sort of basic AI knowledge. actually no idea what I do.

    So it’s been a very positive learning experience for me at the moment. You had to be a very committed person who wants to just completely deep dive into this and make it happen. Afterwards the reward is all yours because now you have built the skill. What outskill had shown as a curriculum resonated so well with me and I thought why not I invest 6 months of my life into this. This was the key to the lock that I was looking for. Brilliant decision one of the best investments that I have made and in between I actually took the mastermind and I was blown away by it. I was pretty pumped. I said I got to really do this course. It’s been tremendous and this is just the beginning. I’m picking on a C actually 100% AI. This last 6 months have been incredible, very exciting. Every week was something new. Um, and I was like, “Oh my god, I can’t get behind because something else is coming.” I would tell them to get a seat belt and get ready to go for a ride of their life.

    Been a VP of marketing in a startup for 18 years. I’m an early adopter of AI. Then this mastermind, the free mastermind session was uh offered by Rhino and then I went there and then they said I’m going to launch a program when I subscribe and I was able to build a chat GBT in a weekend like I’m not a developer. I don’t I I don’t have a computer science degree and here I am able to build things and I still so I think for me that unlocked it.

    this was going to be the future and I’m glad that I did. It felt that they cared about us and that they really wanted us to succeed. We really accelerate in AI. So I thought I’ve been looking all around from the the internet. I came to uh uh cross path without scale really adds value. It’s very practical. Uh you get hands-on experience on what you have to to do which helps you uh really become relevant in particular when you operate in spaces

  • Create VOX Style Viral Documentaries With AI – Free Workflow

    Hello and we are now live. Welcome to today’s session. Welcome everybody. Today we are covering Voxy viral documentaries which has a free workflow and plus you can actually make long length videos. So for those that are joining us, welcome. Uh hopefully my audio and video is working correctly. Uh kindly let me know. You’ll have uh the function as you’re watching this on YouTube with the chat box. If you can kindly um get your fingers out and type along and say yes, I can hear you. number one and yes you can see me. So if you’re watching this make sure to refresh and the key thing is there is a complete workflow uh that I am going to share with every single one of you. Okay. So the session has now started. So what we’re going to do uh first of all as you know we are going to be using this conjunction with uh video express AI. And one thing I am going to mention as you’re watching this uh this is um there is a September sale. I’m just going to get that right off the bat. 30% of all the apps. Uh we’ll give you a link later on in the description. You can go check it out. However, swiftly moving on, what I’m going to show you is about Vox style documentaries and you’ve probably seen them time and time again and they are hugely trending and they make amazing um you know uh videos uh especially for educ uh entertainment with education. You can make a whole variety of different styles of these videos whether it’s uh you know crime uh AI history so on and so forth. So without further ado, let me just show you something that you can create. This will just uh create together all using AI and you’ll get the complete workflow for this. So let’s have a watch of the types of videos you can create using Video Express when it comes to Vox documentaries. At 6:14 on a rainy Tuesday, Elias Vin bought an old camera from a silent market stall. Inside was one undeveloped photograph showing his kitchen clock stopped at exactly 11:47 the next morning.

    The following day, a falling glass struck the clock, freezing both hands at the predicted minute.

    Elias tested the camera in an empty alley, then developed a picture of a red envelope.

    At sunset, a stranger entered the alley, placed that same envelope down, and walked away.

    Inside, three typed words waited for him. Stop taking pictures.

    He ignored the warning. The next photograph showed a missing person poster bearing his own face.

    Elias smashed the camera, but its cracked body quietly released one final sheet of film. The image showed tonight’s railway platform, Elias beneath the clock, and a shadow directly behind him. At 11:47, the station stood empty. Then the camera clicked from behind him.

    Okay, so that was uh about 1 minute and 40 seconds. Obviously, we could take this even longer, but we would be watching videos all day. So, I can straight away see off the back comment section. Um uh let me see. Uh crazy call. I already have revenue ideas for this. uh you can create you know long length videos, minieries, a whole host of different types of videos where you can actually then tap into different markets whether it’s finance uh you know history like I mentioned uh unresolved crimes murder mystery uh the unnatural conspiracy theories documentaries uh you can actually have a fusion with both so on and so forth and you can see on the screen now look people are actually showing you how to do this as well and you will come across this time and time again it’s a huge uh industry around where the styles of videos um that you can create. So you know we can create all sorts even like AI machinery um etc etc. So here’s here’s a another video that was created uh using um video express in this particular stuff and don’t panic I am going to show you the complete walkthrough of the very video uh that you just watched. I’ll even give you the complete breakdown. And what I’m going to do for everyone of you that’s going to be here obviously you’ve made an effort. I’m going to give you a master prompt that you can plug and play into CHBT and it’s going to ask you a couple of questions and generate you uh videos. Uh I mean it took me a bit of time to put this together. Hopefully uh what I not hopefully I am going to show you how to do this. I’ll show you on screen right now as well once we uh get out the fun stuff and then I’ll show you um the step-by-step workflow where you can actually go and do this yourself. So here’s what let’s watch another version of video. So this one’s more AI. You know how AI may take over the future or is taking over the future or AI machinery. Okay. AI is moving beyond screens becoming agents that can coordinate entire workflows.

    Connected to machines. AI could adapt factories, farms, and transport in real time.

    Education and healthcare could become personal, while synthetic media makes truth harder to verify.

    AI will shape millions of decisions. Its future depends on the rules humans choose today.

    Okay. And let’s look at a um I thought it would only be right to make a history one. Uh but this one’s going to be in or it’s going to demonstrate the purpose of making this particular video is number one history. We show you can make it for obviously mobile responsive. So um creating it in this style especially where when you use in conjunction with video express we can create uh these styles of videos for both desktop version 16×9 or 9×6. So you have the ability of creating these videos um to upload and syndicate on all different styles of devices in all dimensions. So you’re not just constricted to one particular device. So just think about all social media platforms you create that one video and you can syndicate to Instagram X, Twitter, uh Facebook etc etc. So let’s look at the next version. In the 14th century, one West African empire controlled trade routes carrying much of the region’s gold and salt. Mali’s wealth was so renowned that its ruler, Mansa Musa, became a symbol of riches beyond calculation.

    In Cairo, his spending in gifts reportedly pushed down gold’s value, although the exact scale remains disputed.

    Musa invested in mosques, scholarship, and architecture, helping Timbuktu grow into an international center of learning. Decades later, a European atlas still pictured him holding gold, empire of wealth, trade and knowledge.

    Okay. And if you want to make entertaining videos as well, you know, story related content with adults, children, uh you can also uh it will also accommodate that. So we’ll watch the very last one and then we will actually get into uh the meat and bones uh of putting all of this together, right?

    Inside its final assembly engine woke and began manufacturing brass clockwork birds exactly 100 before sunrise. But the production line had officially closed on October 9th, 1986, and only 99 finished birds were ever found. A trail of loose metal feathers led beneath the factory to a hidden chamber filled with enormous moving gears. Every gear stopped. Every light went dark. At dawn, the clock broke bird rose through the broken roof. the factory never started again.

    Okay, so um some of them I’ve just made them short just to demonstrate but there’s some really good questions. Now what I’ve done I’ve put in the um uh the chat box I have actually put the workflow uh in there for you. So everyone of you will have access to that and I promise you as you know by the end of this session it will be uh uploaded and updated in the description of this very video that you’re watching. So don’t worry you will have access to it. Okay. So what it will look like many of you can see already audio access is in here at the top. Okay. So the very first video that we watched uh let me open that here was this one. Okay. So this was called the camera that photographed tomorrow. Now everything was created or even the story and everything was put together u using chat GBT. Now you do have an option if you want to come up with this yourself. Of course you can. Um but everything that you’ve seen was created using chat gvt in terms of the stories and then uh there on after uh in terms of the graphics the imagery everything was created by video express even the reference character image here in question and even the environment everything thereon after you’ll see this indicated here also by all the scenes. So everything was generated by video express. So, how do we begin all of this now to create um cuz I’ve been exper experimenting as you know well I’ve been uh show you know we’ve shown you a lot of the different styles over the weeks and we were trying to we’re always trying to um uh get ahead of the trends and Sid reached out and he said you know box stars are doing you know the really high trending uh videos they’re doing really really well and that’s something I think we should demonstrate to our users. So, uh, I kind of dived into I thought, let me see, can we actually make really good, uh, videos, uh, and it takes some, uh, it took me a bit of tweaking cuz we need to get the correct, uh, imagery, the prompt in uh, but then once you have it, then it’s very easy using chat GBT, uh, to come up with that. Okay. So, as you go through uh, let me just see here we go. So, as you go through it, this is the end result that I was able to generate generate through chatbt. Uh, and what you’ll see here’s the important things. The rest of it, uh, you don’t really need to worry about, but it’s a good breakdown just to educate you in what the AI is trying to understand or it gives you the output of all the breakdown of everything included. It’s like if you’re going to eat a a meal, you don’t need to, but sometimes it’s just nice to know what went into your meal. So, if you want to recreate again, you know, all the ingredients. Sometimes, you know, you just need to know some of the vague stuff. You don’t need to know, you know, ounces, uh the specifics of, you know, how many teaspoons of this. You just like to know, uh, you know, the vague, uh, idea. So, anyway, moving on. Some of the key things is when you’re creating a documentary like this, especially in Vox style or any kind of style, um, either you want a character or a subject, male or female or any, you know, uh, maybe a machine, AI, child. So, that subject, it’s up to you. If you want a subject in your video, you can. If you don’t and you just want to make a nice documentary with a narration uh overlaid, of course you can. So, you know, all those options are in question. But uh in terms of this one, we wanted that one character in there. Uh this was like a crime related uh story. So, we have our master character reference image. Okay. Prompt. Now before you create any of your story that’s the first thing that will come into question is that character because with that one character many of you will know uh if that character is going to be present in multiple scenes we need to have that one character that’s consistent uh because we know sometimes there are other platforms or sometimes if you generate things outside or video express then you know uh other platforms may not allow you to create those characters consistently but here we have that master image where we can have that character that’s uh covered and use throughout various different scenes in our project. So once we have that prompt, uh, as you’ll probably see here, if I go to create with AI, you’ll see we can use consistent character. And that’s our reference image. So don’t worry about any of this right now. I will show you, um, how we’ll do this from scratch. But first, I want you to understand the process I went through to creating these various scenes. Because if you understand the complete breakdown, you know, if you get to the DNA of all of this, then it’s very easy for you not only to replicate, okay, recreate this, then it’s easier for you to take inspiration, ideas, adapt, and you can even tweak it to further enhance what’s already been created. Okay, but the key is just to follow the simple steps and get your own version out. And then you can actually go ahead and if you want to spice it up uh you know 10x it whatever it may be then you are able to do so. So uh what I’ll do someone said uh will this video be made available for later? Of course it will. This will be recorded so you can actually watch this later. Um so that will be made all available for you especially uh also the work document. Now next now all of this stuff that I’m explaining uh please don’t be overwhelmed. Don’t worry about making uh notes. You can of course you can make notes. This is going to be recorded anyway. However, um, as I went through, okay, so this particular one here is 10 scenes. Okay, I just want to address this. It’s 10 scenes. You can have one scene, five scene, 10 scenes. And with a video express, one thing you need to remember, you can actually control the length of each scene from 3 seconds all the way to 10 seconds. So, it’s very easy to make, you know, uh, a minute long video using six scenes. So, you can imagine you can make, uh, a large number of scenes. You can merge them together and make longer length videos completely up to you. You can split them and make smaller series videos. So you have that capability at your fingertips. Now the reason I’m mentioning all of this as longwinded it is if I was in your position I would be like yeah but Ali how can I make this easier? Like what’s the best way of doing this cuz this looks like a lot of text and I get it. I completely understand and our job is try to refine the processes to make it as easy as possible for you and hopefully we can achieve that by the end of today’s session. However, uh one thing I want to do, I just want to cover this so you understand my thought process as I created those scenes. So, uh as I go down, ignore all of this and I’m going to show you where this the well well where the party reader begin. So, it’s all going to start here with scene one, the market discovery. Okay? And what I’m going to do, I’m going to highlight this because I want you to understand this process here because this will then become very obvious when I show you the master prompt that just makes your it’s going to make your life so much more easier. Okay? Okay, so we’re going to start here with scene number one. We’ve got two things. Okay, we got the image prompt and then we got the video action prompt. Now, some of you may be thinking, what’s the difference? Now, when we went up here and I showed you this master character reference image, this is what’s going to create our unique character. So, this is what it would look like. If I take this text, okay, I can come into video express. I can paste that in here. That’s that text there. I always select other. That always gives me a better result especially for fox style. And then I’m going to create image. Okay. So this is always going to be our reference image that we’re going to be using or our subject throughout the scene. So this subject here you can see our character here where this a character or maybe some kind of other um item like a scene something that’s always going to be consistent throughout the scenes. But chatbt or AI will actually tell you distinctively hey you also need to create this reference image. You may have one or two. So now we have our character here. I’ve got a couple of options. I can save it here. Or if I’m going to use this in my scenes, I select consistent character. But either way, uh whether you save it or not, then uh it’s already locked in. Okay. So I can do consistent character. If I want to make it easy for myself, I can hit this little save button and it’s saved. Okay. Cuz I’ve already done it. You can see it’s already been saved. Right now, what I then do, you can see he’s populated there. Now I can delete all of this. I come back to my document. I scroll down now to the part where it says the market discovery. Now, all of this, you may be thinking there’s a bit of a long prompt. However, there is a method to this madness. The reason why because of the type of style that we’re doing, uh you could probably refine it, but what I found from my research and testing is that we really have to drive AI to understand the style of video we’re making. uh because it’s a vox style there’s certain layers that we have to embed over and any deviation from that then it will make mistakes like anything so it’s all about the prompting the prompting is so so important uh even though it’s long okay our job is very easy all we do is simply come and copy and paste okay that’s all we have to do I mean it doesn’t get harder than that and you can see that’s our image prompt now the next section is going to be the video action and audio prompt so here’s another key Okay, we have about let’s say depending on the length of scenes that you’re making the the length uh say you have one scene and you have a length of up to 10 seconds that should also be congruent or you should accommodate the amount of speech. Okay. So what I mean by speech is the narration. So here you can see the narration is here. So one sentence. So also that had to be incorporated with the AI to understand hey you know we’ve got about 10 seconds worth. So our speech okay needs to also match um the timing because if you have a longer speech that goes out that bandwidth of 10 seconds then obviously it’s not going to work. You will encounter an error. So you’ll have to refine the speech that you are trying to do. But remember all of this speech was done by AI. I didn’t have to do anything. So I can come here now. I take the uh video action audio prompt. I simply paste. Now the next steps are any of this I don’t need to touch but I just I just have a habit of already selecting that but the moment you select create image the automatic comes off anyway. So let me show you create

    and we’ll give that a few moments and then once we’ve done a few of these I’m going to show you I’m going to show you the process from scratch but I’m going to show you something even more uh amazing that you’re going to think okay wow all right I didn’t know that. So here we have that image. So you can see there’s so first of all I have to say this but you can see look the style of it the clarity of the hair and you can see the overlap and you can see you know the fine details when it comes to uh even the coloring of the paper. So this is what this is basically very well known when it comes to these kind of documentary styles you know the murder case mysteries. So it’s like layers upon layers that just makes it work really really well. Okay. And then obviously we’ve got the animations. It’s not static images. So once that’s done, you can see like I mentioned automatically enhance. I always select this. You don’t have to, but I find it always gives me better results because it what it does, it allows the AI to take my video and audio prompt and further enhance it and make it better. Okay. And once I’ve done that, all I’m simply do is going to go create video. Right.

    Right. So you could see really simple steps. Now somebody asked a really good question. Could you uh use our artistly images with this? Of course you can. So anyone that has artistly uh can generate these images and it will uh artistly can communicate with video express using an API and you could get those images and you could upload them and use them uh directly okay from the library. That’s not a problem. And remember there is a September sale of 30% off all the apps. So you can go check it out and I think we’ll uh put a link put put a link in the description as well so you can go check that out. Right. So let me show you one more. So as you know this one’s this one’s getting cooked right now in the oven which is fine. So in the meantime I’m going to show you one more and then we’ll go start this uh and then I want to show you how you can do this from scratch without all the headache. Okay. So again, I copy and paste. I don’t need to remove any of the images or consistent character because that’s what we’re going to be using. Okay, that is our consistent character there. So I take the image prompt and that goes for the video action prompt. Copy.

    And we come over to the video and audio prompt here. We can delete all of this. So another thing, some of you may be new as well. Some of you uh maybe been used this but as you know as you go along many many of you will vouch for this. The process uh will become easier where you become more familiar and you you’ll understand all the bells and whistles and how to speed up you know it’s your own uh personal efficiency workflow. So what works for you uh what works for me might not work for you. You might like to uh have a different approach. Okay. So once I’ve done that I go to automatically enhance my video prompt or you can actually make two versions, one with and one without. And you can actually see which one looks better. It’s completely up to you. Uh if you don’t want any speech in there, this is another key thing. Uh you are able to make, you know, just video clips and then you can actually have a narration. So if you have things like clone voice, uh if you want to uh you know um use an additional uh you know um text to voice, text to speech, uh you can so you can, you know, create your own audio, maybe upload your own audio. That’s not a problem. And you can actually have that in there. Uh for this one, let’s go ahead and create video for video number two. And what I’ll do, I’ll close that in the meantime. So, let’s just say I’m starting from new. I go to my AI videos. And you can see straight away, uh, we have our video here that was created. This is all I would do. Once they’re done, I’m just going to layer them. That’s all we do is we layer them. And that’s it. So, in the meantime, what I’m going to do, let’s just play this sample.

    Okay. So, you can see that, you know, it’s got that beautiful clarity, uh, clear, vibrant colors, uh, very, um, upscaled in terms of, you know, the, uh, it’s like a 4K camera, isn’t it? But then you got that nice grainy type documentary style backlog. I mean, that’s normally what you see on um, you know, you’ll see them in those old documentaries where they’re trying to solve some mystery or some history or some ancient civilization mapped around. So, you can see that if I just stop it there, you can see, look, there’s a paper there. We got the table layered there. His hand is also there. There’s another layer behind. And then you got the background. And then you have this uh, you know, uh, three-dimensional uh, uh, object here of the ordinary camera. And just remember, look, even the color variations, okay, that just makes it all part of that that that um character of Crane of Voxar videos. And these one thing I want to mention, you can, you know, if you really wanted to, you could go to AI, you could further enhance the colors if you really wanted to. Uh, but this looks pretty good uh already.

    So, here’s some other ones that I did. Okay, so while that one’s loading, let me just show you these other samples.

    So here we can even see it looks like a photo frame or the frame on a you know um a notice board.

    So like anything as you’re aware if you ever want to go back and you want to customize it change anything simply select the click go to redesign and hey presto uh you will see uh let’s see redesign here you can see it’ll bring back that uh particular um uh scene and if you want to optimize it the image maybe you want to add things more clarity maybe add more imagery in there remove something add something maybe want update the video, uh the perspective of the camera, uh maybe uh a better transition or audio prompt or the speech. Uh we can simply go back and do all of that stuff. So it’s very, you know, it’s fairly simple process. How do you mix in split screens photos? So all of this is automatic through the prompting. So everything that you’re seeing, I know there’s like some there’s multiple things happening like layers and layers. So that’s a very good point. If you were to do this manually, you know, have this layer of this uh border around there, you know, that that that box style documentary style and there’s a map there. Uh then yeah, you would have to layer things and layer things on timelines and timelines probably have to make um quite a few of these timelines like this and then layer one, layer two, but you don’t it’s because of the particular problem that we’ve created within uh using AI, it’s very easy for us uh not to uh worry about in that or make multiple layers. It’s just one simple clip that gets produced and we are good to go. So if I go here, remember the second clip that we made. There we go.

    So what I do once I’m happy, I just put it on the timeline and check this out. Let’s just play halfway

    again. It’s got that nice layer. So, somebody did mention um is there uh the remove background noise as it adds when it creates duration of sound effect. So, if you do want to like uh remove background noise, it’s uh there is a method. So if you go to uh redesign, you can actually have just video only, okay? Or narration video and you can layer your own um your audio. So if I was to do that, I would go to audio and if that was my audio narration clip, I just layer it and that’s it. Okay. However, uh having said that, I think everybody wants to see a much better way. So, so far what you’ve seen, okay, I know your time is critical. Have you enjoyed it so far? Does this make sense? Could you see yourself creating Vox style document, give you inspiration to make maybe minieries or different types of videos um uh using this style? Because remember, we’re trying to uh help you find these huge niches or these trending marketers where you can jump into and we want to make this as effortless as possible. So, don’t worry, there is more to come. I just want to make sure everybody’s tuned in and you’re still with me. Okay. now. Okay, perfect. Everyone says yes, yes, yes. Okay, great. You’re you’re welcome. So, remember as we’re doing this, um we are the clips. You are going to make one clip at a time. Just remember to have AI generate these clips up to 10 seconds. You know, you have that variation of 3 to 10 seconds. There’s a lot of input that goes behind the scenes. Okay? Uh nothing’s you’re not going to put a prompt in it’s going to make you long video. Okay? But this way, we have a control. We can have those high quality clips. uh we can produce it, we can refine it and to have this manually done if you go hire someone okay not only as a copywriter to create the the content the speeching the time just imagine the time to put all of this together and then a a designer uh video animator um I know I wouldn’t even need to tell you how much you would spend on that every one of you um that has done any kind of basic research on this would know you would it would cost you a lot of dollars Okay. So, even if you want at the end of this session, go and find animators that would make these styles of videos and see their costs, okay? And you will be pleasantly surprised. Not pleasantly, you’ll probably be more shocked, but anyway. So, um, okay. So, let’s get on to the fun stuff now. Now, what you’ll see if I scroll down to page number 22, I believe. Okay, perfect. Uh, master prompt air. Now you may be thinking what is this prompt here? Now my thinking was as I went through video express and you can see if I look at all these videos hopefully you can see them you know uh the video that kept working when they were laugh the empire the world AI is already building now in order to create those videos you have to keep going through this structure right you have to keep going through this structure um because you always need that reference image you need to lock in the style of video AI uh it’s not always going to be perfect but We’re trying to have consistency of making the same type of style of video. Furthermore, we’re going to make sure that each video has a different theme, a different topic, a different subject. Uh, do I want to add a character? Don’t I want to add a character in there? Uh, what kind of narration do I want? Do I want it short, long? So, there’s a lot of things to think about. However, after much time, hopefully, it’s working, right? Because everyone’s, you know, that thing where you say it’s working and it’s not working. But just imagine this. So, I want you to imagine this. This is you. You take all of this, right? Okay. And I scroll down.

    I know this is the hard part, but stay with me now. Okay. So, I’ve copied that now. Right now, let me just come back down. So, here’s the key things of this prompt here. So, I’ve copied all of this. Okay. from here uh later on or you could try this later on. Uh that’s what you’re going to copy. So this is basically going to feed into the AI the core behavior um topic choice all of this stuff and you know if I’m honest I’m not even going to bother explaining it to you because your life should be easy. Your time is very val valuable right? So all I do is I come over to chat GBT. The reason I would love to explain to you but I know you’re like no I want things to be as streamlined and as effective and efficient as possible. Can you do that for me? So, let’s go ahead. So, I start a new chat. I come here and I paste that prompt. Okay. And what I’m going to do or when you come here as well and you do it, I’m going to now send that prompt. Right. So, if everything goes according to plan, AI is going to have a look and it’s going to have a good think and then it will start entertaining us with a conversation. But remember, you have to be a little bit patient because sometimes it can take a little bit of time. So, whilst we’re waiting for that to work, make sure if you haven’t already, um there is the inner circle group. So, make sure uh with the group you do come and join up. So, let me see if I’ve got a link for that. Um yes, I do. So, make sure if you haven’t go ahead over to Facebook group, ponder.com uh Facebook. I I think it’s boasting over 83,000 87,000 members now and it’s a great place because you will see a lot of cool stuff in in um uh such as you know video creation and what I love about the green more not only can you ask questions but other people or other users will also show you what they’re working on their prompting uh it will give you more ideas inspiration even strategy and that’s not something you can get uh easily without being charged a lot of money so that’s a great place to come and check out And my key thing is or my tip would be if you go to media, this is a good place you can actually get inspiration from as well. So if you go to videos, you can see the different styles of videos that have been created. Um, and there’s some really cool stuff. Some someone’s making videos around how to sell t-shirts. But anyway, before I digress, let’s go back to AI. Now, let me remove that from the screen. So now I put that document in there. Now guess what? Now tell me, is this going to be the easiest thing or not? It’s asking me what documentary would you like to create. So now what what what we’ve hopefully achieved is with that prompt uh you’re going to enter in chat GBT and it’s going to ask you a number of questions and based on those questions it’s going to create you everything for you and then you’re just going to copy and paste and your video is basically going to be good to go. So now it goes uh what documentary would you like to create? Choose a category below give me your own custom topic or choose one from me. So we got here again these are some really good topics and this was all obviously all factored in but remember this is not you’re not subjected to just choose from here as you can see if you have your own topic then hey presto you can put your own topic in but this just makes your life easy if you want to get things right off the bat you can do so we got true crime cold cases history disaster survival corporate scandals I mean these are some really good subject matters that you can actually choose from and do really really well and remember within them these are basically the broad the broad subjects. I mean there it’s going to even give you refined more specific ones. Um so let’s go for uh actually uh in the chat box let me know anybody give me a number from 1 to 12.

    So this master prompt will be in the document uh which you’ll also get at the end of this session. It’ll be in the YouTube description. But let me know anybody right now. The first one I’m just going to go with give me a number from 1 to 12. Uh first number wins. Okay number 12 straight away. Okay number 12. That’s a is a very heavy subject. All I’m going to do is type in number 12 and we’re going to go I’m not going to do anything else. I want to be as as I dare I say it which we should we should be all be motivated. I’m going to be as lazy as possible here. I want AI to do all the heavy lifting. Now I’ve cho I’ve chosen the broad topic. It’s going to now give me subcategories. Remember you if you have any ideas. Hey, great. But here’s some really good ones. Again, type in your own custom topic or choose one for me. You can even have the AI select one for you if you don’t want to even click say you know what you do all the heavy lift for me. So we got the that canal that could uh choke global trade right these are really good huge important topics. Uh the Arctic’s new cold war the islands at the center of the world’s biggest rivalry the invisible war beneath the ocean. Uh the dam that controls continental water. So yeah I’m not going to bore you with them but you you kind of get the gist right. The tiny straight. This one’s a good one. number nine. Okay, so that little tiny river made all of our fuel prices go up.

    Okay, so here’s another great one. How many scenes would you like? So, I thought if I’m going to be on your side and I have AI, right, I want it as easy as possible. I want you to be telling me what do I need, how many scenes do I want, um, you know, uh, what subject, the basics, right? It just makes life easier. So, how many scenes would I like? Let’s just go for five. Okay. Obviously, you can have more. It’s up to you. I mean, you could even take that master prompt and refine it more. Okay. You can you can update it. It’s not a problem, but I thought it’s a nice uh base foundation prompt that you can plug and play. And check this out. I’ll build a complete 5C scene production package around the straight of HUS verifying the key energy and geography facts first. Now AI is going to go out into the WW big worldwide web, right? Out into the open and it’s going to it’s going to basically crawl everything out there to get you the key information and verifies, you know, the geography of the fact. So which is great like anything always make sure you verify information. But it’s good. It’s actually good. Right. So, it’s come up with a uh one project concept already and it’s approximately 30 seconds long because it’s um it is it does say 30 seconds, but remember we can extend those clips to 10 seconds a piece. So, I so you could even extend it between uh probably just be about 50 seconds or something like that. Okay,

    so this is where things will get interesting as we come down. What are we looking for? So, these are the reference image A and reference image B. Okay. And check this out. If we keep going down. Yeah, these are all the prompts for the AI. Okay, that’s fine. I’m going to look for now C number one. Can everyone see that? Check this out. It’s done everything for us. Well, it’s building it out for us right now as we speak.

    And even the narration audio um is there. Okay, great. So, how would we go about this? How would we begin? So, we got two reference images. Okay. So, I take this, I copy it, I come back to video express, create with AI. I’m going to go to image type. Let’s make sure it’s locked in. And let’s create. Now, if there was an issue, it didn’t give me the type of um style I wanted. I could go back and I go for finest, no problem. But check this out. Right? How good is that? That’s that’s going to be reference image number one. So I can create that as consistent character. That’s like a reference image, isn’t it? And then I come back to the second one, master image B. I come back to video express and I create the second one

    now. Tell me this just makes life easier. Right? So you could technically you know come in and just let just follow those let AI tell you or ask you X Y and Z and you are good. Oh yes I made a mistake. I have made a mistake here cuz I put in the audio prompt but that’s not that’s not audio prompt. It’s a image prompt.

    Okay, check this out. So, now we got two versions of the map. And I I like this one more cuz it’s just got more activity going on it, isn’t it? That looks much more better. Uh, and that’s going to be our reference image. So, I select consistent character. Now, check this out. Okay. So, so if you remember at the start, I mentioned sometimes depending on the type of video, you may have one reference image, you may have two reference images. It’s completely up to you. If you want to go back and you refine the output and say add a character, you can. Okay, these are mainly like documentary styles, but if you want to add characters or they’re there, AI will uh instruct you, hey, add one or two as per these uh master subject references. Okay. Now, once we’ve done what’s the next steps as we come down, we scroll down. Now, we’re going to start off with C number one. C number one, we’re going to take this image prompt here. But we’re going to scroll down all the way to where video action and audio prompt begins. I’m going to copy that. I’m going to come across. And remember these you can drag them down. So if you want to come and play with them and go through them, you’re more than happy to do that. I’m going to clear that. Going to paste. And what I like to do, you don’t have to, but this is just me. I like to have both first. So I’m just going to copy all of that. I’m going to come here. Okay. And then as I come down, I’m not going to enhance this. I’m going to keep this the same. I’m going to go You always have to create the image first before you can create the video first. We need the imagery um generated before we can actually go and start building it out.

    Okay. So, u somebody missed what I placed in chat GBT. So, I’ll explain that uh uh uh in just a moment, but it’s just a prompt that you’ll get in a document that you just enter into chat GBT and then chat GBT or AI will ask you a series of couple of questions and then it’ll give you everything you need to do what we’re doing right now and copy and paste it. So, here we have two versions. They look really good. I like this one better. It just looks like nice better lining in there. I go to the advanced mode. I put it as 10 seconds. I automatically enhance my video prop and voila, done. I come back to tangibity. I come to scene number two. I scroll down. I take the next image here. I clear all of this. I paste it in there. I come back. I take the next section. Copy. And let’s have a look. and we go and create. So, it’s just a nice process that we’ve got everything all ready to go. So, um the image prompt cuz it’s pasted in there. All I have to do is wait for the images and then I’m good to go. And there we have some ones. I like these ones better with more visuals on there. I come down, I select automat. Every time you put a new image in there or you generate or create a new image, automatically enhance my video prompt will uh untick by default cuz it’s a new image and you don’t have to. So I always like to enable that cuz it gives me a better production uh or output. Okay, create video. So now that’s scene number two. Another good way uh is tracking. So as I know cuz I’m highlighted still, I know the next scene is going to be scene number three. Cuz sometimes as you’re doing a few of them, you might lose track. So as you’re highlighted, sometimes it’s really good. It just allows you to stay on track and know which scenes you’re working it working working on. And I come back. I’m going to do the last one. I just scroll up. Paste. Come to the next one where I’ve left off. I’m going to leave that highlighted cuz I know scene number four is next. I come back. And as I’m doing this, you’ll probably see in the top right hand corner some scenes have already been generated. So it’s good. Now I select create image.

    And uh another thing is look the foundation problem that you’re going to be getting in the document. Hey, you can use it. You can create your own. You can even put it into other AI. Say hey look, this is the prompt I want you to model the exact structure. Maybe you want to add characters, something specific that’s only targeted to one particular uh subject or topic. And then you can train your own AI. You can tell AI, hey, save this, learn from it. It’s just about spending a bit of time just having fun with it. If I’m honest, sometimes, yeah, you might be pulling the air out, but most of the time, look, as you seen, uh, once you get to it, it’s very, very simple, very straightforward. Uh, and as I was talking, see, ah, there we uh, did we do it?

    Okay, so this is where I lose track sometimes cuz we were talking. This one hasn’t been ticked. So, okay, we’ll put this one here. Uh let’s go create video. Uh ah yes right number four.

    So as I’m doing this cuz you might be think what yeah I’ll put that in there video. Yeah. The reason I’m doing these uh methodically one by one and sometimes it’s a bit repetitive. Some of you may be thinking, you know, I kind of get it now. Uh the reason why uh not that I enjoy it, obviously I do enjoy it, but if I keep demonstrating it again and again, it will, believe it or not, it will um kind of be etched in your mind. You you’re kind of like, oh yeah, I remember the process. Sometimes you have to keep repeating it a few times until it actually lodges in the subconscious part of the mind. Okay, so I’m going to create image on that one. And we’ll give a few moments for that to load.

    Okay, here’s some nice images. Let’s have a look. Oh yeah, there’s the old oil pipelines

    enhance. Okay, this one looks better cuz it’s just south of shot. Actually, they both look good. So, I guess that’s another uh issue you may have sometimes when you got so much to choose from. You just think, “Oh, what do I choose? I’m going to keep this one here and create video.” And guess what? Last one. See how quick that was? We got there in the end. But remember, you can make much longer length videos. This is obviously cuz we’re on a live call. I just want to demonstrate the capability of it uh without having you sit there for hours as we’re going through one by one cuz sometimes u many of you will know and you probably seen comments like this sometimes in instead of showing the end result uh many of you as would agree as well you kind of want to see uh the step step bystep process. It’s great showing someone the end end product um or the end cake but it’s nice to see how the cake was baked step by step especially if we’re going to be um doing the same. So I’m going to go and do this very last one. But another key thing, can you understand now? These were the reference images and they’ve been consistent throughout the boat and the images. Imagine we didn’t have the consistent image element. The boat would have kept changing. This boat and the map, it would have kept changing. So it’s always maintained the same consistency of the boat. There we go. That looks like a better nozzle.

    create video.

    So the total characters I would say this is a good one. If you even you can ask AI because it depends on the length of the seconds that you use for the clip. You got 3 seconds uh 4 seconds 5 seconds. So it depends on the speed of the characters as well if they speak slowly. Um but AI will give you a better determination. Uh if if it’s too long, you’ll be prompted. Video Express will let you know, hey, it’s a bit too long.

    So now, guess what everybody, we have now successfully done a complete uh project that was created before your very eyes using um uh uh chativity and video express. But you maybe think, okay, I need to see the end product. I do too. So what I’m going to do, we’ve got three videos. Look at this. Three videos already done or nearly four videos. All I’m going to do, this is the hard part now. Drag, drop. I’m using calories now. Drag and drop. Drag and drop. And we got the last one, right? And the last one’s still generating. We got one more. But could you see how simple this process was? And even on this call you saw the complete uh uh fabrication of the prompting of the story not by me AI. We followed a couple number of prompts and then just like that it was able to give us a completely generated workflow. We’ve then come here to video express created our master images for our subjects. two images. One was a map and one was for the the vessel. And then uh subsequently from that we just had the image scene prompts that we generated and that was accompanied with the video in action props and the speech. That’s it.

    So I’m not going to play this yet. I want the last one to come and then we play. But for those that missed it the very first time, if I come back on the document from page number 22, uh where’s page 22? Scroll down.

    All you’re going to do, you’re going to copy all of this.

    So here’s another key thing actually I’ll mention. So in this master prompt, you can actually see that this is really important stuff that you could learn from as well. So it says you’re an expert document producer. So very key things because you’re instructing the AI how to behave. But this one is your job is to create complete short form. I mean you can even do long form, right? We can change it. No problem. But this is the part I want to see. A premium box style cinematic editor or paper collage. Now, there’s nothing stopping you from putting 3D, 2D, any kind of other style or you can refine it all and get AI to do it for you so there’s no mistakes. But you understand this is how simple it is because it’s a prompt. We can have AI instruct AI to redo it and update the prompts to one particular style. So, I’m just going to copy all of that. So, anyone that’s just joining us, I’m going to show you um you just take the entire prompt. Uh we’re going to make a copy. Uh Ctrl V. I’m going to come back. Imagine this is for the first time I come back to a new chat and AI. I’m just going to paste that now. And because it’s much longer text, uh if you are using chat GP, you probably probably already aware of this that it will put it as this in a text field here because it’s so long. Then I’m going to select send prompt.

    So now it’s going to be working on this. It’s going to it’s going to go through our content and okay

    there’s so it’s given the list again. Let’s go for something.

    Someone said make it fun. So I’ll say number nine. Number nine is money and power but make it fun. Right? So even though you don’t need even though it’s ask you to give me a specific number, I can just add to it so you can refine it.

    So we’ve got the billionaire who tried to buy a country. The strangest thing billions have ever bore. The man who became rich by selling pet rocks. Uh how I’m family. Okay. Uh the fake prints your food high school the casino. Yeah. This is all in the workflow. So this copy and paste it. Copy this. All of this from page 22.

    So this from page 22. You copy it from here where it says this one. This is where you copy it from all the way down to the end. And you just paste it into it. and it’ll give you all of these options. Um, let’s do number three. Pet rocks.

    So, how many scenes would you like? So, if I want, I can even do, you know, 15. I mean, you could do more. I’ve just put it to about 20 scenes, but you can always refine. You can say, look, I need more than 15 scenes. Because remember, you can make as many scenes as you want, as many videos as you want, and you can merge them all together. Okay? Um because remember, uh because we’re on a we’re on this call right now, and you know, if it’s going to be on more scenes, it’ll take more time loading. So, if I kept them short, it just it gets processed a lot quicker. But, um you can see we can obviously we can put as many scenes as we want. So, hopefully um that makes sense.

    So, this prompt uh what I’m going to do again, let me get the link for it. Let me paste it in the chat. Okay, let’s have a look. So, it should be in the chat box. Um but at the end of this session, I will manually go and add it into the description field of uh this YouTube video um that you’re playing. So um you’ll be able to um access it immediately as well. Okay.

    Ah yes. Okay. So look uh as I was speaking it’s already done 15 sc. Great. So it’s got um the rock that made a millionaire. It’s historical documentary about 90 seconds long. Uh but we could bump that up because obviously we can play around with the length of the scenes up to 10 seconds and it gives you a nice hook. Oh yes, this is really important. Um so a lot of this information ah there was a reason why there’s information here about obviously one of the story but you can actually take the title this was a reason for it believe it or not I want you to understand you can take the things like the title and you can make a thumb a YouTube thumbnail from it you can use artisty for that or you know other apps etc etc but um it’s there for you because it comes apart as a package so if you’re making a video just think about you’re making the documentary wouldn’t it go hand in and right of making a nice thumbnail for your video. And then obviously you got uh additional um items as well, you know, the story. So if you want to put in the description field, you can have all of this stuff. Okay. And all you know is it like bibliography or all of the indexes and all the the details etc etc. So uh with this now you can see this has been made. Okay. It’s got um three master character images.

    Three. Let’s look a little. Oh, no. No. This got one. Okay, this fine. Gary Dal. So, I take this. I come into uh Video Express. I’m going to select. Let’s save this one. Oh, actually, sorry. Before we to start the new one, let’s finish the first one, the last one. Okay. Now, let’s have a play of our project that we all did together. So, congratulations

    Yeah, I mean I I mean it’s a fantastic demonstration. I mean we were able to do this effortlessly. Yeah, we’ve just done five scenes, but obviously uh we’ve been uh selective so we could do those scenes really really quickly. Now obviously if you got more time we’ve done that within a short space of time then you can you know I’m not going to sit here and blow the trumpet. I think perfectly it’s it speaks volumes. So, um, yeah, there is audio for it, but obviously, um, you have to download. I need to upload it. Um, so that’s why you won’t hear it. Uh, oil tanker. So, you can see the the the audio the you can see the video, but yeah, in order to do that, we’d have to export the video. That’s how you would do it. Okay. Let’s just put oil video create. And then you would wait in a queue. Okay. Ah, someone said, “How can you um uh you know, if the ship is going backwards?” Hey, look, you could come back into the video uh find out which one it was. Say for example, um let’s say this one. So, if like if the ship’s going a certain direction, someone’s walking, just come to redesign and update the prompt. You could take that and you could copy and paste it into chat GP to say look can you correct this and make sure that the the um the vessel is going in the correct motion or for direction. That’s it. Come back and create video and it rerender it. You don’t have to go through the entire process again. Just makes life easier. Okay. If there’s any discrepancies or anything that you want to fine-tune or tweak, you have that at your fingertips. But again it comes to the point uh what we’ve been able to accomplish in a short space of time because things like AI having video express we can actually speed entire processes that take you know people that are doing this manually like designers uh days if not uh you know weeks if not months depending how long they’re making the trailer. We can do this in a short space of time. And the other handicap that I have right now is that I’m on a live call, right? I’ve got 100 windows open. My bandwidth is probably like lagging and I’m able to do all of this whilst I have about 10 different uh uh you know tabs open and still we’re able to do this, right? So it goes to show uh you know uh the level of um quality of video that and and and documentaries we could create if we actually spent even more time and produce a higher quantity of those videos. And I can see already comments of people already sparking ideas and thinking wow okay this is great. So I’m going to put this up on the screen. You can see look this has helped my business save seven months of work already. So you know the so I mean I would like to say this is unique but this is becoming the norm. It’s just about leveraging uh you know applications like this to make your life easier. So you know whether you’re doing this with personal um personal work or clients or contracting or maybe it’s a hobby or passion. Hey look go have fun with it. You can see it’s just about expediting processes making it efficient using everything in conjunction. Just makes life so so much easier. Okay.

    Okay. So, having said that, uh let’s see. Let’s see if it’s up. Yeah. Oh. Uh oil video. So, I’ll download that cuz some of you may want to see it. Let’s get this. Oh, and another thing. Look, here’s another key thing. Sometimes if you generate a video and there’s discrepancy with the consistency of the voice, you’re not happy with the voice, how can you update it? So some say for example if one particular clip or scene is a different voice okay it can happen in this AI or there’s a real simple fix. So select the voice that you like. It could be anything. It could be male female or you could have both. Just go to the the audio that you’d like for your narration. Right click save audio. Okay let’s just say oil. Let’s call this oil voice main. Okay. Once we do that, any clip that uh we want to update and change, I simply go to that clip, right click and go to the voice changer. And remember, this is all in the tutorial section as well. We give you a complete walkthrough how you can do it. Okay. Go to choose. Okay. Select choose sample audio. And we’re now going to locate the audio that we’ve just literally saved under my AI audio. And as you can see, the very first one is oil voice main, which we just selected. I’m going to select choose. You can actually listen to it if you want just to confirm, but I’m happy that’s the correct one. And I’m now going to apply it. So, what it’s going to do, it’s going to go through and it’s going to target and control the speaker’s voice identity. And it’s going to match it with our sample audio. Okay? Whether it’s, you know, the accent, uh, pronunciation, emotion, pac, and emphasis, all of that stuff. And then when I play it now, guess what? It’s going to it’s all going to be perfect sync. So, what I’m going to do, let me see if I can find this video and upload it. But is everybody with me so far? Does this make sense? Are you excited? I mean, how many of you don’t have Video Express and watching this makes you think, I think I need to get Video Express? Well, good news. There is a September sale 30% off anyway. So, your discretion, I’m pretty sure the team will put a link uh in the description field. I think there’s there is actually um a coupon code like September 30th if I remember correctly. I could be wrong, but let’s have a look. Aha. Okay. So yes, September 30th. Okay. So at your own discretion, you can go have uh you can go check this out uh of all the apps. Uh and clone voice, video, express and artistly uh they do syndicate. So you can actually uh link them all with one another. So just simply yeah check out which deal that you like and go leverage that 30% off offer cuz uh it will revert back soon. So get if I want to get that get the video express here. Okay. it’ll redirect you and you can see currently it’s just 10% off there, isn’t it? So, uh you want to make sure please make sure that you are going to put September 30th in there uh for that offer, right? So, anyway, I’m going to come back, but yeah, if you go to the sales page, you’ll see all the other functions. I mean, we we’re just covering a few functions of uh uh Video Express, but there’s so many so much more. Uh but I’ll leave that up for every single one of you to go and check out. But without further ado, this video, let’s have a look at our brand new production. One narrow channel carries roughly 1/5th of the world’s petroleum liquids.

    Tankers pass between Iran and Oman through a remarkably concentrated energy corridor.

    Most Gulf exports traveling here have no practical route around the straight.

    Available Saudi and Emirati pipelines could bypass only part of a major disruption.

    That is why trouble here can reach fuel prices thousands of miles away.

    What a brilliant end to the video. all factual. Uh some of you are probably frustrated with it as well, just as I am. Fuel prices has gone up. It’s affected probably all energy around the world to create complete chaos. Um but it just goes to show using AI, it was able to go and it was able to go sift all information, new sources, and because we limited it to just five scenes, we’re able to, you know, uh really inject those five scenes with uh just enough information. Just imagine we made this even longer. Just imagine we could get breakdown behind the politics about the war really uh or controversial stuff as well and real politics really hardcore politics. Now you could build a channel just in news like geopolitics I would personally but I know many people do want to know what’s happening around the world. Um but it just depends you maybe you know everyone has their own likes but again it depends. There may be a huge audience for this and you could build a channel just around these events. So you could create a series around it. Instead of making a long length, you can make many series about updates uh around this particular subject. Okay.

    So yeah, sometime uh you know uh you have that capability of going long length but you can make shorter versions. It’s completely uh dependent on you and what your requirements are and sometimes as we know some of you are also uh doing this for clients. So it could be their requirements or it could be something that I always say look uh sometimes you’ll have third party platforms where you’re providing a service on uh let’s say for example Fiverr is a platform where people provide video services you could have uh you know upsells or additional price points depending on the length of videos that you’re creating for end users. Okay, if somebody wants a a 60-second video, it could be x amount. If they want, you know, 120 seconds or 2 minute video, then it’s going to cost them a lot more. and 3 minutes, four minutes, five minute, you get the gist of it. You’re going to be spending more because of the time. Now, your brain may have a disconnect thinking, why am I going to charge more? It still is going to be effortless for me. But the end user is unaware. So, I’m not saying be unethical cuz it’s not unethical, but your time is valuable. It’s still going to take effort. You’re the person that has learned and understood how to use the platform. you still manually have to go and put everything together and build it. So, somebody’s charging because the value that you’re bringing. So, don’t ever think, oh, you know, uh don’t have that disconnect thinking it’s taking me less time. Maybe I feel guilty. It’s a good feeling. You should feel guilty that you’re leveraging and using unfair advantage that many others don’t have. You don’t need to manually sit there and create scripts and start drawing sketches out, spend weeks using, you know, Premier Pro and Adobe After Effects and all that. Hey, look. Um, just just sometimes you have to work smart and not hard. Well, work smart and hard. You get a better combination. And yes, somebody said that can you put more video tracks on? Of course you can. So, if you wanted to lay your tracks on, uh, obviously you have all these extra tracks there. I mean, hey, look, if you have a green screen, I’ve got one in the back, but anyway, if you wanted to put yourself on the video in the corner, right, as a speech bubble, you could put yourself on screen and talk. Why not? You’re not limited. You could produce the video and you could have your own video then laid on the top. Okay. If you want to have your own video if you’ve got, you know, Camtasia or you removed it even. Yeah, actually there is green screen here. If you had your own video, you come to the media library, go to your own private folder, go to video, upload, uh, you know, upload your video wherever you want to put it. Just say you put it here. Upload your own video. Uh, let’s see. Yeah, upload your video. For example, come here. Use the green screen removal tool. Hey, load it on. You want to make a better production. Uh once you’re happy with that, go to text animations. Put a lower third, intro, outro, text, animations. All of these are additional things that will really ramp up the production of your end uh video. And by that, people will take you very very seriously. I mean, the quality right now, believe it or not, sometimes when things are too easy or they’re easily done, sometimes we remove the value from them because we think it was so easy. But what you don’t realize for someone that has no idea is willing to pay thousands of dollars, hundreds and hundreds if not thousands of dollars depend on time to get the same task done. But we undervalue it because you think, oh AI, I’m just going to hit a couple of buttons and it produces very very quickly. So don’t underestimate it. Don’t overlook that very fact. And I know many of you have already said that in the comments that it has made a drastic difference uh in your life already even your business.

    So, someone says, “Sometimes I feel like leveraging millions of dollars of pools for fun only with this app. Sometimes I feel guilty about that.” So, if you want to add a track, um, you would add a another uh layer uh below for example. Okay, that’s a good question. I would say uh you got uh the ability of going to the media library. Okay, if you got things like clone voice, you can actually make songs or etc., etc., and you can bring them over. If you have your own voice, that’s not problem. Go to media library. You can even select audio your own folder. And guess what? You can upload your own songs. Uh let me see. Import to audio. So if you have clone voice, you can actually use uh clone voice here. And it allow you to uh import music if you have them there. Okay. Alternatively, if you have your own audio, you can just upload it. Let’s just say this is my music track. I’ll put it down there. Okay. Just imagine that’s a long track. And that’s it. And the great thing is if I go to right click and I go to properties, I can adjust the volume because the last thing that you want, you’ve probably seen on videos where someone has put the volume so loud I cannot hear the narration. And then you know you’ll see comments saying, “Hey, could you put the music louder? I can’t hear it.” Okay, but please um look any hesitation if there’s anything that you ever get stuck on. Look, the first port of call is uh like I mentioned before, you have the inner circle group, okay? So, make sure you join that if you haven’t already. Secondly, we have the tutorial section. So, if you go up to the right corner, you’ll have express tutorials. Now, if there’s a million-doll chance, you still need further assistance. That is what the team is here for. Okay, that’s the key thing. Don’t think that you’re going to be left alone. any apps um and businesses. Believe it or not, they won’t provide you the level of service that Paul and Sid are providing. I promise you these sessions every week, they should be paid for, but they are literally given to you complimentary cuz we want you to get the best out of these applications and actually use them and get results like many of you have already been doing. That’s why they’re done. You go anywhere else and people are paying for these master classes every single week, okay? And they will just quickly rush through them and they won’t give you that much. But I mean all updates are included and you’ll see this every month this happening where there’s just updates and updates and updates being thrown at you just to make sure that we can give you everything go above and beyond. Now if you still can’t find it please make sure look you can even reach out to the support team. Okay. So you have um you have the aspect of going into the inner circle and asking for help. You have the aspect of coming to tutorials. Obviously tutorials is always going to be the main place where you have all the videos and the training that you should come for first and foremost. You also have um the support group. So you got three different avenues you can go down to to get the assistance that you need and that’s what everyone is here for. Well, even the group you’ll find other users, other members are more than happy to help uh one another uh in in you know trying to uh achieve any challenges or obstacles that you may be coming across. Okay, so that’s the main thing. I don’t don’t ever think that you’re left alone. That’s the key thing here. And you know even with support like I say you you can imagine serving uh tens of thousands of users just sometimes you have to be a little bit patient but the team are always uh trying their best to make sure they give you a timely reply. Okay.

    Okay. So having said that let’s go back here now we had a look at yes let’s get this remember we we done this uh we generated the rock that made a millionaire. Let’s pretend we’re doing this for the first time, but this time I’m going to do something a little bit different. I’m going to put this in vertical so I show you the other aspect of creating it. I’m going to go to other remember these these sections here. I’m going to paste our prompt. I’m going to remove automatically enhance my image prompt. And I’m going to go create image.

    And look at that. That’s come out really, really nice. Very, very quickly. And I’m going to go ahead and use that as a consistent character. Okay, that is our character there. Now, next I need to scroll down and this is where the party starts. As you know, you probably already know where it says scene number one. That’s where it starts from. And we know where it says image prompt. That is our that is our basically that’s our indication. This is where we need to start um copying from. And it’s the same proc. I’m not going to go through all because I don’t want to uh I I know many of you will banging say I I get it now. I just want to go and do this. I want to go and do this. No problem. Okay. And I’m going to go to the advanced mode. Manual video length up to 10. Automatically enhance my video. And we are going to now cuz we put a brand new prompt in. We’re going to have to recreate a new image for that. But we have our our main consistent character, our master prompt there.

    Okay. Okay. This came out really well. So, we got two versions of the rock. Uh, I’m going to see which one I like more. They both look good. Uh, but I like this more cuz it looks a little bit more I don’t know, symmetry in the the way the bowls are being held. And create video.

    Okay, did everybody see that? Did you see how quick that was? And that’s it. So, I’m not going to go through them all, but I I just want to show you so that we we allow that to render up, but remember, I made uh previous ones that were in this particular format. And let’s have a look. So, that’s how they would look. Okay, this is another version.

    Now, I actually made this. Those that are really uh sharp eyed would know this was actually landscape, but if you wanted to put landscape in there, you can cuz sometimes videos do have uh landscape where you put text if you have a call to action or something like that. So, I thought I’d just leave there, show you that sometimes you can do that.

    Okay. So, what what we’ll do now as we’re waiting for that one particular um scene to render, I’ll just put this back up. Actually, I’ll put this um ah okay. So, I’ll put this link up because uh once that renders then I think we will come to a conclusion. We’ll draw to a close. I think we have covered all the most important parts. uh otherwise I don’t want anyone um you know think we were going over the the same stuff. So it’s important we try we the main thing is we try to keep it clean, concise and to the point instead of it dragging on so you actually get the information and you can go out there and get stuff done. Okay. So please have a look at ponder.com/ uh Facebook if you haven’t already. And as I remove that from there let’s put this on there. our video. Let’s have a look. Should be done. Beautiful. Okay, let’s have a look at our sample video. Ah, we put it in the wrong Okay. Yeah, we put it in the wrong We put it in the wrong dimension. No problem. Let’s put it back to 16 by9. Let’s have a look.

    That’s come out good. That I’m I’m actually happy with those results. You can see the layers. So look at the distinct. So this is a key thing. Just always remember the layers in the presentation, the clarity of the images and the placement. I mean there’s so much going on for AI trying to incorporate that especially with the text as well. It’s done a fantastic job. So um you know we can further refine it. It’s a really good level of production for the time that it’s done it in. Very easy. All done by AI essentially.

    and it and then obviously uh what you’re not hearing is the um the audio narration on top. So there is audio on there as well. Okay.

    So uh let me know if you have any questions otherwise we will conclude today’s session. So first and foremost says everybody uh do you want to jump up and down? Have you enjoyed today’s session? Don’t be too mean.

    Let me know if you’ve enjoyed today’s session and then uh we’ll cover some questions.

    Oh, I don’t see any activity. Oh, what I’ll do as well in the meantime uh I’ll do it at the end just in case I don’t want to disrupt the the session. Um I’ll add I’ll make sure I add the document as well to the end. Okay. Uh, see, you’re all absolutely amazing. You give me some nice comments. I think I might start blushing. Uh, but look, on a serious note, uh, you know, uh, I think these weekly sessions, this is the key thing. As long as every one of you, um, guys and girls are enjoying the session, then obviously we want to give more. That’s that’s the reason we turn up here. We’re not, you know, um, doing anything else, but trying to get you the best of results possible. So uh that that’s absolutely fantastic that every one of you has given some amazing feedback. I genu and you know what I genu I genuinely mean that um so it it means a lot to every single one and especially the team the team are there as well in the chat chat um chat box as well managing stuff. There’s everyone behind the scenes running around like hish chickens but it’s all for you. So uh just another reminder for every single one of you uh what I’ll do if anyone hasn’t already actually this is a good point. Uh, it’d be limited. I I’ll just put this here. So, if you go check that out, this will be a limited time. I’ll just put it there temporarily. Okay? If you’re watching this now, it’ll be current. Um, you can go check that out. Okay? So, if you go click on the link,

    uh, 30%, that’s a big chunk. Not the 10% flat rate of 10% uh, offer. It’s gone up to 30%. Okay. So you’ll see all of the other apps there as well. Uh today we are looking at video express but uh there are things like artistic voice talking photos etc etc. Scroll down. One thing I would say if you are going to come have a look at video express definitely um because I’ve got so many windows open. Let it load and check out all the other amazing features that Video Express does. So uh this is a cheeky little slide it in there um at your own discretion. Have a look and see all the amazing stuff it does. I mean it does so much more than we’ve covered. Uh, but that’s completely for you to go check it out, I’ll definitely say dive in it, have fun. Uh, once you’re in, if you do go and get access today with the video express, go to um the tutorial section and if you scroll down or actually don’t scroll down, go to master classes or customer train. Uh, yeah, go to customer trainings. These are like all the trainings that we’re doing. Okay. And they also have workflows and documents. This this is I mean there’s hours and tens of hours worth of footage here. I mean it’s crazy the amount of stuff that’s in there. But this is all current relevant different niches, different tracking different angles. There’s like done for you workflows exactly what I’ve been showing you here today uh there for you. Okay. So definitely go and check out ses I have I already have all of them I think. If you haven’t then you need to go get them.

    Yeah.

    So, um the the document link. So, that’s the other main question. The the the link for the document I’m going to make sure that gets added. Okay, everyone. I’ll make sure that gets added to um the description field of the video that you’re watching now obviously being on YouTube. Okay. So, I’ll get that done as soon as we conclude today’s session. So, um okay. So, apart from that then everybody uh we shall now um conclude. Make sure if you haven’t joined the Facebook group, go check out uh the link uh the link for the uh offer. Actually, I put the link in the chat box already. Make sure you go check it out and

    go make some nice videos and then put them in the if you if you do generate any documentaries and you want to share them, please do in the in the inner circle and even tag me. I would love to see what you’ve done based off that. I I think you’ll have a lot of fun using that. It’s just it was made to make it easy for you and then prompt you on how to do that. Okay. Yes. A uh yes. Um the uh what the master prompt will be available at some point in the master library. I’ll make sure uh it gets updated uh by the team at some point. Okay. But today’s uh uh remember that today’s specific workflow is for Vox style videos. Okay. These are Vox style videos like documentary style videos that you can see. So, you know, you can create all different styles of videos uh depending, but this one is uh specifically targeted and laser focused towards this type of trending amazing style um documentary rockstar videos. Okay, so h have a great weekend everyone. Uh take care. Uh until next week, thank you to the team everyone, Paul and Sid. Um Sid came up with this amazing idea about uh Vox style videos today. So kudos to um Sid. I think these videos came out amazingly well. I think it’s a be a great um a great uh you know style that we could definitely tap into. Okay, so apart from that everyone take care and uh I’ll see you next week.

  • Reel Remix Webinar – Todd Gross Details How To Turn 5 Seconds of Video & Remix It Over & Over Again!

    Let’s talk about what we’re doing here today. We have something called Real Remix, which is the epitome of AI. It’s the epitome of video this decade, believe it or not. And it’s all been leading up to this, because it’s going to be an endless content producer, but unlike anything you’ve ever seen before. Normally when I do videos, I have to record videos over and over again. The perfect perfect example is this very launch. I got very busy. Two medical ailments and a big trip I had to take in the middle of this launch of this product. So what did my business partner Shannon do? He actually took just a few seconds of video that I created and from those few seconds he created all the videos content from me that he needed for me to introduce this product to you for this launch. I actually was so underwhelmed by the work that I needed to do for it that I wasn’t even clear on what each one of our upgrades is going to have with it because I never did the video for it. I mean, I did, but it was my AI double that did it. And you’ll see more about that in just a moment. You see what if you only had to record one time, just five seconds. I like 10. I like to get a couple of sentences in there. So 10 seconds is good. 5 seconds is good. I’ve done it with 3 seconds, but I find 5 to 10 seconds is perfect. And then you could use it as the raw material, the basis, the foundation for an entire library of videos. No more constantly stepping back in front of the camera and if you make a mistake, you don’t make a mistake anymore. You don’t have to edit videos anymore. The whole thing is totally ridiculously crazy. And you know, you’ll know that in the example videos that I show you in just a moment. Although there’s so much more that you could do with this as well, but this is the basic uh foundation of this product is the idea that you step in front of the camera just one time for just a few seconds or you have a client give you a little piece of their video. Or if you have one of our options, the reseller option, what you could do is you can have the client actually do this on his own. I mean, just a few seconds and then product after product after product is going to pop out with you continuing to do the video. I know that sounds crazy, but wouldn’t you give anything to be able to just do 5 seconds of video and then continue to talk without actually having to talk? I mean, that’s what we’re talking about here. And I’ll pause and get your input when we go to the video examples, okay, in just a moment because they come out really crazy good and they come out to a point where I can’t tell where the first few seconds are. You don’t have to use the first few seconds that you do either. You could just dump that out automatically and just use everything else that it continues on with. So 5 seconds, an entire library of videos is what follows. The 5 seconds is real footage that you record with. I’ve been doing it with my iPhone. All right. and no footage. There’s no problem because we have a superb and I mean superb um option which is to take a picture just a picture and then have the picture actually provide the basis of your video. It turns into a real video with exactly what you type as well. We have good examples of that coming up too in just a moment. So, if you want a different face than your own, you don’t have to use yourself. You don’t have time to record. You could use a photo instead. And then you could use your own voice if you want. You could use your own photo. You could use your own voice. You could use a client’s voice with his photo or her photo. And you could continue to make videos that way, too. Now, to be honest, we like the idea of doing the video snippet first rather than the photo because then everything about you is replicated. All your hand motions and everything else continues on and on and on through the video. But the photo route looks so good that we can’t fault that either. Now, why is this different? Well, you have a real person, a real starting point here, not just a synthetic AI spokesperson. You’re talking about a real video clip of you or anybody. I mean, this could be used in terrible, terrible ways. I could take, and look, I don’t want you to do this. I’m not telling you to do this. I’m 100% serious when I’m telling you not to do this. But I could take if I wanted five or 10 seconds of an a very successful influencer or somebody that’s even not so successful that’s really good and therefore I won’t get flagged. I could take their 5 to 10 seconds of video and then make content out of them if I wanted because it’s that good. That’s not something I’m suggesting you do 100%. No, but I’m just trying to explain the mechanics of this. But just the idea, I’m trying to give you the idea of what this can actually do is take just a little snippet of video of somebody and hopefully it’ll be a client of yours or it’ll be you or someone you work with and you can then expand that video to be as long as you want, up to two minutes long. And we even have an option to go longer than that. But two minutes of additional video on top of five or 10 seconds without missing a beat. The whole video looks good. You’ll see that in just a moment. I’m almost there. Hang in there. One clip. So many possibilities from your original footage. Real Remix can create an entire library of new videos. New scripted videos. Generate new videos with different scripts in the same voice. Again, you’re just typing it in. And you’ll see that in the demo. I’m actually not going to show you the demo first. I’m going to show you some clips that our beta testers have put together in just a sec. New visual styles. We have the ability to restyle all these videos. You don’t have to just be in the same sort of um environment. I like the same environment. I I put myself in front of a lake on a country road in an office and then I like when it continues like that. But we also have that verality. We have that viral clip producer where we’re able to take these things and restyle them. And you’ll see what I mean in just a moment. You can also clean up messy raw footage and make it into polished highquality reels this way. And in fact, you know how I said it extends you and extends your hand motions and all that? It actually improves it a little bit. So for instance, my hand motions are already really well down pat because I was on television and I was doing weather on television and we have a real good way of holding ourselves and expressing ourselves with our hands, our face and our emotions. And yet the video I produced that you’ll see in just a moment, it’s even better. The hand motions are even better than my normal ones. You could do all kinds of things here as you could see on the screen. Now you could create it or you and use it or you can sell it. Real Remix works for you as a creator. It works for you and your business. It works for you if you have an ecommerce store. It works for you, of course, if you’re an affiliate marketer. Why? Because you can take just a few seconds of video and then plug in by typing any product you want. Whether it’s an affiliate product or service, whether it’s something you’re actually selling, or whether it’s something that you have a business that is selling, and you want the business to be able to change the video over and over and over again. That’s the reseller path that we’re talking about on the right hand side there. Stop recording everything from scratch. Record just once and then remix endlessly. And that’s what we’re talking about here. Introducing Real Remix, the AI video breakthrough that ends daily filming. All right, that was my introduction. I know it was a little lengthy, but now let’s look at some clips and then in just a few moments we’ll get to the demonstration on the inside as well. But this is from our beta testers. And I’m going to call that up right now. And hey, before you run off, don’t forget you can check tonight’s winning numbers right on our website or through the official app anytime you want. No need to wait for the replay. If you think you’ve got a winning ticket, make sure you sign the back of it right away. That’s really important. A signed ticket is a protected ticket. And trust me, you will thank yourself later. So, everything you see on this page, all the bonuses, including the Christmas extras, you can get it all right now at a very special discounted price. But this offer is only available for a limited time. So, do not wait on this one. Salt Lake City, the vibrant capital of Utah, offers a delightful blend of outdoor adventure and urban attractions, making it a wonderful destination for both residents and visitors alike. One of the best ways to enjoy the city is by exploring its stunning natural landscapes. The Wasach Mountain Range surrounds the city, providing endless opportunities for hiking, skiing, and mountain biking. Everything you see on this page, all the bonuses included, is available right now at a very special discounted price. Because losing at jacks in front of everybody is a whole thing. You’re sitting there picking up pieces off the ground while everyone else just moves on without you. That little ball does not care about your feelings at all. Humbling. It’s about realizing the small things matter. That’s humbling. But, okay, let’s talk about tag. Regular tag. You’re it. And suddenly you have to chase down the fastest kid in the whole neighborhood. And they know they’re fast. They will run right past you on purpose just to show off. And hideand seek sounds relaxing until you realize you picked the absolute worst hiding spot. Hello me. You’re not badl looking. I know. I know I’m better looking than you. Patience matters more than speed. One tiny gear can change everything. And speaking of making every piece count,

    so I just got back from Club Med, and honestly, it was one of the best trips I’ve ever taken. And the reason why is everything is already paid for before you even step off the plane. like food, drinks, activities, all of it included. You literally land and you just enjoy yourself. No pulling out your wallet, no stressing about the bill at dinner, just pure vacation mode from the second you arrive. And it is absolutely incredible. Again, thanks for listening and I hope to see you soon. In Real Remix, you can upload your own template background to get exactly the look and feel you’re going for. Whether that’s a local business storefront, a dynamic moving scene, or a high energy action shot, the creative possibilities are basically endless. Now, we got two kinds of mornings here. The slow ones where the sun comes in just right and everybody breathes easy. And then the ones where I’m running four tables, toast is burning, and somebody’s hollering for a refill. But either way, I show up. Been doing it 31 years. Started when my youngest was still in diapers. And now she’s got kids of her own coming in here, making a mess of my counter, ordering hot chocolate. This place has seen a lot.

    Hey, I get it. Living here in Connecticut is expensive enough as it is, and the last thing you need is a surprise heating or cooling bill hitting you when you least expect it. That’s exactly why I started doing this work, to help real families get real solutions at prices that actually make sense. I’m Ben, your HBC guy, and I make the whole process easy, straightforward, and honestly stressfree. Just click the button below right now. Pick a time that works for you and we’ll get you taken care of. Whether that’s in person or a quick virtual call. Don’t be scared. Your clients are going to be blown away when you show up with fresh creative content they weren’t even expecting. So, just dive in, start experimenting, and sharing your awesome creations. I’ve seen athletes just like you get noticed by college coaches simply because they had the right footage at the right time. That one great video can open doors you didn’t even know existed. And with Dave’s specialty videos, we capture every angle, every play, every moment that makes you stand out. So visit us today and let’s get your highlight reel working for you. Okay, very very good. Now, an answer to your some of some of your questions. The lip sync is absolutely perfect. If you didn’t see the perfect lip sync, yes, it was because of the video lag from being on GoTo Webinar. Now, let me ask you, what did you think about those videos so far? That last one in particular, he did that by recording obviously the beginning. Dave did that. He he recorded the beginning and then it just continued on and it was seamless throughout. And in addition to that, notice that every one of those videos was a little bit different, done a little bit different way. Okay. And indeed, the reason for that, Fabuloso, says Randy Cole, best of synthesis yet. Yeah, this is from the creators of synthesis. It’s not the within the synthesis umbrella of uh the actual synthesis system. This is from the creators. Me and Oliver have come out with this. So, uh, anyway, you love them, Tommy. That’s good. Now, you’re going to see much more of the kind of video that I was talking about at the beginning in just a moment when I run the demo. And that is where I stand in front of the camera and do just five or 10 seconds and then continue on something much more standard and straightforward. What you just saw was every way under the under the universe that you could think of of these videos being created because they can be created several different ways as you’ll see in the demo as well. You could do AI avatars, you could take it from a picture, you could do it from yourself. And because you have all those options, the videos came out a little bit different in each of the ones that you saw. More real remix features in there. Um, other than just creating videos, for instance, and I alluded this to this earlier, is you could turn one clip into many, many viral clips. Secondly, you could take raw footage that you shoot where you’re stumbling and you start and stop and and wait for two minutes even and then start again or say um and ah that can be completely erased. We have a a system inside. In the demo, you’ll see it where you could take your video and put it into the system and then it will just clean up that video completely ready to post. Instant editing is included taking out all the ums and a’s and pauses and it’s amazing. Then we have a scale and expand throughout the world by going global with the serving more clients with over 70 plus languages in there. So you can translate your videos as you saw in the example. And there’s other things. I mean you can extend that’s the main thing that you do here. But you’re also restyling. Almost every video I showed you from the um beta testers. they were actually clicking on one of our restyle options, our templates. And you could create your own templates as well. So, if you are in a certain business or you have a certain client that’s, let’s say, a bakery business, they could just take a picture of their store or they could take a picture of cakes and that sort of thing or a video of cakes and then put that in and the video will interplay with those cakes with that storefront. That’s quite possible. You just make your own style. But a lot of those other styles, as you’ll see in the demo, are already in there. We have 33 in there, as a matter of fact. Then we have something called smart cup. Smart cut. That’s where you drop 3 to 20 raw takes in there and get one clean edited reel out of it. Or you could just put in one long cut, one long video, and it’ll clean it up. I talked about that a moment ago. We have the viral clip option. That’s where you could actually turn a podcast or a webinar or very long videos into short form clips. We have voice cloning in there. So, you could generate in the source person’s real voice that includes you. You could get your voice in there and it only takes a 10-second clip. All right. So, you could e you could actually just talk into the microphone for 10 seconds and it’s going to actually use your voice all over the place. All right, that’s excellent, too. But our favorite, as you know, of course, is the extend feature. That very first feature that you have there at the top. And that’s the feature where you start by actually recording five or 10 seconds or four to eight seconds of yourself. That’s all that’s needed. So everything you need to make content ready to post is there. We have the autogenerated scripts which you’re not aware of yet because I didn’t show you the full demo. We have captions and zoom punches. Those captions of course are available to you. The zoom punches are, you know, the actual transitions that we have that go along with the templates. We have 9×6 and 16×9 exporting. And you could even do taking a 9 to6 video, in other words, a vertical video. You can actually change it to a horizontal video since you’re going to be grabbing the bundle today. And the bundle option allows you to do just that to expand your video to a horizontal video. And it fills in the blanks. So, in other words, if you’re actually filming in front of, let’s say, a lawn and on the left it’s the beginning of a pool, it will put in the other side of the pool. Um, it just continues it on. We actually tested this in my parents’ house in their living room. And it’s funny because it it imagined the living room correctly. It actually had just about the right number of windows on the left hand side of the video and at the end it actually put a piano. What was funny about it was I said there’s no piano there because there wasn’t at the time that they shot this video of me, but there used to be a piano there. So it actually envisioned it correctly. Uh, all that stuff is in there and I’m sure that you’re eager to see the demo and I’m getting to that in just a moment. So, you’ve seen the example videos and now I’m just giving you a little background before I show you the demo which will clarify everything. So, this takes your content further by turning it into a business. It allows you to translate all the different languages and it allows you basically to be agency ready because you’re going to be taking your videos and then you’re going to be producing clip after clip after clip without having to be in front of the camera. This is how it works. Uh this is what I’m about to show you in the demo which is the next slide. So I’m not going to make you wait any longer. I promise after this slide, but let me just give you these steps because this is what you’re about to see in the demo itself. Number one, the very first thing you do when you create a reel and reel of course means a reel for social media like Tik Tok, YouTube shorts, um YouTube itself or perhaps you want to do it for Instagram. Usually you think of it as Instagram, YouTube shorts and Tik Tok. You drop a video or photo plus you then prompt it. Now, what do I mean by that? You just take any short video clip or you take a photo of yourself and then you write what you want yourself to say. So, if in the first few seconds of the video, by the way, let me turn on my camera. Some of you may not know what I look like. Most of you do. Hello. So, you saw that I was in that clip earlier, right? I was actually one of the videos in that clip. I didn’t make that. I w I didn’t had no part of that. I didn’t say any of that. It was from an introduction that I had done previously and Shannon took it and actually took it one step further and he made that of me. Well, when we get to the demo in a minute, you’re going to see me, I believe, in this shirt from a video I made today for this webinar. And man, I wanted you to see me because the video looks exactly like me. And you’ll see at the beginning it is me and then it turns, of course, into something else. So, I’ll turn off my camera now, but I just wanted to say hello and uh show you what I look like so that you can see, of course, that in the video. So, number one, you drop a video or a photo in and then you type what you want the person to say. Number two, you pick your preferred real remix style from the drop-down box. That’s if you want these crazy backgrounds and these crazy transitions that are really going to catch attention. You don’t have to do that if you don’t want. You could just continue with the background that you already have. Then you add your voice and pick the aspect ratio. If your voice isn’t, if it’s not a voice clip, if it’s a picture, then you’ll add your voice. But you always pick your aspect ratio, vertical or horizontal, and you review your script. What it does is you write a little bit of a script and then it paraphrases you and it improves your script quite a bit. Believe it or not, I just couldn’t get this thing to be on par with me. It was always better than me. And I’m thinking, this is bad. I always thought I was a great copywriter, but the AI is redoing my script that I’m writing better all the time. Like 100% of the time it was better than what I wrote and I went with what it wrote. But then you can change it back if you want. And of course, you pick a template as I mentioned and then Real Remix builds and renders your video. Then you download or remix the same video in another template style. So you can take that same video that you’ve created and now change it again if you want with all that. Now that I’ve gone through the steps and these are very easy to do. Let me now show you the demo that I’ve been alluding to. It is a little bit long and I have to tell you it’s really really good. I’ve been working on it all freaking day cuz I wanted you to see what I’ve been seeing this whole week. You know, my mind is blown by this product. I’ve got to tell you, it’s the best video product of the decade. No kidding around because you don’t have to do anything to make content, video content with yourself, your likeness, your voice. You just need to record five seconds. And this demo is going to show exactly the mechanics of that. I want you to turn up your volume a little bit. And when this goes on, I want you to expand it to full screen so you get the full effect of what you’re seeing. Okay? Is that a deal? Okay. Let me do a demonstration of how ridiculously good this software is. I’m going to stop talking and turn the video off right now. So, yeah, even though I stopped recording just now, what you’re seeing and hearing is me literally just typing into my keyboard. The software is converting everything I type into natural speech and realistic video in real time. Now, let’s jump into Real Remix and explore what else we can do with that original clip. I’ll walk you through the menu options. And just keep in mind, not a single second of what you’re watching right now was actually recorded by me. Okay. So, to show you how this works, I’m going to first take you very briefly down the menu on the left side, and then I’m going to show you the more important menu, which is on the right side, because that’s where you actually do things with that little clip of video that you insert. All right. So just briefly on the left side we have the home button. Then we have my reels. That’s what you’ve already created. You can see them right here. For instance, this is the one you saw just moments ago. Then we have the search bar. This will allow you to actually search for your projects. Then we have styles. Styles can change. So these are backgrounds that you could use um that get automatically edited with your video with all kinds of transitions and all kind. It’s just amazing. We already have many styles included as you can see right here. This of course is just somebody that we put in there to show what it would look like, but you could put your own in like I made this one that has an aurora and an eclipse of the moon and that was just you know great for astronomy as an example. Then we have publishing because you could publish your reels to social media. Then we have some bonuses you could look at but what I really want to concentrate the most of course is on new reel. So, if you click on new reel, then this is the menu that does it all. Okay. Now, the real magic menu is up here on the upper right when you create a new reel. Now, this I will show you in just a second, but remember, we have to load in a video clip, and that’s what I’m going to do right now. I’m going to drag a video or a photo, and then we’re going to do something with it. So, let’s actually grab our little video snippet from the very beginning where I said this is the only real part of what I’m saying. Look, it was 10 seconds long. It could be as short as five, but it was actually 10, which is going to make it even more solid. So, what did it say? You remember what I said at the beginning of the video? I just said this is the only thing that you’re going to see, right? And then from there, what we could do is we can extend the video. We could add transitions. We could do wild things with it. So here are the various things you can do. We call it restyle and then you go down the list. So the real remix allows you to extend and restyle a video. So in other words, you can make it look viral with all kinds of transitions and backgrounds in addition to extending the length of the video. Now once you extend the length, you’ll have an option to use that beginning part or even dump the beginning part and just have well basically a completely new video. The next thing, which I’m going to do right now, is extend video. That is where you make it longer. That’s what you just saw me introduce to you. Um, and we’ll do that together live right now in just a moment. The next thing is if you don’t have a video of yourself, you can actually do it with an AI avatar. And that’s another choice you have. Then let’s say you already have a video that you’ve extended or any video that you like and you just want the restyling of that video. Well, that’s your next option where you can add the transitions and the backgrounds. The next thing is smart cut. Smart cut’s very interesting. It allows you to take a long video and actually take out all the ums, the a’s and the pauses and everything like that and reduce it to a video that is much more manageable in size without having to bring it into another editor. So rather than having to cut every little piece out in a video editor, it will do that for you. In fact, we’ve used that feature to make our job of editing much simpler. The next option after that is viral clips. That’s when you take one long video and then it kind of divvies it up into smaller pieces that can go viral. Uh small viral videos that you can post as a real. That’s very handy to have in there. And finally, we have captions. So, you could take any video and add captions to it. And of course, the captions look great. And that’s going to be the next feature. But the heart the heart of this is up in here. It’s the real remix and the extend video. So, let’s start with something simple like extending the video which you saw in the introduction. So, there’s our video. And now, in terms of what we should say, I did copy something down um on paper on text edit. So, let me just uh copy. It says now even though I stopped recording the video, you can see that I’m actually continuing to speak. So, I’m going to copy that. And now, what I’m going to do is I’m going to type that in here. So, no longer will the video is is any more video needed than that initial five or 10 seconds whatever. Now I’ve written out the rest of the video and it’s going to if we want it’s going to rephrase that so that it becomes even more elaborate and perhaps persuasive. But if we want the exact words then we would click this on the right here. We could keep the exact words if we’d like. The next thing you could do is you could click don’t show my original clip. If you click this, then we’re not going to get that beginning part. In this case, of course, we’re going to be showing you how we created that introduction. So, we’ll take this off and we are extending it approximately 30 seconds. So, think about roughly how far you want to extend. There’s around 35 words per 15 seconds. and you have a choice of 15, 30, 45, 60, 90, or 120 seconds. After that, you just click create my video. So, what it’s doing is it’s uploading the clip. It’s transcribing the audio and it’s writing the script. It’s rewriting it. And then we’ll take a look at the rewritten, revised script and see if we like it or if we want to tweak it a little bit more. There’s other things on this page that it’s done as well. It’s giving you the choice of actually putting captions on your video right now. And it’s also at the bottom here giving us a little check box where it says seamless voice. I always check that because then there’s no transition that I could really tell between the first clip that you’ve actually recorded and what follows after it. So I just leave this seamless voice uh clicked. It also gives you the approximate amount of credits. Like for instance, it was 300 credits because I cho chose a 30-se secondond video. And um now we could go through the scenes. So we have scene one, scene two. Scene one says, “So even though I stopped recording, you could see me still talking right now.” And that’s because I’m literally just typing this out on my keyboard and the software is doing the rest. Wild, right? So it’s paraphrasing what I said before. Now, let’s jump into realm and walk through what these menu options can actually do with that original clip. And just to be clear, I did not record a single second of what you’re watching right now. So, we hit, of course, build your video and it’s off and going. As soon as it’s done, in about three or maybe 4 minutes at most, what it does is it immediately throws you into the same spot as if you were looking for it. So, if you went into the menu on the left, my reels, and looked for your reel, this is exactly the same spot. Now, once your reel is ready, you could do several different things. You could watch the original. Let me do a demonstration of how ridiculously good this software is. I’m going to stop talking and turn the video off right now. That was the original. Okay, let me do a demonstration of how ridiculously good this software is. I’m going to stop talking and turn the video off right now. So, yeah, even though I stopped recording just now, what you’re seeing and hearing. Okay, so you already saw that, but I just wanted to show you that you have the option of watching the original or the rendered version once your reel is ready or you go back into your reels and you actually select a reel from the past. The next option is you could share it. You get a share link. The next option is you can download it and absolutely as soon as you get it, download it because you may need to use that again later, the downloaded version. So definitely download it. Okay, it downloaded it and called it real one.mpp4. Next thing after that is you have the opportunity to publish directly to Tik Tok or to Instagram. You just have to connect your accounts or you can download it and then upload it manually to YouTube. We’re working with YouTube so that it will also be an automatic uh upload to YouTube as well, but that isn’t on yet. then you have the opportunity to restyle your video. And I’ll show you much more about what restyling means in just a bit because we’re going to do that uh as part of this demonstration. You could add captions. Remember, we had that choice before. Now, you could do it here. These are the captions that you could choose from. They’re really good. I usually like to go with simple something simple like you see right here on the upper right. Other people like it more like this, more flashy. Next thing after that is you can refframe it which is a really interesting option. You could change it from uh its current 9 by6 vertical format to 16×9 as an example landscape format. And you’re saying well how does it do that? Well it imagines what the rest of the scene would be on the left and the right and then it makes a horizontal video out of a vertical video or vice versa. The next thing you could do is you could translate it. You actually have the ability to target a different language and then this video will become the same video but in another language which is amazing. You could upscale it. Initially of course you get a regular resolution video a 2K and now you could upscale it to a 4K resolution video through the magic of what the software is capable of. You have the full bundle I’m sure. So you’ll be able to do this. Next thing you can do after that is you can add a watermark. So if you go to a client, you show him, let’s say him on a video that you’ve made, but you don’t want him to have access to it, you could just of course make the video with a watermark. Okay. The next thing I wanted to do is show you how we could do the same thing, but this time we’re going to do it as a full real remix. Now, what do I mean by that? I mean, we’re going to actually give it a background, too. So, we click on real remix rather than extend video. In my opinion, the order should have been reversed here. We should have put extend video first and re-reix second because extend video is planer than real remix. But let’s go ahead and make a real remix. We’re going to take in the same exact clip as we did before. Now, you remember that clip? It was located right in here on my desktop. This desktop. I have too many desktops. I can’t find them. There it is. And we are going to open that up. It’s a vertical video. And you remember what I had said before. Um, let’s make it shorter. This time I’ll say welcome to my email list. I will provide you with weather and astronomy tips

    daily.

    To get started, just sign up below. Okay. Now, we’re going to make this a 15-second clip. In this case, we don’t have to show the original. It doesn’t make sense to show the original. So, I write don’t show my clip. And I’ll pick, very important, I’m picking real remix here instead of extend video. So I’m gonna actually choose a template this time. And I’m not going to use my exact words. I’m going to create my video. And remember what it’s going to do. It’s going to paraphrase my writing. I’m finding that the rewrites are better than what I can come up with. Hey, welcome. I’m so excited you’re here. If you sign up below, I’ll send you daily weather forecasts and awesome astronomy tips. See, it’s better than what I wrote. It’s even pointed out that it’s totally free. So, that’s great. Now, we go and continue. And we have to pick a template. So, why don’t we just pick one of these crazy templates? I actually created this one. Here’s um here’s a computer oriented one. Claimation comic pop art geometric bold broadcast. Well, I don’t know what that is exactly. Um, AR Tech, MacOSS. I like Macs, but this is astronomy and weather and stuff, right, that I’m talking about. So, let’s see what else we’ve got here. Stone monu monument front page making money lately. Um, let’s choose this synth wave. See how it comes out. And the cut style is a more consistent look where you’re just in front of the same thing or hyper cut where it cuts back and forth and it’s crazy. Now I prefer the comm one consistent look. But let’s look at the hyper cut. All right. Because that will be, you know, very indicative of what the software can do to make this an extremely viral video. So, I’m going to build my video now based on that hyper cut. Okay. And it’s ready. So, remember our reel is just in front of us. Or we could actually search for it on the left hand side here. We could go into my reels and we could get it there. So, let’s just watch the beginning of it. Hey, welcome. I’m so excited you’re here. If you sign up below sign up below. All right. So, it came out great. You could see the background is doing all kinds of strange crazy transitions to catch attention. That’s good. And you notice that the original verbiage that I used isn’t there anymore. This is just a completely new video based on the way I was talking, the way I was acting, but it doesn’t have the original blurb. And we did that. And of course, we’ve now added one of the templates. Now, the next thing we could do is we could actually import a still picture. We don’t have to use videos for this. So, if we go back, I think I have one available right in through here. This is an AI picture I had made, but you could use an actual real photograph as well. And what should they say? Um, let’s say we’re doing email lists. So, let’s say she’s a psychologist. Hi, if you would like a free session with me, just sign up below. I will provide you with great tips and tricks on mental health every single day. Okay. Now, let’s make this uh 15 seconds. Let’s make this a landscape video. Now, let’s click on extend video. That way, it’ll be plain. We don’t want to put a background behind it. And let’s create my video and see how they change the script. Now, we’re given the option of recording our own audio. And once you do, it actually saves it or selecting one of the audios from one of the pre-given voices. So, let’s choose a voice. And now, let’s go in there and pick a woman and scroll down. I happen to like this woman right here. I’m your ideal sales professional. Professional. Okay, we’re going to use that voice, Adelina. And now, let’s click next. Now, it rewrote the script. Hi there. If you’d like a free session with me, just sign up below. I share tips and tricks on mental health every single day, and I would absolutely love to help you on your journey to feeling better, which is not exactly what I wrote. It’s even better. And if we wanted, we could now add captions. As you can see, it’s giving us the ability to do that if we wanted. But instead, let’s just build our 15-second video and see how it comes out. Hi there. If you’d like a free session with me, just sign up below. I share tips and tricks on mental health every single day, and I would absolutely love to help you on your journey to feeling better. Now, the reason you were hearing two voices just now is because basically I’m recording both my system audio and my microphone at the same time. So, both feeds were coming in at a very, very fraction of a second different, but the actual video sounded fine. Next thing I wanted to show you was some more options on the menu. AI avatar is very interesting. Um, I don’t want to spend too much time on it because I don’t want to make this video too long, but let me show you how to set it up. You just write what the video should be about. I’d like to discuss how the super El Nino this year is creating havoc weatherwise across the globe. Okay. And now it’s going to expound on that. And we could pick Ingred. Let’s pick Ingrid. Let’s pick one of the natural voices that’s in there. Um we’ll pick a woman. Bella, we’ll use that voice and we’ll add a style. So, the style we’re going to add in this case um is we could add the style that I actually made as a matter of fact. So, I actually created this right here is an aurora and a lunar eclipse. You’ll see in a moment how you create those. So we’ll add that style and we’ll pick 9 by 16 16 or or 16 to9 meaning vertical or horizontal. 9×6 is vertical and you just click create my video and it takes it away. So let’s talk about El Nino this year because it’s actually really fascinating. Okay. Now the next thing I want to do is go back home and now let’s take a look at the next feature which is restyle. you already know about restyling. That means applying a template and you could do that with any old video. So, I just wanted to remind you of that. Any video you already have. Now, smart cut, as I mentioned before, you are able to actually take out all of the pauses, the ums, and the o’s all come out automatically when you put your raw recording in. And it actually creates a new recording that doesn’t have all those glitches. The next feature, viral clips. You put one long video in, you get a bunch of little videos out. And the captions. You already know that you can actually put a video in and then add all of these very cool captions automatically. Let’s look at the lefthand menu. Now, on the left, my reels is where you go and look for your reels. And search is where you could search for your reels. Styles is where I promised I’d show you how to make this. What you do is you just click on create your own style. Then you upload an image right here or a video and it will create a style that you would like. So that’s very cool as well. You could create your own style. You don’t have to rely on the ones that we have in there now. Okay. The next thing you could do is publish. when you publish, of course, you could do it automatically through Tik Tok and Instagram, and we’re working on YouTube. We can actually you could schedule them. We even have a calendar in there where you could schedule them, which is very, very cool. And we have some bonuses in there for you as well. The viral hook script library, the done for you caption style pack, and more. So, imagine once again if you start with an introduction and then you could put any product or service through the rest of the video just by typing it out. Amazing.

    All right, let me see if I could switch back here.

    Yes, I’m going to be able to switch back. All right. Now, I’d like your comments on what you saw on the inside and let’s see if we could help answer some questions of yours before we continue

    and then we’ll make money together.

    I

    fantastic. It sure makes your head spin. Wow. If I’m jogging in my sample video, will it create remix of me? Yeah, it will. You’ll continue to jog. I know it sounds crazy. All right. A lot of the questions I see you asking, our folks are going to answer the questions in the question answer box. How long can I make videos? I do 10 to 15 videos. Uh they’re 2 minutes long right now, but there is an option to go longer. Uh, only one person in a video is correct. I don’t know how Dave, our beta tester, got the other I’ll ask him how he got the other character in there. In fact, he had several different characters. I I’m not sure how he did it. I think he used a photo of them or or a video. He put it behind like a part of the background. Yeah, that was pretty amazing. Okay, so here’s the story. We want to talk about how you make money with this and obviously there’s two basic ways um two real usage applications and that is one to build your brand to create more and to film or you know create video. There’s no film anymore but to create video way way less. You could turn your real face, your real voice and ideas into more content for the platforms that you use without constantly getting back in front of the darn camera. I mean, it is such a drag. You’ll stay visible without having to film daily. You saw there was an option in there where you didn’t even have to keep the same beginning. You could actually take the beginning off altogether. My thought initially was that you record a generic beginning like you say this is the greatest thing to ever come out since sliced bread. That’s what you say at the beginning, right? And then everything after that you just type so that you could always start with a video that says this is the greatest thing since sliced bread. But actually that could get rather monotonous after a time. So you could just cut out that beginning and just keep it going from the point after that beginning if you want and you could do it that way, but I like the idea of starting and having that first five to seconds, 10 seconds in there to see how seamless this is. Just crazy. Or you could serve playing clients. Now, we went over this before, but I just want to, you know, emphasize that clients will be blown away by the idea of being able to portray themselves like this without having to do anything. You get a short clip from a client and turn it into finished content they could actually use without adding an editing team. Now, this could be a local client or you could do this for influencers. and content creators. You could actually manage their accounts. Take a popular content creator and say, “I’m going to allow you now to be on far less than you’ve been on and I’ll manage your account. You tell me what you’d like me to say and I’ll type it in and I just need 5 to 10 seconds of video from you.” And you could do that over and over and over again, right? So keep that in mind. You get a short clip from a client, turn it into finished content they could actually use without an editing team. Monthly short form content packages you could offer podcast and webinar repurposing with that option. Multilingual video content. What you could do here by changing these things into multilingual is mindbreaking. Let’s talk about the offer that we’re going to have today. And I know you guys are really, really excited. So, this is what we’re going to be doing. There’s going to be a limited number of founders bundles available today. I’ll give you a hint. There’s going to be something that you can get for a ridiculous price. Um, it has to do with the bundle and the mega bundle price together. And what I want you to do is get ready to write bundle in the question answer box. When I say go, because as soon as you write bundle, we’re going to send you the link to be able to get the special founders deal. There’s going to be a limited number on this webinar and then a limited number on the webinar tomorrow morning. All right, so get ready to write the word bundle in the question answer box. There’s not going to be a link to go to that we’re going to have right now. So get ready. It’s not, we’re not up to that point yet, but I just want you to be prepared because there’s such a limited number. All right. So, the front-end product, the basic product is the full Real Remix Studio. Almost every feature you saw is going to be in that front-end product, but it’s going to be very limited. There’s only a,000 starter credits, as an example, one time only. Um, it does allow you to extend and restyle. It allows you to use the smart cup feature, um, the viral captions, the voice cloning, the different aspect ratios, you could go with your own video or faceless by getting a picture in there, and the done for you viral vault where you could make viral video clips from a larger video. It has that in there, but it’s kind of limited. So, we’re going to be doing a special bundle today on this webinar. It’s going to include the first upgrade where you get premium styles. You get priority rendering up to 15inute renders, 4K upscaling. What do I mean by 4K upscaling? I mean just that right now it’s 2K and it can go to 4K when you click the little button. unlimited projects, unlimited exports and workspaces, and 3,000 additional credits, but it’s just one time. We’ll talk about that. So, that’s going to give you now, I think, a total of 4,000 credits. That’s going to be included in your bundle because you’re getting that upgrade. Also included in your bundle, you’re going to be able to go global with 70 plus languages, voice match, dubbing and lips sync with those languages. Smart refframing. Now, smart refframing is really interesting. That means that you can take a vertical video and make it horizontal and fill in the spaces automatically. So, that’s going to be also included. And of course, that 4K 2K upscaling. Now, the third upgrade is the viral clip upgrade where you could take the podcast and then break it down into a bunch of clips. You could take a webinar and break it down into a bunch of clips. You could take a URL and break it down. Take the video from the URL and break it down in a bunch of clips. And it has best moment detection as well. And it even gives you a scoring of how viral your clip is. And it automatically is going to it’s automatically going to be able to tighten as well your videos. That’s another, you know, thing that you’ll be getting with that that option that I showed you in the demo. Plus captions and platform formatting. That’s also going to be included in your bundle. Also included in your bundle though, this is crazy. It’s the reseller. You get client seats. You get client credit allocation. You get 25 license keys. You get customer management usage tracking that your customers will be using. And you’ll be able to enable and disable accounts. Just think of yourself as God here. per customer credit topups. Now, this means that you’ll be controlling what your customers do with the product because they’ll be having their own little login. So, as an example, let’s say the most easy way for them to actually utilize this, let’s say it is a lawyer, and the lawyer wants to do a clip of him saying, “Here at Kelly, Kelly and Kelly Law, because they’re all related, we are going to make sure that you are not screwed by the government and the IRS.” All right, that’s the beginning part that he says. Now, everything else after that, he can now type in. He can be in control of that, but you’ll be the one getting paid because you can charge him for that service. So, while he can produce additional content for his law firm or any other client that you’re, you know, having used this, even if it’s, let’s say, a an influencer or content creator and they’re continuing to churn out content this way, they don’t have to know that this is something that they could have bought because, of course, you are going to be providing it as a service and they’re going to log in and they’re going to pay you many hundreds of dollars per month if not over a thousand to be able to do this. So keep that in mind. That’s the reseller option which is included in your very very special bundle. So this is a special live webinar offer that we have for you where we put all this together. So it includes that real remix commercial version. That’s the basic product. It includes the pro version that was the first upgrade we showed you. the go global, that was the second upgrade, the viral clips option, that was the third upgrade, but most importantly, it includes the reseller option, and it also gives you 4,000 credits one time, which you can upgrade later, but boy, do I have a better solution for you. And that better solution is obviously going to be the mega bundle. And we’ll be talking about in that in just a moment. Now, get ready. Remember what I said before. It’s very important because we only have a limited number this time of actual um products to give to you. We have a certain number at this price for this webinar and then we have another number set aside for the webinar tomorrow morning at 10:00 in the morning. And if you, you know, exceed that, we can’t give you this special founders deal. It’s a limited number of founders founders mega bundle. All right? I mean, excuse me, of bundle. Um, and you’ll see that the price is so low, as a matter of fact, when we go over it right now that you’ll understand why. Are you ready? We had folks guessing that the price for this for the basic version of this, our our bundle that is, was $1,000. And that’s just not true. All right, you guys are ready. So, don’t forget this is what you need to do right now. You need to write bundle in the question and answer box so you could get your hands on this for only $127. I know it sounds crazy. It sounds like a front-end product price. It sounds like the basic price and not the full bundle, but it’s only 127 if you write bundle in

    chat box right now. It’s the question answer box. But wait, there is more. This is really important that you understand. We do have a mega bundle that is going to be a onetime only price today. For those of you that are going to put real remakes to serious use, we have a monthly product here that’s only a one-time charge. A monthly production budget, 7,000 credits refreshed monthly. And if you have any I questions on how much these cost, you saw in the demo they were running around 150 to 300 credits per video. Um, you’ll know that you’ll run out obviously if you had the,000 credits from the front-end product, which isn’t on the table here for you today. This is the bundle. You’d run out right away. With the 4,000 credits, you have, let’s see, 3 6 9 at least 12, maybe 20 videos, depending if you use the picture. It’s going to be far less, maybe 25. You just don’t have anything really more than those 25 videos. So, you can’t use this really for clients. You could use it for yourself perhaps and stretch it out a little bit, but not for clients. But if you get the mega bundle add-on, then you are going to have 7,000 credits refreshed every single month. And if you time it out just right, of course, what’s going to happen is you will be budgeting it and you’ll be very successful. Now, if you need for some reason even more than that, you could ask in the question answer box. Perhaps you could buy two of these mega bundles or something like that. But there’s room for every client this way. There’s unlimited dedicated workspaces and reseller seats with the mega bundle. So, in other words, you don’t have to limit it to just 25 clients. You got plenty of clients that you can get. The future library is included with this mega bundle as well. Premium styles are added automatically. You get longer runs, faster answers, up to 30 minute renders, and VIP support. all for just one time charge even though you’re getting the 7,000 credits refreshed monthly. And obviously we bear a a cost. That’s why we have to charge for credits. And the way we have figured it out will be able to do well with this and survive and thrive at 297 one time and your credits will be refreshed every single month. So everybody gets happy. So how do you do that? Obviously, the best deal is to get this full package with the Mega Bundle 2, and that’s by clicking that box right there. When you get to the checkout page, click that box right there that says yes, add real remix mega. All right. And then on the upper center part, you could see where you have a possibility of a credit card or PayPal. You could choose one or the other. That’s important, too. All right, so make sure that you get the mega bundle if you want to use this beyond just toying around with it. Now, here’s an actual description and comparison. And don’t forget, put bundle right now in the question answer box to get in on this. All right. So, the founders bundle one time only charge 127 includes real remix, the commercial version, the pro unlimited, the go global, the viral clips, and the resellers package, 4,000 credits one time for 127. The mega bundle add-on includes a monthly production budget of 7,000 credits refreshed monthly. Room for every client, dedicated workspaces and reseller seats are unlimited. The future library of templates will be included with premium styles added automatically and longer runs, faster answers, and up to 30 minute renders, plus VIP support. Now, if you look at the total cost, there’s something very interesting going on here. Okay, the total cost of 127 and 297 equals 424, which means you’re effectively getting the mega bundle for free as one of these founding members. Why? Because after the live offer closes, going through that funnel, if somebody was to go in to the funnel and pick up each option that Otto1, Otto 2, OTO3, Otto 4, and grabbing everything, that would cost 425 total one time, not including the mega bundle. So, you have a chance to get the mega bundle virtually for free in a sense by being on this webinar and being one of the few that are able to get this special founders deal. So, the founders bundle and mega bundle combined at 424 is even lower in cost than getting this by going through the funnel because you’re on this webinar. if you write bundle in the question answer box and we send you the link. Use the link, get both because I really think that’s the way to go. If you want to play around with it cuz it’s fascinating to play around with and you’re not planning on necessarily selling this to other clients or using this a lot, then you could get away with just the bundle. But the mega bundle is really important with those 7,000 credits a month if you want to continue to use this for yourself in a big way or for clients. So keep that in mind. Now, we do have some bonuses that are in there. I showed them to you briefly during the demo. The viral hook script library is in there. The first 3 seconds decide everything. You could grab one of the hooks and swap the brackets for your topic and use it as your opening line to extend. That’s in there. We have the done for you caption style pack. You’ve unlocked every caption look in real remix. Basically, captions aren’t just decoration. They hold attention and make your real watchable. They make your real watchable on mute. People don’t have to listen if they see the caption and it’s clear. Real Remix burns captions on as a clean overlay after styling. So you could change the look any time on the finished reel. No rerender and it never looks st and the looks never stack. Pick your caption style when you make a reel, etc., etc. So we have the done for you caption style pack as number two. Next number three, viral short in 24 hours. One day sprint from zero to your first published viral short. Follow it in order. The whole thing fits in an afternoon and publish your first viral short. It’s our instructions on how to do that. Your fourth bonus is a 30-day post calendar. it prompts and comp prompts are included and a complete publishing rhythm. All right, so that’s the next one. You could see and rather than me reading everything, you could just read it down there. Obviously, it says never stare at a blank screen again, etc., etc. The next one is the restyle lookbook. It’s the strongest style recipes by niche. uploading your talking clip, picking the recipe below, generate your real, turn captions on, and publish the restyle lookbook. And finally, number six is the client getting agency kit. All right, it’s the proposal, the pricing sheet, and the outreach swipes. Of all the bonuses, this is really to me the most important because it’s everything you need to turn Real Remix into a service business where you could land clients, price with confidence, and deliver in a fraction of the time. And that is what is going

  • Cinemastudio Webinar

    All right, we are officially live. Welcome, welcome, welcome everyone. Settle in. The room is open. And if you couldn’t notice already, I’m super excited for what you are about to witness. This is a next level cinematic Hollywoodra film. Now, you’re going to see firsthand. I can’t wait to show it to you. But Pankosh and Deepunker have outdone themselves. You see, I use a lot of video tools altogether because video is the number one most important asset in any business right now. And with what you are about to witness here today, your jaws will drop to the floor. People will come flocking, following, engaging, commenting non-stop because of the level of quality cinematography that you’ll be able to create as well as the length of videos. It is marvelous. So, with that being said, let’s go ahead and dive right in. Let me know if you can hear my voice. Let me know if you can see the screen. And then let’s get started. This is an absolute musth have for anyone that uses any type of video, whether it’s on social media or on your website or both. This is going to change the game for you. I see John is here. Adam’s here. Cindy’s here. Tonyy’s here. Lisa’s here. Um Emma, good to have you. There you go. I see Danny’s here. Ali, super excited. Can’t wait for this one. Amazing. So, as you can see, we’re going to change the way you create videos forever. And quite frankly, you’ll be ahead of everyone else. You’ll be literally at the forefront being able to design, create, and upload videos in a way nobody else can because this new cinematic AI writes, cast, and shoots real Hollywood films that normally has, you know, thousands, hundreds of thousands of dollars in budget. you’ll be able to do with a few mouse clicks and generate a massive views online. You see in 2026 something massive changed and it’s the fact that right now 2026 is recognized as the breakthrough year where AI film making jumps into the pool. Literally 2026 right now is called the year AI film making grows up. We’re going away from these little tiny AI short clips that look decent and you know they were good enough for the time being to now being able to actually produce proper cinemat cinematic film left, right, and center. You can even see Hollywood 2026 the pivotal year that will define AI film and even respected filmmakers are suddenly embracing AI because things are moving to a brand new level. AI film is taking over online. Yet, most people still do not know how to really create good AI film. Now, more importantly, it is the most consumed content on the planet right now. 75% of all mobile data traffic is video and that’s three times every other category combined. Meaning AI video right now is an absolute must to grow your business. Every business is stepping on it. every, you know, multinationals, big companies, small companies, they are pointing their arrows towards AI film because it’s right now one of the easiest and most powerful ways to grow your business. Now, let’s actually do a pop quiz to establish this fact. Let me know in the chat box. Just give me an A, B, or C. What percentage of people have bought something because of a video online? There’s an actual study on this. Let me know in the chat box what you think. Is it A 45%, is it B 65%, or is it C up to 85% and beyond? Meaning, when you start incorporating what we’re about to hand to you, you’ll be able to reach these numbers without fill. Let me know in the chat box what you think. I see B, C, lots of C’s coming in. There you go. It is in fact and it was shocking to me at first it is 85%. 85% of sales come from video meaning when you master video you master sales video is what actually decide to sell. 85% of people say video convince them to buy a product or service. This is according to uh we very famous reporting and video statistic where it shows that this is the actual fact of the matter. Now, here’s the problem, and let me know if this sounds familiar. Just give me a quick yes because we’re going to solve this right here, right now, in a way you’ve never seen before. Getting your videos watched right now with maybe the current tools you have, if you have any, in 2026 has become brutally hard. It used to be quite easy for the time that tool you used to have in a certain era, it might have been great. But right now, it is harder than ever. Why? Because everyone and their neighbor and their dog can create an AI video. You see, every minute, literally every single minute, 500 hours of videos are uploaded to YouTube. Now, we’re online right now for about or live for about 5 minutes or so. Meaning, in the past five minutes, do the math, 2500 hours of video content. Now, tell me if this sounds familiar. If you’ve bought tools already, right, you maybe have an AI video generator, voice, avatar creator, editing suite, you know, credits that you’re topping up, and then on top of that, you feel like right now the posts you’ve made are not getting the traction they used to get or maybe not getting any traction at all. Almost nobody’s watching, no views, no no people are not hooked in, people are not staying or engaging with the content, no comments, no followers, no inquiries, no sales, and worst of all, months of your time and a pile of money down the drain. Now, this is not the case for everyone, but it is becoming increasingly harder for everyone as we speak. Why? Because everybody is starting to be able to produce AI videos, even with the most basic AI tools. So, it’s not your fault. Now, the only way to stand out, and that is the key here, standing out is to win by producing stories that people literally cannot stop watching. They’re so amazed with the quality, the storyline, it’s like they’re watching an actual movie in cinemas that they simply cannot scroll away. that they simply want to know more about who you are, what you do, that they simply want to watch and keep watching and binge more of the content that you put out. And that is exactly what Ponash and Deep Pankcraft solve. I can’t wait to show you the examples and how easy it is to make. Literal movies that normally cost millions of dollars to produce, you’ll be able to do in a matter of a few clicks. Because what if I told you? You will own an AI that produces movies on the level of a million studio. I’m talking cinematic films that generate views, leads, and sales nonstop. Literally putting one ID in and you get a full script, a cast, score, and a finished film out. Stories that hold people binging to the very last second. Now, if you have this, do you see yourself generating more views, more leads, and more sales? Let me know in the chat box because we see right now ordinary people. I’m talking absolute simple regular people that are simply bringing their ideas to life and are seeing instant success. 24 year old made over 162 grand from the YouTube channel. 34 year old online business brings in 66 grand a month. Right. This AI superh hero film just hit 500k views, half a million views and it earns everyone attention. AI films are now being screened at film festivals. People are producing content and they’re getting acknowledged for it because people are tired of the regular spiel. They need something good. They need something that stands out. And that’s what algorithms and social media rewards. Now, if you’re able to do this, do you see yourself becoming the one everybody watches when you’re able to produce things like no one else can? Let me know in the chat box. They need to understand the narrative here. With so much content being produced, everything quickly falls into the same bucket and people are tired of watching the same old same old. It doesn’t tickle their senses anymore. If that makes sense. But with what you are about to get access to, you’ll be able to stand out and people will stop, watch, and stare ongoingly. Meaning when you grab this today, and I see lots of coming in, you’ll be able to create cinematic great films in minutes. people start binging your videos and viewers turn into buyers. We’re going to show you exactly how easy that is. The best part is you don’t need a camera, you don’t need to write, you don’t need to edit yourself. So, comment yes if you’re staying until the end. Now that you know what we’re going to talk about and if you like what we’re going to talk about, give me a big yes in the chat box because this was just a quick intro to bring you up to speed about what this is going to be about. And the two people behind today’s premiere are none other than the geniuses Pankosh and Deep Panker. here as well live with us. And what we’re most proud of, as you know, we always heavily beta test all of our products uh across many vendors, across many people, across many beta test and beginning cohort groups, and the results have been phenomenal. Chloe saying people actually watch, comment, and ask questions. Now, she runs an Instagram page giving small businesses tips. She creates two-minute AI clips, talking avatars, the algorithms. She puts stories up. She went from 400 to 2200 followers in 30 days. Now Jake’s conversions went up over 43%. He’s doing, you know, affiliate product reviews and it is crushing it with his cinematic storytelling and movies. And right here, Kevin saying, “I didn’t speak a word and I’m still making $300.” I mean, people are crushing it because this is unlike anything else they’ve used or seen ever before. So, let’s dive into the three secrets I’ll be sharing with you. Number one is the attention on demand, which is exactly what you’ll be able to produce. The story engine that makes people stop, walk to the end, and come looking for you and your products, your websites, and your services. Second of all, daily film income. I’m going to show you the three ways how one finished film turns into leads, clients, and sales. And because you’re on this webinar, you’ll be getting premier access. Everything unlocked today at the world premiere price only on this very webinar. Not available anywhere else. And because you were smart enough to show up live, you’re going to get an insane deal that we’re only and exclusively are going to make available on this webinar. So, I hope you’re excited. And without further ado, let’s get started with secret number one, attention on demand. The story engine that makes people stop, watch to the end, and come looking for your products and services. Now, 2026 is the year AI film went mainstream, right? It is now globally accepted, and the time to capitalize on it is right now. It is literally taking over social media. Meta AI literally is filled right now with AI video. Tik Tok has already labeled over 1.3 billion AI videos. It’s not something that is rare anymore. It’s now becoming the standard. AI video generation is up 840% just in the last 2 years alone and it continues to grow. So the question that remains and the question that Pankosh and Deepanker have is why isn’t everyone seeing results? If AI video and AI film is such a trend, people are capitalizing on it. It is, you know, the number one type of content that social media is pushing right now, then why is not everyone seeing results regardless of them having great tools to produce. And it’s simply because right now every AI video tool makes the same thing. They all came to a certain standard where whether you use the latest text to video app, the clip generator, the prompt studio app, the faceless video app, they all generate the same mediocre video, which means it gets scrolled past like everything else because it creates content fatigue when everything starts looking the same. You see, there is a hierarchy. Not every AI video is worth the same. You’re going to realize that in this very session. You have content tools that can make a pretty AI clip and that right now is not enough anymore. It used to be great but right now will get scrolled past just like that. Then you have a clip with good sound, good voice over, good you know audio and that maybe gets watched for 3 seconds simply because the sound effects will keep you retained. But even that is not enough anymore. Then you have a pretty decent or well-edited montage and that will get watched but quickly forgotten as well. And then at the top of the pyramid you have right now the people that are crushing it after studying of every single type of content that right now gets the most attention and views online from scratch. It is a film with a real story that gets watched, shared and bought from every [clears throat] single time. I mean answer the following question. You tell me which one do you think gets likes, shares, and views and comments every day. Let’s say we make a video promo about a certain perfume, a certain scent. Now, you’ll instantly recognize most AI video tools will give you something like this, right? Your product showcase video, it will give you something like this, which is okay, which is decent. This is your standard AI video. But when you produce something like this, a cinematic film with a story immediately, which one do you think gets likes, shares, people even stop to watch, see what happens? What is the conclusion? What’s going to turn it? What’s going to happen? Which one do you think gets shared, viewed, clicked, retained, and remembered? Is it the standard perfume video or is the one that is a cinematic film with a story leading to the perfume being a key role in that particular scene? There you go. I see BB B all around. It is in fact B. And this is the quality that you need right now. This is what’s going to make you stand out. Cinematic films always get attention and specifically the ones with a real story. Those get shared and bought from because long before feeds, before social media, before ads, people gathered in the square to hear a story and nobody walked away halfway through this. You know, you have the old town square. People come together, take a bucket, sit on it, and listen to the person that’s telling a story. And nothing has changed about that. It’s the same instinct. It’s just a different screen, a different medium. Right now, your brain is wired for it as long as it can remember. Nobody skips a good story. And I’ll prove it to you. As a matter of fact, let me go ahead and show you something. All right, class. Great job today. It’s break time. Let’s go. [music]

    Did you feel that? Did you notice that you were wondering what is wrong with the kid? Why is he sad and everyone’s happy? What’s in his lunchbox? Does he have lunch at all? Something’s on and your brain is looking for answers desperately. It wants to know how does the story develop. And this is how you captivate people on socials. This is how you captivate people with your products. You see, there’s a famous realtor that said, “Facts tell, stories sell.” You can talk about the facts of the house and the apartment or the story. But imagine coming home from work and then this and then this. Build the picture around it. A story is the only thing that still buys attention. Now, creating really good stories and cinematic films like that used to cost, you know, at least a good writer, director. That’s already up to $4,000 to crew in a camera, an editor, colorist, a voice, music, and sound. Even if you’re using AI nowadays, you still need a lot of heavy equipment or tools and software to come up with really good cinematic stories. And on top of that, what it actually takes to make one great film is far more than just the tools. You need the script that holds the attention, different every shot and angle. Most AIs keep filming everything from every, you know, from the same shot, the same angle, the whole thing throughout. And that is very uh boring. It loses retention really quickly because there’s not enough dynamics. The same face in every scene is required. You can’t have a person in one scene and a completely different person in the next. And the voice, music, and sound design need to be on point. Now, on top of that, if any of this doesn’t work out, you’ll burn credits throughout and then you have to stitch and edit the whole thing together yourself. And most AI video tools just cannot produce that level yet. They give everyone the same look. They leave the story to you. They change the face every scene. They never direct a single shot and they stop at a clip and not a film at least five minutes. Now, that is all about the change because I’m going to show you how Pankash and Danker have built a system that creates Hollywood great AI film that goes viral instantly. When you have this, you’ll have no problem demanding attention online for any of your products or services in any way or form. And better yet, have businesses beg you to create cinematic and promo films for them because it locks one face in, holds it for the entire film, and creates amazing content. Now, we have tons of users already, even vendors that you might know of like Abby Dvedy, Cartic Romani, Sam Baker that have already taken it for a test drive and are now using it consistently through all of their content. As a matter of fact, who here would love to see a little snippet? Who here would love to see a little snippet of what it can create and do? Let me know in the chat box before we go into the full demo. Let me know if you want to see some of the amazing power it has to create. There you go. Lots of guesses. Bring it. Show me. Stephen says, “I love it.” That’s what I’m here for. Amazing, right? Let’s have a quick sneak peek, a teaser, you might say, of the amazing things it can create for anyone. What if this entire film was created by AI? was declared sterile 20 years ago. Then who sent the signal? A landing zone ahead. Something tore through reinforced steel. This track is fresh.

    Lost extraction in 60 seconds. Not one film, any film you can imagine. [music]

    [music]

    [music]

    stories, commercials, trailers, even complete [music] cinematic worlds. and we’re going to show you exactly how we do it. Creating your own film is now incredibly [music] simple. Choose your genre or start with your own script.

    Cinema Studio AI turns your idea into a film within minutes. Wow. Wow. Wow. Who here loved what they just saw? Now, this is not the demo yet, just a quick teaser. But just imagine you had access to a writer that turns one idea into a full script like that. A casting director that keeps the same face. A director that frames every single shot. An editor that finishes the film for you. Cinematic Hollywood grade level storytelling that captivates an audience and doesn’t let them scroll by. Now, do you see yourself posting films like that that people actually watch? because people are utilizing this skill set right now, generating 7.7 million views, 5.4 million views, and you’ll be able to do not just exactly that, but even better when you have access to what we’re showing you right here. The likes, the shares, the comments, everything that makes a person intrigue, follow, and buy is in the palm of your hand. Once you’re able to produce a video like this, it has already been proven that video causes 85% of sales. that it’s the number one attention driver. The fastest way to grow business is using video. And now you’ll have the best types of videos to be able to do that standing out from all the other mediocre and same old stuff. Now, this never seen before AI lets you create the films that people watch in minutes. So, pay very close attention. If you want to see the full demo, comment, “I want this in the chat right now.” And we’re going to go ahead and have an inside look. So, comment I want this to cue the demo. There you go. See? I want this. I want this. I want this. Amazing. Let’s go ahead and have an inside look. All right. Welcome to Cinema Studio AI. In this demo, [music] I’m going to show you how to turn a simple idea into a cinematic AI film and how you can use the same platform to create different types of videos, [music] build episodic series, and even set up your own platform to showcase your content. I’ll take you through the process from start to finish. So you can see how everything works inside the software. Once you log in, this is your dashboard. This is where you can explore the available [music] templates, discover videos created with the platform, and start working on your own projects. Now, if you already have a story in mind, you can go straight into creating it. But if you’re not sure where to begin, the templates are a very useful starting point. You can [music] select any of these templates, click on one, and preview it to see what kind of story or video it is designed to create. Now, another useful part of the dashboard [music] is that you can explore videos people are creating. This is a good way to get inspiration and see the different styles and genres you can work with. [music] Let me play a few examples so you can get a better idea. I hunted you through every neon alley in this drowning city, burning through 11-minute loops [music] just to find the right words. I memorized the tilt of your head on the late transit [music] and how you hesitated before turning toward the square. [music] You see, that gives you an idea of the kind of cinematic movement and action you can create. Let’s look at another one. [music] When I generated my first AI video, I honestly thought everything was about to change.

    Here you can see a completely [music] different kind of story with a different setting and atmosphere. And that is one of the interesting things about Cinema Studio AI. [music] You’re not limited to creating just one type of video. Let me show you something else. One fortress, one secret, one chance to leave unseen.

    Every step is measured. Every shadow is a doorway.

    Behind these walls rests the daimo’s most guarded knowledge. Now, this one has a different tone [music] again. And you can also create animated movies. Careful. This one’s strong. [music] I live in Miami.

    [music]

    So whether you want something cinematic and realistic, something more stylized, [music] or an animated story, you can explore different directions. Let’s look at a few more examples. [music] You can see how the style, characters, and story world change from one example [music] to another. And if you’re creating content for children, you can explore those kinds of stories [music] as well. You can also create 3D animated stories with a completely different visual treatment. Rex, we have a national emergency. They stole my mushu. [music]

    They also stole the [music] launch codes.

    Gentlemen, bad career choice.

    [music] One more step and the wax gets it. Nobody touches the gold. [music] You know your mustard is already perfect, right? There are many different possibilities here and the templates make it easier to discover a direction before you start creating your own film. Now, let’s go back and create one ourselves. To create a film, you can either select one of the templates we just explored or you can go directly to film studio and start from there. For this [music] example, I’m going to click create story. The first thing we need to do is set up the basic format of our project. Here you can select your language. There are a number of different languages available. And for this demonstration, I’m going to select English. Next [music] is the orientation. If you want to create a film for YouTube or another widescreen platform, you can choose landscape. If you’re creating content for reals, Tik Tok or other vertical platforms, [music] you can choose vertical. And if you need a square format, that option is available as well. For this demonstration, I’m going to select landscape. Now, let’s move on to the characters. [music] This is an important part of the process because every film has its own cast. Cinema Studio AI includes a pre-built character library so you can choose from different types of characters instead of having to create every single one from scratch. You can explore male characters, female characters, [music] children, 3D characters, and other styles available in the library. You can also create your own custom [music] characters. And any characters you create will appear inside my characters so you can find and reuse them in future projects. Now, let me show you how to create a new character. You can click design new, enter a name, select the category and gender, [music] and add reference images if you have them. If you want the character to have a particular appearance, you can describe that as well. For example, you might want a realistic character, [music] an animated character, or a specific look that matches the [music] story you’re creating. If you already have a reference image, you can use that to guide the character design. [music] Then you can click generate to create the character. There is also a separate character design studio which gives you more control over the character’s appearance. Let me show you that. Here you can select the category and decide what kind of character you want to create. If you’re generating a character from a written description, you can enter your own prompt. If you’re using a reference image [music] of yourself or another character, you can upload that image and use it as the visual reference. You can also enter the character’s name and choose the style [music] such as realistic or anime depending on what you want to create. Then you have additional options for the character’s look, wardrobe, accessories, [music] and role. For example, if your story is about an explorer, you might want the character to wear an explorer’s outfit [music] and carry certain accessories. If it’s a fantasy film, you might want a completely different costume and appearance. Once you’ve entered the details, [music] you can click generate sheet. The software then creates a character sheet. Now, the reason this is useful is that the character sheet gives the AI a visual reference for the character. It helps define what [music] the character looks like, what they’re wearing, and which accessories belong [music] to them. So, when you use that character in your film, the AI has a clearer reference to work from. This is especially useful when you want the same character to appear across multiple scenes [music] rather than creating a completely different looking person every time. And once your character is created, it will be available in your character library for future use. Now that we’ve looked at characters, let’s move on to the world [music] and locations. Just like your characters, your locations are an important part of the story. You can create your own world [music] or location or you can select from the existing library. Let me open this section. [music] Here you can see the available universes and locations. The idea behind a universe [music] is that you can prepare a collection of related locations and reuse them in your films. For example, let’s say you’re creating a fantasy series with a castle, a forest, a village, and a mountain. Instead of describing those locations from scratch every time, you can create them as part of your universe and select them when you [music] need them. That gives the AI a more consistent visual reference for the world you’re creating. You can also create your own location. Just enter a name, add a short description, [music] and choose the visual style you want. For example, you might describe a desert, a [music] futuristic city, an ancient temple, or a small village. Then click generate, and the software will create the location and save it for you. So [music] once you’ve created your characters and locations, you can come back to the film setup and select the ones you want to use. Now let’s choose the type of story we want to create. Here you can select your genre and subcategory. Each genre has its own collection of story types. So you can explore the options and choose the one that fits your idea. For example, you might want to create a fantasy adventure, an epic quest, a thriller, or another type of story. For this demonstration, I’m going to select fantasy and then choose Dragon Legend. Now, because this particular template uses characters, the software asks me to select the characters I want to include. So, I can choose the cast here. And if you’re creating a commercial, you also have the option to add your product image. [music] Once you’ve selected the required elements, click continue. Now, we’re inside the project customization [music] screen. The first thing I can do is give the project a name. Let’s call this testing project. And here is where I can describe the [music] story I want to create. Because I selected a template, the software has already provided a starting story idea. But I’m not locked into that idea. I can keep it, [music] edit it, or delete it and write my own. For example, if I already know exactly what I want the film to be about, [music] I can simply describe it here. But what if I don’t have an idea yet? That’s where [music] generate story ideas comes in. I can click this and the software will generate story ideas based on the template I selected. Then I can look through the options and choose the one I like. I don’t necessarily have to start with a fully written script. [music] I can begin with a simple concept and develop it from there. Now, if you already have a script, there’s another option. You can go to the script section and paste your own script. There is also a sample script available which you can download to see the expected [music] structure. So, if you prefer writing your own story or you’ve prepared a script in another writing tool, you can use that as your starting point. For this demonstration, I’m going to use the story idea that’s already here. Now, let’s customize how the film should look and sound. Here, you can choose the visual style. This controls the overall look you want the film to have. For example, you can choose photorealistic, 3D animation, 3D cartoon, anime, or another style from the available options. [music] For this example, I’m going to select cinematic realistic. Next, we have the tone. This is where you can decide what kind of feeling you want the story to have. You might want something emotional, funny, [music] dark, or cinematic. For this demonstration, I’m going to choose cinematic. [music] Then you can select your audience. For example, you might be creating something for [music] children, teenagers, adults, or a family audience. I’m going to select adults. Now we can customize the narration and dialogue. There are different narrator voices available and you can preview the voices before choosing one. You can also select the language you want to use. For this example, I’m going to keep it in English. Then [music] you can select the format. And here you have the audio options. The software can generate background music for your story. [music] And there is also an option to generate a song. So, if your project needs a song rather than just background music, [music] you can select that option. For this example, I’m going to keep the setup simple and continue with the film. Now, let’s choose the duration and production settings. Here, you can select the duration of your video. The available duration options depend on your access level. For this demonstration, I’m going to choose 15 seconds simply because it will be quicker to show the complete creation process. Next, we have the cast. If you want to add more characters, you can do that here. You can select characters from your library or add the characters you’ve already created. [music] And if you’re making a commercial, you can also add your own product. Then we have the locations. You can select [music] a specific location if you already know where the story should take place. Or if you prefer, you can let the story decide. For this example, I’m going to choose let the story decide. Now, let’s look at the AI models. There are four different models available here and each model has its own capabilities. [music] The base model is the turbo model which is a cost-effective option. You can also try the other models and compare the results to see which one works best for your project. The credit cost is displayed [music] here so you can see the cost before selecting the model. Then you can choose your resolution. And here you have the subtitle option. If you want subtitles generated for your video, you can enable that. For this demonstration, I’m going to turn subtitles off. Now, there’s one more important option before we start producing the film, the storyboard. Let me show you what I mean by a storyboard. I’m going to open my projects and select another project that has already been created. Here [music] you can see the storyboard. The storyboard gives you a way to look at the scenes that make up your film. You can preview the generated shots, and if you want to make changes, you can modify or regenerate individual scenes. [music] So if there’s a particular shot you want to improve, you don’t necessarily have to start the entire project again, you can work on that scene. Let me go back to the project we were creating. I’m going to continue to the next step. [music] The software first generates a draft. This includes a cover image based on your story along with the draft visualization of the scenes. So you can see what kind of shots the film is [music] going to contain, what happens in each scene, and how the story is structured. It also provides the narration and dialogue. At this stage, you can review the draft and make changes if you want to. [music] For example, you can edit the story, adjust the scene visualization, or regenerate the draft. Once you’re satisfied, you can move into production. Now, if you want to review the scenes before generating the video, you can choose to build the storyboard first. But for this demonstration, I’m going to go straight to start produce. That will move the project into production mode. Now, the software starts generating the shots and putting the film together. The time it takes [music] will depend on the duration of your project and the production settings you’ve selected. While this is processing, let me show you what the [music] next stage looks like. I’m going to open another project that has already been completed. Here we are. Once your project is ready, you can open it in the editor. [music] And this is where you can see all the scenes that make up your film. You can preview the scenes here. If there’s a scene you want to change, you can regenerate it. You also have options to regenerate the voice or make adjustments to the audio. And if you want to change the music, you can regenerate that as well. So [music] even after the initial generation, you still have control over the final result. You can also add your own video to the timeline. [music] For example, if you have a clip that you want to include in the finished film, you can upload it and add it here. And if you want to add a logo or watermark, you can upload an image. There is also an option to add text overlays in the editor. So, if your finished video needs a title, a call to action, or another piece of text, you can add that during editing. Once you’re satisfied with the scenes, [music] audio, and any additional elements, you can click export. The software will then start rendering your video. When the render is complete, you can preview the finished result here. Now, while that is rendering, let me show you another feature, creating an entire series. [music] This is the series section. It allows you to create an episodic series rather than just a single film. This feature is available as an upgrade. To get started, click create series. [music] Now you have two options. You can start a completely new series from scratch or you can continue from a film you’ve already made. For example, let’s say you’ve created a film and you want to turn that story into five more episodes. You can select the existing film and use it as the starting point for your series. [music] But for this demonstration, I’m going to start a new series. First, give the series a name. Let’s call it test series. Then select the main genre. There are different genres available depending on the kind of series you want to create. For this example, I’m going to choose crime and thriller and then select [music] serial case. Next, you can choose how many episodes you want to create and how long you want the episodes to be. Then select the shape and size. [music] For this example, I’m going to choose landscape. And here you can select the language. [music] Once that’s done, click next. Now, we need to describe the series. [music] This is where you can explain what kind of story you want to tell. For example, you might want a criminal investigation, a mystery, or a story that follows the same characters across several episodes. You can write your own idea here, or use an idea you’ve prepared in another writing tool. For this example, I’m going to keep it simple [music] and choose a criminal case mystery. Then, you can decide what kind of emotional or storytelling direction you want. For example, you might want suspense, an emotional arc, or another type of story progression. And you can also decide how each episode should end. For [music] this demonstration, I’m going to choose cliffhanger. That means the series can be structured around an ending that leaves the audience wanting to [music] see what happens next. Now, click next. Here, you can decide the visual look of the series. You can choose the type of environment such [music] as city streets or home interiors. You can also select lighting, color grading, and atmosphere. For example, you [music] might want fog, rain, snow, or another atmospheric treatment. You can also enter your own custom preferences. For this example, I’m going to let the story decide. Now, let’s choose the characters. Think of this as selecting the cast for your series. If your story has three main characters, you can choose those three characters here. You can select them from your library or use characters you’ve already created. And if your story includes an important object, you can add that as well. For example, maybe the mystery revolves around a briefcase, a diamond, or another object. You can add that object so it becomes part of the visual setup for the story. Once you’ve selected your cast and [music] any important objects, click next. Now we can choose how we want the series to [music] be produced. You can let the AI decide the shots or you can choose to review the storyboard before production. So if you want more control over the scenes, you can review and edit the storyboard first. For this demonstration, I’m going to select the simpler option. Then you can decide how many episodes you want to render at a time. You can choose to render them all at once or one at a time. I’m going to select one at a time. There is also an option to create a trailer for your series. [music] You can choose the type of trailer you want, such as a character first montage or a questionbased hook. Then select the trailer length. The software can also create a cover and title for your series, giving you artwork that can be used to present the project. And here you can see the estimated cost. [music] Now click write episodes. The software will start generating the episode plan and story structure. Once the episodes are written, you can review them here. You can add more episodes, rewrite the plan, or make changes before continuing. When you’re satisfied, click save. Then you can move forward with generating the clips for the series. [music] So that is how you can build an episodic project inside Cinema Studio AI. And once your episodes are ready, you can publish them on social media or use them as part of a larger content series. But what if you want your own platform where people can watch your films and episodes? That brings us to Cinema Box. Cinema Box is designed to give you your own platform for showcasing your films and series. Think of it as a Netflix style website for your own content. Instead of only uploading your videos to social media, you can organize them into a platform where viewers can browse your films and watch episodes. Let me show you how it works. Here you can create a new series or add your own video. I’m going to click new series. First, you can enter the title of your series. Then you can set the URL and there is also an option to connect your own domain. Next, add your story description. You can enter your creator name and the release information. Then you can upload the artwork for your series. For example, you can add a poster, a landscape banner, and a trailer video. These are the elements that help present your series to viewers. [music] Next, you can choose the classification. For example, you might be creating a web series or something shorter that is made for feeds. Then, select [music] the genre, add tags, choose the language, and decide which country or audience you want to serve. You can also select an age rating. And if your series contains material that viewers should know about, such as violence or strong language, you can add content warnings. Then you can set the status of the series. For example, it might be a draft, an ongoing series, or a [music] completed series. And finally, you can choose the visibility. You can make it public, unlisted, private, or available only to subscribers. that gives you [music] different ways to control how people access your content. Now, let’s look at the monetization options. If you want to charge people to watch your content, Cinema Box includes monetization options. For example, you can create subscription plans and decide what access those plans provide. You can connect PayPal or Stripe and set up the payment options available in the platform. Then [music] you can create plans such as monthly or yearly subscriptions. You can set the price and configure the checkout details. So if you want to build a paid content platform, you have the tools to set up that kind of model. There are also options for ad breaks. For example, if you want to make your content available for free, you can configure ad breaks inside your videos. You also have banner ad options. So you can explore different ways to monetize your content depending on how you want to run your platform. Now let’s look at the audience section. Here you can see information about how people are engaging with your content. For example, you can look at views, watch [music] time, and how many people are completing your videos or episodes. You can also see information about people signing in and commenting. [music] So, this gives you a way to understand how your audience is interacting with the content you publish. Now, there’s one last feature I want to show you before we finish, and that is Loop Studio. Loop Studio is for creating looping video content. Let me show you an example. Play the loop example from the recording. You’ve probably seen this kind of content on YouTube where a visual scene plays along with music. [music] For example, you might have a relaxing coffee shop scene, rain outside the window, and music playing in the background. This is the kind of content you can create here. You can start by selecting one of the available templates, and more templates are being added to the library. Then you can describe the kind of scene you want. For example, I might enter something like [music] a cozy coffee shop, rain falling outside the window, and a relaxing atmosphere. Then I can choose the type of music I want. Maybe I want jazz, pop, or another style. I can also select the format and decide whether I want an instrumental track or a track with vocals. Once I’ve selected the options, I can click generate loop and the software will generate the looping content based on those settings. So, this gives you another type of video you can create inside the same platform. And that’s the [music] complete walkthrough. You’ve seen how to create films, build your own characters and worlds, produce episodic [music] series, set up a video platform with Cinema Box, and create music-based loops. [music] That is Cinema Studio AI. Now you can take your own idea, choose the kind of story you want to tell, and start creating. Wow. Who here absolutely loved what they just saw and wants their own account right now? Because that’s it for secret number one, attention on demand. Once you have this, you’ll be able to generate attention on demand. Now, I want to quickly dive into how this will also turn into daily film income because once you have this, you’ll be standing out from everyone else. Everybody will want you to generate their videos, generate their content, and there’s tons of people begging for AI content creators and video creators as well. will allow you to sell your own products and services with ease as well. Because AI filmm is already making people wildly successful, not just by selling products, services or getting a ton of followers and recognition, but even just uploading films. These are made by regular people and are generating massive views each, allowing you to get paid by platforms. For example, the film Bun, which only less than 4 minutes, and this bunny, it’s about a black bunny that survives an apocalypse, is getting over 48,000 views. Now, this one right here, which is The Next Shift, another, you know, short film that people just love. It’s about a grumpy person that, you know, lives in the same routine and all of a sudden something happens that changes everything one day, right? 13,000 views and the tower, right? doing over 218,000 views now. You’ll be able to generate films like this and literally see your views skyrocket. Creators are building serious business on it. People are becoming YouTube stars simply because of this alone. Now, almost nobody else can actually do this right now and by tonight you will be one of the few who can. On top of that, there are three ways to earn with one film. Even if nobody knows your name today, even if you don’t have any followers. whatsoever. This will bring you income. You see, film income number one is allowing you to sell your own offers or services. You simply describe your offer, you get a full film about it. You post it everywhere online and viewers arrive already sold. Now, we’ve seen this time and time again. Second of all, you can promote other people’s products, which is film income number two, promote other people’s products. You put your affiliate link in and one film built around the affiliate product, you start seeing commissions with every sale it brings you. Literally, you can take Amazon links, digital product links, any type of affiliate link. You can create a good film around it, a cinematic film around it that makes people actually feel like they’re not being sold, but they’re naturally gravitating towards wanting to buy that product. And then last but not least, getting paid by businesses that want to stand out. You see, every single business wants to stand out with video, especially in today’s day and age where it’s so hard to break through the noise. There’s no business that will ever tell you, “No, you know what? I just want to blend in. I don’t want to stand out. I want to be the same like everyone else.” Every single business wants to be the best, wants to be different, wants to be acknowledged, remembered, and stand out for their quality. Now, there’s so many business right now using AI video that are just blending in and not generating results. Now, this is the kind of film that they are craving, and they’ll happily pay you because they cannot make films like this. the people can charge thousands and nobody’s the time to post weekly. So, comment yes if you want the simple three-step framework to land your first playing business client using what I’m showing you right here. Let me know in the chat box. Comment yes and I’ll give you the exact motion. There you go. I see yes is coming in. Yes, yes, yes, yes. Absolutely. I’m sold. Amazing. All right. So, it’s three steps. You pick a business that’s already spending on attention. They’re already uploading videos. are already trying to get out there. Now, there are tons of these. I’m going to show you actually where to find them. Then you send them one finished film. Just show don’t tell. Just show them what you can do. Say, “Hey, I notice you’re putting out a lot of content. I’d love for you to use one of mine. Here’s what I can create.” The moment they see your content and they put it next to what they’ve been generating, they know you are superior. And they’ll ask you, “Hey, how much for you, you know, to do this for us?” Then from there they ask what it costs and to keep them coming. Now both on Upwork I can go right now it’s Upwork right here. There are tons of people right if I just simply go and click on I want work explore recently posted jobs and I’m going to go here in jobs and I’ll type in AI video. You’ll see tons of people are begging for AI video creation. Right? If I want to get paid anywhere from 500 to,000 I can see you know we need AI video generation in a Pixar style. right here. They’re willing to pay $500. Now, you’ll be able to amaze these people. You see, they’re expecting someone to come in with their basic mediocre, you know, chat GPT generic engine style film. When you come in with what you can create, they know you are the best choice that they could possibly get on the entire platform. And they’re willing to pay 700, 500, 500, 500. I can even choose jobs for a,000 and up, even 5,000 and up. And they’re up for grabs. Now, once you’re in, I’m going to personally actually help you land these clients with ease. Now, furthermore, you’re not selling them an ID. You’re sending them the film. Send them a sample so they can feel it, feel the emotion, and see like, hey, this is what we need. Three ways to earn an income. It is so darn easy when you have this power. And on top of that, platforms start paying you for the views on top. You see, YouTube, Tik Tok, and Facebook all pay for people that can keep attention on their platforms. And when you’re able to generate videos and films like these, you’re going to generate a lot of attention for these platforms, and they are going to pay you. You can see right here, your AI generated videos are turning into consistent income on YouTube, Tik Tok, and Facebook all year round. They’re paying you, meaning you don’t even have to sell anything. You’ll literally just make money from uploading. Anyone can do this, even if nobody knows your name today. So, can you now see how one film turns into views, clients, and sales? Comment yes in the chat box. If you can see how one finished film can turn into a ton of views, clients, and sales, comment yes in the chat box. Then it’s time to actually start turning it into reality. I see lots of yeses flying in. So, without further ado, Premiier Access, something you’ll only be able to unlock in full on this very webinar. I’m going to show you why. and how you see you’ve just seen what is possible and from here on you only have two options. One is you go and try to make films like that on your own which not only is extremely difficult to do with most generic AI but it will also cost you a ton of credits and it will require you to do a lot of rerenders because it will most certainly not get it right the first time. Your second easier, faster, and quite frankly way cheaper option is getting Premier access to the Cinematic Studio AI only on this webinar. Now, if you want that, first make sure you comment yes and I’ll show you everything you’re getting today. If you want option number two, comment yes because I’m going to show you how to unlock everything at a massive discount on this webinar. You see, you’re going to get the entire story engine, allowing you to turn one ID into a full and complete script. Hundreds of templates, 10 different categories, 20 visual styles, nine tones, 20 languages, 16×9, 9×6, one by one, applicable to any platform included into your account. Not only that, but you’re also getting the character and universe studio included, which there’s a photo in a reusable character, as well as allowing you to have the same face in every single scene, five saved characters, and five saved worlds, Hollywood camera, and lighting presets that you normally have to configure yourself are already pre-made and done, making your content look crisp and cinematic, literally holding viewers attention and making sure you have top quality production. production. Now, it also comes with the entire story library, 10 story categories to start from, hundreds of story templates, mystery, action, fantasy, comedy, brand and product stories for businesses. Quite frankly, speaking of comedy, um, one of our users, Emma, I know you’re here. Good to have you again. Uh, made a comedy snippet. And I know you mentioned earlier that, you know, it was really hard with other tools to have that comedic effect and you were able to do it with Cinematic Studio. And you also made an action one. I’ll see if we can actually showcase that in a moment because once you have the story library, that’s what’s going to make you stand out from everyone else. Instead of a generic video, a generic boring promo video that you know quickly loses uh retention, the story captivates and grabs the viewer by the throat. Literally makes them hold the attention. Now, storyboard and producer allowing you to see the whole film shot by shot first. change any scene before you’re produced. One click and the finished film is made, making it super easy. And 1080p export with no watermarks. You can literally sell every film you make and keep all of it. Product films, cinematic films, short films, any type of movies, even animated ones that again hold the viewers’s attention has the cinematic sounds and entire storyboard and cinematic filming all included simply in a mouse click. Now, who here is loving everything they’re getting so far? Let me know in the chat box. Who here is loving everything they’re getting so far? Awesome. Lots of yeses flying in. Now, because you’re on this webinar, you’re going to unlock the complete bundle. And the complete bundle is literally going to hit a home run for you every single time you produce a film. You see, on top of the commercial edition, you’re also getting the unlimited pro edition, and that allows you to have 2500 more video credits, allowing you to create a ton of good film. You can film up to 3 minutes, twice as long, unlimited characters and universes, no daily generation limit, and priority rendering, and 10 times faster. Now, this alone is worth $497, and the amount and level of films you can create are phenomenal. Now, on top of that, you can render five films at once, allowing you to be 10 times faster. So, you don’t have to just wait film per film, but you can design and create in bulk while sitting back and watching the AI do it all for you. On top of that, you’re going to get the cinema box. And this is really interesting because this allows you to create your very own streaming platform like Netflix. This is where you’re really building your tribe. people that want to see more of the content, see more of your short films, see more of your movies, they can literally browse the reels. You’re creating your own social platform, accounts, likes, comments, and follows. You can do subscriptions, pay-per-view, ads, courses. You have your own premium dashboard that you can share the login to where people can see the content, films that you have made with cinema AI. Now, if that’s not enough, this allows you to dominate and penetrate markets with products, with sales, with surfaces in a cinematic way that nobody else can. Now, not only that, you’re going to get the series edition, and this is probably one of my favorites because this turns the average viewer into a binge watcher. You see, one ID becomes a 20part season, right? Where episode one is the called, episode two is the journey, episode three is the trial, episode four is the legacy. It’s the same cast in every episode, so it’s extremely consistent. Most AI can’t even do this. The moment you create a new video, they forget all about the previous one. You have cliffhers and recaps built in. 50 plus done for you series templates, and you can produce a whole season at once. Now, this alone is worth $997, and this allows you to get one film watched as a series gets followed. Instead of having one film, it now becomes a series that people keep up with. They can’t wait for the next release. you’re posting part two coming soon and they are on the edge of their seat putting notifications on waiting for you to post the next part. Now on top of this you’re also getting the loop studio AI. This gives specific moods and endless music videos motivation and sleep narrator voices languages in narration voices original AI composed soundtracks. This gives the finishing touch to all of your cinematic content. 20 moods, one click, endless play. And I’m still not done. When you grab this today, you’re also getting Tune 4i, creating original music without any copyright problems. Something a lot of people struggle with. You’ll have no issues creating the most beautiful cinematic sounds that are done by AI for you. You have the lead dialer AI that finds leads, calls them for you. Another game changer. You’re going to get Quick QR code, a simple app that every business needs. You’re going to get Web Framer that allows you to design, build, and launch websites without limits. And you get Flow Motion, allowing you to animate [clears throat] anything effortlessly. Now, this entire pack alone, these five bonuses together that you’re getting for free only on this webinar are almost worth more than the bundle itself. Now, to put it all together, you’re going to get the Cinema Studio AI commercial, the Unlimited Pro, the Cinema Box, the Cinema Studio Series, the Loop Studio AI, and five launch bonuses. If you would realistically buy all of these separately, you’d pay over $1,800 recurringly. Now, this replaces a script writer, director, crew, and camera, an editor, voice and music sound, four weeks of waiting trying to get things right. You instantly have something that writes the script for you, directs the shots, shoots the whole film, cuts the film, edits it, voice, music, sound is cleared, and it’s done in minutes and not in weeks. A studio, a literal film studio, even an AI film studio, will charge you at least $11,200 to make you one film. Even if it’s a short film of five minutes, it will have a hefty budget attached to it. Now, because you’re on this webinar, we figured we’re doing we’re going to do an amazing steal of a deal. Now, you tell me if this is a steal of a deal. You’ll be able to create the most cinematic, beautifully created content that captivates viewers. And even if we took 80% off, putting it at 497 annual, it will still be more than worth it. Imagine being able to create the most beautiful cinematic films for only47 annual. As a matter of fact, this is a good point to show you what our current users have created, including Emma. I’m going to play yours first. Have a quick look and then tell me if 497 is worth being able to produce movies and films like this over and over again where you can populate feeds, stand out, demand attention, get followers, get clicks, and go viral effortlessly.

    Fifth floor, that’s where they hid it.

    [music]

    [screaming]

    Maya, please help me get out of here. [music] Emma, happening. Let’s do this. Evan, move. They’re coming. [music]

    They’re behind us. [music] Hold on. Three black SUVs. They’re closing in.

    Emily lies trapped while the shadows stretch thin. Yet, as the mirror warps the familiar [music] walls, she watches a nameless weight begin its slow descent [music] from the dark. Rex, we have a national emergency. They stole my mustache wax. [music]

    You could have warned me.

    [music] Two cafes. No drama this time. Me I’m basically [music] invisible.

    That’s my car. Does it go fast?

    [music]

    What is that? I don’t know. It’s mine. [music]

    [music]

    [music]

    Who wrote this scene? [music] We did.

    Heat. [music]

    [music]

    [music]

    Heat.

    [music] Heat.

    [music] Heat.

    [music]

    [music]

    Heat

    up [music] here.

    [music] Amazing.

    Imagine being able to produce things like that on the daily consistently without fail. And all it took was $497. Now, because you’re on this webinar, you won’t have to invest anywhere near that. But I want you to know it’s more than worth it. There are people out there on credits alone, they’re spending thousands of dollars and they have to be using complex and a multitude of tools trying to connect them together, rerunning because there’s so many mistakes in the production and you won’t have to deal any of that. You don’t literally have to deal with any of that because you’ll have cinema studio AI that is beginner friendly, allowing anyone to create top-notch films that get watched, seen, clicked, and that produces leads, sales, and traffic ongoingly. Now, we figured to do something insane on this webinar, and that’s to drop it to 317 one time. Not even annual, but one time, including all the bonuses, including the entire bundle deal. 317 ones that have this level of cinematic access to produce film on a whole new level. The same type of film that is currently generating people millions of views online for 317 once is a steal. And yet, because you’re here live to make it the ultimate deal, if you come to the word live right now to prove that you’re here, to prove that you stick until the end, to prove that you’re an action taker, I’m going to give you on behalf of Deepanker and Ponas who are live with us here as well. If you comment live, you’re going to get a special coupon discount, which means instead of 17, it will be as low as 267. 267 one time and you will have access to the most profound latest grade AI technology in film making online making it beginner friendly for anyone to dominate and create beautiful creations of film that people will watch starting today. Now all the top vendors that we’ve shown this to immediately grab their copy. They’re using it as we speak. I’m talking Neil. I’m talking uh Todd Cross, I’m talking Obby, I’m talking Cartik Romani, Sam Baker, they’ve all used it. Tim for down went truth. Loved it. Even went on an interview with Pankosh as well for those of you that have seen it. Go to the link in the chat right now because outside of this training, it does not exist at this price. Now, if all this this was literally just ride and shoot one film a week, if all of this would get you watch instead of scroll past, if all it did was bring you a buyer every single month, wouldn’t that be worth more than the 267 once right here, right now, which you even have a 30-day money back guarantee on now, when you grab this, and I see a lot of people already going to the order form. Congratulations. Congratulations. Super excited for you. I want to tell you, say goodbye to start staring at an empty timeline, paying for four tools for one job, posting and hearing nothing or posting generic content, watching everyone else win. Right now, you’ll be able to dominate. Take it for 30 days and it’s on our wrist, right? You have a complete money back guarantee. If you do not love the results, contact us within 30 days for full refund. No questions, no hassle. But I know for a fact when you go to the link in the chat right now and grab it while the coupon is active, allowing you to get it at only 267 runs, you’ll be able to dominate starting today because your content actually stands out from everyone and anything else. And that’s the real reason this will work for you. Right? If you’ve ever bought any other AI video tool, you quickly notice that every one of them just handed you the same clip that everybody else got. It’s not a cinematic storyline that captivates people from start to finish. Now, maybe you’re like, “Well, I’m not a writer. I’m not techy. I’m I’m not creative enough.” That’s what Cinema Studio AI is for. It will do all of that for you. Even if you said, “I’ve never made a video in my life.” That’s exactly what Cinema Studio AI does it for you in the best way possible, better than anyone else that is currently generating AI videos online. Now, if you don’t have an audience currently, the film allows you to attract an audience. It allows the algorithm to fall in love with the type of quality of content that you produce and will give you the reach to get in front of the right people. Now, if you’re like, “Hey, I don’t have anything to sell yet,” then promote somebody else’s products. And we’re even going to show you how. You can even sign clients. I can go to Facebook right now, and I see a lot of people just joined in. Congratulations. I’ll call out your names in a second, but act fast because we got a limited amount of these spots available at a heavy discount. But I can even go to Facebook right now, for example, publicly search for I need video editor and just scrolling on the post below here, you’ll quickly notice, right, this person runs a travel company and is looking for a reliable video editor, right? Payment is per video, Instagram, reels, and Tik Toks. Um, and this is posted five hours ago. You can see here five hours ago. You need to create Instagram res and Tik Toks, YouTube videos about five minutes and roughly 8 to 12 short videos per month. You can do this so well. Travel videos, fun, storyline, captivating, funny, actionorientated, right? Romantic. You can serve this client right now. All you have to do is send Joseph a sample. Hey, I notice you’re looking for some travel videos. Here’s what I can create. Now, I can go on and on. I’m looking for a video editor to join my team. Two days ago, looking for a video editor, looking for a short from video editor. Video editor wanted eight hours ago, two to three videos per week. Um, right. Everyone here hiring a full-time real estate video editor. You literally send them a sample of what you can create with Cinema Studio AI. If you don’t believe me, come to this special dedicated training that will hold for you and I’m going to show you how easy it is. You can literally sign all these people as clients. I need a high-quality editor for my YouTube videos. I need a video editor urgent for my crime documentary videos. The budget is $250 per minute. I mean, you can clean up, but all you have to do is grab this right now. The commercial license is included, meaning you keep the money. The film takes minutes to create, and you have 30 days to use this and abuse it to its maximum extent. Now, you might be wondering, well, why is it this cheap? is because this is the premiere and you’ll only be able to get this right now on this webinar. Information alone has never changed anything. If you have tried to move the needle on information, it’s not enough. You need the actionable item to make it a real reality. Now, you’ve gotten a lot of information on this very webinar. And now, it’s time to turn from a dabbler into a doer. All right. All you have to do is to go to the link in the chat, use the coupon Cinema 50, and you’ll have a one-time payment, instant access to everything I’ve shown you here today. Now, I want you to know one last thing. You were never bad at this. You see, you were posting something and nobody had a reason to watch. And that was never going to work. And it’s not your problem anymore. next time or next Monday or today or whenever you start posting one of these types of clip instead, you’re going to see people hooked from the first second. They want to know why is she crying? What’s on the paper? Who’s the mysterious figure right here? What what is this story going to revolve into? This is what you’ll be able to create. And for the first time, they’ll watch all of it, giving extremely good indicators to your algorithm, to your social accounts that you are getting a lot of attention, allowing you to go viral super quickly. Now, make sure you go to the link in the chat right now to snatch this up for as little as 267 only while we are live. Now, again, I see a lot of people joining in. Congratulations. I’m going to recap in a second everything that you’re getting once more. But for now, I want to buy you a little bit of extra time. So, I’m going to play one more amazing feature or clip that is created with Cinema Studio so you can see what is waiting for you on the inside. And in the meanwhile, make sure you go to the link because honestly, 267 is such a steal. Go to any average video tool. First of all, it won’t be up to par. It will be vastly inferior. But second of all, they will charge you through the nose to be able to do what Cinema Studio does. Now, if one time you can use this and literally start seeing results from day one. So, let’s go ahead and show you something amazing. And in the meanwhile, go to the link in the chat and order right now before you miss out and the price goes up. Because let me promise you this, the price will go up if you don’t take action right now. Everything you’ve watched so far came out of Cinema Studio AI from one prompt. No film crew, no actors, editing software, [music] just an idea and it comes to life. And what you’ve seen is barely the beginning. Hollywood style action packed with cinematic.

    All of that with no scunt team. Scroll stopping product commercials designed to sell. [music] Immersive property tours that showcase every detail.

    Sells the place before anyone visits. Colorful children’s stories [music] full of memorable characters.

    Wow. Wow. Wow. There you have it. And we’re approaching our last and final chance for you to snatch this up at a one time only of 267. Now you get every upgrade, every feature included at a massive discount deal. I’m going to recap once again everything you’re getting. You’re going to get the commercial that has the cinematic story engine, hundreds of done for you templates, 10 story categories, thousands of video combinations, 20 visual styles, cinematic, anime, 3D, and more. Hollywood camera lighting and color presets. Spoken languages throughout every single continent. Kids, teens, adults, and family audiences included. Create 15-second to 19-second films. Design up to five custom characters. Five custom universes. Shotby-shot storyboard preview. Paste your own script, voiceovers, timelines, vertical, widescreen, HD watermark, social media posting, and you have everything you need. Now, because you’re on this webinar, we’re immediately going to upgrade you to a limited pro, allowing you to create even longer films and unlock 20 story categories, unlimited custom characters, unlimited custom universes, unlock pro director controls, environments, pro lightning, color grades, unlimited video projects, no daily generation limit, unlimited renders and exports, unlimited media uploads, priority rendering queue. Add up to five plus team members, five times more cloud storage. I mean, this is what you need. Even if you only produce two films a week, you’re going to see far greater results than leaving here without investing 267s. Now, the Cinema Studio series includes create up to full seasons, 5, 10, or even 20 episodes. AI season planner where 180 becomes a complete season arc, series bible, same cast world style in every episode, which is rare. There’s a lot of AIs that can’t do this. cliffhanger engine, autorecap intros that has previously on and it recaps what happened in the last episode. This is something that nobody else currently can do. Don’t don’t be surprised when your films reach tens if not hundreds of thousands of views really quickly and people are begging for a second series. Now you have next episode teasers and screens, different series formats. Remember the person that was willing to pay over $700 that can help them with their crime series? Now here you have it. You can literally do that. 50 plus done a few series templates. Batch produce an entire season in one click. Now you’ll be the proud owner of something that people are going to be hooked on. Something that is going to be a very addictive series for people watching online that are sick and tired of consuming the same old content. Now with the Cinema Box, you can even stream it on your very own personalized Netflix style of screening dashboard. And the Loop Studio AI allows you to create different moods for every single type of film you create. Now, all of this is included when you grab this right now. All you have to do is select your story, then simply customize it the way you want it. Simply click on start produce, and you’ll see the film Aspire in real time. And look at how good this even looks. This is a real action movie. This is something you would literally pay to watch in cinemas. And it’s no wonder that you can expect tons and tons of views. And also the sound that will play alongside it will have such a huge effect. Now you’ll be able to do this effortlessly [clears throat] while others have to stick a multitude of tools together and can barely get the same quality that you can do in the click of a few buttons. Whether it’s cinematic short films, movie trailers, animated stories, episode series, product commercials, social media stories, you’ll be able to do everything just like Michael Carter, Rachel Moore, Daniel Burks are crushing it and you’re next in line. Now, all you have to do is pick this up at 267 right now. Stop making clips that nobody finishes and start using cinematic AI films. It’s the number one type of content that has people begging for more. It will get you new followers, boost brand exposure, slash your advertising costs, get free traffic, save time and money money, drive big ticket sales, turn skipped ads into watch stories, double your watch time, and skyrocket your leads and sales. And that’s not just us saying this. 85% of people buy after watching, 84% want to watch more of your videos, 1,200% more shares of your content, and 20 times more memorable. That’s what happens when you grab this. Now, again, I want to congratulate a ton of people that have picked this up already. Uh, and I also want to mention quickly because I saw a few people asking about the add-ons. Now, there are a couple of add-ons that are optional. Obviously, you’re already getting an amazing steal of a deal when you enter the coupon code cinema 50. So, I’m going to show you. Simply enter your name, email here, click on apply, cinema 50, and then from here, you’ll quickly notice the price drop down to just 267. already a massive steal of a deal. This alone should already make you grab it because this price will never be available again. Now again to prove the point, it is a single payment, not monthly or annual where others would normally do so. Now the Mega Bundle Pro, when you click on this, it will give you 10,000 additional credits. That’s four times your monthly allowance. This will allow you to produce dozens of films, fullon seasons back to back to back. And this will basically set you up consistently without ever having to worry about any type of credit. Now, if you want the mega bundle light, you have 5,000 credits, which is half of this. Simply check this box. And if you want both, you can check both of them. Now, these are optional. You can also just get started with what you have, which is already, we made sure, more than sufficient to produce good quality films and a good amount of them. But if you immediately want to knock it out of the park, take advantage of these limited time one-time opportunities to really knock it out of the park. And once again, as promised, you have a 30-day return policy for everything. Everything you see here, you have a 30-day return policy on. Simply choose either credit card or PayPal, and you’re off to the races. So, there you have it. Congratulations. Now, I want to once again thank everyone that picked this up. I want you to be rest assured you may have the most wise and profitable decision you could ever make because not only is AI video the most important and powerful thing you can invest in right now. It is also the smartest thing you can do especially when you’re able to produce the type of film that you’ll be able to literally create in a matter of clicks now. You’ll be able to turn one ID into a finished movie with AI. You’ll be so proud of what you’ve created and you’ll see the admiration and acknowledgement for everything you’ve created because the social algorithms as well as your website and the viewers will eat it up. It is the type of content that people are craving for. It was the type of content that is finally something that tickles their senses because most AI content is just not up to par anymore. It’s too basics. It’s the same like everyone else can create. And that’s where you need to innovate and stand out. go and grab it right now. The link is in the chat and I’ll see you on the inside. Now, while you’re on the order form, and you literally only have a couple of minutes left, I want to show you some of the amazing things you can use Cinema Studio AI for immediately when you grab this. Now, let’s go ahead and have a look at some amazing production quality done with Cinema Studio AI, the exact tool that you’ve now bought. And for those of you that are still on the fence, make sure you grab it right now because this is a steal for all the things that you’ll be able to create. Okay, I’ve walked past this place like five times. Today, we’re finally trying it.

    Wait, this place is actually way nicer inside than I expected. I’m getting their signature latte. Okay, look at that.

    Look at that latte art.

    Moment of truth. Yeah, I’m definitely coming back.

    Okay, apparently everything I need to shoot content is inside this box. Let’s see. First up, a wireless mic. Okay, that was easy. [music] Wait, this might actually be useful. Yeah, that’s way better.

    [music]

    And now I don’t even need to hold the phone. [music] And of course, because my phone is always dying. Okay, this is actually a solid little setup. Hey everyone, welcome back. I’m up in the mountains today. The weather is perfect. The views are incredible. Let’s get going on this hike. Come along for the adventure. All right, entering the forest trail now. It’s getting cooler and shaded in here. The hike is becoming more serious, but I’m focused. Path ahead looks steeper and rocky. Look at this trail. It’s getting really bad up here. There are rocks everywhere. You really have to watch every step. Okay, I definitely needed that break. Wow, there you have it. And again, that’s just a snippet of what it can do. Think about all the possibilities, the businesses you can help, the products you can promote, or just open up an account and share life wisdom or any type of motivational content. The hiker, for example, that’s walking and sharing tips about life, about business, every single possibility in your mind can become a good highquality cinematic film. Go to the link in the chat right now. Grab your access and I’ll see you on the inside.

  • Artistly v6.5 New Update Demo – NEW Design Agents

    I’m super excited to share this brand new feature update and the brand new artistly update with you. I’m super excited to actually talk about the features to show you and what we have been listening behind the scenes. All the new features, all the improvements and all the things that you guys have been asking from like last couple of days and last couple of weeks, we have finally implemented them. And I’m super excited to show that to you. For those of you who are watching me for the first time, hi, my name is Yash. I’m Paul’s business partner. for in case if you have not seen me since uh long time I’ve been behind the scenes busy uh building these features u you know fixing things making sure everything work listening to you building all these features and now I’m here uh to uh to show you uh them step by step how you can implement it and how you can actually use them in your account live as we are speaking all right perfect to see you everyone just want one uh quick confirmation uh is my good my audio is perfect and we’ll get started. Okay. So, one another thing that I want to make sure uh that uh uh I make it clear to everyone is as we are slowly rolling this update to each one of your uh uh each one of your accounts. So, it will take anywhere between you know next 24 to 36 hours to fully get your to to get your full to get your account fully updated with all the features. Right? I am glad to see you back guys. And with that being said, let me show you uh let me start sharing my screen and we take things from there. All righty. So, what I’m going to do is uh let you guys confirm with me if you can uh see my screen. One sec. All right. So, my screen should be visible to you. So uh just one confirmation first which is you will be seeing this if you see this logo right the artistly 6.5 that means your account is getting updated and will be fully updated in the next 24 to 48 hours. All right, perfect. So, first feature, what did we do and what’s the new feature? Okay, first I know you guys have been sending me um you know channels like these, right? Specifically, we talk about music video channels that are not necessarily

    them online. I mean not like kids category but they are like more uh nostalgic videos and you know more of more of like um how do you say uh like not for kids basically you know what I mean uh in different styles like this this video specifically got 241,000 views it’s like thinking about the past thinking about the time and just like emotional driven not so long uh just a five or six five minute song Right? It’s got like 231,000 views. Right? Another one 111,000 views. And you see, you’ll notice a pattern. There is a repeating pattern in these channels, right? Specifically, we talk about this one, right? This is talking about uh old songs, nostalgic songs, emotional song, relatable songs, right? Again, same thing. 653,000 views in last 3 months. Same thing. What are they doing common? What do they have in common? they have a consistent characters throughout their channel or a brand or uh you know like a branded uh mascot for their video. Now you have been asking about it without doing a lot of uh manual work or manual stuff yourself, right? How can you do it? Cuz you could do a storyboard but you can’t do the the the characters, right? So we finally got it. So what you have to do is you click on create design. Okay, that’s where you’ll find it. You go to fast AI image designer. Then you go to AI design agents and the old lovely feature greatly greatly greatly used highly highly used feature called music storyboard. You click on that and then there as a character source you will see a new um uh new option which is your characters. Okay, there you will see upload your audio character image and character image too. Let me explain that right now you can bring your music from clonevoice or any music platform you create right uh you create it from. So let’s say for example how you can do it on clone voice is you can go here click on create music uh old or new right it’s new version just get your music created come here right and just drop them here easy peasy okay you can drag and drop from your computer and from the character image you can then upload the character image or the your mascot image okay now there’s one trick or tip I have for you okay so I want you to click on I I want you to upload it but before you upload. I want to show you something really interesting, right? I’m going to choose from library and I’m going to show you exactly what I have uploaded. So, you can kind of see this and we call this a character sheet and I want you to upload a character sheet here. Now, you’ll be like, yes, how do we create a character sheet? Is there an easy way? I’ll show you how to do it, but you would upload character one if you want to feature your character one in that music if you have one character. If you want to do two characters, right now we are limiting it up to two characters. If you want more than two characters, do let us do let me know. Do let us know in the comment section. We’ll definitely look into that. So, character one, character two, your music, give their name. So, let’s say you have to give it a name. Whatever name you’re featuring them, featuring like that character in the music, type that in. Uh let’s say you’re creating it for shorts or long or whatever it is. You would pick that 1 is to1 16 is to 9 for horizontal video 9 by 16 for shots and then generate the images. Now what it will do it will create all the scenes featuring your character just like this. You see 30, 50, 60, doesn’t matter. Whatever however long music or there’s a trick uh whatever long the voice over or the script or however long your voice or your audio is, it is going to break down it’s going to it’s going to break it down into beat by beat. We call it visual beat maps. And to perfectly cover each scene and to make sure uh and we actually did uh behind the scenes to make sure the camera angles and the shots and you know the overall environment, the scenes and everything sticks to it perfectly so that when you take these images to video express you can just animate them and put it together. Does that make sense? So I’m going to stop sharing my screen. I’m going to come to your questions to see um um uh to see what uh your questions and to show you more interesting updates. Right. All right. Perfect. Awesome. So, how do we get this update? Uh it’s a very good question. This update want to mention just want to mention this very important. Okay. This update is absolutely free update for all of the um um artistry users and you will be getting it inside your account the next 24 to 36 hours average. You probably see all you can probably see in use right now uh based on the time zone or um uh the account you have in but we are rolling it out slowly to every one of you for absolutely uh no cost. Okay, that’s the thing. Now let me see um uh your questions coming in. So let’s see. Right. So any consistent character awesome 100%. And there’s another thing which is can we do a comic style, right? Um can you can we do uh different different style? That’s that’s that’s fair point. Okay, fair fair point. Let me show you. Okay, let me show you what I did. So, let me just share my screen again and uh show you. One second. All right. All right. Check this out. Right, I’m I’m going to play. This is the This is the character I passed. This is a vintage pop music. Okay, you can hear I don’t know if you um here’s the song. It’s a two-minute song, but you can fully read the chorus. And I created it using Check this out. Very very powerful, right? Very very powerful. All the scenes, all the um uh uh narrations and scenes are done like that. And that’s how you can do it. And uh you know you could do it for any music genre, you could do it for any style, you could do it for any uh for example any character style and all that. Right now before we get into much more detailed nitty-gritty part, I also want to confirm one important thing with you. Okay, which is very very important. How do you generate the character sheet? So what like okay, you could just type it or what’s the prompt? What’s the best strategy? So the best strategy is you go to AI design assistant. Okay. And then you go there’s a AI design assistant in the fast image designer. You go you go to character sheets and then here you can upload your character. So let’s say I have this character that I want to feature in my music and or my voice over whatever it is and generate the character sheet. it will automatically generate the character sheet for you without um you know uh you having to prompt about it or without you having to you know like thinking about making it perfect. It will automatically do it. So let me show it to you. It’s getting generated right now and boom it will automatically generate from the left from the right from the top from the bottom and every single thing that you can pass into that. Does that make sense? But this is how you can create those character sheets from um um from the front from uh the side from the back and all that. Right? So that’s the thing. It’s very very important. Right? So uh I hope you could see my screen. Uh oh my bad. I think I didn’t uh share my screen. No worries. I’ll share it. No worries. I’ll share that uh u uh screen again. probably uh probably um I didn’t click on that. One second. My bad. Sorry. So, all right. I hope you can see my screen. My bad. Sorry. Awesome. I’ll do that again. Okay. So, what I did is I showed you, right, is you need a character sheet. Now, you might be wondering, how do we get the character sheet, right? So, what I want you to do is go to AI design assistant. Okay? and then click on character sheet. And from here, the character sheet is uh uh you have to upload your character. You have to upload your mascot image or choose from library. Right? So, I’m just going to choose from library. Pick my character. I want to feature him. Uh and then generate the character sheet. Easy peasy. Lemon squeezy, right? And this character sheet you can actually like it will generate something like this, right? bottom like you know like top like front, back, left, right and then you can feed this character sheet again. What do you do? You go to AI design agents, you go to music storyboard, you go to your characters, you drop in your audio, you drop in your music and you drop in your character sheet here, character one and character two. Currently only two characters are supported. We are planning to you know uh uh support or uh add further more maybe max one or two more but I’ll let you know right you let me know if you want it right and the character name you put in your character name whatever you want to call it ideally if you are taking the character name in your voice I would use the same so that AI does not get confused so here I would put Leo because the music and uh I’m I’m showing about the Leo farm. But in case you don’t want to do that, you don’t want to show that, you can just like you know give any name. But ideally I recommend if you’re using any specific name in your voice over of that character, ideally keep it so that AI does not get confused, right? So that’s the thing and uh good see everybody. Uh this has a crazy potential. Yeah, 100%. That that’s the thing, right? So will this update? Uh uh awesome. Is there any I’m just reading you. I’m just reading all your questions right is the non-fiction um so novel creation is not yet this is about music storyboard that you could convert those storyboard into a completely complete video so that’s the thing I know a lot of you guys are probably watching me for the first time so I’m very curious to know how many of you guys are watching me for the first time you know it’s it’s been a while and I want to uh hear your suggestions your feedback um cuz been behind the scenes right um fixing these uh adding new features is adding your requests and uh you know all some crazy things that are about to come inside it. So I just want to I just wanted to um uh know that right. So I wanted to answer a couple of questions here. Can you use a self picture? Uh ideally yes you can definitely use your own self picture if you want to. So for example if you want to use your own picture try it you know it will work with any style right? So you can 100% try it. Um, what if the character age changes like from teenager to adult? Ooh, interesting. That’s a very interesting one. Ideally, it should be able to catch it cuz cuz again, it will still take a prompt from your character, right? Uh, but that’s a very interesting use case. It’s not I’m not sure exactly how the AI is going to interpret it, but most probably if you put it in the prompt, it will work. It should work properly, right? So, that’s the thing. And uh uh let’s see. Right. So now I’m going to go uh I sorry. Uh all right. Thank you. Awesome. Perfect. So uh all right. Perfect. Awesome. Cool. Watching for this first time. All right. Uh um uh good to see everyone for uh uh uh good to see everyone after a long time. Right. So um yeah. Anyways, so is this work with the commercial artistry? Um so this feature I think all the features you have the music studio and all that they are inside the artistly all access plan. So you can if you have the artistly all access plan uh you should be able to uh use it. Um uh that’s the thing uh uh yeah so uh that’s the thing. Now let me show you once again uh some other updates that we made. Okay. So one another update we made which you’re going to love it. Okay. So I’m going to go and share my screen. So let’s say share my screen again and you should be able to see my screen. All righty. Awesome. So this is another update which is another crazy one, right? So you go to AI design agents and we have ad creator. You know a lot of people treat this ad creator as of like you know uh like if you use or if you run any paid advertisement you can only run it. you can use you you can only use it for that purpose or only for that. That’s not the case anymore with the ad creator. you can create messmerizing social media graphics specifically because Q4 is coming up and I know a lot of you wanted um Pinterest style and the the kind of posts you can create for these uh Halloween and Black Fridays and Cyber Mondays or or stuff like that for your product or anything that you sell online or for your clients or anything right now you can do it. We have upgraded its ability for rendering the text perfectly and all that. So the way it works it easy peasy just like what it did before. Okay, but we have upgraded its ability for you know for for it to being able to show the text and overall style and the realism of it. Right? So let me show you. So you’re going to upload your product. So I’m going to just go here and go to upload it. And I’m just going to upload my product real quick. Can be anything. Let’s say I’m creating this dad gang uh cat. All right. So I want number of ads. It’s the same as number of posts, right? So I’m going to do number 10. I need 10 ideas or 10 creatives or graphics or post. Aspect ratio. I’m going to make it square. And I want it for let’s say Halloween theme. All right. Generate ideas. So now the ages are going to go and they’re going to generate. They’re going to see uh what is working in your industry. uh what is specifically other people are doing in the same category and niche and um specifically what you could actually take things from right and it will generate the ideas now a lot of people get stuck here it’s like okay ideas are generated I don’t see those graphics it shows you add ideas are generated what you got to do is you got to click on generate images because when you click on generate images something amazing is going to happen it is going to start generating it so there’s a two-step process Right? Because we don’t directly uh send it with the graphics to be generated. We just like you know ideas and there you go. Legendary Halloween memories like super quick, super fast. Unmask your style limited Halloween edition. Own the nine. The dad gang Halloween kit. Uh darkly designed. Stay wild this Halloween. Uh trick or treat yourself. Grab your gear for this adventurous soul. Blah blah blah blah blah. So you see these kind of graphics do really well specifically when you’re again right social graphics uh post Instagram post social media post or for Pinterest if you want if you’re doing it so you don’t have to like sit there and design and then write the prompts and do it tweak it and all that you get done it in bulk in just one and that’s the same thing with the storyboard as well right is the idea is how you can take how you can go from that one idea or that one aha moment or that one concept to finished creative or ad or finished something ready to post. I want to decrease that gap or that path as much as you can as much as I we can and that’s what we did right so you don’t have to do the thinking you don’t have to do a lot of like additional hard like you know additional manual work you could just boom post it uh drop it drop the music drop the characters get the story boards drop them in the video express your video is ready same thing here drop your product get your ideas everything is ready right so it’s a way before way before we started Ed doing this um before even anyone else on the internet ever uh you know started using a agents or started talking about agents right so I’m going to stop sharing my screen I want to see your reactions to it because um it’s very very important I see it right so uh that’s the thing all right perfect does it only work in English right now it works perfectly with English we are also testing with other languages starting with uh uh different languages like French Dutch you know, German uh and stuff like that. So, definitely that is in the um uh in the pipeline. All right. So, go uh so your question is my character sheets were great. My issue was with the storyboard that I uploaded character my character did not stay cons even with the regeneration. Try it with this upgrade. It will never happen again because with this update we fixed that issue, right? So, that’s the thing want to wanted to let you know. So, um, so let’s see any questions. Uh, all right. This looks great. Exactly. Uh, it is amazing cuz specifically when you’re, um, uh, uh, specifically when you’re making videos or graphics, you could do it in bulk without you having to like do it manually. You know what I mean? So, that’s the thing. So as an ad 100% as an ad as a social media post as a product for your client where whatever you sell uh and all that. So uh that’s the thing right. So ad creator was working great uh when version 6 and also what changed? Yeah, Brian, we we did change a lot of you when you when you will use it, you’ll understand a lot of text elements and a lot of lot of way it implements your product. It is amazing, right? Uh so that’s the thing. So that is the thing and uh uh uh I already tried three consistent characters working. There you go. Try it with you can hack some way to try even three but uh you know until we officially support that. So that’s a thing. And hi Ken and and I’m late. Uh no I mean for those of you who are watching it now who are joining it right now you guys have not missed it. I will redo that with live in front of you so you can understand and see by yourself. You have not missed it. I just want to tell you right. So any questions you have related to this let me know and we will get uh I’ll show you other cool things with it that I’ve built. So a lot of you were saying a lot of you guys were saying like okay how could you how can we do uh different generations. So let me show you something. Okay I prepared like a uh uh kind of like showcase right like different styles and all that. So let me show that to you. All right check this. Check this guys. Check this. It was basically um you know it’s very popular style right? Uh flat illustration we call it right? You could do it in different flat illustration as well. You could do it in anime. I showed it I showed it how to do it in anime uh you know um anime Gibli style or anything. And another cool interesting thing I want I want to lay lay that down to you so you can also see uh uh see that yourself step by step for those of you who have joined it recently and uh who are watching it for the first time. Right. So yeah. Awesome. So let me show share my screen. Um so yeah so this is one I want to answer this question. So if you have the artistryly premium and the artistry all access plan right you’ll get all these updates free right uh all these features and everything inside the artistry premium or the all access plan right so that’s the thing now uh let me show that to you how do I so for example right uh how do I go about it meaning how do I go about from uh an idea of a character that I don’t have a character right uh I don’t have a character or I don’t have a character sheet or I don’t have anything. And I know a lot of you guys were just before I continue I know a lot of you guys were talking about how can we do MCPS, how can we do cloud agents, how can how can I run that? Can can I connect to an agent? I just want you to wait for a couple of couple of days I would say. Um we are definitely we’ll be talking about that specifically you know Paul will be joining and he’ll be uh sharing a lot of cool workflows that he built on top of these. So this is just the introduction about the new features, the new updates we made. But I just want to let you know for those of you who are like ex excitedly uh wanting to know or wanting to have that agent capabilities and MCPS and all that just wait for a couple of more days. We’ll be showing you how you can kind of automate this process with um you know some automations and any agents that you use and stuff like that. Right? So anyways coming back to the point how I would go from scratch to a finished uh product uh finished idea. Okay. So let me show you my screen and we’ll talk it we’ll take it one by one. Okay. So let me share my screen. All right. First thing first what I need I need a character. In case if you don’t have a character, the best thing the best thing um that I use every day, right, which is AI art illustrator, right? Because you can kind of physic like you know like visually see the styles that the characters you’re building for, right? Uh uh co collad style, flat illustration style, uh you know, all these different different styles, right? So let’s say I want to build like a Minecraft style, right? So I want to I want let’s say a boy in the farm right simple and then I would generate four quantities and generate. So now what will happen is it will generate the character. So this will generate my base character right just so you know this will generate my base character in case if you don’t have any. Okay this is very important in case if you don’t have any. So we got uh we got couple of character that I’m uh uh that I’m liking. So, okay, cool. I like let’s say this guy, right? So, now what I would do is I would go to AI design assistant and then go to character sheets and then choose from library and then pick this guy and then generate the character sheet. Easy peasy so far, right? Now, once the character sheet in case if I have multiple characters obviously I would generate a character sheet of that different character as well. After that only the last step is remaining which is go to design. Uh there you go. The character sheet has been created. It’s pretty nice. It has like the back, the front and like kind of left and right. Now I would go to AI design agent music storyboard and your characters. And here I would upload that character image one character image two which is the character sheet the music. I would give their name. So let’s say I want to give his him a name Leo. But in case if you did not give any name or anything like that, you can just leave it as it is and another character name right and then just generate it like that. If you want to do uh YouTube video, I would do 16 by9. That’s your horizontal video. If you want to do 9×6, which is your short type of format, you can do it. Generate the images. What it’s going to do? It’s going to boom. Your character will be consistent throughout the scenes and every single um uh scene will be generated with complete consistency, complete short understanding, complete visual gra like you know visually, angle-wise, shot wise and everything will make sense. Does that make sense what I’m trying to say? That’s how you do it. That’s how you can go from your idea. And here’s the thing. Here’s one interesting here’s one interesting thing that I want to make sure right this is not just music think about it if you have like um you know if you have like a for example like a voice over you could do that as well right if you have a like a voice over of something you could do that as well you could just drop it in put your characters and get your scenes done you could do with that think about all the possibilities right uh cuz audio is audio right uh so that’s something that you can do uh with it And it blew my mind, right? When we were like when we were like got it uh we were like crazy like hey everyone. So you know we were like crazy. We were like wow this is amazing. You know what I mean? So that is the thing and absolute golden nuggets. Perfect. Thank you so much. We really appreciate it. Right. And this was one of the major update uh uh uh that we want to make is uh um you know is you should be able you should you should not be limited with the characters that AI generate AI generates for you. you should be able to create it with your own characters, right? So that’s the thing. Uh so um now another thing with the logic puzzles, right? So uh really good question. So with the logic puzzles, we working on it as a nature of AI because logic puzzle is a kind of like logic puzzle and it requires a logic. It requires that mathematical thinking. We’re almost there and you probably see a another update from us very very very very soon, right? in artistly with all these features combined and more. Right? This was this was just like as you can see it’s 6.5 already, right? We’re heading towards seven. Uh but I just want to show you what is already available in 6.5 and what you can do with seven with some agentic capabilities and all that. It’s going to blow your mind, right? So anyways, any questions you have, any suggestions you want to make, any feedback you want to give, I would really love them cuz uh I know I know you guys um uh I know you guys have uh wanted like some agents, some automations and all that. Uh and we are definitely uh will be showing that to you uh you know in the next upcoming sessions because we want to build on top of what we already covered from what we what you already know, right? So, uh that’s the thing, right? So, let me know if you have any questions, any doubts and uh okay, let’s see. Good questions. Can ad creator have the product links added to its ability? Uh product links, that’s a interesting uh that’s a interesting uh so you mean the product links in the in the post itself or on the website you mean? Right. So, uh All right. Sure. 100%. noted. So, uh, perfect. Harpit, uh, if they, uh, if you, if you find them, they’re not up to the mark, I would love to, um, I would love to have, uh, I would love you to tell me where where we can improve them, right? Cuz mostly these are the ads that we run every single day just from the ads that are created with this, right? So, uh, what we can improve cuz again, right, something that is always improving is much better than something is not improving. And I we want to improve the application and we want to take your feedback, right? 1% every single day to make it the greatest best uh software uh available on the internet. Right? So uh uh so okay that’s a good question. Do we need to update this on our end in our system or is this an automatic automatic update? It’s an automatic update uh for all the people who have artistly premium or and all access plan. It will be inside your account in the next 24 hours. We are slowly rolling it account by account right. So thank you so much. Really really appreciate it. Kushine, nice to see everyone. Nice to see all the familiar names. I used to um uh you know, used to see it’s been a while since uh we talked. I know some of you thought I I quit or something like that. It’s not like that. It’s just like, you know, behind the scenes building the workflows, you know, kind of facilitating, managing things and all that. Listening to you is as as important, you know, and couple of things which we’ll be talking about that very very soon. So anyways, so looking for the new update. Great. Thank you so much. Really, really appreciate it. Um, uh, yeah, it’s been a while, guys. It’s been a while, right? So, awesome. Uh, okay. So, that’s a good question. Can we do at least 100 page creation for books? Yes, indeed you can. Uh, so there is a feature. I’ll show you. I’ll show that to you, right? It’s going to blow your mind. Um Um, you know, a lot of people don’t know about this. Uh, which is, uh, Hi, Tammy. Nice to see you. Uh uh uh it’s been a while. Uh all right, perfect. Uh so let me show that to you. Okay, so the question regarding the 100 pages, right? Uh so let me

    All right,

    let me show you.

    All right. Okay. So here still inside this what you can do there is a feature inside the storybook studio right uh which I don’t know probably you guys um have uh noticed or know but there’s a thing where inside the coloring books starting with the coloring books right you can add pages here more than 30 40 pages here you can you can add from your library the pages that you created and you can do that without any issues that’s the thing you uh you’re not just limited with like 20 pages or 30 pages coloring books or stuff like that you can add up to and specifically Q4 is coming up right there are so many intense opportunity and how many of you have noticed or how many of you have seen it but let me show you something that will blow your mind right so inside your my purchases actually you will see something called niche finder and this is going to blow your mind Okay, because with niche finder, niche finder is also updated and we are obviously updating it specifically because Q4 is coming up and it’s a season of holidays, a season of shopping. We are telling you and showing you exactly what books are selling with their exact data with their estimated data directly coming from Amazon. So you can actually know you actually know what exactly is working in the market and you can iterate on that. You can get inspired from that because what is better than something which is actually proven by real dollars that has actual demand and you know you are kind of building on top of it. See what is the earth day? You know, chickens don’t give kisses, right? It’s very animal mandala coloring books, right? These are these hidden gems. Jace uh Jace and the prehistoric uh adventure. This book sold 206 copies last month and is already number one. It’s like someone like you and me, right? And do like $2,300, right? Uh it’s pretty cool, right? And this is I want you to keep. This is something I don’t know if you guys know about this. So, let me show you how you can find it. Okay, you go to my purchases and then you go inside and then you click you go to go niche finder. This is an absolute bonus. Okay. And you can find exactly hidden gems and fresh money books that are that are blowing up right now. And you can actually take inspiration from that uh and get inspired from it and get ideas and you know your creative mind rolling in uh with that, right? Um like blood pressure log book, right? This is these are your uh uh low content books, right? Uh cookbooks, right? senior cookbooks uh for seniors. It’s like six grand last month, right? Pretty pretty monochrome style is also doing pretty good. And I’ll be doing a training on this like a monochrome style. It’s getting very viral and we do support that, right? Um uh so you get the you get the you get the flow, right? You get the idea. So this this is going to keep your this is going to make your uh creative juices flowing in uh you know it’s it’s going to be very very powerful for you, right? So, uh, can I upload a daughter’s art and make a coloring book? 100%. You can do that. Um, that’s the thing. I forgot about the niche finder. Never forgot about the niche finder cuz you never know uh what’s new there and you know it will it makes you updated uh uh uh it makes you updated uh it keeps you updated with the trends and the market data. Right. I I seem to have missed something. What is artistically all access plan? So, my bad. It’s not all access plan. It’s like a premium plan is all access plan. I just said it as a way of saying it. Uh it’s it’s artistly premium plan basically uh that is on the landing page. Uh you know uh so uh uh 100%. So basically what you can do this is a very good question. So to able to be able to host the product links to create to create affiliate products for various social media platforms. Uh 100%. So what you would do right is you would not have a product image or a product link a product link linked to the post. What you require is a link that you can actually add on the social media platform not on the ad or on the platform because each platform has a different way of adding the links that’s why right so Paul will be talk definitely Paul will be talking about building up on this but I want to basically clear the basics and the fundamentals for you so that you understand um uh um uh you understand how things works. Glad to see you back. Glad to you know talk to you. It’s been a while. It’s been a while. I know it’s been months, right? Um I missed you guys, honestly. Right. Um uh cooking things behind the scenes. Now it’s time to show it to you all cuz once the dish is cooked, it’s time to serve it. All right. Awesome. Um so that’s the thing. And let me um does the storyboard export KDP ready format for Amazon? 100% yes. And actually there’s a there’s a training on this channel uh which I did talk about you know if you go to the live stream and I’ll I’ll share the link I did everything step by step from an idea to a finished published book on Amazon as well right um so uh uh uh does artistly ensure that the characters generated in its output are original and do not reproduce or closely resemble existing copyrighted characters 100% but as a technology right I wanted to me mention this cuz there’s always a pro and con of this the of this technology right so for example if I if I explain this to you if you upload a Mickey Mouse or Minnie Mouse or a Winnie the Pooh or you know Tinten Train or a Thomas train right I mean obviously AI is going to take it and generate it the same copyrighted character it’s our as create us as our creator’s duty to actually uh you know um to make sure that we don’t go that route you know to we don’t upload the character that are copyrighted or that are good does that make sense what I’m trying to say exactly thank you so much uh everyone I’ll miss you all so uh uh uh when you do workflow can you include Gemini also with chat jeopardy oh that’s a good one I I’ll I’ll pass that and definitely when we are creating the workflow I will make sure uh uh uh so uh uh you know we will be uh we will be creating the workflow for the Gemini and the chat and all that. So perfect. Uh uh. Awesome. Perfect. So thanks Yash. Can you do example? Awesome. Perfect. When I open browser artist to upload an I just can’t uh let’s see that’s a good one. Uh when I open my browser on artistly to upload an image I just can’t see the picture in my open folder on my computer but I do with Canva. Uh very interesting. So you mean you want to drag and drop or you can’t find that image from the folder? That’s what I want to know. Um uh so one second let me just uh uh can um is it possible to create carousels? Carousels is the next is with the next update probably very soon um um you know uh with the next update we are coming up with the carousels so 100%. Uh so that’s a thing and yeah uh that was it guys. Uh that was it. It was great. It was amazing and nice to uh get back to the to talk to you and uh just want to answer there’s no uh just wanted to answer uh your question uh D. So there’s no access plan there’s no all access plan. There are only two plans commercial uh RTC commercial and RTC premium. I just by mistake said all access plan. I mean you know what I mean to kind of force I mean to kind of explain that. So all right perfect. So um all right. So please add more than 5,000 characters in script to story book. Uh 100% nil we will add it uh we’ll we’ll I will take it to like 9,000 like 10,000 minimum right? Don’t worry. And in the next update and I’ll be showing that to you. So just stay tuned. Um um so let’s see that’s a good question. Is it possible to use character sheet to create storyboard so that we can get uh 100%. So that’s what I showed just now is you can create character sheet from the AI design assistant and then you can use the storyboard feature right uh hey this is my first time here. Can you demonstrate how the software can produce characters in black and white outline like we have in comics please? Uh sure. So uh I’ll I’ll tell you guys right is uh there are two ways right which I’m working on specifically which is a major update for artistly which is like uh there are two things right one is the reference style right and one is through the prompt there are two different updates and I want to I want to mention I want to talk to you right because right now the way it is it is basically you have to prompt it and you hope and spray that it generates in the same style or or you’re limited with the style, right? Like for example, right now we have limited style like 40 50 style but you have a very unique style that you mentioned, right? Uh less um uh I will be showing that there is a specific feature that for that is very coming up very soon which is the reference style in the chatbased interface. So you can kind of keep just like how you would do with any agent tech thing, right? You can talk to it and it will do it for you. So that is 100% coming just will require couple of days right so it’s going to be one update after the other updates cuz I got I got you covered now right so can you have three characters we have two characters now I will add one more character uh cuz I see uh uh uh uh u you know uh you guys have been uh asking about right so question uh can uh can you create more than one character sheet for a character and keep consistent examples starting different angles sitting different angles. Um actually you can but you’re not required. I mean ideally I mean you can prompt it to do it. I will show you how to do that as well with our new chatbased kind of interface that we are coming up with very soon. um you know probably like a next update and you might like yeah I just don’t don’t want to spill too much here because it’s like about the 6.5 update but uh uh yes you can you will you will be able to do that but with the existing character sheet you can also do that and ultimately the AI will do the job for creating the scenes and everything you know what I mean so can I import my character sheet 100% you can put your own character sheet there not required uh when that update comes uh will it still maintain The way we can prompt now and we in addition to it yes when the update comes I know uh uh uh uh uh Tammy right uh we do we did talk about it was every update comes and the the things that used to be working does not work anymore we make sure we isolate what was working and what is there and we add on top of as a cherry on the cake you know what I mean so that’s the thing so I’m I’m glad so you’re back and still with us I can’t wait yeah thank you so much Christine um uh uh uh do a small project from start to finish live 100%. That is the goal and um uh uh anime anime live by Luna 100% that’s my goal but today but today’s agenda and perspective just to show you like all the ad creator updates and all the new feature updates we’ll be doing uh project focus as well um coming next week. So that is 100% uh in uh the thing uh in the pipeline. And so what uh what is the timeline uh for the release this month or next month? It’s going to come in the next couple of wait and watch. Things are cooking quite uh things are very hot inside. You know what I mean? Um and I can’t wait to have your hands on it. uh you know just couple of more couple of more days a week or so or something and I’ll glad uh uh we’ll be bringing that to you and thank you so much everybody uh almost like an hour we going through right so um thank you so much I hear you I know you want to talk I want I know you want to do comic books I know you want to do uh different styles and character sheets and agents and everything just wait and watch okay this with this 6.5 update is just a just a preview or the trailer of what is coming with the artistly v7 update for you all and I wanted to demonstrate that as always like I used to do right so uh uh uh so that’s the thing and uh thank you so very much I hope you’re able to I I hope and I I am uh looking forward to see your uh uh I hope I’m looking forward to seeing your amazing creation And uh uh this has been wonderful updates. Thanks. Uh thank you um uh um uh thank you uh Mont Black TD. Um uh I know you I know I saw you rel you you talked about something related to 3D projects. So if you sell any 3D printing stuff and all that the ad creator update is going to you’re going to love it, right? Uh missed you. Miss you everyone. I missed everyone of you and yeah, thank you everybody. Um just getting getting back to the momentum uh uh right and uh thank you so much for your understanding and your patience and uh your uh patience and uh yeah I mean you know uh it means a lot and uh things have been cooking and uh it’s cooking quite hard and it’s time to show that to you. It’s time to reveal and we’ll uh start revealing it uh start revealing it week over week. uh day over day uh and um uh as we go uh starting today. So, thank you so much everybody for spending your precious time with me till the very end. Uh oh, I think I was a little bit you know uh uh after after a long time like getting getting back to the momentum you know. So thank you so much for your support and uh keep sharing your ideas, keep sharing your uh uh keep sharing your keep sharing your uh um ideas and your feedback and every single thing cuz things uh about to go wild because it’s a season where nothing stops and it’s Q4, right? So thank you so very much. I really really appreciate it. And uh make sure you subscribe and you watch the next week probably. I think so. Yeah, I think I’ll probably be able to do that. But anyways, I’ll keep you posted with a another brand new features and brand new updates that you guys have been asking for. So stay tuned. Something amazing is about to happen. Thank you so much everybody. I’ll see you in the next one. And uh uh uh uh yeah, that’s it. That’s it from my side. Thank you and talk to you soon. Uh and really really appreciate you all. See you. Bye. Agents, automations, styles, MCPS or crazy crazy things are coming. Stay tuned.

  • Apple Event September 9 2026: Introducing iPhone Duo and more

    You want a great opening scene? Here’s one. Open on a man’s face, half lit by flame. And drops later. Fire does the rest. He walks away and he never looks back.

    You gotta open like this. Camera goes down the hallway towards our kid. Just a normal kid. Except…

    Here’s a better one. Open on a woman in a bathroom. Slow push-in to her reflection as she peels away her disguise. Come on! Carbondt!

    You call that an opening? This is the opening. The getaway driver floors it. Cops in pursuit. Wait for it. Buckle up, buttercup.

    Forget all that. Keep it classic. Open on an aerial shot, high above the California coast. A car drives down the highway, then it disappears into a tunnel. Cut to an interior. Camera follows a mysterious figure before revealing our main character. No, no, no, no, no. Not me. That’s your God. That’s your opener.

    Hello and welcome to Apple Park. I am so thrilled to be here today. Before we get going, I want to take a moment to express what an extraordinary privilege it is to represent the remarkable teams here at Apple. I have spent much of my life at this company and I continue to be inspired every single day by the curiosity, invention, and relentless pursuit of excellence that define Apple. Our teams bring an incredible level of collaboration and care to everything they do, all in service of a mission that has guided us from the very beginning, to make the best products in the world.

    Every day, people around the world rely on our products to create, learn, live healthier lives, and stay connected to the people and things that matter most. And the values at the heart of Apple continue to guide everything we do. As we look ahead, we see a future filled with enormous discovery and transformation.

    AI makes entirely new kinds of experiences possible. And AI can become even more useful when it brings together your life with the apps, services, and products you use every day. And this means the product at the center of your experiences becomes even more essential. What I like to think of as an intelligent personal hub. It’s the intersection of broad new capability and a deep understanding of your personal context that makes this idea so powerful.

    Now, if you were designing the ideal version of this hub from scratch, how would you do it? Well, first, you would want something that is always with you, deeply personal and able to bring intelligence to the moments when it matters most. You’d require a powerful processor that can run incredibly capable on-device models to quickly answer questions in the moment and pervasive networking to access knowledge and even more capable models in the cloud. You’d need a large, beautiful display to show rich content.

    You’d add high quality cameras and microphones so it could see and hear and reason over the sights, sounds, and the world around you. Of course, you’d give it all day battery life. You’d want it to be super easy to use without a big learning curve. And finally, you’d want it to work seamlessly with your other devices, apps, and services so it feels like one integrated experience. In other words, you would arrive at something remarkably familiar. Because there’s no product in the world better designed to be your intelligent personal hub than iPhone.

    As your personal hub, your iPhone can do so much more for you because it understands your context. This includes your calendar, your relationships, your routines, the most private details of your daily life. Now, others see that data as something to collect and store. They move it to their servers and ask you to trust them. But honestly, trust only goes so far when your data is no longer yours to control.

    That’s why Apple Intelligence runs on-device whenever it can. When greater capability is needed, Private Cloud Compute extends that same level of privacy protection, ensuring that nobody, not even Apple, can access what’s yours. It’s personal intelligence that’s actually personal. iPhone sits at the center of an amazing ecosystem of intelligent features and experiences that work seamlessly across the products you use every day.

    From Siri becoming more capable and more personal across your Apple products, to meaningful health insights with Apple Watch, to powerful new AirPods features like live translation, and so much more. Simply put, iPhone brings powerful AI capabilities together with your personal contacts on the device you have with you all the time. So today, we’re going to take these experiences even further with the next generation of iPhone. And here it is.

    Once you’ve been to the moon, where do you go next? To work.

    You start with the chip. You engineer a new CPU core. You engineer a new GPU core. You add a second neural engine. Until you’ve built the fastest chip ever put in an iPhone. Next, you give it the longest battery life in iPhone history. And the most advanced pro camera system ever. To improve low-light photography. Amplify creative control, and shoot like a pro. This is what happens when you go to the moon. Come back and ask, what’s next?

    Introducing iPhone 18 Pro and iPhone 18 Pro Max. We made massive advancements in the most important areas. Intelligence, performance, battery, and camera. iPhone 18 Pro’s gorgeous design now includes color matched aluminum and back glass for a more cohesive look. It comes in an incredibly deep black. A silver that’s now even more refined. A fresh new color we call Glacier. And we’re excited to introduce Burgundy, a sophisticated and unique new color.

    iPhone 18 Pro introduces helpful AI that’s centered around you and your needs. Here’s Lillian to tell you more.

    S1-18 Pro is built to take full advantage of all the capabilities of Apple Intelligence and deliver experiences that are more powerful and delightful. You get access to our latest Apple Foundation models, including the most advanced on-device model we’ve ever created. Plus, you can draw on even more powerful AI models on private cloud compute. These Apple Intelligence models and capabilities unlock Siri AI, an entirely new version of Siri.

    Let’s take a closer look at how Apple Intelligence makes Siri more personal and capable for you, how it boosts your productivity, and how it lets you express yourself visually.

    Siri is already one of the most widely used assistants in the world. In fact, our users make over 2.5 billion requests every single day. And our new version of Siri goes further than ever before. Siri, what did mom mention she wanted to make together during her visit? Siri finds your personal context across apps, like mail and messages. Mom sent you an email with recipes for Grandma’s Peach Pie and Grandma’s Lemon Meringue Pie. She mentioned in a message that she wants to make one of grandma’s pies together when she visits. You can let Siri see what you see and combine it with up-to-date broad world knowledge to answer your questions.

    Add the rest of the ingredients I’ll need to my grocery list. And Siri can take action in the apps you already use, including third-party apps like Stuff. Siri AI can find what you need and get more done than ever. And it already works seamlessly with over 300,000 apps. You can continue to take action in apps you already use with Siri, like texting a friend in WhatsApp or playing a book on Audible. And it’s easy for developers to adopt new capabilities too.

    So you can ask Siri AI to draft an email and outlook, search for a homework assignment and notability, or add a restaurant recommendation to Tripsy. You can have rich conversations with Siri using voice or typing across your iPhone and in the all new Siri app that’s right on your home screen. The Siri app is great for revisiting a past conversation or kicking off a new one. And it uses iCloud to sync conversations privately across your Apple products.

    As you just saw, Siri is also built right into the camera app on your iPhone. So you can ask questions and take actions, like adding multiple events to your calendar all in one go. Not only that, you can write and edit with Siri virtually anywhere you type, like generating an email to your kids soccer coach while on the go. Plus, Siri AI sounds incredible.

    That’s because iPhone 18 Pro takes advantage of our most advanced on-device model ever, which powers expressive voices. You can pick from multiple options, then customize the pace and expressivity. Hi, hi, hi. Let’s find the right voice for you. Let’s find the right voice for you. I’ll practice some things I like to say while you listen. Hi, let’s find the right voice for you. This on-device model also enables more accurate system-wide dictation, making it easy for you to get punctuation, spelling, and capitalization just right.

    Beyond Siri AI, Apple Intelligence also boosts your productivity. In Safari, it powers Notify Me to monitor a webpage and automatically let you know about a change. In Shortcuts, you can make personalized automations just by describing them, like updating your calendar and reminders each time you receive an email from school.

    And in the phone app, Apple Intelligence can automatically surface relevant information when you call a business, like a flight confirmation code right when you need it. Apple Intelligence also lets you express yourself visually in all new ways. You can use the reimagined image playground to generate high-quality images in almost any style. And in the Photos app, Apple Intelligence powers a host of incredible photo editing tools that make the new pro camera system even more versatile, like the upgraded cleanup tool with higher quality infill for complex scenes, Extend, which expands your images to give subjects more breathing room, and the powerful spatial reframing tool, which lets you change the camera’s perspective after the photo was taken.

    So you can adjust the composition to make a big difference in the framing. We couldn’t be happier for how iPhone 18 Pro delivers deeply personal intelligence with the power to transform so many things that you do every day. Apple Intelligence will be available in 16 supported languages with our OS releases this month. Siri AI is rolling out in beta in English with support for French, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, and Spanish coming in October. Some features will have usage limits because they rely on powerful server models. Increased access will be available with most iCloud Plus plans. Now…

    Over to Sri to tell you about the powerful Apple Silicon at the core of iPhone 18 Pro.

    The new on-device capabilities of Apple Intelligence and Siri AI demand even more compute. To power these, we had to push performance to whole new level and advance the way we build chips for iPhone. The result is A20 Pro, an exceptional chip that sets a new bar for mobile computing. It starts with a brand new architecture that’s built on the latest 2nm technology.

    These smaller, more densely packed transistors enable upgrades across the entire chip. A20 Pro has our latest 6-core CPU, featuring two of our new super cores that are up to 20 % faster and four efficiency cores, all integrated with neural accelerators that power low-latency on-device AI workloads. Our newest super cores are desktop class and by far the fastest in any smartphone.

    A20 Pro has a significantly advanced GPU with faster graphics rendering and improved AI performance for image generation. The new GPU has a 7-core design enabling up to a 40 % increase in performance. This is a huge gain in just one generation. We increased internal bandwidth, added microarchitectural improvements that specifically target high-end games, and introduced a new version of our neural accelerators with 2x faster 8-bit floating-point math.

    These neural accelerators power advanced AI, like running third-party LLMs on device. A20 Pro has another massive upgrade. The Neural Engine is a dedicated, highly-focused AI accelerator that we’ve been advancing year after year. We’ve added a second Neural Engine for a total of 32 cores. This provides 2x the compute power.

    A20 Pro is the ultimate chip for running advanced on-device models. These CPU, GPU and neural engine improvements all leverage a 50 % increase in memory bandwidth. This is the widest memory interface we’ve ever shipped in an iPhone and an important enabler for all of the performance gains on A20 Pro. In order to unlock these capabilities, we had to redesign the physical package of the silicon. A20 Pro introduces custom packaging inspired by our M-Series chips, with the silicon die now placed side by side with memory.

    This removes the memory from the thermal pads of the SoC and lets us connect the silicon directly to the vapor chamber for dramatically improved thermal performance. This new chip packaging is just one piece of a brand new thermal design. And here’s Rich to tell you more.

    Effective thermal management is critical because efficient heat dissipation is what enables the maximum performance from this incredible chip. It benefits just about everything you do on iPhone, from sustaining graphics for AAA games, to ensuring high-throughput cellular connections, and providing advanced computation to run our most powerful on-device models. iPhone 18 Pro has a next-generation vapor chamber that helps the system manage even more heat.

    It has three times the surface area as the one in iPhone 17 Pro. Deionized water is constantly cycled throughout the system for significantly improved thermals. The new vapor chamber uses 80 % recycled stainless steel and is paired with more thermally conductive graphite. There’s also an industry-first Nano Twin copper material that more effectively moves heat away from the display while providing strength. This innovative thermal management system delivers the highest sustained performance on iPhone ever with up to a 40 % gain compared to iPhone 17 Pro.

    It’s up to two times better compared to iPhone 16 Pro and older. This goes beyond improvements. These are giant leaps in sustained performance. Now let’s talk about battery life. Last year, iPhone 17 Pro offered a huge jump. This year, iPhone 18 Pro takes another massive leap enabled by A20 Pro silicon efficiencies, advanced system improvements, and new battery designs.

    Despite iPhone 18 Pro’s smaller size, it delivers the same great all-day battery life as iPhone 17 Pro Max. iPhone 18 Pro Max has the largest increase in battery life ever on iPhone. When you look at video playback for eSIM only models, iPhone 18 Pro offers 36 hours. While iPhone 18 Pro Max has a whopping 45 hours.

    We’ve also developed a new battery usage model by looking at real-world data from how people use their iPhones, from taking photos to using AI. iPhone 18 Pro provides up to 24 hours per charge, and iPhone 18 Pro Max has up to 30 hours of usage per charge. We’re also making wired charging faster. iPhone 18 Pro supports 50 % charge in around 15 minutes.

    Just five minutes of faster wire charging provides around six hours of video playback. Great for topping off the four-a-long flight. The new thermal management system and best battery life yet bring amazing experiences to iPhone. Here’s Kyan to tell you more.

    All that performance and efficiency means game developers can push further than ever on iPhone. This is Monster Hunter Outlanders by Tencent Games and Capcom, a gorgeous open world co-op game. It uses a 7 core GPU of A20 Pro to render iOS-exclusive cinematic graphics for console-level lighting and detail at up to 120 frames per second. It supports MetalFX upscaling, spatial audio, and will be available later this year.

    One of the most important parts of the iPhone experience is the camera. And with iPhone 18 Pro, we’re introducing our biggest camera improvement in years, making stunning shots easy for everyone and adding new levels of creativity. One of the fundamental pillars of photography is aperture. It controls how much light enters the system and affects every photo and video you take. Being able to change the aperture provides more control for light intake and depth of field.

    So iPhone 18 Pro has a new 48-megapixel Fusion main camera with variable aperture for creative control that wasn’t possible before. This is the most advanced camera we’ve ever made. To create variable aperture, we developed a system of six laser-cut blades, each thinner than a human hair. The blades are made of a specialized polymer composite for the right balance of mass, flexibility, and durability.

    There’s a new rotor mechanism to control movements and a custom-designed lens to ensure image quality at multiple apertures. The aperture adjusts automatically based on the scene. When you’re in a darker environment, the aperture opens to let in around 50 % more light, like in this portrait with impressive detail and color range. Night mode captures are faster with better quality, like this astrophotography shot. This was shot at f1.8, an aperture we’ve optimized for the best balance of light gathering and depth of field.

    And the aperture can narrow for more depth of field, which means crisper detail further back in the scene for better group shots. This new camera is paired with intelligent camera software to do even more. Here’s Miriam to tell you about it.

    Together with state-of-the-art hardware, we’re using advanced software to deliver powerful new capabilities that are so easy to use. You can now get stunning cinematic mode effects from regular video after you capture. Ali now supports 60 frames per second for this half-speed effect. Time-lapse now offers 4K resolution in Dolby Vision HDR for breathtaking videos, and AudioMix has updated algorithms for higher quality voice recordings and now supports music.

    For even more creative photo and video options, we’re introducing Pro Controls. Pro Controls lets you customize your camera experience, making it easier than ever to access your most used settings and introduces new options for manual control. You can change white balance for the most accurate color or use a histogram to check exposure levels throughout the scene. You can manually adjust the aperture between four versatile options and change shutter speed to create artful motion blur for truly unique shots that weren’t possible before on iPhone.

    In this portrait, the photographer used pro controls to intentionally capture a dazzling starburst on the subject’s earring, shaped by the unique aperture blades of iPhone 18 Pro. And here the photographer’s adjusted shutter speed to freeze the perfect moment without motion blur.

    Pro controls work for video as well, making iPhone 18 Pro ready for everything from professional film sets to the things you shoot every day. You can adjust shutter speed for more motion blur, a classic filmmaking technique. We’re also making it easier to maintain focus on moving subjects. Smart focus tracking uses on-device AI models to lock onto a subject and maintain detail. Even if they change depth, or exit and re-enter the frame.

    And now, let’s talk about an exciting upgrade to photographic styles. This feature brought breakthrough customization for photos. And we’re now enabling even more unique looks with texture and grain control. Texture is essential in photography. It enhances the interplay between light and shadow and can elevate the overall emotion of a scene.

    These new options let you further dial in your desired appearance in photos, like adjusting skin texture. You can balance color and texture in unison, and you can reverse or change it any time. Finally, let’s talk about image authenticity. This is vital for photojournalists and photographers. We will be supporting the ScenthID standard to help identify images generated or edited with AI.

    But to ensure the authenticity of captured photos, we realized we needed to go even further with Apple Reference Image. Now, you can prove the authenticity of a photo taken on iPhone 18 Pro. Apple Reference Image starts in the most secure way possible with the sensor. The new main camera securely signs photo data at a pixel level right at the time of capture.

    Private Cloud Compute develops the signed data into an unalterable image that you can view in the Photos app. This reference photo lives with the regular editable photo for overall flexibility. This is like having a digital negative that you can use to visually confirm what was actually in the shot. From cameras that capture incredible levels of richness and texture, to the use of Pro controls that enable looks like this artful silhouette shot to photos that highlight beautiful gradients of light and jaw-dropping detail.

    Our new Pro camera system is more versatile than ever. Cut! Now, back to Kayan.

    This Pro camera system is incredible and was actually used to film the event you’re watching today, taking advantage of many of the new features like variable aperture. iPhone 18 Pro also features an upgraded dynamic island, redesigned to be smaller, more useful, and even better for seeing live information at a glance.

    It can now show three live activities and help you keep track of multiple things at once, like your flight status with Flighty, navigating with Maps, or simply checking your timer. In addition to Apple Intelligence and Siri AI, iOS 27 brings more useful capabilities, such as intuitive child safety features that give parents more flexible ways to manage what kids can see, who they can talk to, and when they have access.

    iOS 27 gets even better with customizable liquid glass, improvements to search in places like mail, and performance boosts like up to 80 % faster airdrop transfers. iOS 27 improves connectivity with smarter transitions between cellular and Wi-Fi networks and introduces iPhone Handle that lets you use a single phone number across two iPhones.

    The number is instantly active on whichever iPhone you pick up. iPhone Handoff launches with T-Mobile and Telecom Germany. Verizon and EE will add support by the end of the year with more carriers to follow. And that’s iPhone 18 Pro and iPhone 18 Pro Max. We made impactful upgrades to the most important areas of iPhone. A20 Pro and a next-generation Vapor Chamber deliver a huge boost in performance.

    Our most advanced camera, now with variable aperture, and our longest battery life by far, powers it all, including intelligent capabilities like the new Siri AI. We’ve also designed new accessories, starting with an updated clear case and new colors for tech woven and silicone, designed to pair perfectly with matching colors of crossbody strap and a new wrist strap that works with both iPhone cases and AirPods Pro.

    iPhone 18 Pro starts at $1,199 and there’s now a 2TB option. And iPhone 18 Pro Max starts at $1,299. And we have great offers from Apple and our partners. In the U.S., iPhone 18 Pro is available with Apple Upgrade, a new leasing program which offers customers monthly payment options over 12 or 24 months, and an easy way to upgrade to a new iPhone at the end of their lease.

    You can also get up to $1,200 off when you trade in an iPhone 14 or newer. And for effortless peace of mind across your family’s products, we’re introducing AppleCare One Family in the U.S. with easy signup right from your iPhone. You can pre-order iPhone 18 Pro this Saturday, September 12th, and it will be available on September 18th. Now, back to John.

    iPhone 18 Pro delivers innovations that make it more capable and more intelligent. And it makes products you use every day like AirPods even better. With AirPods, it’s so easy to enjoy music, stay connected, and use intelligent features like live translation all hands-free. And active noise cancellation helps to quiet the world around you, making it one of the defining features of AirPods Pro.

    Now, for those who prefer AirPods without ear tips, we introduced an AirPods 4 model with ANC. Well, this year, we’re making that experience even better and bringing it to more people with our newest AirPods.

    This is AirPods 5. And to tell you more, here’s AirPods 5 feature our beloved open-ear fit, redesigned from the inside for an even better audio experience. With a new multi-port acoustic architecture and next-generation adaptive EQ,

    AirPods 5 deliver richer, more detailed sound across a wider range of ear geometries. This makes personalized spatial audio sound more immersive and dynamic, so it feels like you’re surrounded by whatever you’re listening to. And it gets even better with active noise cancellation. Thanks to the new acoustic architecture and advanced computational audio, it now has 50 % more noise reduction than the previous generation, which means AirPods 5 deliver the industry’s best ANC in an open ear design.

    Along with ANC, Transparency Mode lets in voices and sounds around you. It’s now even more natural, so you can easily engage with others and stay aware of your surroundings. And with adaptive audio, you never have to worry about changing modes, as AirPods 5 automatically adjust between ANC and transparency in response to background noise.

    AirPods 5 deliver more than just a world-class listening experience. They’re also a seamless extension of Apple intelligence on your iPhone. Siri, didn’t Carmen mention a restaurant around here? With Siri AI and AirPods, you can draw on your personal context and get answers with broad world knowledge entirely hands-free. Yes!

    Carmen recently mentioned Howl & Rays on North Broadway has great fried chicken and suggested you check it out. Great. Give me walking directions there. AirPods 5 also feature live translation, which has been a big hit since it first launched last fall. Translating Spanish. Stop by if you like live music. We will also have a special guest. Thank you.

    Together with iPhone, AirPods enable you to leverage the power of intelligence while staying present with those around you. Next, we know users care a lot about durability, and AirPods 5 are re-engineered to be more durable than ever, helping them stand up to more rain, sweat, and dust. And they get up to four hours of listening with ANC, and up to 20 hours with our incredibly small charging case.

    With all these features, we’re so excited that AirPods 5 with best-in-class ANC are only $129, the same price as the previous generation without ANC, making it an outstanding value. Now, for those who want even more, we’ve created a second model with some great additional features, starting with On-Stem Volume Control, a first in the style of AirPods, enabling you to adjust the volume simply by swiping up or down on the stem.

    Users love this feature on AirPods Pro, and once you use it, you can’t imagine being without it. This version also has longer battery life, up to five hours with ANC, thanks to a re-engineered battery cell that packs even more energy into the same design. And it comes with a wireless charging case with support for Apple Watch and Qi chargers, making it even more convenient to charge whenever you need to.

    AirPods 5 with wireless charging case, longer battery life and volume swipe are only $149, $30 less than the previous generation. You can pre-order both today and they’ll be available on September 18th. With leading ANC at a lower price, along with immersive personalized spatial audio, live translation and hands-free access to the new Siri AI, plus the option of wireless charging, longer battery life and volume swipe, these are the best open-year AirPods we’ve ever made.

    And now, back to John.

    We’re thrilled that with AirPods 5, active noise cancellation is now standard across our entire AirPods lineup. AirPods 5 are a great example of how we take the innovations from our most advanced products and bring them to the rest of the lineup, making them accessible to even more people. Next, let’s talk about Apple Watch. We hear from so many people about the profound impact it’s had in helping them take charge of their health, stay active, keep connected to the people who matter most, and in some cases, even help save their lives.

    Because Apple Watch is always on your wrist, it can monitor how you sleep, notify you if it detects a high heart rate, and track your workouts. And it’s in constant communication with your iPhone. So it extends the power of Apple Intelligence to even more aspects of your everyday life. And this year, we’re bringing huge advancements to health and fitness and Apple intelligence.

    Introducing the new Apple Watch Series 12 and Apple Watch Ultra 4. Both have been re-engineered with our most advanced health sensors and all-new Apple Silicon, enabling features that enhance your life every single day. Here’s Deidre to tell you more about the big updates to health and fitness in Apple Watch.

    These new capabilities start where Apple Watch touches your wrist. The advanced sensor array that helps you track your heart rate and rhythm, your sleep, advanced workout metrics, and so much more, turning every moment of your day and night into meaningful insights. This year, Series 12 and Ultra 4 take health and fitness to the next level with our all-new Health Sensing System. It’s built on our innovative sensing foundation and improves three core elements.

    First, within the same small footprint, the electrode surface area is increased for better skin contact during ECG readings. Second, for better optical sensing, redesigned photodiodes are organized in a ring to capture light more efficiently. And third, larger, more power-efficient green LEDs support accurate heart rate measurements all day, even during motion.

    The new health sensing system delivers higher frequency continuous heart rate data, which is a key indicator of your overall health. Background heart rate readings are now taken every five seconds all day long, even while you’re on the go. That’s 60 times more frequent than before. It also samples heart rate variability, or HRV, as often as every five minutes. That’s 24 times more frequently.

    HRV is an indicator of how your body responds to stress and recovery. Higher variability is generally associated with better overall recovery. Accuracy of health data is critical to providing helpful insights. So we tested Apple Watch’s Health Sensing System in a head-to-head study against other wearables using an ECG chest strap as reference, with hundreds of participants running, cycling, doing HIIT workouts.

    We are excited to say the results were clear. Apple Watch has the most accurate heart rate sensing in a wearable. The health sensing system will also enable completely new experiences on Apple Watch Series 12 and Ultra 4. Here’s Summable to share more.

    Your heart rate reveals invaluable information about your fitness and current physiological state. So we’re featuring high frequency heart rate data in the updated heart rate app and new watch face complications. HRV is now included in the vitals app for a more complete look at your health status. It’s in the overnight view and in a new daytime view to help you spot shifts even before they show up in your overnight metrics.

    And the health sensing system brings a completely new experience to Apple Watch. Readiness. Whether you’re training for a race or juggling a busy week, readiness can tell you when to push and when to hold back. Each morning, Apple Watch analyzes your recent activity, vitals, and sleep to give you one score with a clear call on your body’s capacity to take on the day. Recover, pace yourself, ready, go for it.

    Your score can also update during the day. And you can view it on Apple Watch or in the fitness app on iPhone. Everything the Health Sensing System measures flows into the Health app on iPhone. Because it’s a central and secure location for your health and fitness data, it can uniquely provide a richer understanding of your health. This year, the Health app gets a completely new design, turning your metrics into personalized guidance with Apple Intelligence at its core.

    The new insights tab has an Apple Intelligence generated summary that highlights the most timely information, servicing details like the latest on your sleep or a new peak in your VO2 max. You can go deeper on topics like readiness, fitness, or heart health. You’ll also get personalized guidance powered by Apple Intelligence. So if you’re working on your cardio, you might see a suggestion to incorporate intervals into your regular morning run, and these recommendations dynamically adapt to you and your data.

    Understanding your health over the long term is also important, so we’ve developed HealthAge, a simple way to discover how key health metrics align with your actual age, informed by the best available science. Metrics from your Apple Watch, like VO2 max, sleep, and more, combine with biomarkers from your blood work to give you insight into what habits are having the biggest impact on your health age and how to improve it.

    And to help you build a foundation for a healthier future, there’s a new Longevity tab, which uses metrics from your iPhone and Apple Watch to assess your overall health across sleep, movement, heart health, and more. The shading shows how well you’re doing in each category, and you’ll see how each metric is classified against the latest clinical guidance. You’ll be able to unlock deeper insights by integrating recent lab results too.

    You can add them manually, sync your medical records, or in the US, order a full panel from Quest that features over 50 key buyer markers for $119. Once you’ve completed your labs, your results are combined with your data from Apple Watch and analyzed on your iPhone with videos from clinical experts related to your results. Your movement and mobility add another layer. Using just your iPhone and Apple Watch, you can take in-depth assessments of how well your body is moving, and even track your progress as you come back from an injury. For example, here’s how the VO2 max test works.

    As you take the test, your iPhone camera detects your precise movements. You’ll see the moves demoed by a trainer. The app guides you in real time with on-screen and voice cues on your form.

    It’s like having a coach right there with you. You’re halfway there. Keep it up. As soon as you’re done, you’ll get your results. And you can retake these assessments anytime. Your iPhone, Apple Watch, and Apple Intelligence all work together in the redesigned Health App to help you live a better day and a healthier life. The new Health App is coming later this year, starting in U.S. English with more languages to follow.

    And those are all of the health and fitness updates. To tell you about the new intelligence features of Apple Watch, here’s Ron.

    Apple Watch is always on your wrist, and with Apple Intelligence on your iPhone, it’s the perfect device to help you stay aware of the sounds around you and keep track of your conversations. With the built-in microphones of Series 12 and Ultra 4, plus the power of Apple Silicon and our latest AI models, we are able to create a brand new class of Apple Intelligence features. Introducing Audio Intelligence. Just as visual intelligence makes sense of what you see, audio intelligence makes sense of what you hear.

    It harnesses the power of Apple Intelligence right on your wrist in a private and secure way. First, having increased awareness of the world around you is especially important for those who are deaf or hard of hearing. So, we’re bringing sound recognition to Apple Watch. Series 12 and Ultra 4 can listen for sounds like sirens, alarms, doorbells, a baby crying, and more. And use this on-device AI to notify you when they are detected, even when your phone is not with you.

    Next, we’ve all been in situations where you missed a key detail of what someone just said and wished you could go back. Now you can use Live Rewind, which lets you go back in time for 15 seconds. Hi, welcome. Today’s specials are the heirloom tomato BLT, Caesar salad, coleslaw, lentil soup, chicken alfredo, the smoked salmon, and the avocado tartine. Just double press the digital crown. In Live Rewind transcribes what was just said.

    You can ask Siri about the content of that transcript or save it to the new Siri app to revisit later. This is great for when you’re trying to recall a book recommendation, a colleague’s brilliant idea, or something you didn’t hear the first time. The next audio intelligence feature will help you remember key moments from daily conversations so you can be more present and engaged. Introducing Siri Recap. It uses ambient listening to take high-level notes of your conversations, like takeaways from a team meeting, or parent-teacher conference.

    Conversations will have an Apple intelligence-generated title, summary, and key points. You can review them in the Siri app. You control if and when Siri Recap takes notes. When you enable it, you can choose Always or set up a schedule, such as only at work or never at night. You can also turn it on and off at any time right from Control Center. Privacy is protected at every step.

    These audio intelligence features do not create or store audio recordings, and raw audio used for processing is completely inaccessible, even to Apple. Audio intelligence does not identify and attribute the speakers, and all your Live Rewind transcripts and Siri recaps in the Siri app are end-to-end encrypted with iCloud syncing. You can access these intelligence features with the new Siri Modular Face. It features the dynamic top widget of the Smart Stack, and can tap for past Siri conversations to quickly invoke Siri or view your Siri recaps.

    Audio intelligence will help you detect important sounds, catch up, take notes, and even instantly discover new songs with Shazam. Live rewind and Siri recap require Siri AI and will be available in beta later this year, starting in English with more languages to follow. Now back to Deidre.

    Audio intelligence is only possible because of our new S11 chip, which is custom built to power these intelligence features while keeping your data private and secure. These features are enabled by the S11 chip’s power-efficient Always On processor. The processor includes a new secure exclave, where dedicated audio buffer securely manages raw audio exclusively for processing.

    With a faster CPU, GPU, and neural engine, all derived from the A20 Pro, S11 is our most powerful wearable chip yet. Internal innovation is matched by extraordinary design, creating a device you genuinely love to wear. Apple Watch was designed to be as individual as the person wearing it. With thousands of case and band combinations and millions of watch face customizations, it’s not just a watch, it’s your watch.

    That’s more true than ever with stunning new colors and materials. Apple Watch Series 12 comes in space gray, black, light gold, and a stylish new dark bronze, all made using 100 % recycled aluminum. Plus, the aluminum cases now have ceramic shield too, making the front glass on Series 12 60 % tougher than our previous IONX glass.

    Two polished finishes in Radiant Gold and Natural are made with 100 % recycled titanium. Series 12 is also available in another stunning material, ceramic. It’s sophisticated and unmistakable on your wrist, available in pearl white and night blue. We also have an assortment of new band colors, including styles from Nike. And Apple Watch Hermes is introducing Radiant Gold titanium to their series collection.

    And that’s Apple Watch Series 12, the ultimate device for a healthy life. With our most powerful wearable chip for audio intelligence, new health and fitness insights with the most accurate sensing, ceramic shield 2, and beautiful new finishes, and still with up to 24 hours of battery life. Apple Watch Ultra 4 is the ultimate sports and adventure watch. With a larger battery, the power efficiency of S11, and the health sensing system, Ultra now gets over two days of battery life.

    For workout tracking, with full GPS and heart rate, you now get up to 18 hours. Or with the new Max Extended workout mode, up to 45 hours, which is enough time to conquer a 100-mile race. Ultra comes in black and natural titanium. We have new colors across the band’s lineup and a new titanium Hermes band. And that’s Apple Watch Ultra 4 with the S11 chip bringing audio intelligence to your wrist, the Health Sensing System to take your health and fitness journey further, and longer battery life for workouts.

    Series 12 starts at the same price of $399, and Apple Watch Ultra 4 remains at $799. Both can be pre-ordered starting today, and they’ll be available on September 18th. Before I hand it back to John, I’d like to share an ad that highlights the new impactful features of Series 12 and Ultra 4. Listen.

    That’s your health. Speaking from the heart. And the all-new Apple Watch Series 12 understands it better than ever.

    Rebuilt from the ground up, Apple Watch Series 12 now comes with the most accurate heart rate sensing in a wearable. By checking your heart rate 60 times more frequently, they can tell you when you’ve pushed too hard and need a break, when the timing is right, and when something seems wrong.

    Latitude 38.728 Whenever life throws a punch, Apple Watch Series 12 helps you roll with it, and stay closer to every heartbeat. Your health tells the story of your health. And it’s a story worth hearing.

    This new Apple Watch lineup brings an extraordinary amount of technology to a remarkably small and beautiful design. It brings new audio intelligence features built for the moments you need them. It leads the industry with the new health sensing system and science-backed health and fitness features. And by working seamlessly with your iPhone, it extends those capabilities even further. So that’s what we have to share about iPhone 18 Pro, AirPods, and Apple Watch.

    But actually, there is one more thing. I started the day with the idea of an intelligent personal hub and why there’s no product in the world better designed to be that hub than iPhone. And for a device that plays such a central role in your life, a larger display would open up entirely new possibilities. Whether you’re enjoying content, reliving memories, getting help from Siri AI and Apple Intelligence, or immersing yourself in your favorite apps and games.

    Now at the same time, you’d still want it to fit in your pocket and in the palm of your hand. And we think the best way to achieve that is with a foldable design. Others have created foldables that just feel like two phones awkwardly stuck together. This results in a square screen that’s poorly suited for the way people use them. Scrolling through vertical content feels compromised, and movies are boxed in by oversized black bars, making a larger screen feel much smaller.

    We started with the experience that we wanted for ourselves, a larger display that feels as natural and intuitive as iPad. Then we brought together thoughtful design with breakthrough engineering in a way only Apple can. And the result is a series of remarkable innovations that we believe will redefine the experience of using a foldable phone. And here it is.

    This is iPhone Duo. To tell you more about the thinking behind the Duo’s design, hear Molly and Steve.

    iPhone Duo is unlike any iPhone you’ve experienced before. It’s entirely new and at the same time remarkably familiar. A similar size to your passport, it feels familiar to hold and comfortable to use with one hand. Its distinctive asymmetric shape with two rounded corners invites you to open it. The two sides connect into a continuous frame surrounding the largest iPhone display we’ve ever designed.

    Inspired by the versatility of iPad with a narrow uniform border creating a spacious inner display that’s immersive for both landscape and portrait use. We wanted the experience of using iPhone Duo to feel uninterrupted. With two screens, the transition between open and closed had to be fluid and completely intuitive. To achieve this continuity, we designed iPhone Duo around a consistent aspect ratio that is the same across both displays.

    For the first time, the FaceTime camera is designed to fit discreetly behind the display, hidden until you need it. We’ve also designed a remarkable hinge, which supports the centre of the display as it articulates, holding it flat when opened. The hinge mechanism has a custom variable-talk profile, which precisely controls opening and closing. The motion is designed to feel effortlessly smooth, combined with an integrated magnet array for a satisfying and secure closure.

    When open, it’s our thinnest iPhone ever, enabled by an architecture that tightly packages key components into the camera plateau, providing space for an impressive battery system. The frame is made from aerospace-grade titanium, required for strength at this thinness that’s been precision machined and polished to an elegant mirror finish.

    The convenience of iPhone Duo is combining the utility of two products into one. The largest display for an iPhone in an incredibly compact, pocketable form. With the unique form factor of iPhone Duo, we took advantage of liquid glass to fluidly adapt to this new aspect ratio and larger inner display. For example, iOS 27 moves essential controls to the side. This maximizes vertical space for content, and places controls within easy reach of your thumb.

    This meant adjusting every app’s layout and reconsidering iPhone design principles that have existed for years, all to make the software and new hardware work elegantly together. The dock on the home screen is now oriented vertically. The status bar retains all the information you need in a more compact, flexible system that nestles into the corner of iPhone Duo. As you move between displays, the software gracefully expands and transitions from the outer to the inner display.

    Controls remain in a consistent location on the side, while content scales to take advantage of the larger screen. With the larger inner display, we also expanded the capabilities of iOS. Whether it’s viewing two home screen pages at once, seeing your inbox and messages at the same time, or even opening two apps side by side, we also made iOS more flexible than ever. The system reacts as you fold iPhone Duo, reorients when you turn it on the side, and transitions to the appropriate display when you flip it over.

    We designed the hard-run software together to create experiences like this across the system. As a result, iPhone Duo and iOS 27 redefine what an iPhone can do, while still feeling natural and familiar.

    iPhone Duo brings an entirely new design while preserving everything you love and expect from iPhone. It gives you the largest display ever on an iPhone while still fitting easily in your pocket. It reflects extraordinarily complex engineering, yet feels effortless to use. And it makes new experiences possible. To tell you more about the amazing iPhone Duo, here’s Jaws.

    you’d love to do comes to life on iPhone Duo’s two beautiful displays. It opens to a massive 7.6 inch Super Retina XDR display that is 50 % larger than iPhone 18 Pro Max and a whopping 80 % larger than iPhone 18 Pro. Not only does everything look incredible on this display, but you’ll also get a larger canvas for your apps to fit more content.

    The beautiful 5.4-inch outer display provides 90 % of the screen area of iPhone 18 Pro. And these displays do more than just look great. Later this year, you’ll be able to use Apple Pencil with USB-C on either display for jotting notes, sketching, or marking up documents. The first time iPhone offers the great Apple Pencil experience that iPad users love. We wanted to provide an easy, secure, and consistent way to authenticate iPhone Duo, whether it’s closed or open.

    So we determined that Touch ID integrated into the side button and positioned right under your thumb would be the best way to achieve that. And to account for the different ways you might hold it, you can enroll multiple fingers. And for added convenience, you can also unlock iPhone Duo effortlessly using your Apple Watch. iPhone Duo sounds amazing too. With speakers on the top and bottom, it delivers immersive spatial audio in both landscape and portrait.

    It comes in two refined colors, star white and night sky. iPhone Duo is beautiful and durable. It’s crafted from grade five titanium that offers incredible strength. The central structural plane has support ribs for added stiffness. To make the frame even more rigid, the antenna splits are reinforced with high performance inserts.

    They’re made from ceramic fibers that are three times stronger than grade five titanium. Together, these structural details make iPhone Duo feel exceptionally solid every time you use it. It also has ceramic shield on the back, ceramic shield two on the front, and is rated IP68 for dust and water resistance. Of course, groundbreaking hardware deserves an equally groundbreaking software experience. Here’s Craig to tell you more.

    We looked at every aspect of iOS to see how we could make it even more useful on iPhone Duo. Like you saw, essential controls are on the side to free up vertical space for content. This approach benefits your entire experience. For example, on the lock screen, it puts more focus on your wallpaper, especially with this minimalist view that lets you really celebrate your favorite images. And we’ve brought this efficient use of space across the entire system, optimizing each of our apps specifically for iPhone Duo.

    The expansive display also supercharges productivity by letting you do more at once. You can move an app over to one side and launch a second app on the other for powerful split view multitasking. Or launch a second window of the same app like Safari for comparison shopping. With the same gesture you already know, swapping apps is easy and so is changing sides and with a simple tap on the divider, you can pair the apps so it’s easy to get back to them later.

    Using the large screen in portrait also feels great. If you’re multitasking while watching a video, you can pin it to the top for a much larger view with plenty of space left below for your other app. As you can see, iPhone Duo is truly the most versatile iPhone ever, and we’ve taken it even further. You can use it in any orientation or pose.

    iOS intelligently reacts to the device angle, leveraging the sensors in each half. Set it on the table and watch a show hands-free on the outer display without a stand. Or enjoy it with the perfect viewing angle and easy access to the controls on the bottom. Custom tuning algorithms account for the changing distance between the speakers in different poses to deliver an amazing audio experience, no matter how you use iPhone Duo. You can also use iPhone Duo partially folded.

    iOS gracefully adapts, sliding the content away from the folding area where it can be difficult to tap. We’ve also reimagined standby for iPhone Duo. Set it down and it will enter standby even when it’s not charging. You can customize it with new faces, including weather and calendar, as well as widgets like music to enjoy your favorite songs. Or stay on top of your notifications at a glance.

    An iPhone Duo can transform into a delightful bedside clock with the ability to wake you up with a gentle glow timed perfectly with your alarm. We’ve also made it easy for developers to adapt their apps for iPhone Duo with new and updated APIs. Zoom can turn the display into an immersive video conference room. You can easily see both the content being shared as well as the other participants on the call. Slack brings your whole workspace into view.

    Detail uses the new Core AI framework and runs its AI models on-device to make content creation fast and easy on the big screen. And Netflix takes advantage of the versatility of iPhone Duo to make finding shows even more fun and engaging. Scroll through clips on the outer display or open up to get a captivating experience on the large screen. These are just some of the amazing apps being updated to take advantage of iPhone Duo, and we can’t wait to see what developers are going to create.

    Of course, none of this is possible without amazing hardware innovation. To tell you more, here’s Johnny.

    For iPhone Duo, our goal was to deliver the best possible experience when it comes to the display. This includes how it looks and feels. We wanted to provide the highest quality for viewing content and address what people dislike about foldable displays. The distracting crease, the plastic feel, and susceptibility to scratches and dents. Drawing on our learnings from iPad and Mac, we developed a custom nanotexture finish that significantly reduces glare and reflections.

    The unique texture creates a perceptually flat, matte surface that minimizes crease visibility and also feels premium to touch. We create this by using maskless laser lithography, where every microlens is written pixel by pixel. iPhone Duo uses a novel structural system with a multi-layer lamination design that keeps the display flat, and provides durability.

    The nano textured cover layer is made from a custom polymer that has up to 40 % higher stiffness than other materials used in the industry and has an apple-designed coating for scratch resistance. There is high-strength glass above and below the OLED panel for added protection. Visco elastic adhesives allow these layers to glide relative to one another during folding, like pages in a book, so the panel doesn’t distort over time.

    A titanium plate serves as the bottom layer to bring further durability. And bringing it all together is the hinge, with over a hundred tiny precision components. Carbon fiber support plates create a stiff, lightweight platform for the display to rest on. During manufacturing, we use AI algorithms to precisely manage each individual hinge with its best fit housing to ensure perfect alignment.

    And a confocal laser progressively scans the topology of every single unit and 3D prints up to 25 micro layers of a custom photopolymer to eliminate residual waviness. The result of all of these innovations is a folding display with superior viewing quality that feels premium and flat, resists wear, and meets the high standards of iPhone.

    Powering iPhone Duo is A20 Pro, built to handle demanding workloads. A20 Pro also features a new display engine that drives both displays simultaneously with smooth transitions between them and blends the unique pixel layout in the under-display camera area to deliver a consistent viewing experience. Our new chip package with a direct die-to-thermal design Let’s A20 Pro reach peak performance for on-device AI immediately, while a Vapor Chamber sustains it for high frame rate gaming on the large display.

    The result is up to 35 % higher sustained performance than iPhone 17 Pro. iPhone Duo also features C2, our most advanced cellular modem. C2 delivers big updates to all the primary components, including baseband, transceivers, Power management, firmware and software working together as one platform. With our fully integrated approach, it’s optimized to improve everyday user experiences, including using AI algorithms to improve cellular reliability, like reconnecting faster in low coverage areas.

    This is possible because we design A20 Pro, C2 and iOS together as an end-to-end system.

    C2 also delivers faster uploads. When compared to C1X, it’s up to 50 % faster and adds 5G millimeter-width support in the US, all while consuming 15 % less energy. This level of efficiency is critical for battery life. iPhone Duo is eSIM only worldwide. This allowed us to use every bit of internal space to maximize battery capacity.

    There is a high-energy battery on each side. Custom silicon and algorithms handle all of the charging, discharging, and rebalancing. So these two batteries operate seamlessly as one. The result is an impressive all-day battery life. You get up to 31 hours of video playback when using the inner display, and a massive 44 hours when using the outer display. And with our new battery usage model,

    iPhone Duo provides up to 24 hours per charge when using both screens equally. It also supports fast charging, up to 50 % in around 20 minutes, and gives you up to 5 hours of video playback when using the outer display after just 5 minutes of charging. Bringing iPhone Duo to life has involved some of the most complex and innovative engineering we have ever done. And there’s still more to tell you, so let me hand it back to Jaws.

    A key part of what puts iPhone at the center of your personal world is its incredible camera system that captures the moments that matter most. The new Fusion main camera captures incredible details like in this person’s shirt and the blades of grass. Thanks to the zero shutter lag, this 48 megapixel photo captured the exact peak of this jump while maintaining sharpness in the leaves and hair.

    The 2X optical quality telephoto lets you get closer to the subject and captures the texture of the rocks and the fine details in her dress. This camera also excels in low light, thanks to its large sensor, fast aperture, and sensor-shift optical image stabilization. Even in the dark theater, it’s captured the details in her jacket. The main camera also supports 4K 120 video for the slow-motion effects users love in our Pro models that make even playtime look cinematic.

    And because iPhone Dual can stand on its own, it opens up entirely new creative possibilities, like capturing memorable time lapses in 4K Dolby Vision HDR. The 48 megapixel Fusion Ultra Wide is the same camera that’s in iPhone 18 Pro. It captures the scene with stunning detail. The light on our face beautifully compliments the playful nature of the scene. With the power of computational photography, iPhone Dual also supports the updated photographic styles with texture and grain control.

    The new film texture gives us already striking portrait a classic vintage look. The center stage front camera lets you easily take photos and videos in any orientation without having to rotate your phone to take a landscape selfie. Under the inner display is the new FaceTime camera so you can use the big screen to connect with family and friends both when iPhone Duo is fully open or propped on the surface for a hands-free experience.

    With dual capture and FaceTime, you can share both your front and rear camera feeds simultaneously, so your friend can see you and what you’re looking at. And dual FaceTime makes video calls even more fun by letting someone with you join the conversation on the outer display, so you can share the moment without crowding around one screen. iPhone dual gives you fun new ways to use the camera that simply aren’t possible on any other iPhone.

    It makes it so much easier to take selfies with the high resolution rear cameras because the outer display lets you preview and perfectly frame your shot. With Duo Preview, your subject can see themselves in the outer display so they can pose, check the framing, and help guide the shot. KidCube plays fun animations that grab your kid’s attention, getting them looking at the camera and brings out their big smiles and laughs. With just a tap, iPhone Duo can become your personal photographer.

    Powered by H20 Pro and on-device models, our new SmartTake feature follows the scene in real time and automatically snaps the photo when everyone is posed and ready. Now you don’t have to miss out on being in the shot because you had to press the shutter and outrun the timer to get in the frame. And getting full-body wide-angle selfies is so easy. It also enables creative shots like these. And they look stunning on the large display. This is such a powerful versatile and intelligent camera system.

    We’ve also designed some amazing accessories. The iPhone Duo Folio has an integrated kickstand that folds away neatly when not needed. And the iPhone Duo case has two parts that wrap around each half to protect against drops and everyday wear. So that’s iPhone Duo, the most transformational iPhone experience since the original. It features the largest display ever on iPhone, along with a beautiful outer display, and a reimagined iOS experience that makes the familiar feel entirely new.

    With pro performance, unique camera experiences, amazing durability, and unparalleled versatility, it’s an iPhone like no other iPhone. iPhone Duo starts at $1999, with storage capacities ranging from 256GB to 2TB. And of course, we’ll have great trade-in offers from Apple and our partners. Pre-orders begin October 16th, and it will be available on October 23rd.

    With iPhone Duo and iPhone 18 Pro, we pushed our entire iPhone lineup forward, making it more capable, more versatile, and more exciting than ever before. Now, back to John. I hope you’re as excited as I am about the all-new iPhone Duo. Let’s take another look.

    You’re on the guest list Do you want a plus one? Looking for a new sound Can’t touch will you be calm? Everybody’s getting older except you And I don’t know why

    iPhone Duo represents the incredible creativity, ingenuity, and dedication of teams across Apple. It reflects what’s possible when we bring our very best work together in service of creating something truly meaningful for our customers. The new iPhone Duo, iPhone 18 Pro, and iPhone 18 Pro Max are purpose-built to serve as your intelligent personal hub with powerful performance and capabilities at the center of the experiences that matter most to you.

    Together with the new lineups of Apple Watch and AirPods, these products will help people create, communicate, and be more productive and entertained, while staying healthy and active in ways that are more personal and intelligent than ever. They represent the very best of Apple. The curiosity to imagine what’s possible, the care to get every detail right, and the conviction to build products that make a real difference in people’s lives. I couldn’t be more proud of the teams across Apple who made today possible.

    So thank you for joining us. Have a great day.

  • 09/06/2026 – Content Growth Engine

    Sean, I want to eventually start my own company. You might also be logged in from multiple different uh accounts. Like if you logged in on your phone and your computer, that could be a reason. But if you mute yourself, either way, it’ll it’ll work. Um Debbie to explode. Sean, I want to eventually start my own company. Kurt, uh solutions, Beth, can’t get excited to have a boss. Fair enough. Mark dollars. Paula niche

    Adam I create on YouTube. Yeah. Yeah. For sure. We work with of course we work with uh mostly just pe like people who are just beginning but we also work with people who like did YouTube and they have a dead channel or people who are doing YouTube and they’re doing okay like they’re getting views but they’re struggling with monetization. And then we also work with people who are crushing it but they want to crush it harder. um as well uh business a lot of business owners come to us um that want to start their YouTube presence as well

    and largely for passive income generation prep for retirement. Yeah, and that’s the main thing is we only work with people who are making educational content and they uh basically are making because it’s just way easier to monetize and make money with educational content. Plus, you’re you know actually giving value to the world which is great. Um, and that that’s another thing about us. We only work with people who are doing educational content. But yeah, that’s great. Um, so solving other people’s problems basically largely for passive income generation. Awesome. Jose Moat Christy need money. Lisa, information gathering. Uh, to learn how to get a YouTube business started. Love it. Yep. Good stuff.

    um to nudge the launch of my channels forward. Wednesday, over 50 need income. Sean, career change. Heather, looking to leave corporate. Melissa, starting a new biz. Carl, learn how to get money. Gerald dollars. Sonia, my grow my channel, more views, target my audience. Janice can’t figure out what to do with YouTube. Michael, sell digital products. Lori niche. Laura curious. Awesome. Awesome. Okay. Um, good stuff. Uh, Abdullah, understand and learn to make on YouTube. Kelly, learn how to use YouTube and make an income. James, start an online YouTube business. Mike, make money to improve my YouTube channel growth. Crystal dollars. Michael, get some ideas. Lauren, looking for a way to earn money remotely. Herman, monetize. Joyce, learning. Dustin, learn how to launch a successful channel. Jonah, business. Jill, get ready for retirement. Sharon, to learn. Selena to learn. Mary, new channel learning. David, learn and growth. CC Cole, learn to make great content and make money. Excellent. Excellent. Okay, let’s go ahead and go to the uh the next question here, guys, which is, what is the number one thing that’s stopping you from growing? Right? What’s the number one thing that’s stopping you from starting your side hustle or your second income or your one person business or your YouTube channel? Right? What what what is that thing that’s stopping you from from having success

    knowledge? Okay. Says Colin Diane support coaching and classes. Mark Smith to learn from you. Okay. Uh Charles, I don’t have the necessary experience. Sill scared Martin content uh duria time Paul knowledge Troy commitment Wednesday did I say something wrong please forgive me what no I don’t think he said anything wrong Doris fear in knowing my niche uh Michael no idea how to start Mike deciding on which niche Daniel fear Ron myself Day time. Adena, knowledge and time. Um, Lisa, don’t have the time. Billy, time, and commitments. Okay, Patrick, no expertise. Can’t find a niche. Finding out what my niche or what I can give to people. Beer. Okay. Yeah, these are all things we can help with, guys. Like, these are the these are the most common ones that that we hear about. And these are these are absolutely all things uh that we can help with. So, awesome. Um, so let’s go ahead and jump in right now, guys. Let’s go ahead and jump in right now. I’m going to share the screen here.

    Okay, everyone should see the screen. Going to go ahead and do full screen. And

    let’s do it. Let’s do it, guys. super excited to get this started. We are going to we are going to be talking about how to grow and make money on YouTube in 2026, guys. And we’re going to be doing this without fancy gear, without techy stuff, without spending hours on each video, provided you use this hybrid model and follow one simple rule. And this is going to work for people who are complete beginners. It is going to work for people who are trying to start a side hustle or second income or a oneperson business. It’s going to work for people who are already on YouTube, right? So, if you have a small YouTube channel or maybe you have a dead YouTube channel or you’re trying to pivot your YouTube channel or maybe you’re getting views but you’re struggling with monetization, it’s going to work for you as well. It’s also going to work for people who have large YouTube channels. Um, they’re, you know, and they’re they’re crushing it already and they want to crush it even harder. And it’s going to work for companies that are trying to get started on YouTube. Right? So the whole thing that with this type of this particular type of YouTube channel, which we’re going to get into here in a minute, is this particular type of YouTube channel is all about educational content, right? So it’s all about solving other people’s problems. And that’s why you don’t have to get millions of views to make a full-time income with this particular type of channel. Okay? So, we’re going to talk about exactly why that is and we’re going to jump into it. But, uh, that is going to be the presentation for today. I’m very excited to do this and let’s go ahead and jump in right now.

    So, why you’re here today, guys, go ahead and do the thumbs up thing if you’re excited about one of these things. It should be on the bottom right of the screen. Views. Do the thumbs up uh reaction if you’re here because you want to get views. Okay. All right. A lot of people want to get views. Love to see it. Love to see it. Okay, good stuff. Good stuff. But how about this next one, guys? How about this next one? Actually making money. Do the thumbs up reaction if you want to actually make money.

    Okay, that one is a lot more than the views. That’s good. That’s good. I think you guys have actually watched my content. This is great. So, um, making money is, you know, it’s kind of the end goal, right? You want to actually be able to make money. Views are great, but views should just be a vehicle to get you to making money. So, how about this third one, though, which is having an impact, right? Basically, creating a business that you can be proud of and helping a lot of people.

    All right, I think that one might have been the best one out of all of them. Okay, good. I’m seeing a lot of different types of emojis, too. the clapping, the the hearts. Awesome. The confetti, good stuff. Okay, cuz one of the secrets is when you guys help people solve their problems, right? When you’re actually helping them solve their problems, when you’re actually making educational content for them, you’re going to have a lot of impact on them, right? And when you have impact, the money and the views are going to follow, right? Because there’s some people that might get tens of millions of views a month, but it’s just mindless, you know, Tik Tok dances and stuff like that. And it’s like you’re not really having an impact on anybody when you’re doing that, right? You’re not. And that’s why usually they they don’t make that much money. Um, and we’ll talk about that here in a bit. But yeah, you guys are the types of people I want to work with. Now, before we start, let me be straight with you. I’ve got two jobs today. Job one is to teach you the best YouTube lesson you’ve ever gotten for free right here. No catch. Job two, at the end, I’m going to offer you a way to work with us directly, which is our coaching program. This is where my team and I handhold you to grow and make money on YouTube, just like the 1,000 plus clients that we have winning inside right now. And I’ll be honest, it is not cheap. It is expensive. So, here’s the deal. If I don’t give you the best lesson today, don’t book a call. Don’t give me a dollar. But if I do, if I actually change how you see this, then you owe it to yourself to take a look. And if the paid thing isn’t for you, totally fine. Stay anyways. Learn everything. It is yours for free. Does that sound fair? If it sounds fair, drop deal in the chat. Okay. Awesome. Awesome. Good stuff. Good stuff. Deal. Drop deal in the chat if that sounds fair. Okay. I see it. Awesome. Like hundreds of people just dropped deal. Good. Okay. And by the way, we are giving away free stuff at uh this workshop. At the very end, you will get a chance to walk away with the Niche Validator Pro, the both the Chat GBT or the Claude AI version, whichever you like to use. And this is one of the newest versions yet. This is a massive upgrade over anything that we put out before. And you will also get $64,497 worth of bonuses, but only for those who stay until the end offer. So, type staying in the chat if you’re staying until the end to get the Niche Validator Pro AI. Type staying in the chat. All right. Yeah, people are just obsessed with that one. I mean, that one that one’s the one that we get the most comments on from people, emails, comments, DMs, etc. People love that one. Okay. Awesome. Now, before we start, I’m going to ask you to type things in the chat the whole way through. And here’s why. This is the forgetting curve. It’s been studied for 140 years at this point. And if you just sit and listen, roughly half of what I say is going to be gone within the hour, 2/3 by tomorrow. Now, the same guy who discovered the forgetting curve also discovered the fix. Active recall. Every time you pull something back out of your head, this line is reset. So, you can retain more information as we go. So, every time I say type it, that’s not be that’s not me being cute. That is repetition. You’re resetting your curve. Do that 20 times tonight and you’ll walk out with knowledge in your head instead of that knowledge being gone by breakfast. So, type locked in if you’re with me. Type locked in in the chat if you’re with me.

    All right. Good stuff. Good stuff. All right. Good. Kelly, Ricky, Ryan, Debbie, John, Elizabeth. Good stuff. Okay. All right. Look at this. Leonardo DiCaprio just put out his new documentary. And he could have launched the documentary anywhere, right? He could have called Netflix, Apple, HBO. Uh he could have launched it in so many different places. I mean, he’s a superstar, right? But guess where he decided to put his documentary? On YouTube for free, the whole film. Okay. And it’s not a home video. It’s shortlisted for an Oscar. Okay. So, why do you think he decided to do this, guys? It’s because he wanted people to actually see it. That’s why. And the, you know, the second the goal stopped being money and became reach, every premium platform lost and YouTube won. So, a film behind a payw wall reaches whoever pays, but a film on YouTube reaches whoever cares. Now, here’s a lesson for you. Most people starting out get this backwards. They chase the money first, but reach comes first. You want to build the audience and build the influence first, and then that audience becomes the income. And Leo knew this, and that’s why he used YouTube. He knew that he was going to reach way more people on YouTube. And honestly, he’ll probably end up making more money that way because a good amount of those people are going to end up, you know, donating to his cause or buying his thing or whatever, uh, than if he put it behind a payw wall, right? So, Leo Leo realized the the changing landscape of media and he did this, right? And, uh, so Leo used YouTube for the impact and you can use that same reach to build something that pays you for years. And that’s exactly what I’m going to show you today. Now, one thing I always like to say is this is a maze. You start here at the top and you finish at the bottom. And your goal is to get to the finish as fast as you can, whatever that goal is. And most creators start with good intentions and then they fall into the maze. They end up burnt out, overthinking, stuck in analysis paralysis with zero views and zero income, and then they just give out. But actually, most people don’t even start in the first place, right? So, if you’re here watching this now, you are ahead of the majority of people. So, type burnt out if you felt this or not yet if you haven’t even started in the chat. Okay.

    All right.

    Not yet. I I I’m seeing a good amount of burnt outs and a good amount of not yet, but I think I’m seeing more not yet. And by the way, guys, yes, it it says uh it’s the morning here, and that’s because I’m an Asian time zone. So, I’m uh I’m a day ahead of you guys. I’m in the future. Okay. I am literally in the future right now. Okay. So, back to the future. Uh yeah. No, this is not pre-recorded. This is live. Okay. Not yet. Tundy, Kimberly, Joyce, Lisa, Crystal. Okay. Awesome. Now, additionally, one thing I like to say about this maze part guy is anything you’ve heard about YouTube outside of what I teach, chances are it’s probably you entering this maze because most people go into the maze, they get lost, they put their hands up, and they’re like, “Maze Keeper, come and get me.” And getting lost in the maze is focusing on all the stuff that does not matter. Like all the YouTube coaches that have entire channels about reviewing YouTube gear when that makes like a 1% of a difference in the success of your channel, right? And that’s the maze. that’s the reason why you don’t get results because you’re focusing on all these things that do not matter when in reality you could just focus on the few things that actually matter and actually get you results. But let’s just say hypothetically you go into the maze and you just navigate it perfectly, right? Let’s say you’re an absolute pro. Here’s the fastest way that you could get from start to finish just like this. Okay, so I’ll kind of outline it a little bit here. This is the fastest way that you could get from start to finish. All right. But actually, it’s not the fastest because there is another way. It is faster, easier, and safer, and you’re basically just going around the maze. Pretty clever, right? But even this isn’t the fastest route. This is because we learned at a young age that the fastest way to get from point A to point B is a straight line. And what if I showed you a way to do just that? Skip the maze completely and you literally just go from start to finish straight to the results. So, type straight line in the chat if you want a straight line. Type straight line in the chat.

    All right. Um, Carrie, Victor, Isabella, Jan, Margarita. Awesome. Okay, perfect. Now, one thing I want to say about this part right here is a lot of other YouTube advice out there, I don’t think they’re purposely giving you bad advice. At least most of them are not purposely doing it. There might be a few, but a lot of them give good advice, but they give good advice for like a gaming channel or a prank channel or something like that, right? Some sort of entertainment channel because there are a bunch of different types of YouTube channels. But I’m going to be talking about the type of YouTube channel that is the easiest to get results with and it’s a type of YouTube channel that you can pivot to anything else later on down the line. And that’s why when it comes to winning on YouTube, I have the straight line for you today so that you can get there the easiest, quickest, safest, and most comfortable way possible. And specifically, you’re going to gain access to the hottest opportunity to exist in the content creation business. Now, these are the newest stats that just came out. And before, they said that YouTube and the content creator ecosystem in general was going to be worth about $1 trillion by 2034. And now they’re saying it’s going to be worth $1.6 $6 trillion uh by 2034 in an update that they did just 6 months later. So it grew that much in just that short amount of time. So the projections are just going up faster and faster than even the experts expected them to. And they even say that by 2035 it’s going to be worth 2 trillion. So it’s growing at an unprecedented rate. And look at this going up and up while so many other things are going down. It’s harder than ever to get a job. There’s so many industries that are being disrupted. Meanwhile, content creation is just going up and up. And that is a sign. And this is one of the biggest opportunities that I want you to get access to when it comes to content creation. And I want you to do it while bypassing all the traps, the gotchas, the limitations, and the barriers to entry that otherwise would lock you out, forcing you to stand on the sideline as you watch generational wealth pass you by, helpless to do anything about it. And you will definitely want to take advantage of what’s happening right now in the creator economy, because you are in the perfect place and time to start. And mind you, YouTube pays out billions every year, but it’s not going to lifestyle vloggers and entertainment channels anymore. So, type money if you want a piece of that $2 trillion pie. Type money in the chat if you want a piece of that $2 trillion pie. All right, Maris Marine, Steve Harry, Patrick. Okay, cool. Good stuff. And today, you’ll be handed the key to unlock that prison cell that is keeping you trapped and away from the YouTube growth that you’ve been wanting for a very long time. And seriously, we’ve helped online businesses, of course, but also coaches, freelancers, job seekers, stay-at-home parents, nineto-fs, grandpas, grandmas, agency owners, service providers, digital product sellers, failed YouTubers, YouTubers getting views but struggling with monetization, YouTubers who have dead channels, uh successful YouTubers who are crushing it but want to crush it even harder, YouTubers who want to pivot, uh people that own software companies or SAS, location specific businesses such as um uh cosmetic dental clinics, uh realtors, uh financial adviserss, law firms, etc. People doing paid ads that want to make their paid marketing two times more effective by having a YouTube presence. Even physical brick-and-mortar business owners and even people with disabilities do this, right? Lots of different types of people that you know are starting a side hustle or a side income, a oneperson business, etc., etc. And this works for almost any niche in almost any situation because we designed this type of YouTube channel to be flexible so that you can go in so many different directions. And the good news is you don’t need to be a YouTuber or an influencer to win on YouTube. But to get there, I’m going to be exposing the dark side of YouTube and creators who are now slaves to the platform. Here’s an example. Boogie2988. Now, I’m not trying to make fun of him at all. I actually respect him a lot for revealing his public income, but he’s got about 4 million subs, right? So, 4 million nearly 4 million subscribers. and he revealed on a podcast tour last year that he’s only making about $44,000 a year, which is less than the average income for an American. So that’s about $3,700 a month with a 4 million subscriber channel, right? And this is what happens when you make entertainment content, right? And he is one of the hundreds of thousands of creators who are promised success through views, but views do not automatically equal money, right? Because he’s making less than the average income for an American with 4 million subscribers. Okay, so you got to remember this. Views do not equal money. You want to get the right views. Okay. Meanwhile, I work with people who get 500 views per video and they’re making $10 million a year on YouTube, right? And I’m going to show you some examples later on. But there are also people who get a lot of views and they don’t make a lot of money because they’re doing things wrong. So, type right views in the chat if you get that views do not automatically equal money. Type right views in the chat. Okay, good stuff. Good stuff. So, it’s not just about getting views. It’s about getting the right views. Okay. And seriously, I know there’s a lot of people in this crowd that are frustrated, burnt out, and stuck because you were promised a gold mine, and yet you found nothing. You’ve been uploading videos. You’re frustrated because you can’t even get started uploading videos because you’ve been told that you need to buy this camera first or that gear first. You need to be really good at editing or any of those types of things. But basically, you found nothing but regret. So, let’s talk about who this is for. This is for you if you’re a total beginner who wants to finally start and not burn out. And by the way, go ahead and drop your profession in the chat because I’m curious what all of you do for a living. Um, and I’m so confident in this system that I used it on a total beginner. Uh, my brother Zach, he spent about 30 years in the trades and uh you you guys are going to see the results that we got him and an update on him as well. Okay. Um, David does sales. Uh, Tene coach, Charity, teacher. Troy, total beginner. Joseph, web developer.

    Melissa, AI engineer. Oh, man. Melissa, you are you are in the right right profession right now. Good stuff. Ian, IT, Mike, uh, pharmacy tech. Neil, uh, teacher. Uh, Lkesha, beginner. Justin, HVAC tech. Kelly, account manager. M’s editor, Ronald retired, Stephen, IT, Colin, paramedic, author, Nina, project manager, Carolyn, uh, retired, Michelle, nurse, Courtourtney, nurse, uh, an HRIS manager, Tamara, admin, Diana, coaching and consulting, Laura, counselor, Dustin, foundation executive, uh, David, home inspection, Heather, HR, Matt, IT, Sean, uh, life coach, Ron, Right. WS. Not sure what that means. Bennett, wood turner. Uh, Susan, housewife. Lucy, real estate. Uh, James, caregiver. Tina, compliance. Tanya, writer. Larry, retired. Margarita, psychologist. Uh, Martin, coach. Kelly, RN. Uh, Ray, lawyer. Okay, awesome. So, I see program manager. I see a lot of realtors. A lot of people in medical, a lot of people in uh different business related careers. um uh tech careers. Uh a lot of a lot of business owners or or people that are um you know have have uh real estate businesses, retired sales. Yeah. Few people retired. Okay, cool. So, everybody here has something in common, which is great, which is you guys have experience, right? You already have experience and you can actually help other people solve their problems with the experience that you already have, right? And so I’m so confident in this system that I literally use it on my brother who’s in his 50s and who isn’t techsavvy and he’s never made a video in his life. And first of all, for context, uh I use the system to start a new channel every single year. And the reason I do that is because I want to make sure that I’m updated on what the algorithm is like for a new channel. But last year, I decided, you know what? I’m just going to make a channel for my brother instead because he basically came to me and he said, “Shane, I’m 50 years old. My body’s starting to wear out. I need to figure out how to make money without wearing out my body.” Now, he’s in the trades, right? And he thought I was going to recommend a remote job or some type of certification. And I was like, “No, you should just start a YouTube channel.” And he was really surprised. He’s like, “Oh, well, I’m not techsavvy. I’m not good on camera. I’ve never even made a video in my life. I’m in my 50s. No one wants to listen to a 50-year-old.” All these excuses started popping up in his head for why he couldn’t do it. And I just told him, “Just trust me, bro. Just do it. Just do what I tell you. Use our system. It’s going to work for you.” And he did trust me. and the very first video that he posted blew up and got over $800,000 views in less than one month later, 29 days later to be exact. Uh he made $214 uh in a single day. That’s a $78,000 year run rate. So he went from zero to a full-time income in less than one month. So yeah, it works for beginners even with no tech experience at all. And my brother is proof of that. And update on my brother, um he had an $18,000 month to finish off his first year on YouTube. Plus, he’s getting a lot of money from, you know, many different sources now. First, he was just making money from, you know, uh, AdSense. Now, he’s making money from affiliate marketing. Uh, he’s he’s, you know, he’s got some brand deal stuff going on. He’s he’s he’s crushing it, right? Um, and he’s still only working four hours a week. Uh, his videos barely take him any time at all. Maybe maybe an hour per video max, um, for the entire thing because he batches them. And, uh, yeah, he’s crushing it. And that’s one thing we’re going to talk about. AdSense is not the only monetization method on YouTube. There’s lots of other ways where you can make more money. Sometimes you can make a 100 times more than what you make from AdSense. Now, this is also for you if you’re a faceless creator, you want to use YouTube automation. So, there’s a very specific type of faceless channel that we recommend if you do want to go faceless. And I actually started off faceless myself uh way back in the day. So, type face or faceless in the chat, which whichever one you prefer. We do recommend that you actually show your face mo for most people, but there is a way of doing faceless content that does actually work. It it is a little bit harder, but it does actually work. Um, but we do recommend that you actually show your face. There’s just so many advantages to having a personal brand and just like showing your face. Like people just trust you a lot e more easily. I mean, would you trust a faceless person online? Like probably not. You probably have never made a buying decision from a faceless channel, right? Right? And there’s a reason for that because there’s just no trust there. But there is a particular way of doing that. And you know, this is this is kind of an example. So this is one of our community members, Whiz of Ecom, and he uh you know, uh started off with a faceless channel. So he basically just had this cartoon character that represented him. And eventually he did a face reveal, right? But basically, Whiz was one of our clients. And when Whisp first started his YouTube channel as a totally faceless channel and he actually scaled his business to seven figures a year just being faceless. Then he did a face reveal and now he’s making multiple seven figures a year. Now the point is he said that almost all of his clients watched his YouTube channel and either directly or indirectly got almost all of his clients from YouTube. So they might have originated from other sources but then they watched his YouTube channel and that’s what helped prospects make the decision to buy from him. Now, he runs an agency and he did make the decision to reveal his face later on, but he built his faceless channel in a very specific way where you can do that because again, he used the hybrid personal brand method, which means you have a lot of options in the future. And we’ll get into how to do that. So, if you’re making a faceless or a YouTube automation channel, you need to listen to this because it is very important that you do this the right way. If you don’t do it the right way, you’re going to have a ceiling in terms of how much money you can make and you’re also not going to have options in the future. Okay? So, uh, one of the things about doing this the right way, and if you’re more interested in this, we can we can talk about it later on. You can ask me questions, but basically, you want to have a cartoon character that represents you, and you want it to feel like there’s another human being on the other side, right? You also want to make sure that you use your real voice, right? Do not use any AI generated, you know, AI slop voice, okay? Use your actual real voice. And then the third thing is you want to have this sort of uh mysteriousness about you on your channel that makes people very curious about who you actually are in real life and they’ll stick around for you to do a face reveal. So, there’s a few things that go into that, but basically, you want to make it with the hybrid personal brand method so that you have options in the future. This is also for you if you’re a business owner, freelancer, you’re or you’re a coach who wants inbound clients without paid ads. So, type clients if that’s you. Type clients if you want inbound clients without paid ads or if you want clients to work in conjunction with the paid ads that you were already running and have the paid ads run significantly better. Uh there’s a lot of people we work with for instance, they start a YouTube channel and their paid ads immediately start doing like 30% better or you know a bigger YouTube channel it might do 100% better like literally doubles. Okay. A lot of people want clients. Good stuff. Good stuff. Okay. So an example of this would be Davis. So Davis owned a portfolio of companies. He actually um owned quite a few companies and his sales for one of the companies that he had a YouTube channel for went up by 400%. after working with me uh for that company he was making over 100,000 a month and basically Davis owned a portfolio of companies like I said and he was spending about 20 hours a week trying to figure out YouTube himself right for just one of his companies one channel and for one company and it was just a massive headache for him and you know he’s a very accomplished very smart guy and he just could not crack YouTube um so just one YouTube channel and one company and that’s obviously not sustainable but eventually he uh you know he joined our community we helped him outsource everything on his channel to the point where he’s not even recording the videos anymore and he has other people recording the videos now and now he spends zero hours a week on his channel. So if you’re a busy business owner watching this and you’re like, “Ah, I just don’t think I have enough time for YouTube.” Well, do you have zero hours a month? Because that’s how much time Davis had and that’s what he was able to get it down to. He, you know, you do have to have somebody else record for you. Now, if you do want to actually be the face of your company and record yourself, which typically is recommended because again, there’s a lot of advantages to that, you know, people are becoming the richest person in the world by with their personal brand. So, there is a huge advantage of having a personal brand. Um, but uh you know, if if you do want to do that, it can take about 2 hours a month, right? So, you literally just show up once a month, you record, everything is already there for you and everything gets uploaded and it just runs like a machine, right? So, we help people set that up as well, right? So, if you’re a busy business owner, you’re super busy, you have a portfolio, you can actually have other people record the videos for you. Um, and you could just have a system that takes care of everything yourself. And we help people with that as well. This is also for you if you want to network so you can land high-paying jobs, find career opportunities, or become an authority in your niche by standing out with your YouTube channel. So, type authority if that’s you. If you want better opportunities or to be an authority in your niche, type authority if that’s you.

    Okay, awesome. Because the direct benefits of YouTube are amazing and you know, you can directly make a ton of money, but the indirect benefits of YouTube are arguably even better, right? So, let me give you guys an example of uh somebody who basically uh established themselves as an authority. So this is a really good example of this uh you know networking for instance right that’s that’s a one big part of it. So Josh basically started making really useful videos on his channel for people in the IT and cyber security industry. And he talked about how to get better jobs, which certifications are good to take, what skills to learn that are valuable on the job market, etc., etc. And he was able to go from making less than $1,000 a month with his channel to actually getting offers from Fortune50 companies, including companies that are part of Fang, Facebook, Apple, Amazon, Netflix, and Google. And these are some of the biggest and most prestigious companies in the world where it is literally harder to get into a fame company than it is to get into Harvard or Yale. Now, usually you have to apply to these jobs, but the companies were reaching out to him. So, he got an offer from several different f companies and he ended up going with one of them for his dream job where he got to travel the world. He lived in Japan and he was working a remote job making multiple six figures a year. But then the YouTube channel kept going. 5,000 a month, 10,000 a month, 30,000 a month, and eventually he scaled all the way to 186,000 a month using my strategies. And of course, he quit his dream job because it just didn’t make sense for him uh him and his time at that point, right? Um so I like this example because it goes over every single stage, right? Just getting started as a beginner. Um using it to become an authority in his niche, uh for networking in order to get his dream job. And literally the companies were reaching out to him. starting a side hustle, making a little bit of money on the side, starting a full-time business, making 10 to 30k per month, and then scaling that business. And one thing I just want to kind of note here is the indirect benefits of YouTube. I know that nobody ever really talks about this, but the direct benefits of YouTube are amazing, but the indirect benefits of YouTube are probably even better than the direct benefits, right? Or like seriously, I’ve gotten to meet people that I never would have gotten to meet if it wasn’t for my YouTube channel. I’ve actually met like a billionaire there, you know? I’ve gotten to uh network with people that um you know I wouldn’t have been able to. I even got equity in a company that’s a startup that’s probably going to end up getting sold for anywhere between a hundred million to a billion dollars. Um I’m on their board of directors as well. Um I I got to to meet people on YouTube that I wouldn’t have gotten to meet. I’ve got I’ve gotten just opportunities after opportunities. I’ve gotten to join masterminds that people usually have to spend $50,000 on. I got to join them for free. I got to invited to speak on stage. Um, I pretty much just I’m able to reach out through my network and like people are able to to tell me uh uh Aaron, mute yourself.

    I’m able to reach out through my network and people are able to tell me um you know exactly who could solve any problem that I have uh etc etc. Right? So yeah, the indirect benefits of YouTube are arguably even bigger than the direct benefits. like job offers for instance. If I ever wanted to get a job again, I could get a job offer from like so many different people. And yeah, so that’s something that a lot of people don’t talk about that’s probably even more valuable than actually making money. But you might be thinking, “But Shane, if it’s easy, then why do most people fail?” Because most people who try to start on YouTube absolutely do fail. Well, it’s because they believe in these myths. One, you need to be an influencer. Two, you have to show your face and have a fancy camera and a super fancy setup. Three, it takes 40 hours to create one video. And four, you have to endure the process because it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube. These are some of the biggest myths that people believe in that cause them to fail. Now, the last one specifically, the reason that most people think it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube is because they think they need a big channel that has lots of subscribers and lots of views to make money. If you choose the right niche, you do not need a big channel. And guys, go ahead and type the number of the myth that you believed, right? One, two, three, or four. And I will look at the chat here in a second here. Let’s let’s scroll down. Okay, all of them. A lot of people typing fours. Okay, a lot of people typing fours. I see a good amount of ones, too. I see almost no twos. Okay, that’s good to know. That’s good to know. Yep. Very few twos, but I see a lot of ones and a lot of fours and then a few threes. Okay, that’s good to know. All right. Takes a long time to succeed. That’s the That’s the biggest one. Okay, cool. But in reality, one of the biggest reasons that you failed is because before today, you lacked the leverage to invade this soon to be trilliondoll opportunity. And I’m going to help you mine this opportunity so that we can grow rich together fast. First though, who am I? My name is Shane. I’m an ex-harist. I have a 1.6 million subscriber YouTube channel. You can see it down here. Um, and I’ve helped over 20 businesses get to 100K per month on YouTube from scratch. Um, and I’ve helped uh countless other businesses. And when I say scratch, I mean literally from scratch, right? Like they didn’t have a business, they didn’t have a YouTube channel, nothing, right? They’re starting off as total beginners. I’ve helped countless other people get to uh you know 100k a year for instance like a full-time income um when they’re starting off as a beginner. I’ve also helped countless other people who already had YouTube channels or already had businesses scale the YouTube channels monetize them or or you know get more uh leads for their businesses from YouTube. And of course I’ve helped people that are crushing it on YouTube uh do that as well. So and then I’ve helped countless amounts of people make a side income, second income, start a oneperson business, etc. etc. uh with YouTube, right? So, I’m also industry recognized as an expert on growing and making money from YouTube for businesses. Here’s a company that I worked with. They like working with me so much that I actually got equity in the company because they gave that much value to the company and we were able to over uh 30x the amount of the money that they made but when we first started working with them, right? So, we we pretty much took the company like nuclear and we were able to help them over 30x the money amount of money they made and that’s because that’s why they gave me equity and that’s why I’m on the board of uh directors for them. With that being said, this is a startup and I usually like to work with individuals. And one of the reasons I like to work with individuals is because you guys remind me of myself. So, let me go ahead and get into my story. This is me working as a pharmacist for 15 hour shifts. And before this, I came from a very poor background. I lived in section 8 housing. I lived in trailer parks. I was even homeless at one point. Um, and I didn’t want to be poor anymore. So, I did what society told me to do. This was the exact Salvation Army in Lawrence, Kansas that I that I stayed at for about 6 months. This is the uh section 8 housing that I lived in. This this uh uh housing right here. Um, and yeah, I didn’t want to be poor anymore, so I did what society told me to do. I went to college. I became a pharmacist. I got a doctorate. And I also had to take out a lot of money in student loan debt. I went over $300,000 in student loan debt to make this happen. And the thing is, when I was poor, I had a lot of time, but I didn’t have any money. So, I couldn’t really do anything besides play video games, watch movies, whatever. But when I became middle class, working as a pharmacist, I didn’t have both time or money because I was spending all of my time working and all of my money paying off my student loan debt, right? So, it was kind of out of the frying pan and into the fryer type moment. And it was really a terrible situation because I started as a pharmacist right before the pandemic hit. And just to emphasize how bad this was, we got robbed three times in a six-month period. So overall, I can’t describe how stressed out, how depressed, how anxious I was in this situation. Um, and really just how burnt out I was. I think that’s the the best way to describe it, right? And like many people out there, I started wondering, wait a minute, is the stuff that society told me to do actually a good idea? Maybe I made a mistake. And this was the exact video, by the way, of us getting uh robbed uh one of the three times that happened in 6 months. And because of that, I tried just about every side hustle out there to make money, right? Shopify, Amazon FBA, SMMA, coaching, consulting, courses, digital products, real estate, white labeling, SEO, flipping websites, flipping physical products, just on and on, right? Here’s one of them that I tried. Uh the booty kit. It’s basically an at home workout thing so that you can work out your booty, you know? So, uh, that one, uh, you know, I might have had a little bit of success here and there. I had a few sales here and there, but nothing sustainable. I pretty much failed at all of these, right? And a lot of I know, I know the booty kid’s funny, but, uh, a lot of it has to do with me having ADHD and just always trying a bunch of different things, but as you can see, my bank account was constantly very close to zero because my rent was $1,700 a month where I was living. So, I was right on the brink of not being able to pay for my rent all the time, right? But YouTube was different than all these other side hustles. See, all the side hustles that I tried, they actually work, but they only work if you have traffic, aka views. If you don’t have views, it’s kind of like trying to sell something without having a store. It’s almost impossible to sell. And so, I realized, one, that I really enjoyed YouTube, but two, I realized that I could make any of these other business models work if I just focused on YouTube. and getting views. And because of that, I gave YouTube another shot. So, type views if that makes sense. Right? None of this works without views. Okay? Type views in the chat if that makes sense. Right? So, another way of saying this is you need distribution. Okay? So, this is this is a a term that they use in business. But when you have a YouTube channel, when you have a YouTube channel where you’re helping people solve their problems, you have distribution because people know that you exist and they are much more likely to buy something from somebody that they know exists than somebody that they don’t. Right? So, uh this should be changed to distribution uh in the in the notes here. So, type dist uh yeah, distribution, guys. Distribution. I’ll change that next time. I’ll change it next time. But after I tried it again at that time, I was basically in a house full of seven guys. And one of the guys who I met his basically he uh moved here from Lebanon and he was an immigrant and his name was Sam. And he started a wedding photography business and he barely even knew English. And he started this YouTube channel where he was making about $10 to $20,000 a month from this 10,000 subscriber YouTube channel. I think it was less than 10,000 subscribers at the time as well as this wedding photography business. And he was doing wedding photography in Las Vegas and on the West Coast. And you know, before this, I I’d spent time in LA. I’d met influencers who uh this still hasn’t been changed. I’d met influencers who had a lot of followers, had a lot of subscribers, um they were getting millions of views, but they weren’t making any money, right? So, please change this. And so, I was like, Sam, how are you making money from YouTube even though you have a small channel, right? And he showed me what a proper monetization method looks like. and he showed me how I can monetize a channel without having that many views. And he initially taught me how to make money from a small channel like 10 to 20,000 subscribers. But I took it to the next level to the point where there are some channels that we work with that only have a few thousand subscribers and they are making seven figures. Because there are some niches where you’re talking to an affluent audience and you get a couple hundred views and make $10,000 from a video. In fact, one of our clients, Carla, made a video that got a couple hundred views and it landed her a six-figure contract. It was about $106,200. So sometimes when I say, you know, sometimes I’ll say things like, “Hey guys, you can make $10,000 from a video that gets a couple hundred views.” People think that I’m kind of exaggerating, right? If anything, guys, you know, I work with I I don’t even show you the most extreme examples. You know, like Carla’s not even the most extreme example. She, you know, has 1.5K subscribers. She gets a couple hundred views on her videos and she makes she made a $106,000 contract from YouTube, right? She’s not even one of the most extreme examples that we have. We have a guy who gets like, you know, 500 views per video and he’s making over $10 million a year, right? So, he wants to remain anonymous, but still, you know, we we have even more crazy examples than him. So, uh here’s a perfect example, right? And she just messaged me here. $1,6200 a year. $16,200 a year contract to start. And that could be a renewable contract. So, who knows? That could end up being a couple hundred,000 or 300,000. So, when you’re solving problems for the right people, um, and it’s a painful problem, you don’t have to get that many views. And that’s what we’re going to teach you how to do later on. So, this is where I found the secret formula of YouTube success where everyone else was not talking about it. And so, basically, I started posting videos. And just to put this in perspective, I have gotten lots of views, 6 million, 1.2 million, 1.7 million, 4.3 million views, etc., etc. But this video right here, the most useless degrees, this was my first ever breakout video and it got over $4 million views. But in its whole lifetime, it made about $30,000 from AdSense because it wasn’t making money outside of AdSense. And I’ve had several videos just last week that got less than 10,000 views, but made $40 to $50,000 from all income streams. And there are several videos with less than 10,000 views that made as much or more than this video. So, that is kind of the secret because, listen, it is way easier for me to reproduce the video that only got 8,000 views but made $48,000 than to reproduce the video that got 4 million views but only made $30,000. Right? So, um much much easier for me to reproduce this video than for me to reproduce this video. And one thing I’ll note here is this video has only been on for 6 months. This one’s been out for 6 years, guys. So, by the time this video gets to that 6-year mark, it’s probably going to have made about double or even triple the amount of money that it’s made right now. So, in reality, this one might end up getting to 100,000 or even 150,000 because all these videos, guys, you post them on YouTube and they sit there and they get more views, uh they get you more subscribers, they get you more leads, and they get you more sales, and they make you more money for for all time, right? you know, it’s it’s just like it it who knows when it ends. We’ve had videos from six years ago that we posted that have gotten sales still to this day. Uh we’ve had uh clients that have been posting on YouTube for 10 or 15 years now and they’re still getting views and they’re still getting traction from videos that they posted a long time ago, right? So, who knows how long these videos are going to last. So, each video is like a little piece of digital real estate. And when somebody searches a problem, which human beings are never going to run out of problems, right? They’re still going to be having problems 10 years from now. But when someone searches that problem, your video is going to pop up. You’re going to get a view. You might get a subscriber. You might get a sale from that person, right? And it’s going to happen for a long time. And just to show you guys proof, here’s how much I made about three plus years ago. So three Septeers ago, I made about $283,000. And two Septeers ago, I made about $325,000. And then this last September, not not this September, but this last September, one year ago, I made about $1 million. Okay? Um, and I’m not saying this to try to make people jealous, right? I’m just showing you the receipts so that you know that I know what I’m talking about, right? Because I’ve started multiple sevenfigure businesses from YouTube, right? Cuz there’s a lot of coaches out there that are just coaches, coaching coaches. they’ve never actually started a successful channel themselves and they’re basically cosplaying as successful YouTubers and they’re teaching you how to be successful at YouTube when they’ve never actually started a successful YouTube channel outside of just teaching YouTube. But me, I actually started a successful YouTube channel before I started teaching other people how to do it. And the craziest thing is I did all of this while being able to travel the world and only having to work 4 hours a week, right? So here’s a picture of me in Tokyo at the famous Shabuya Crossing Square. Here’s a picture of me in Singapore. And here’s me in the British uh San Juan, British Virgin Columbia, San Juan Islands, just off of uh Vancouver, BC, uh Canada, right? And I was whale watching on this day, orca watching specifically, right? And I only had to work 4 hours a week the whole time. Now, just to be very clear, I choose to work more than that because I genuinely enjoy YouTube and I enjoy helping people with YouTube. And I also even enjoy my second business that I started, even though I don’t focus on that business as much. So, I choose to work more than that, but I only have to work four hours a week, right? And there’s been many cases. Okay, this still hasn’t been changed. All right. There’s been many cases where I’ve gone very long, uh, weeks, a month, even two months at a time without working at all on my YouTube channel because, you know, in the time where I went two months at a time, uh, I I I actually had a pretty serious health issue. Um, and I I couldn’t really work, right? and I spent zero hours on my business during that entire two-month period. Um, and the business actually grew, right, which was pretty crazy. So, I have an online business where I don’t have to have any in-person employees or anything like that. I could travel the world. I can do whatever I want. And my business just keeps going up and up, right? So, type four hours in the chat. If you want a business that only takes four hours a week, that only needs four hours a week. Type four hours in the chat. Right? And one thing I want to mention guys here is um while you guys are typing that, one thing I want to mention here is one of the reasons that I I know so much about YouTube and and this is really something that’s a problem with with like people who teach YouTube is my first business on YouTube had absolutely nothing to do with YouTube. It was helping people grow uh helping people get uh land their dream remote jobs. Okay? And we helped literally thousands of people with thousands of verified testimonials. uh you know grow their you know personal brands and land their dream remote jobs right and so that was the first vid uh business that I did uh on YouTube and that’s the business that got to you know multiple seven figures a year all right so I already had a highly successful business that I grew from YouTube before I ever taught a single person how to do YouTube and that’s kind of like most of the other YouTube coaches are just coaches coaching coaches they’ve never actually started a successful business outside of their business where they teach other people how to do YouTube, right? So, it they’re kind of faking it before they make it. And that’s why they’re not very good at getting results, right? Because they’ve never really been in the trenches. With that being said, guys, something kept bothering me because I got the life that I dreamed of, but once in a while, I would create a video and I would post it on YouTube just telling people what I was doing because I was seeing YouTube advice online. I would watch it and I’d be like, hm, I don’t really think this works for most people. Maybe it works for a gaming channel, but it wouldn’t work for most channels. And so I decided once every six months, once every year, I would post a video about what I was doing on YouTube and what was working for me. And every time I’d do that, I would get comments, emails, DMs. Everybody would be reaching out to me being like, “Hey, can you coach me? Can you help me grow my YouTube channel?” And I turned them all down because I was too busy or I just didn’t really want to do coaching. Or I thought, “Hey, maybe it works for my niche, but it wouldn’t work for other people’s niches, right? So I turned them down, but I felt bad about it and I shrugged it off for years until one day I decided, you know what? I’m going to do And the reason I decided that, this needs to be added. The reason I decided that is because a friend of mine reached out to me who I thought was very successful on YouTube. He was actually getting uh more views than me on YouTube at the time. And he reached out to me and he’s like, “Hey man, I’m financially struggling. I’m not making any money.” And I saw your video and I saw that you were making way like tons of money. What are you doing that’s so different than what I’m doing? And he asked me for help, right? So I I decided to help him and I decided at the same time if I’m going to help him, I can also help a group of people as well. It wouldn’t take me any extra time. So I reached out to all those other people that reached out to me and I decided to do a cohort where I worked with a bunch of them. And it was a very diverse set of people. There’s a professional truck driver for 28 years, a fresh graduate engineering student, a current engineering student, an Amazon FBA business owner, a coach, a freelancer, a failed YouTuber, a successful YouTuber who was crushing it but wanted to crush it harder, a content creator for 11 years who wanted to shift over to YouTube, a tech salesperson, a girl in cyber security, a coach, an agency owner, an online service provider, a fitness dude, a finance guy, a physical business owner, just on and on. The point is, they were all different. Some had YouTube experience, others had zero knowledge of how YouTube works. And then we applied the exact same format that I found to be working on my YouTube channel. So, same YouTube format, same proven way of making thumbnails, titles, and intros, same strategy for coming up with winning video ideas. And of course, a little bit of tweaking because every single niche is a little bit different. There are a lot of underlying principles, but they all do need a little bit of tweaking. And the crazy thing is, every single one of them blew up. And the best part is they all got their version of rich by helping people live better lives. And that’s the thing that made me feel so happy because I can only have so much impact with my channel, but I got to help other people have impact with their channels. And so I was basically spreading my impact to so many other people. And they were able to impact hundreds of millions with their YouTube channels. And that’s the moment that I realized that I’d found my passion, right? I’d found my my reason for being my life purpose, right? And they all got their version of rich by helping other people live better lives basically by educating and solving other people’s problems and giving value to society. And you know one thing that I’m kind of passionate about and this is a little bit of a side note is I think the modern education system is kind of broken in many ways. I think it’s kind of old. It it worked for hundreds of years and it was it was pretty good but you know it just hasn’t really adjusted to the times. And you know, I don’t want people to have to spend hundreds of thousands of dollars to get an education. And so, you know, I think YouTube gave me much more value. Just free videos on YouTube gave me much more values than even my college degree that I spent hundreds of thousands of dollars on. And, you know, it totally changed my life. And I want other people to be able to post YouTube content where they take their own experience that they already have, they educate other people all around the world, and they’re able to change their lives as well. And that way the education can you you know education I think is really the solution to everything. Um but education can be spread much more quickly. Problems can be solved much more quickly. And there’s it’s just going to grow the entire pie much much faster so that we can all win more. And the reason for that is because I taught them how to make a very specific type of content. Uh the reason that they had so much success is uh because I taught them how to make a very specific type of content which is educational niche content. And the channels that are winning today are educational niche channels. In fact, educational channels make 10 to 20 times more money and there are more opportunities for every 1,000 views than any other type of content. In fact, in the first month that we launched my second channel, we were able to make $1,736 per 1,000 views. So, it got about 24,000 views uh in the first month right off the bat and it made about $42,000. So, that’s about $1,736 per 1,000 views, right? If you do the math there. Now, this was just the first month after we launched the channel. We eventually got that channel to over $4,000 per 10,000 views. And I haven’t even posted on that channel in about nine months. And just last week, we got a a five figure sale from the channel, right? Which is pretty awesome. And to put that in perspective, entertainment channels in general make about $1 to3 per 1,000 views, right? So about $1 to $3 per 1,000 views. So, if I had started an entertainment channel, I would have made somewhere between $24 to $73 uh if I got 24,000 views like my second channel, right? So, if you do the math there, right? So, Mr. Beast style entertainment channel, $1 to $3 per 1,000 views, I would have made about $24 to $73. So, with this type of channel, you literally have to get millions of views to make a full-time income. And it’s not even that much, right? If you if you do the math here, if if you get a million views with this type of channel, um you’d be making$1 to $3,000. So, if you get a million views a month, you’d be making1 to $3,000, right, a month. So, really, you probably have to get about 3,000 views a month to make a full-time income, most likely, right? Sorry, 3 million views a month to make a full-time income. Uh, then you’ve got typical education content, right? So, typical education content, again, if I would have gotten that same 24,000 views, it’s about $20 per 1,000 views. Um, so that would have been about $484. So, that’s a heck of a lot better, right? That’s 10 times better right off the bat. So, with a channel like that, if you kind of, you know, uh uh, you know, $484, that’s a heck of a lot better. Still not a full-time income, but with a channel like that, you can kind of just do the math here. You know, if um if you were to have gotten like a million views, for instance, um you would have made much much better money. So, somewhere around um 10 to $30,000. Um some somewhere around there. May maybe about $20,000 or so with a million views. So that’s that’s definitely a full-time income, but still, you know, it’s uh it could it could be better. So this type of channel would be something like Mark Robber, Veritasium, that kind of thing. Th those types of channels. But what I recommend that you do, especially when you first start, is what’s known as a niche authority channel. And this is what I did with my second channel. And this is how I was able to make um you know, $42,000 in the first month after starting this channel. So, I made a niche authority channel or a niche educational channel, and that’s how I was able to get 24,000 views and make $1,736 per 1,000 views and over $42,000. So, this is the way of making content that is just a much better way. And you know, like I said, with educational content, right off the bat, you’re making like 10 times more money than entertainment content. But there’s a better type of educational content, which is niche educational content, where you’re properly monetizing your channel. We’re going to talk about that here in a bit. With that being said, you can still do more mass market education channel and still properly monetize your content and you can still make a heck of a lot more money than this. For instance, on my main channel, Shane Hummus, of course, that is a mass market channel with 1.5 million subscribers. And that channel makes more or less about $400 per 1,000 views on average. So, it still makes a ton of money, but you can make way more money if you do niche educational content. And that’s what I recommend that people start off with is just talking about a very niche subject and doing that first. And I’m going to get into that here in a moment because you don’t always have to stay with a niche subject if you set your channel up with the hybrid personal brand method, which is something that we’ll talk about here in a moment. So, let me give you uh some examples of niche educational content. So, this is the organic Mr. Tutor. He makes about 36 to 100,000 a month on this channel according to view stats. And that is just from AdSense alone. If he is properly monetizing, he is easily making far more than that. So, if you just do that $10 to $20 per 1,000 views, he’d probably be making about $136 to $273,000 in a single month, right? Not in a year, in a month, right? Um and and that is uh pretty conservative as well. He might be making quite a bit more than that. Now, the interesting thing is he didn’t upload in 62 days, right? So, he didn’t upload in 62 days and he was still making that much money from the channel. Um, so this is as close to passive income as you’re ever going to get, right? So, passive income doesn’t really exist because you always have to actively work uh in order to make passive income. And in this case, you do have to upload the videos, right? But once you have a portfolio of videos uploaded to your channel, you can just sit back and just let the videos get the views. And that’s exactly what the organic chemistry tutor is doing. He probably made enough money to retire like 5 years ago and he just posts a video once every couple months just to keep the channel going a little bit and uh it’s almost no work whatsoever and it’s just printing him money making him millions of dollars a year, right? And yeah, these so like I said, each video is like a little soldier that you upload that just goes out and makes him money forever for the rest of time. And he’s got a couple thousand uh soldiers uh you know, waging war for him every single day or a couple thousand workers working for him if you want a less brutal analogy. Um and yeah, he’s got a couple thousand pieces of digital real estate basically that just go out, get him views, get him subscribers, make him money uh for the rest of time, right? So yeah, uh here’s another one. Scotty Kilmer. He’s in his 70s and he makes content helping people save money on their cars. Now, one of the great things about him, he is quite entertaining. So when I say make educational content, I am not saying by any means that you cannot be entertaining. You can definitely be entertaining. Scotty Kilmer is hilarious if you’ve ever watched him, but he basically made $24 million from YouTube. and even said in an interview that he made more money in one month on YouTube than he saved in 40 years as a mechanic. And basically what he does is he just helps people pick the right cars, maintain their cars, fix their cars, and help them with different car related products, right, and services. And that’s his whole channel. And basically, this stuff is dead simple for him, right? And that’s one thing I want to point out the organic chemistry tutor as well. This stuff is dead simple for him. This this is stuff that’s common sense to him. And it was common sense to Scotty, but what’s common sense to you is not common sense to other people. And both of them were literally just talking talking about stuff that you know in in the organic chemistry tutor’s case, he was just talking about stuff that he was literally tutoring people on every single day. In Scotty’s case, he’s just talking about stuff that he’d already answered probably a hundred times for his customers uh that he was doing mechanics work for, right? So they both just did the same exact thing but they recorded it with camera and they posted it online and that was a game changer for them. Now, this one is the craziest out of all, right? Physics Walla. He came from a small village in India and his first videos were in his parents’ basement. And you can see how bad they are, right? Like blurred faces. Uh looks like it was recorded with potato. Um the lighting is terrible. It’s uh you can’t even see the whiteboard, etc., etc. But it didn’t matter, right? He started making videos about these standardized tests in India. And the standardized tests are incredibly important for your future. Basically determines what schools you get into, what careers you get into, etc. So, it’s kind of like the ACT and the SAT for the US, but even more important. And he just uh made videos about these certifications and these standardized tests. And at first, he was talking about physics and then he expanded to other stuff. So, let’s just put this in perspective how specific this is. Physics India standardized tests only. Very specific how he was tutoring people. And he started making these videos and he kept going and then he launched a company from his YouTube channel that’s now worth $5.2 billion called Physics Walla. So, it’s an educational app. It’s now worth $5.2 billion the last time it got valuated, right? And it started in his parents’ basement just making physics videos. Really bad ones at that. And he is probably richer than Mr. Beast, right? So, Mr. Beast has gone on record saying that he actually loses money on his channel. And yes, some people have said that he has a billion plus dollar net worth, but it’s never been actually valuated on the job market on a real stock exchange, whereas this one has. And so he is actually, you know, valuated as a billionaire, right? And whereas Mr. Beast is just kind of like hearsay, like you know, like h maybe he is, maybe he isn’t. And plus, Mr. Beast company loses money. It would also be very difficult for him to actually sell his company because it’s so tied to his personal brand. whereas PhysicsWala is actually helping people solve problems. So people really just care about their their problem getting solved and so it’d be a lot easier for him to actually sell his company. So it’s much more of a liquid net worth. So he is almost certainly richer than Mr. Beast. And I bet you’ve probably never heard about him before you heard about, you know, him from me. And whereas Mr. Beast, you probably have heard about him. Just about everybody here has heard about Mr. Beast, right? And so this YouTuber making educational content, niche educational content from India who has a much smaller audience than Mr. Beast is worth more than Mr. Beast and makes more money than Mr. Beast, right? So that is the power of educational content, guys. So type no excuses. If physics wallet just killed your my setup excuse uh isn’t or my setup isn’t good enough excuse, type no excuses in the chat.

    Love it. Love it. No excuses. Yes. Yes. Yeah. Awesome. Love it. Love it. Uh Debbie, Heather, Robert, Courtourtney, Sean. Awesome. Okay. So, now I’m going to hand you the formula for how to do all of this. And there is a secret formula. And these are the most important things. So, if I don’t talk about it, it’s because it’s probably not that important. With that being said, if I don’t talk about it, stay till the end and I’ll answer any questions that you have. Okay? So, type formula if you want the formula, guys. Type formula in the chat if you want the formula. Part of part of this is giving me time to to drink here.

    But I am reading your responses, guys. I’m reading them. Someone said that if I read them out loud, it’s annoying. So I I try not to do that. I read too many of the names. Somebody was telling me it was annoying. So,

    okay. But I’m seeing all the names, guys. I see all of you. Awesome. Okay, so first thing is you need a niche hypothesis statement. Now, generally speaking, there are three niches out there that are the most profitable niches and that is health, wealth, and relationships. Now, just to be very clear, I’m not telling you to choose health, wealth, or relationships. These are just the overall kind of like market niches um that are really, really good. These are like the main niches, health, wealth, or relationships. You want to choose something under those, right? So, you don’t choose health, wealth, or relationships. you choose something under those like losing weight with uh Ozic or something, you know what I mean? Like you don’t choose health, you choose helping people lose weight with peptides. With that being said, there’s a lot of niches out of that and you can make money in all of those niches as well. But generally speaking, if you’re confused about what niche to go into, you should be looking into health, wealth, or relationships. And the reason for that is because almost everybody in the entire world has a problem in one or more of those three areas. And then you need to go ahead and make what’s known as a niche hypothesis statement. So what you want to do is you want to pick a niche. And by the way, while we’re doing this, go ahead and comment what you think your niche is. Okay? Um just comment what your niche is in the comment section. Don’t say health, wealth, or relationships. Try try to go down deeper than that. Um and I’ll probably read a few of them while we’re going through this. Now, this part I am actually going to read out loud. So um okay, let’s see. Okay. Yeah, maybe I’ll maybe I’ll start saying it out loud, guys. Okay. Um, Judy, the niche hypothesis statement. Good stuff. Martin, coaching. Michelle, wealth. Okay. Maria, cheesemaking. Um, Bob, foot care. Mike, kids art. Colin, paramed. Uh, real stories. Renee, question mark. Robert, real estate. Lisa, aging gracefully as a woman in America. James, caregiving information. Jill, no idea. Michelle, hospice. Melody, food. Allan, scuba. Carolyn, mental health. Christy, animals. Laura, relationship with God. Uh, Daisy, counseling. Um, Abby, apologies if I get the names wrong, guys. Uh, project management for military. Josh, AI marketing. Kim, gluten-free living. Bob, virtual video showings. Uh, Wayne, personal development. Heather, fasting. K, optimizing brain health after 50. Terry, forest bathing. Jan, wine edertainment. Paul health. Barbara woodturning. Alex aging in place. Sandra health. Angela pet products. Awesome. Good stuff. Good stuff. Okay. Now, I’m actually going to So, I’m actually going to do uh reading these out loud to illustrate something as well, guys. So, comment what your niche is. And you know, I know that a pro probably a lot of you are going to end up saying one or two word answers or maybe three-word answers when you comment your niche. And I don’t blame you for that. But that is incorrect. And let me show you why. The niche hypothesis statement goes like this. You select a market or what people would traditionally call a niche, but I would call it a market. And then you pick one specific problem that the market has. Okay? And you need to pick a specific problem, right? Because they might have 20 different problems, but you pick one problem that the market has. And then you find a specific solution for that one problem. And that is your niche. So it’s going to look like this. I help X do Y or I help X overcome Y. Okay? So one of these two right here. Now, the Z part, don’t even worry about that right now. The Z is something that we can do later on. Okay? Uh, so don’t even worry about that right now. I’m going to turn the air conditioner on here. Um, so yeah, the Z is something that we can do later on.

    Uh, you know, so that would be I help X overcome Y by doing Z. All right? But the important part is that you establish that there’s a market of people and they have a problem that isn’t being solved very well and you’re going to help them solve that problem. And that is the foundation of how markets work. Markets are all about solving problems efficiently. And if you want to give value and receive money by giving that value, then you really just want to focus on solving as many problems for people as possible, which is what YouTube allows you to do in mass. And you know, type understand in the chat if you understand why a one-word niche isn’t a niche. You need a market and a specific problem. Now, this is something that took me a weirdly long time to actually understand how important this is, guys. Um, like this is one of the big reasons why people don’t get results is cuz they don’t understand that business is all about solving people’s problems. It’s not about making a cool product. It’s not about, you know, delighting people even, right? That’s not what it’s all about. Um, you might think that like, oh, if you just do something cool, you’re going to make money from it. No, you are solving people’s problems. And doing something cool could be can can be great if and only if you already have the foundation of you solving people’s problems. It’s it’s that important. It literally is that important. And when you really understand this, you’re going to look at all businesses in a different way. For instance, you might be like, “Well, Shane, what what problems do video games solve?” Well, video games solve the problem of boredom or loneliness, right? that’s the problem that they’re solving. And so you really want to think of like all businesses out there, what problem are they solving? Um, awesome. A lot of people typing understand. Uh, K, Renee, Leah, Brad, Louise, JC, uh, Aie, Bridget, Kevin. Awesome. Okay, so let me give you a few examples of how to do this. So, I’m going to use the accounting market specifically because for some reason I’ve worked with so many accountants. So, I’m going to use the accounting market, right? So, I’m going to show you a bunch of different levels. And all these people, by the way, are either people that are my clients, I’ve worked with them, or they’re business owners that I’ve met that are crushing it on YouTube. So, at the very first level is just teaching students basic accounting concepts. So, that is more of a mass market channel, but it is teaching people basic accounting concepts. So, it’s kind of like the organic chemistry tutor, but for accounting. Now, this person is making really good money, probably pretty close to seven figures a year, and they’ve been doing it for a long time, and they’re making really good money. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like what is a P&L? Now let’s go to the second level which is accounting specifically for existing accounting students or someone who’s just graduated with an accounting degree. Right? So we’re going a little bit deeper, right? A little bit more niche here. And each level, by the way, we’re going to go more and more niche. Okay? So they got an accounting degree and they’re trying to pass standardized tests or pass certifications. So that would kind of be like physics walla but for accounting, right? because he was helping people pass standardized tests and certifications. So, physics walla but for accounting and in the US typically. So, that’s the second one. And I know for a fact that this niche is making multiple seven figures a year and people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a CPA. Now, by the way, we’re going to go over five levels, but I could do 50. I could probably do 500, maybe even 5,000 just for the accounting niche alone, okay? but we’re going to go over five just to kind of illustrate the different niches within the niche. Okay. Third level, helping people land their first ever entry-level accounting job.

    So, that’s another business owner that I know and they are making multiple seven figures a year. Okay. So, who is in the market there? People who just graduated with an accounting degree and they’re trying to get their first ever entry-level job. That’s the market. So that’s different than all of these other ones, right? It’s totally different content than all these other ones. People who are trying to refresh their knowledge on accounting do not want to get an accounting job, right? Totally different content. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to land a bookkeeping job. Then you’ve got the fourth level, which is people who are already accountants. They’re making $50 to $100,000 a year, and they want to become what’s known as a financial controller. So, this is one of my clients as well. He helps people who are already accountants making $50 to $100,000 a year become a financial controller who can make 200 or even $300,000 plus dollars a year. So, totally different types of content when you’re targeting that audience, right? That’s going to be very deep level of uh you know accounting knowledge in that particular case, right? And finance knowledge as well. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a financial controller. And then finally the fifth level which is basically helping businesses hire accountants. So hiring and placing accountants in businesses. So in that particular case it’s either accounting businesses or big businesses that need a lot of accountants, right? And they’re actually trying to hire or place really good accountants in their businesses. So even though you’re talking about accounting topics, it’s still a completely different audience, right? And the type of content that you’re going to make is going to be completely different for all of those different ones, right? If you’re helping people hire uh the right accountants for their businesses, that’s not going to be very interesting for somebody who is just starting learning accounting or somebody who’s trying to get a better, you know, job in accounting. It’s just not interesting content to them. It doesn’t make sense, right? So, I hope you understand why it’s so important to have a niche hypothesis statement so you know exactly who you’re helping and exactly what problem you’re helping them solve. Okay? Because if I would have asked you um you know if you’re in one of those niches, hey what’s your niche? You probably would have uh said oh it’s accounting right just like all these people for instance that commented their niche and they probably said something relatively short like plants education or marriage relationship or teaching etc etc. And that’s why you need to have a niche hypothesis statement. If you don’t have your niche hypothesis statement you have lost from the beginning guys. It is so important to have a proper niche hypothesis statement. Now did you find that valuable? type value in the chat if you found that valuable and also if you want the niche validator GPT that we’re giving out here in a short while, okay? Because that’s going to help you dial in your niche hypothesis statement. So, either pick a niche in the first place or if you already have a niche, it’s going to help you make it 10 times better, okay? Very, very important. And also, if you want me to check your niche, uh stay until the end and I can uh I can definitely uh let you know if I think your niche is a good idea. But yeah, people in this market would be interested in a video like how to hire the best accountants. I forgot to say that earlier. Okay, so now I’m going to be handing you the blue pill to make you invincible as a creator because once you have your niche down, you’re already way better than most people out there. But you need more than that. Okay, you need what’s known as a hybrid personal brand because you probably know what personal branding is, but when you mix personal branding with the correct niche or YouTube automation AI systems, you have what’s known as a hybrid personal brand. Now, one thing you need to understand is I just told you that you have to have a niche hypothesis statement, but I’m going to say something that’s probably going to confuse you a little bit, and that is you are the niche. So, many people get this wrong. They think their niche is what makes them successful as an educational channel content creator. But when you have a hybrid personal brand, you are the niche. So, yes, you are going to start extremely niche with IHELX doy. But once you get traction, when you build your channel in the correct way, where you’re building a hybrid personal brand, you can then easily pivot to something else. So, type I am the niche in the chat if you get it that you are the niche. Okay, this is a secret that a lot of people need to understand. I am the niche. Love it. Love it. Good stuff. Good stuff. Okay. I am the niche. Awesome. So, let me show you an example. Alex Moszie when he first started on YouTube uh I think it was about 5 years ago his niche hypothesis statement was I help gyms do marketing and sales and now he can talk about anything. Now obviously he’s really well known for his business stuff with all the different types of businesses but now he can talk about his unconventional diet. This is why you’re not happy. He talks about his book launches. He talks about how to stop wasting time. And yeah, I mean, now he can talk about anything that he wants, but he started niche. And if he tried to do that from the beginning, he probably wouldn’t have had nearly as much success as he has right now. He started off being the king of a puddle, then the he became the king of a small pond, then the king of a lake, then a river, and then the sea, and then the ocean. Okay? But the point is, you got to start small. You want to start off as the king or queen of a puddle. Okay? You got to start small. You have to start niche. But don’t make your channel in such a way where you’re not able to expand it. Okay? And that’s how we teach people to do it with the hybrid personal brand method. This is a big mistake that I’ve seen a lot of people make where they make their channel in such a rigid way. They even named their channel something like oddly specific like uh how how to get an accounting job or something like that and then they can expand in the future if they want to. Because when you create a hybrid personal brand, there’s so many different ways you can monetize your channel. There’s so many different directions that you can go both in terms of the content and the topics as well as how you make money with your channel. AdSense, affiliate marketing, sponsorships, job opportunities, networking, memberships, SAS, high ticket offers. Alexi opened up basically like an investment fund. He has a portfolio of companies that he invests in and he gets his deal flow from YouTube. So, he’s making money from eight and nine figure business owners and making millions from each one all the way down to doing a SAS that costs a few dollars a month. You could do memberships. You could do courses, digital products, and so many other things, even physical products. The point is, all of these different business models work when you have a hybrid personal brand, traffic, and you have distribution. People that actually know, like, and trust you on your channel because you built it with the hybrid personal brand method, and you’ve helped them solve a bunch of their problems. So, they see you as an authority. And not only that, you can even sell the brand or step down as the face of the brand in some cases. So, comment which one is your favorite, by the way, guys. Which one is uh do you think uh is your favorite in terms of making money? AdSense, affiliate marketing, sponsorships, job opportunities, uh memberships, SAS, or high ticket offers? Which one is your favorite? Comment in the chat. I got to scroll down so much here.

    Okay, I’m seeing a lot of high ticket. Okay, I’m seeing a lot of AdSense and I’m seeing a lot of affiliate marketing. Okay, I’m seeing a decent amount of memberships as well. Okay, good stuff. Good stuff. AI. AI. So, that’ll be uh uh that’s a good one, too. Um, great. Good stuff. Sa sassy memberships. That’s funny, Derek. You’re funny, man. Okay, cool. So, um, yeah, so basically, yeah, they see you as an authority and, uh, yeah, good good answers, guys. Good answers. Good stuff. Okay, so let me just give you an example of that. Uh Doug Demiro, he launched this website called carsandbids.com from his YouTube channel. Um and he started this YouTube channel a long time ago. And if you’re not familiar, he basically does car reviews. He’s he’s like the big car review guy on YouTube. And he launched this channel, you know, like well over 10 years ago. And uh you know, he uh ended up his big break ended up being carsandbids.com. Okay. So, he launched carsandband bids.com and then he sold it for $80 million. But here’s the thing, guys. This is the interesting part. This was an online car auction website. And when he first started on YouTube, online car auction was such a tiny niche. It was so small, it wasn’t even worth doing, right? Everybody who did car auctions just did in-person car auctions. But during COVID, you couldn’t do in-person auctions anymore. And this niche absolutely exploded. It got really big. And he was positioned in such a way where he’s able to launch his website, promote it hard on his YouTube channel, and then sell it for $80 million. But the whole point here is when Demiro first started his channel, he had absolutely no idea an online car auction website was going to be his big break. He had no idea. So this is a secret way of building your channel where uh you know, as things happen in the world, you can change and you can grow and you can evolve your channel, right? So you know as things happen in the world as we evolve as as as human beings we are growing breathing evolving human beings where we want a business and a YouTube channel that can grow and evolve with us right you might change your interest over time or change what type of content you want to make over time you might want to build your YouTube channel in a way that you can evolve with it right so you want the ultimate advantage which is a channel that can adapt to changing circumstances right that is the ultimate advantage that you can possibly have and not just when it comes to the type of videos that you’re making, but also the niche that you’re in. Also, what you’re selling. Um, also it can adapt to you as a growing, changing, breathing, evolving human being, right? You want your channel to be a growing, breathing, evolving uh channel and business that can grow and evolve with you, right? And by the way, we say that YouTube channel and obviously this is about YouTube, but we also build it so that the YouTube channel is the center, right? So, it’s kind of like the center and then we syndicate the content to other platforms. So there’s a ton of people that we work with where you know YouTube channel will be the the main one and then they syndicate that content to other platforms and they pretty much end up getting like double the amount squeeze double the amount out of the same amount of content and the same exact amount of time right because it’s a pretty much semi-automated system. So, uh, we’ve been doing this with extreme success, right, uh, on our own, uh, syndicating the content to other platforms and we build the YouTube channel content and we put almost zero effort into the content on other platforms, but it still brings in a good amount of views and a good amount of subscribers and money, too. So, we build the YouTube channel content and just put it on the platforms. Syndicating it is pretty much the automated way or very close to being automated. And if you think this only applies to big educational channels, well, you’re just wrong. Here’s some examples of our clients. This worked for Waqen. So Waqen was 18 years old when we first started working with him. He was a freshman in college and he was making all kinds of random content on study skills, productivity content, and all kinds of different stuff like that. And he was making content on engineering as well because he was a business and engineering double major, right? But he wasn’t making any money, right? And we basically sat down, we hashed out his niche, we figured out his actual niche hypothesis statement because he was very confused and scatterbrained about his niche. And it became very clear that he should help foreign exchange students get into elite universities in the US. Why? Because he was a foreign exchange student that got into an elite university in the US. And so one thing that I’ll note about this is we didn’t think that he had any value to share cuz I mean he’s 18 years old, right? He didn’t think he had any experience. He didn’t think he had any value. And of course we were able to find something that was actually valuable from an 18-year-old. So, if you’re sitting here and you’re in your 30s or your 40s or your 50s or your 60s, I guarantee you you have valuable things that you can teach other people, right? If we can find a valuable thing for an 18-year-old, then we can find a valuable thing for you. Okay? So, we really dialed in his offer and the very first month that he launched or very close to the very first month, he made about $80,000. Okay? So, he actually got so many client requests that he was oversubscribed and he had to stop making YouTube videos and weight list customers trying to buy his program because he just had too many people that wanted to work with him immediately. So, that’s a pretty good place to be as an 18-year-old business owner, right? And we joked around that he was making more than the president of his university, which he was, which is pretty crazy to think about as a freshman, as a teenager, right? He was making more than the president of his university. Here’s another example. Richard. We helped him go from making almost no money whatsoever on YouTube and also being one of the busiest clients that I’ve ever worked with. He was a product manager at a Fortune50 company. He’s basically working like 60 80 hours a week. Had a brand new baby, had lots of investments like real estate investment properties, etc., etc., all kinds of different stuff like that. Just a super super busy guy. Um, and he was basically able uh we were able to basically help him grow his YouTube channel to $12,000 in a single month despite the fact that he could probably only work about 2 hours a month. So yeah, I’m very proud of this case study because it was quite difficult to get him results. He could barely even respond to messages or emails. Um because he could only work a couple hours a month, right? So type two hours. If you can find two hours a month to do this, type two hours in the chat. Now, we just to be very clear, we we do recommend more than two hours, right? We we recommend four hours a week. That’s that’s what we recommend doing. And we we’ve had a ton of people that have had success with that number, about four hours a week. But in extreme circumstances, you can get it down to a lot less than that. Especially if you’re a business owner, you’re willing to like hire other people, you can definitely get it down to two hours a month. Okay, so here’s another example. Guy, uh, this one’s a really cool story. He’s actually disabled and his goal before working with us was just to make a couple extra thousand a month because he was close to retirement. So that1 to2,000 extra dollar uh dollars a month was his goal and it was going to supplement his income and significantly increase his quality of life in retirement. Right? So this would let him go out and have dinners, visit his family more, go on vacations, etc., etc. And he’s disabled. He has tenitus, which is constant ringing in the ears. A lot of veterans have this as well. My dad has it as too. He’s a veteran. And it’s really debilitating. And so he made this channel with the goal of just making a couple extra 1 thou a couple extra,000 a month in retirement. Um, and that was his version of Rich. And he made $1,500 a month with less than 500 subscribers. 446 to be exact. This was a brand deal for $1,500 a month. And now he’s getting close to 13,000 subscribers. But the whole point is he hit his goal, which is a,000 to $2,000 a month with less than 500 subscribers. So, if you don’t think you can make money from YouTube with a small channel, you absolutely can. And he got to his goal with less than 500 subscribers. Now, one more thing about him. This uh this is a Now, by the way, he’s also making a lot more than that now. He has like 10,000 subscribers now, over 10,000. So, he’s making way more money than this. But the whole point is that he got to his goal with less than a,000. In fact, 446 to be exact. Now, one more thing about him. Uh this is a really beautiful story, right? And it happens a lot in our program. life gave him lemons and he turned it into lemonade. So if you have problems in your life, you can help other people with that problem that you’ve spent a long time, you know, making it better or overcoming it or, you know, just managing it, whatever that may be. Um, you can help other people who are having the exact same problem, right? So what you’ve learned solving that problem, you can actually use that to make other people’s lives better. And that’s exactly what happened in this case with Guy. So, one simple rule, guys, to make this happen. Start simple and scale fast. You do not need to show your face all the time if you don’t want to. You do not need a fancy camera. You don’t need fancy editing, a million-dollar studio, high production quality, or top tier video editing skills. And you definitely do not need to make highly entertaining content. Here’s what you do need, and these are the most important things by far. Viral video ideas. That is the most important thing after uh dialing in your niche. When I say viral, just to be very clear here, I mean finding the right views, not just not just any views, but the right views. Okay? Uh then you need titles and thumbnails to get clicks. And then you need an effective intro for video retention. And then you need to just deliver value to your audience. And that is a lot easier to do than you think. Now, let’s talk about the most important out of all those things, and that is the viral video ideas. So, I got this from Carl Icon. He’s in the finance industry and basically he would find businesses that were making a ton of money despite being ran terribly. And I took that idea from the finance industry because I think some of the smartest people in the world work in finance and I applied it to YouTube. So type icon if you want to know more about the icon method. Let’s see how many of you can spell his name right. Okay, I got I already got a few ic. Yeah, his name is spelled a bit weird. Um but icon I ah n. Okay, awesome. So, this is going to be the icon method. So, I was the first person to ever do this. So, what I did is I found YouTube videos that had a lot of views despite not having that many subscribers. That’s important. It’s important that they don’t have that many subscribers because if they have a big channel, well, they have a big audience. And that audience is probably going to watch anything that they put out, right? So, we find a video that had a lot of views despite having a small channel and despite the video itself being either mediocre or preferably bad. Okay? So, you also want the video itself to either be mediocre at best or preferably bad, right? You you’d want it to be bad if possible. Okay? So, just as an example, this guy right here, you can see his face is blurry. You can see the door in the background here. Um, you know, is in better focus than his face. He was also drunkenly ranting for 25 minutes while drinking beers and he recorded his video with a potato of a camera. Both the audio in the video was was not very good. And this was the actual thumbnail of the video. Okay. So, uh it wasn’t a good video, right? So then what you do is you steal the idea of the video and you make a better version of the video. So the worth the most worthwhile college majors, you know, you could change the keyword a little bit or just keep the same keyword and boom, the most useless degrees. Okay, that’s what I did. The point is you just keep the title very similar. You change it slightly. You make a much better video, right? And boom, that’s what happens. So, I made a better video with almost the same title, right? The most useless degrees versus the most worthless college majors. Very similar. I made a better thumbnail, a better video, and it blew up and got millions of views. This is what I’ve been doing now for the last 6 years now, guys. This is my secret. So, the icon method is the most powerful way to do it. And there’s a bit more to it than that. There’s also different versions of the icon method, but this is the version that you should use to get started and that is the gist of it. Okay, so that is the icon method. I highly recommend doing this. This increases your chances of success in my estimation by somewhere between 10 to 30x. You literally have 10 to 30 times more likely chances of success if you use the icon method versus just trying random videos, which is what most people do. spraying and pray or or copying big YouTubers, which is an even worse idea. Okay, that’s a terrible idea to copy big YouTubers, right? So, that’s what a lot of other people do. So, they either try random stuff or they copy big YouTubers and both of those are terrible pieces of advice or and some people actually say to do that. So, once you get these down and you join our program, finding video ideas will never be an issue forever again. And once you get this down, giving the value, quite literally, your videos will do all the work for you. So, type nice in the chat if you thought the icon method was valuable, right? Type nice in the chat. Okay, type nice. Okay, I’ll read a few names out here. Elaine, Mark, Kelly, Lucy, Jillian, Kurt, Irvana, TA, Spencer, Jack, Priscilla, Shiloh, Lisa, Moore. Awesome. Okay, now let’s talk about what it takes for you to be a part of this YouTube gold mine. So, type ready if you’re ready to hear what it takes for you to be a part of this YouTube gold mine. Type ready in the chat, guys.

    All right. Vivian, Mark, Cindy, Scott, Yolanda, Bob, Vicki, Sylvia, Lauren, Stephen, Susan, Leah, Kathy, Calia, Nora, Ragani, Charles, Jeremy, Bert. Okay, awesome. You guys are all ready. Let’s do it. And I’m going to help you do this with no daily uploads. if you don’t want to. No complicated editing, uh, without having to show your face all the time. If you don’t want to, you can start off faceless, no expensive gear or software, no burnout or guesswork, no algorithm chasing, and no spending months without monetization. Instead, you’ll get an ondemand content plan tailored to you, a hybrid model that works with or without your face, proven video templates plus AI assisted scripts, automated systems for publishing and repurposing, a one-day per month content workflow, scalable monetization from day one, and top tier coaching behind sevenigure YouTube brands. Introducing the content growth engine. This is the easiest and fastest way to grow a cash burning YouTube channel, even if you’re not an influencer. So, click the link in the chat to get access to this early because there’s a few bonuses that we’re only giving to people that get this early access to and you will have a higher chance of getting those bonuses if you actually book a call now. Or you can type in go.shanhomes.com/coaching on your browser or in your phone or you can scan the QR code if you’re watching this on your TV or your uh or your computer. You can scan the QR code with your phone. So, here’s what you get access to inside of CGE. And by the way, guys, we’re going to go over these bonuses here. You’ll get all of these when you join the program, but some of them you don’t even need to join the program to get. And by the way, guys, if you know somebody who’d be great at this, share this with them. Your cousin, a family member, a friend. We uh just had two sisters join the program uh a few months ago. One of them already got uh made it to $7,000 a month with a tiny channel, about 7,000 subscribers. The other one is right behind her, making a few thousand a month. So, she’s right there with her. So, it’s it’s it’s funny. One of them I just interviewed. I’m probably going to end up interviewing the other one here pretty soon, too. Um, but yeah, like two sisters joined. Both of them got results. So, yeah, if you know somebody who wants to do this, send them this link. We can teach them how to do it the right way instead of spinning their wheels for years. And by the way, who is booking a call right now? Go ahead and comment in the chat if you’re booking a call because we have a special bonus for you. Now, also guys, if you only book one call, uh, just to be very clear, guys, only book one call, okay? Do not book multiple calls, okay? One call, one person, right? One person, one email, and one call. Booking two doesn’t get you anything extra. The bonuses are tied to you, not to how many calls you book, right? All a second booking does is take a slot away from someone else here on this workshop, and our team cancels duplicates anyways. So, you might even lose your time that you actually wanted. So, if you accidentally book twice, keep the time that you like and cancel the other one. All right. A lot of people are booking. Good stuff. Awesome. Yeah. So, if you already have a call booked, you’re good to go, guys. Now, guys, last time we did this, we were fully booked and we couldn’t even open up more slots, even if I wanted to. So, I suggest you book now while you can because once I drop those bonuses, uh people just swarm the calendar and if I once I send out the replay, it’s definitely game over. But go to go.us.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. We do give preference to people who actually show up live when it comes to deciding who gets to join the program. Now, first, uh, we are going to help you pick a profitable niche. So, we have a bunch of YouTube coaches with 100K subscriber plaques, the absolute best of the best that will help you find and pick the best niche. And that niche will be in between being the most profitable one where it’s sustainable, it’s profitable, but also something that you are passionate about. Next is the mindset section. You might be having a hard time starting even though you know that you just have to make videos consistently to be successful on YouTube. And I get it, it sounds easy, but it’s hard to put your mind into actually making videos or having success on YouTube. And you probably would have started YouTube or you would have had success on YouTube already if it was that easy, right? Even business owners face mindset issues. This module helps with that. This helps remove all the overthinking, all the imposttor syndrome, and it helps you take action fast. And this is actually when I ask people, these first two are usually their favorite modules. The niche selection, people are just obsessed with this. And then also the mindset section. And this is even though uh a lot of people uh don’t really think that they need the core foundations. Another thing that I’ll say about this is it’s going to help you understand that if you follow our system, success is inevitable, right? Um if you follow the system, you will understand that when you go through this on a deep, logical, emotional, almost on a spiritual level that if you follow the system, success is inevitable. For some people, like my brother, it was his very first video that he posted. For some people, it takes 5, 10, 15, 20 videos or even 20 plus videos. But if you follow the system, success is inevitable. And you will understand that on a logical level when you go through this, right? So, uh, for my brother, first video that he posted blew up, got 800,000 views, went from zero to a full-time income in less than one month. But for a lot of people, it might take a few months, right? It might take, you know, 10, 15, 20 videos. But the YouTube is a game where the only way that you lose is if you quit posting. That’s it. The only way you lose is if you quit posting. It’s just a matter of time before one of your videos blows up and then once that video blows up, it’s going to send views to all your other videos and the rest is history. And you need to understand that on a deep level because the motivation part, the mindset part is pro one of the most important things out of everything. Now, of course, you also want to have a really good system, which is what we’re going to talk about here. So, number three is the content genesis system and this shows you how to find viral video ideas in your niche that will have a higher chance of getting views and going viral. And in my opinion, uh, this is my favorite module because I think this is the most valuable one out of all of them, right? This is where the secret is right here. Finding the right video ideas. The ideas are like the DNA of your channel. It’s like the cells, the building blocks of your channel. If you get the ideas right, everything else just gets so much easier. And by the way, guys, I just got word uh the slots are uh we had, I think, yeah, a certain amount of slots open. We’ve already had over 88 submissions. Um, so yeah, uh, don’t wait on this one. Go to go.nomomas.com/coaching. Uh, click that link in the chat right now. Okay. And we’ll have a QR code to scan here one of these days. Up up up up on the screen. We’ll have a QR code, too. So, next is the holy trifecta. This is where we go over how you can make your thumbnail, your title, and your intro to package the viral video idea to have the highest chances of success for your video to get views. Okay. Um, so all three need to be good. And you also want to make sure that they’re congruent as well. Next is the script writing alchemy system. This is where we help you write scripts with the help of AI to get your writing time down to less than one hour per video or in many cases way less than that. So just as an example, my brother who got his video to 800,000 views only spent about 15 minutes writing that script that got 800,000 views. Okay, 15 minutes. In fact, it was less than 15 minutes. And we show you the exact same system. Okay. Um, we now have 152 submissions. Okay, so yeah, 152 submissions. Definitely book that call while you still can, guys. Um, next is the viral video creation system. Okay, this is where we actually turn things into a system and this is what makes it possible to only work one or two hours a week on your YouTube channel and in some cases if you’re a very busy business owner, zero hours a week or a couple hours a month. And this is done with systems and our own in-house AI that we only allow our clients to use. So, the niche validator that we’re going to be dropping here in a minute is just a fraction of a sample of the power of the AI systems that we give to our clients. And we have systems for almost every problem that you could imagine on YouTube. And lastly is the cash code system, right? This is where we actually make money out of the views that you’re getting, even if you’re not getting a lot of views. And it’s very, very important that you’re actually monetizing correctly. Now, I think we have a few slots left, guys. 189 total submissions now. So, yeah, probably a few slots left. Um, so, uh, take those spots now. Go to go.shenomomas.com/coaching or click the link in the chat right now. And that is just a taste of what’s inside of the community. You don’t just get one or two tools. You get the entire arsenal. Custom GPTs, Cloud Skills, all built for one thing, which is growing and monetizing your channel. And our clients are getting the updates in real time. And they are loving it. And, and the tools that we don’t build ourselves, by the way, guys, we tell you exactly which ones are worth your time. Gemini, Descript, Pixels, and much more. We tell you exactly when they’re worth your time and in what situations you can actually use them in. So whether you run Chatbt or Cloud, there’s a tool sitting there ready for you. No guessing, no piecing it together yourself. This is just a taste of what’s waiting inside. Now, out of curiosity, guys, type in the chat which AI you actually prefer to use. I know that Astra just came out um with chat GBT or I guess it’s called you know codeex technically but we when it comes to creative work and writing we definitely prefer Claude. Claude we think is the best one when it comes to creative work and writing.

    With that being said we do have a good amount of people who um use chatbt as well. So we made all of our tools with chatbt and claude. Uh, good stuff. ChatGBT. Claude. Claude. Claude. Yeah, mostly Claude. Good stuff. All right. Plus, you get one-on-one coaching calls and a dedicated client success manager, one-on-one dedicated chat support with all of our coaches, multiple weekly group coaching sessions, access to an exclusive group of hybrid personal brand YouTubers, and access to the most powerful content creation AI systems on Earth. Now, hey guys, if you’re having issues booking a call, please tell the admins what your screen says so that they can help you. let the admins know what your screen says so they can help you if you’re having an issue booking call. Okay?

    And we’ll go ahead and uh we’ll go ahead and help you with that. All right?

    And this is just a peak inside of our private community. Real wins coming in every single day. One member just hit 10,000 subscribers and 1 million views. Grew 5x in a few months. Another finally lended their first 10 leads straight from YouTube. and another one closed a $75,000 a year contract inbound straight off of the platform. Someone else made their first $10,000 from YouTube. Someone else 4xed their subscriber count in a single month. Another person crossed 5,000 subscribers and 39,600 views on a channel with just 800 subscribers, right? That was a brand new channel that just started, right? So, this isn’t a course that you buy and forget about. This is a community of people winning together every single day. And these are just a few, right? This is just what our group looks like on any given day, right? Um, so if you want results like this, book a call with us now and we’ll look at where your channel’s at. We’ll see if you’re a fit and map out what it would actually take to get you results like this. Now, by the way, I said we’ll look at where your channel’s at. You do not have to have made a channel yet to book a call. You don’t even have to have picked your niche to book a call. We can help you do all of those things. Most of the people, most of the actual examples that we gave you there are people that were brand new to YouTube. literally like most of those people were brand new and we helped them get results from scratch. Most of those examples. So go to go.shinamus.com/coaching or click the link in the chat right now. Um and I think I might have gotten some comments from people uh saying that basically they couldn’t book a call for some reason. So yeah, if you’re having any issues, uh tell the admins. And we also might have just run out of spots or we might have gotten really low on spots. So yeah, guys, uh let me let me know if there’s any spots left. But yeah, click that link in the chat uh uh to to book a call and we might we might be able to open up more spots. I’ll let you guys know when I get word if we open up more spots. And this is the exact system that’s responsible for 0 to 10K in just 18 days. Here’s an example. Um bro, I just hit my first 10K within 18 days of launch. I don’t even have 1K subs yet. This is nuts. Thank you, man. This is the system that’s responsible for these results as well. So, usually there’s a shaded graph right under your video if you’re familiar with YouTube Analytics. Just as an example, this graph that you see below is what you would usually see. And uh the shaded graph is basically a typical uh views that a video would get on a person’s channel. So, this is the typical views. This is how much views the person got on that exact video. Right now, you’ll notice there’s no shaded graph right here. And this is what I noticed when I looked at this client account as well. And I’m like, what the heck’s going on? And what we realized when we looked into it is this client had been posting for about 8 years on YouTube and they hadn’t really had much success. They hadn’t really had any results in those eight years. They, you know, their typical video was like maybe a few thousand views or something like that max. And then they started working with us and we helped them post a video where they got over 180,000 views right off the bat. And it basically was so many more views than their average that it actually broke their YouTube UI. and user interface. Right? So, it did it either didn’t show the shaded region at all or it did show the shaded region, but it’s so low that it blended in with the bottom line here, the X-axis here. And so, that just kind of shows like how how well our systems work. You know, I’ve never seen that on, you know, any any channel, but we saw that um this person right here um started a brand new channel, got to I think this was about a month and a half before this picture. started a brand new channel, got to 354,000 views in a month, grew 8,000 subscribers, started got monetized, got part of the partner program, and started making money right away. About $953. So, absolutely crushing it. And uh, you know, they’re making money from outside of AdSense as well. And this is just total beginner getting results right away. This person here is what I like to call a category king. Uh, we have a lot of category uh kings and category queens inside the program. So, this person is a category king. um they are literally number one in their niche. And this isn’t just any niche. This is a very big, very well-known niche. Now, one thing I’ll say is a lot of our clients do want to remain anonymous um basically because they don’t want other people kind of copying their niche or funnel hacking them or anything like that, which is which we totally respect. We never reveal our clients any details without their permission. But this particular client, it does want to remain anonymous. They are a category king. Um, and they got 8 million long form views. They’re number one in a huge niche. So, we have a lot of category kings in a huge niche. Category kings, category queens, as well as medium niches as well as, you know, very niche niches as well. Okay. So, this person very big niche that you would know. Um, 8 million long mostly long form views, $50,000 a month just from AdSense alone. This person last month made $4.5 million, guys. $4.5 million last month. Okay. So, we literally work with people who are doing like 30 million a year, 50 million a year. Um, we work with people who are literally like the biggest people on YouTube. Okay. Uh, this person, uh, so far out of five booking calls, I’ve closed four of them at $997 for the 90-day program. Hoping to knock the knock these out of the park and then use them as a testimony for future calls. Got two more calls this week. So, the crazy thing is this person has never uh was a total beginner and had never taken sales calls in their life. They took five sales calls and closed four out of the first five, 80% of them uh on a $997 product, nearly $1,000 product. Right now, if you ever done sales before, you would know that when you first start doing sales, you’re probably going to close like 10 or 20%. If you’re lucky, maybe less than that, right? And this person right off the bat was closing 80%. Oh, and the last person they actually ended up closing later on. So, they actually closed 100%. of them and the reason for that is because they were getting traffic from YouTube. Okay? So, we obviously teach people how to sell within the program if they do want to actually sell over the phone. But the biggest thing is when you’re getting traffic from YouTube, when you’re helping people solve their problems, they come to you, they already know, like, and trust you. They’re already ready to buy from you. We’re oversubscribed. We literally have way more people that want to work with us than people we can actually bring on. One of the reasons why we do these live trainings is because we basically want to curate the types of people and kind of educate people on exactly the types of people that we want to work with because of the fact that we’re so picky about who we work with, right? So, um uh when you take calls from YouTube, people are pretty much already pre-sold, you know, and you’re just like a cashier at that point. You don’t even have to be a salesperson. You don’t have to have that much sales skills. You can just be a cashier and uh you know, they’re just coming checking out a product at that point, right? Bill transformed his YouTube channel’s impact among 177K subs and he’s now making over 30K plus per month at the time of this testimony. And he basically he said, “Shane helped me out with his keyword research, titles, and thumbnails, as well as uh uh turning my YouTube channel into a business.” That was his exact quote. Uh so he turned his YouTube channel from a liability, sucking up all of his time to a business that works for him while having a full-time job. Right? So he was a very busy guy working on Wall Street. Still made it happen with YouTube. Okay. I think his best meth month ever was over $70,000 a month. Um, but yeah, he made it happen. And by the way, guys, I think I’m getting word here. I’m pretty sure we did open up more call slots. Okay, so I’m pretty sure we did open up more call slots. So again, click that link in the chat. Um, type in go.sh.com/coaching. Um, or the QR code will pop up here in a little bit. Shawn was stuck making about 30,000 a month and he scaled all the way up to over 500,000 a month. So he said, “Shane knows what he’s doing. He’s not another fake guru. His program goes beyond just tactics, teaching you how to build a personal brand and master the back-end systems that actually drive revenue.” So Sean is another example of a category king. He is number one in the Amazon KDP niche, and he was one of those examples of YouTubers who was doing really well. He was already crushing it, making 30,000 a month, but we helped him take it to the absolute next level. So if you guys are like a YouTuber watching this and you’re thinking, “Ah, you know, I think I already know this stuff. I’m pretty advanced already. Well, Sean was a YouTuber for like 5 years and he was stuck making 30,000 a month for like three of those years. Okay. And we helped him scale almost immediately to over 500,000 a month. So, I promise chances are you you don’t know the stuff that we teach, right? Um, so yeah, definitely definitely check it out. Meet Cheryl. She helps people through spiritual awakenings and before joining us, she was stuck under 50 subscribers for years with a great message but no strategy. She was basically spinning her wheels, wasting her time uploading videos that didn’t get any views. We gave her the system, the content strategy, the title and thumbnail frameworks, and the hands-on coaching, and she immediately grew to 9,000 plus subscribers and got monetized in a matter of months, and actually started making money. One of her videos hit 128,000 views, for instance, right? And this is what happens when you stop guessing and you start following our system. Just like Jyn here, who’s a healthcare professional who recently joined our program before joining us, she was a complete beginner, no idea what to make, no experience, and in her own words, she said, “I hadn’t dipped my toe into YouTube yet.” And she was actually in the exact same situation the year in just a few months ago. And now she’s got 35,000 subscribers, and her channel got to 4.2 million views already. Three of her videos already went over 600,000 views. And I spoke with her and she told me that one, she quit her job as a nurse. Two, she travels all over the United States and even internationally sometimes. She’s going down to Baja, Mexico, uh, in her camper van, which was always her dream thanks to us, which is absolutely unreal that I we were able to help her make that happen. One of the coolest stories, you know, uh, out of all of our community members. And she records her videos part-time while she’s traveling in her camper van, inside the van itself. She’s literally living her dream life. And the most important thing is she’s helping a bunch of people out there that are on the older side and she’s helping them age better, right? She’s helping them with healthcare navigation and she’s helping them age better. And this is stuff that was common sense to her, right? Common sense stuff to her. It’s stuff that she’d been answering for her patients on a day-to-day basis for the last 30 years probably. And what’s common sense to you is not common sense to other people, right? Um so yeah. Uh and by the way, this last month she made $10,000 just from AdSense alone. She’s also getting sponsorships, brand deals. She’s doing affiliate marketing and she’s absolutely crushing it now. So, she’s making a lot more than that. And she attended the live training wondering if this is for her or not, but she took a leap of life and she booked a call and she built it all on what she already knew, which is healthcare navigation. So, if you’re a health care professional watching this or just a professional in general, this could be for you. the stuff that you answer on a day-to-day basis from your patients or your clients or your customers or your co-workers or you know helping other departments with stuff or maybe you help you help people get into your job or you know other people that are you know students reaching out to you uh asking you hey how can I get into this company or something like that those questions that you’re getting on a day-to-day basis those are things you can help other people with okay um there’s even example of a very niche software for instance like if you help other people with a software in your company and you’re really good at a piece of software, you can just teach that software on YouTube. Steven, for instance, was another example of a client who taught this super niche piece of CAD software that only certain types of engineers use. And there’s probably only like, I don’t know, a few thousand people in the world that use this piece of software. He started teaching it on YouTube, made $12,000 in a few months just teaching it on YouTube right after starting. Right? So, this is what happens when you follow the system. So, I know a lot of uh kinds of people. Uh I know there’s all kinds of different people who work in the YouTube industry, right? And I basically know all the different coaches, the consultants, the agencies, etc. And I’ll tell you kind of how this industry works, right? Usually the highest paid people, the best of the best work with big corporations. And so, if you’re going to be doing like seven figure contracts a year, and in many cases working with these big companies, it’s at least a six-figure contract. Right? Now, the second highest tier of what you can offer is probably what’s called a build and release offer. And I have some friends that do this as well. And basically like they’re one of the very few people that are actually really good on YouTube besides myself that really knows what they’re doing. And they charge $300,000 to do a build and release offer. And this is basically where they work with like seven, eight, nine figure companies. And they build out their YouTube channel for the first 3 to 6 months. They hire everybody. They train them. They place them into the channel. Uh they build it out. They start the machine and they get it running and they release it to them eventually, right? Uh after the channel is already working. And then they release it to them once everything is working. They’ve hired the team out to them, etc., etc. And they charge $300,000 to do that. Now, I myself have attended four masterminds that are $50,000. Last year I was in two. This year I’m in another two. And these are extremely valuable. I learn a ton of stuff from these masterminds and I pass it down to you guys. And there’s a lot of YouTube masterminds out there that are like $50,000. And just you’re seeing all these people, all these big companies that are willing to spend that much money on YouTube. And there’s a reason for that because they know how valuable it is. And it would easily cost you 35,000 mistakes if you were to try to do it on your own. And 25,000 is more than a fair investment to make to even get one fifth of the knowledge contained in the content growth engine. But a special offer only for this workshop when you book a call within the next 24 hours. We are offering something that we’ve never offered before. We’re going to talk about some bonuses that we’re giving out. And by the way, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching or click the link in the chat or you can scan this QR code. And uh yeah, I we did open up more spots. I did get word that we open up more spots, guys. So, click that link in the chat. Go to go.shinhome.com/coaching. Scan the QR code. Um, so we did open up a few more spots. So, go ahead and click the link in the chat if you tried it already and you couldn’t find a spot or if uh there wasn’t a convenient spot for you as well, you can go ahead. Um, but only book one call. Don’t book multiple calls. So, if you couldn’t find a time before or you tried the calendar, there just weren’t any spots available, click that link again. We open up a few more. But after that, I don’t think we can open up any more spots, guys. I think that’s the last time. So, go to goshinhomes.com/coaching. Click the link in the chat or scan this QR code. So, bonus one, and this is a big one. You get a one-on-one YouTube niche growth session call with me personally. Now, let me tell you why this matters. When I was starting out, I had a mentor named Sam. He was doing YouTube for his wedding photography business. I mentioned him before. And Sam showed me how to actually make money on YouTube, even with a small channel. And that changed everything for me. Okay. That is when I started earning big. Not because I got lucky, but because someone who already figured it out showed me the ropes. And that one relationship changed the entire direction of my channel. And that is exactly what this call is. Everything that I have learned building a channel to 1.6 million subscribers and over 10 million in revenue with two super successful businesses apply directly to your niche, your channel, and your situation. This is worth $12,000 easily. But this is only for five of the first people who sign up within the next 24 hours. So go to go.shinhome.com.

    uh/coaching or scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what the actual coaching looks like, right? And I can already see people signing up as I’m talking, so don’t wait on this one. Go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus two is the 30 secondond Titlemaker GPT. This is easily worth $8,500. Now, if you sat down to find winning ideas yourself, researching what’s working, checking view counts, studying channels, you are looking at weeks of trial and error, and most people still pick the wrong ideas. Hire someone to do it, a real content strategist who knows YouTube. You are paying $7,500 easily. So, we built a custom AI tool that finds proven video ideas for your niche in about 30 seconds. And this is not generic AI spitting out random titles. It is built on the icon method. It finds what’s already working and it hands you a better version. The titles, the hooks, the angles, all of it. And you get it both ways, a chatbt version and a cloud AI version. So, whatever AI you already use, you’re covered. This is included as a bonus. So, go to go.shom.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. And here’s what it actually looks like. And whether you use it in chat or cloud, uh, like I said, we built it for both. You give it a video that’s already performing. It reverse engineers why it works. And then it hands you five high converting titles and hooks for your channel. No guessing, no staring at a blank screen. The winning ideas are already out there. This tool just finds them for you. So go to goshomomas.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. Bonus three is the 30 secondond script writer. This is worth $7,000. This is the ultimate content creation tool, guys. You tell it the goal of your video, to inform, to entertain, to sell, and it turns your spoken ideas into a polished, attention-grabbing YouTube script. It captures your tone, your style, and your voice so that it actually sounds like you. And just like the last one, you get it both ways with Chat GBT or Claude, whatever you already use. If you hire a professional content team to do this, like a script writer, a content strategist, someone who understands YouTube, you are paying $3 to $5,000 a month minimum. This does it all in seconds. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. And this is what it looks like, right? You say your script idea out loud and it turns it into a ready toreord script um that is optimized for YouTube. No typing, no clicking, you just talk. And you could even pick your vibe, friendly, high energy, calm, conversational, authority, whatever fits your channel, right? So it matches your tone so the script sounds like you, not like a robot. So go to go.shm.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus four is the highconverting thumbnail swipe file worth $10,000. Your thumbnail is the first thing that people see before the title, before the hook, before anything. If your thumbnail doesn’t stop the scroll, nobody clicks, nobody watches, and it does not matter how good your video is, right? So, additionally, you might make a thumbnail that gets a lot of views, but it’s not attracting the right views, right? Because there’s really a psychology behind thumbnails. So, if you hired a thumbnail designer who actually knows YouTube, you’re paying $1,500 a month easily for part-time work. That’s $18,000 a year. and they might make a thumbnail that works for gaming content but not for educational content like I said because there is really a psychology behind every thumbnail. We optimize our thumbnails to attract people that want their problem solved, right? People who are likely to actually be buyers. Okay? So, you might have another thumbnail that gets more views, but it attracts a bunch of people who are non- buyers. Okay? So, this is my entire thumbnail system. Nobody else in the world has a thumbnail system like this. This is the guide, the templates, the swipe files, the frameworks. You get it all as a bonus. So go to go.shinhomus.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat if you want this. This is what’s inside. On the left, you get the full guide, the secret of creating viral thumbnails, the psychology behind why certain thumbnails get clicks and others don’t. On the right is the thumbnail vault. Fully editable templates in Canva. You click file, make a copy, and it’s yours. And you see those annotations. That is me breaking down exactly why each thumbnail works, where the face goes, how big the head is, the rule of thirds, the spacing, all of it explained. So, you’re not just getting templates, you’re learning the framework so that you can build your own. So, go to go.shm.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus five is the 2026 Creator Rolodex. This is worth $6,997. This is my personal list of recommended editors, tools, and services that we actually use. Not stuff that I Googled, not random recommendations, the exact people and tools that my team relies on every single day to run a channel with 1.5 million subscribers. So, you need an editor, it’s in here. Need a thumbnail designer in here. Tools for scripting, SEO, analytics, automations, all in here. Okay? Most creators waste months and thousands of dollars testing the wrong people and the wrong tools before they find the ones that actually work. This skips all of that and you get the cheat sheet on day one. Now, one thing I’ll say is you don’t need to hire any editors. You don’t need to hire any thumbnail designers. We take care of all that in the program. But if you are a successful business owner, this is something that you probably would be more interested in because even if it only takes, you know, 15 or 20 minutes, you don’t have 15 or 20 minutes. So, this would be something you’d interested you’d be interested in where you can hire the right people and you don’t have to guess. So, go to go.noms.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus six is the YouTube niche accelerator. 0 to 100K subs, step by step, worth $4,997. So, this is the full playbook from 0 to 1,000 subscribers, then 1,000 to 10,000, and then 10,000 to 100,000 subscribers. And those are three distinct phases. And we tell you exactly how to make it work in those three phases. So, um, how to pick your niche using cheat codes that actually work. How to build a hyperpersonal brand so you’re never stuck in the topic. How to find video ideas using the icon method. How to nail your title thumbnail and input. How to nail nail your title, your thumbnail, and your intro. What I call the holy trifecta, and how to monetize beyond just AdSense, affiliate marketing, sponsorship, digital products, coaching, all of it. Okay? Uh, the simplified version of course, but this is how to get started very, very quickly. Okay? And there are certain things that you can do when you first start to speed up the process of uh basically getting your first thousand subscribers, getting monetized, becoming a part of the partner program, which by the way, you want to do this quickly because YouTube is changing their policies in the YouTube partner program uh in February of 2027. It’s going to be twice as hard to get into the partner program as it is right now. So, you really want to take action right now um to get into the partner program as fast as you can. Right? This is a very real thing that’s happening on YouTube, right? So, most people spend years figuring this stuff out on their own. This lays it all out step by step. So, you skip straight to the part where you start making money. And I’m not telling you what to do. These are video walkthroughs inside showing you exactly how to do it. So, go to go.shom.com/coaching. Um, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Now, for those of you who stayed until the end, we made something special for you. Okay, this is the niche profitability maximizer AI. And this one is different from all of the other bonuses. This is an AI tool that takes your niche and maps out exactly how to make money from it. Not just AdSense. We’re talking affiliate deals, digital products, coaching offers, sponsorships, the full picture. Because here’s the thing that most people get wrong. They pick a niche and then they hope the money situation figures itself out later. That is backwards. This tool shows you the money map before you even record your first video so that you know exactly what you’re building towards from day one. And like every tool we give you, you get it in both chatbt and claude. whatever you already use. Now, here’s the catch. This bonus is worth $12,000 and you get it just for showing up to the call that you booked. That’s it. You book the call, you show up, and you get it. So, go to go.shm.com/coaching, scan that QR code, or click the link in the chat. The second you show up to the call that you booked, you get instant access on the spot. And whether you like ChatGpt or Claude, you can use this either way. This isn’t some watered down freebie. It’s the same tool that we use inside of the content growth engine, and it is yours for life. So, go to go.shumps.com/ ashomes.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus 8 is the 90-day YouTube Accelerator money back guarantee. This is priceless. Here’s how it works. You got 90 days, you follow the program, you do the work, you show up, and if it doesn’t work, you get your money back. Um, we have a very low refund rate in our program, right? Uh, pretty much 99% of people who join stay because it works, right? And we surveyed all of our clients inside the program and we asked them one question. did you feel like you got an ROI from this? And 91% of them said yes. So, I’m not asking you to trust me blindly. I’m asking you to test it and see for yourself. So, go to go.shane.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat cuz we basically want you to feel comfortable uh to the point where you can book a call and you’re not really risking anything. Um the call is totally free. It’s going to be valuable whether we end up working together or not. And even if you join the program, you’re not risking anything because you have a 90-day uh money back guarantee. Right? So, let’s add this up. Eight bonuses. Total value $61,494. Now, remember, bonus one, the one- on-one session with me personally. That is only for five of the first people who sign up today. Once those spots are gone, they’re gone. And bonus seven, the niche profitability maximizer. Once you get that, you only get that if you book a call and actually show up to it. That’s it. Okay. Everything else is included free when you join the program. Now, this workshop special is only available for the next 24 hours. After that, these bonuses go away. This exact package at this exact price with all eight bonuses, you will not see it again. And let me clear something up really quick as well, because I get this question every single time. The 24 hours is for booking the call, not for attending it. So, if you book right now and the next open slot on my calendar is 3 days from now or even next week, that is totally fine. You are still locked in. You still get every single one of these bonuses. You just have to schedule the call within the next 24 hours. So, if you’ve been going back and forth in this, now is the time to move. Go to go.shenhome.com/coaching or scan the QR code right now. Book your free strategy call and we’ll figure out if we’re a good fit to work together or not. Worst case, you get on the call, use some clarity on your niche, and you walk away with a plan. No pressure, no hard sell, but if it’s the right fit, we go to work. So, go to goshunamus.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. And one last thing, this is important. Once you book your call, you’re going to get two emails. It’s showing right here. It’s going to be called a CGE MasterClass call. Okay? So, check your inbox right now. If you don’t see them, look in your promotions, your spam, your junk, or your all mail folder. Okay? Sometimes they hide in there instead of your main inbox. Those emails have your call details. So, find them and open them. Okay? With that being said, uh also when you book your call, there’s going to be a thank you page that pops up. Okay? Make sure you do not close down this thank you page. Make sure you actually read this thank you page. Okay, so there’s a very short video to watch and then there’s some very easy instructions to go over as well. And then down from that, we have countless amounts of case studies and testimonials. Okay, lots and lots of different case studies and testimonials. And the thing is, you’re going to look at this thank you page and you’re going to see a bunch of people that you relate to, a bunch of people that are from a similar background to you, right? So just as an example, if you’re wondering, hey, does this work in Germany? Well, hey, Laura is a project manager in Germany. So, yes, it does work in Germany. Uh, you might be working, hey, does this work for an online service business? Yes, it does. Carla, you might be wondering, does this work in the spirituality niche? Well, yes, it does. Cheryl’s in the spirituality niche. Uh, you might be wondering, does this work if I’m working a job? Can I still take care of clients if I’m working a job? Yes. It’s exactly what Andrea did. Um, you might be wondering, uh, does this work for physical products? Yes, it works for physical products. Right? So, you’re going to see these different niches and you’re going to you’re going to understand like the different types of businesses that work and different types of side hustles, one person businesses, second incomes, uh different opportunities, different backgrounds that people came into, different things that they’re trying to sell as well. So, a lot of people sold a lot of different things, but you know, it works. It all works because of YouTube. Because every side hustle works, every everything that you could sell works, but you need traffic, you need distribution, and YouTube is the best form of traffic on the internet, right? So, make sure you check out these thank you pages after you um uh after you’re done. Right? So, this one’s almost very similar. It’s it might look like this as well. Very similar thank you page. Uh it just has a little bit more information, a little bit more FAQs on it. So, same thing with this. Uh you you can read all of these. All right? So, check these out, guys. Okay? Check these out. Make sure you do that. And with that being said, I am now going to answer questions. Uh, if you checked your email and you didn’t find any emails, make sure you check your all mail, your spam, your trash, or your promotions. Uh, if you don’t say that in your comment, I’m just going to assume that you didn’t check your all mail, your spam, your trash, and your promotions. So, if you did check those things, let me let us know and the admins can reach out to you and help you. Okay.

    Okay. Awesome. Got it. Michael says he got it. Did everybody check their email? Type in the chat if you checked your email and you got your email.

    Got it. Okay. Excellent. Excellent. Excellent. Good stuff. Good stuff. Awesome. Awesome. All right, guys. Um, good stuff, guys. Awesome. Check. Robert, did you check your promotions, your all mail, your spam, or your trash folder? Robert, did you check that? Like, make sure you say that. If you say that you didn’t get it, make sure that you say that you checked your promotions, your spam, uh, or your trash folder. Okay? And if you if you actually didn’t get it, our admins will respond to you. Email supportanehus.com or just say something and our admins will respond to you right now. Okay. Okay. Awesome. With that being said, I think I got a question on the price, guys. So, we’re totally transparent about the price about the pricing, guys. So, the call itself is completely free. The call that you booked is completely free, but we’re totally transparent about the pricing, but there’s one thing on the pricing. We get different types of people working with us because we we get like big businesses working with us. We get like small to mediumsiz business working with us. We get people who are complete beginners working with us, right? So it’s different pricing depending on what your needs are. So let me kind of just describe like the big businesses. So I was just on an interview with a CMO just a couple weeks ago that we got great results for uh Andrea. So uh sometimes we have CMOs from big businesses that reach out to us. CMOs, executives, marketing managers, etc. Basically they were tasked to start a YouTube channel for the company and they go and they look on YouTube and they see who’s the best and they find my channel and they and they, you know, end up on these calls, right? And so in that particular situation, typically the scope of what we have to do is a lot. We have to integrate into their CRM, their systems. We typically have to hire people for them or we have to work directly with their team and some and a lot of the times both. Uh we often times will have to like integrate those people into the team. We have to make sure all the departments communicate with each other correctly. There’s a lot that goes into that, right? And so for somebody like that, we very rarely accept people like that. But if we do accept someone like that, it’s going to be at least a six-figure contract, right? Bare minimum it’ll be a six-figure contract. And you know, there’s one company, for instance, that I work with, I mentioned before that I got equity in, right? So, um, it’s a lot of work to to do stuff like that. And one of the biggest things is we have to adjust to their systems, right? We have to use their CRM, plug into their systems. So, that’s that’s a lot of work. Then, um, and it’s a lot of done for you work. We literally just do it for them in many cases. Then at that kind of like small business level, so you know, six figure business, seven figure business, maybe an eight figure business, a lot of the time what they want us to do is they might not want us to hire like a bunch of people for them, but they might want us to hire like one video editor, maybe like one person to help them write the scripts or something like that and just to upload the videos and and optimize them, right? Stuff like that. And we’ll typically hire those people from the Philippines. Um, again, we also oversee them, we place them, we train them, we literally hire them, then we oversee them, we place them, we train them. So, it’s just full full package red carpet treatment. Uh, but with that being said, it’s going to be a bit more affordable because we, you know, there’s we hire the video editors from the Philippines typically. Um, so, you know, if you don’t want like an in-house team built out like a lot of these big companies want an in-house team, um, then you can hire someone from the Philippines and it’s going to be a lot more affordable. And then, uh, we also will typically kind of like build the system out for them and then we’ll teach the people how to run the system and then we’ll kind of release it to them. So, it’s basically like a build and release offer and that is typically going to run and you know they also might want us to hire more people. That’s typically going to run anywhere between about 12 to $60,000 depending on the scope of what you guys need. Okay, so this top one it’s probably like less than 5% of people. This one it might be like 20% of the people on the call right now around 20%. Then the vast majority of the people on the call and this one is I think is the most valuable one is where we literally just teach you how to do it. Okay. So, these other two options, we’re we’re fishing for you. This option, we’re building the machine that fishes for you, and we’re hiring the people to run the machine. Uh, and then this option down here is we teach you how to fish, right? So, you can just feed yourself for the rest of your life or we can even teach you how to build the machine. Okay? So, we teach you how to build the machine. We teach you how to hire the people. You can do it all on your own, right? But we teach you exactly what we do to find these people, right? So, that’s the most valuable offer out of all of them. And that one’s going to be about $9,800 or about $1,000 a month if you want to do payment plans. We can even get the payment plans a little bit less than that. Um, with that being said, there are some done for you options that a few people like to upgrade to as well. So, for instance, if you want us to find video ideas for you, we can do that done for you. Uh, but it is going to cost a little bit more because that is a lot of active work on our part to make that happen. But that is the pricing. Like I said, completely transparent about the pricing. We’re not trying to hide it. We are almost certainly going to be increasing the pricing here pretty soon as well. As you can imagine, we have a team of 20 people, the absolute best of the best YouTube superstars in the world. Uh it costs a lot of money to run that team. Um but that is how we’re able to get the best results um in the industry, right? We’ve helped our clients generate over hund00 million in revenue, right? We get the absolute best results in the industry. It’s really not even close when it comes to actually making money. Like treating YouTube like a business and actually making money with channels. There’s other YouTube coaches, I’m sure, that help their clients get, you know, hundreds of millions of views, but are they actually making money? In many cases, no, right? And that’s what we do. Okay? So, in order to make that happen, it is quite expensive, but that’s why we we charge that much. And honestly, that is a really really good deal compared to a lot of the coaching programs that I’ve been in. Okay. Awesome. So, I’m going to go ahead and answer questions, guys. Let’s let’s keep going.

    All right. And by the way, I will not be answering the price question again. I will I just I already answered it. I answered it in great detail. I will not be answering it again. So if you want to hear that again, you can go ahead and just watch the replay and you can rewind it back. Okay.

    All right. Dan says, “What do you think of my niche hypothesis that COD Claude Plus niche validator came up with after interviewing me? I help sedentary tech professionals reverse early stage metabolic decline through food uh before medication becomes permanent. Um okay, I like that a lot. Uh the through you unfortunately you did the um through food. So you put the Z part in. Guys, don’t mess around with the Z part. You you want to do the X and the Y. The Z part like I help X do Y by Z. The Z part I see a lot of people messing up on. Just don’t even include the Z part. Okay? You don’t, it’s not necessary to include. And if you are going to include it, just make sure that you work with with somebody like me. Um, but the IHEL X2 Y here, I like that a lot, Dan. That’s that’s really good. I help sedentary tech professionals reverse early stage metabolic decline. That I love. Okay. I really, really like that. Okay. Um, but the Z part, do not say how you do it. Do not say how you do it unless you get it approved by one of our coaches directly. Don’t say how you do it. Okay. So, just keep that the I help X do Y. Um, of course that needs to be dialed in a little bit. Um, so I highly recommend that you book a call. But I really like that. That’s actually really good. That’s a really good one. And that is a big problem that tech professionals have, right? They have problems with posture. They have problems with, you know, just all kinds of different things involving being sedentary and not moving and spending all day on a computer. That is a big problem that tech professionals have. So, I love that. Joy, how does the money back guarantee work? I already explained that in great detail. If you want to know any more details about the money back guarantee, then you could just ask on the call. Um Aaron, where is the bonus? Um are you talking about the niche validator? We’ve dropped it. Just scroll up and scroll down. You’ll get that.

    Timmy, how do you use the claude bonuses?

    Um are you talking about the niche validator? Um that will that is again scroll up and you’ll get the niche validator. Um if you’re talking about all these other ones as I said before already you will get all of these when you join the program. There’s a few of them onetoone YouTube niche growth session with me. That is for five of the first people who show up. It is randomized but you get a higher chance of getting this the earlier on that you sign up. So you’re still super early right now. So still click that link in the chat. Go to go.jmus.com/coaching. Scan the QR code. And guys, one thing I will say, just to be very clear, guys, we don’t accept the vast majority of people who apply to the program, okay? We want to find the right types of people who have a really good niche. That’s one of the reasons why we have you take the calls cuz we want to see potentially like what niche you uh have and and you know, what problems you’ve had in the past and things that you can help other people solve. Um, so there’s a good chance that we won’t accept you the program, but the call is going to be super valuable whether we work together or not. Okay? We always make sure that we uh everything we do is super valuable. All right. So, book that call. Um, and uh, yeah, the, uh, YouTube niche profitability maximizer AI, you get that just by booking the call and showing up to it. So, if you book the call, you show up to your call, you get the YouTube niche profitability maximizer AI. All the other ones you get um, uh, when you join the program for free. Okay? They all come free when you join the program. Okay.

    Will Claude help me find and refine a good channel name? Absolutely, Peter. Claude can definitely help you do that and uh we can help you do it on the call as well as um in the program too. Neil, so much going on listening to you. Thanks. Uh re reading the material, signing up, etc. Wow, awesome. Good stuff, Neil. Love to hear it.

    Alex, how to market our newbie YouTube channels. do exactly what I tell you to do in the program. You do the icon method and you find the right video ideas and then you post those video ideas and your videos take off. That’s how you market a newbie YouTube channel.

    Can you delete the price thing?

    All right. Mary Row, tech support. Uh, hey tech. I’m guessing Mary Row needs help with tech support. Ken, I got an email showing the call is scheduled and one that says it’s canled. How did it get cancelled? Hey, Ken, let me check what happened.

    Yeah, and by the way, guys, I was seeing a bunch of business owners that were burned by Facebook ads in the chat earlier, and this is something that we’ve seen over and over again. Um, is, you know, a lot of people will try making Facebook ads work and they just lose massive amounts of money. But the thing is, you know, YouTube works really well. It gets you clients, but it also works in conjunction with other marketing methods. So, if you’re doing Facebook ads and you’re not doing YouTube, your competitors who are doing Facebook ads and doing YouTube are just going to leave you in the dust because when somebody discovers you through Facebook ads, what are they going to do? They’re going to look you up on Google. They’re going to they’re going to look you up on YouTube. And if they don’t see a channel there, they’re going to be way less likely to actually work with you, right? But if they see a channel there, well, guess what? They’re going to start going through your content. It’s going to start nurturing them and they’re going to end up working with you, right? And out of curiosity, guys, where did you guys find me? Did you find me on YouTube or Facebook? Comment in the chat. Comment in the chat where you guys found me.

    Okay. Yeah, originally. Yeah, originally. Where did you find me? Yep. Awesome. Awesome. I’m seeing mostly YouTube, but there’s some people that are found me on Facebook, too. Um, okay. Let me scroll back up here, guys. Uh,

    okay. Relle, how long will it take to gain substantial subscribers? Um, what is substantial subscribers? See, this is why like some people will ask me like, “Hey, what’s the success rate of your program?” How could I possibly answer that? Like the success is different for everybody. What is substantial of subscribers? What we do is we send out a survey that says where we ask people basically like do you think that you got an ROI from this program? 91% of them said yes. Right? That that is our success rate is 91% of people thinking that they got an ROI from the program. Right? So so there is it’s impossible to determine a success rate. Um all we can do is is uh calculate how much total revenue has been generated uh by the the people that that that they’ve shared. not even the total amount, but only what they’ve shared um in the program. And and that’s even on the conservative side. And we’ve helped people generate over hund00 million in revenue, right? It’s probably pretty getting pretty close to a billion dollars. I’m probably going to look at it again um here within the next year or so and and see if you know I I’m reach out to all my successful clients and be like, “Hey, how much you making now?” Uh you know, and and see if we can uh calculate the total amount. But I wouldn’t be surprised if it’s getting close to a billion dollars. I mean, I have one client just last month that made $4.5 million. So, he’s making like 50 million a year. So, Lydia, not just Facebook ads, Facebook itself. Um, yeah, Facebook itself. Yep. Very cool. Do you help direct the first few videos and provide coaching forever? We do not provide coaching forever. Of course not. Come on, use common sense here. Of course, we don’t provide coaching forever. Like like it’s of course it you’re going to pay us one time and we’re going to be your one-on-one coach forever. Come on now. Come on. Use your brain. It’s six months. The coaching is six months. Yeah. No, you get the you get the course forever. You get like the program forever. So you get the information, but the coaching itself uh No, it’s 6 months. Amy, I’m stuck on my phone. Laptop needs repair and couldn’t copy and paste. See guys, this is like a little bit of a taste. We are going to hold you accountable. Okay. So, of course, I I you know, I love my my my community members and stuff like that, but I am going to hold them accountable. If they ask like a silly question, I’m going to be like, “Come on, think about it.” Right? So, and that’s what gets people results. We do have to hold you accountable a little bit. Amy, I’m stuck on my phone. Laptop uh needs repair and couldn’t copy and paste the niche validator tool info. Instead, I copied the support email address and we’ll send you an email tomorrow to get that info you dropped. Will that be okay? Um yeah, that’s totally fine. Uh Amy, just make sure you do it in the next uh 24 hours and should be and you should be okay. Probably about 23 hours by now. And yeah, go. Scan that QR code. Click the link in the chat. Guys, we have we have less than 10 spots left. I forgot when we open them up. We have about 10 spots left, maybe a little bit less.

    So when those spots get filled up, I’ll I’ll jump off. Amy, I’m stuck on my phone. laptop needs repair and couldn’t copy and paste. Oh, sorry. Whoops. That was the same question. iPhone Shane, having the channel and content is various languages. Could that be automated? Uh, yeah, that’s actually you can automate it with the click of a button. Now, there’s a way of doing that inside of the YouTube studio literally with the click of one button inside of the YouTube studio. It’s called autodubbing. Lauren, what if your niche isn’t in health, wealth, or relationships? Can you still get in the program? Of course, I showed you lots of examples of people. We have a tennis coach. We have a chess coach. We have a spiritual coach. you have like uh like people who uh help with spiritual awakenings. Um like all kinds of different stuff like that. Yeah, there’s tons and tons. Any niche where you’re helping people solve their problems that that works. We just recommend that people look into health, wealth, or relationships if they don’t know what to do already. Scott, gut feeling on the better niche of these two. Uh number one, I help people with rare autoimmune diseases navigate the health care system and get to a diagnosis and treatment two to three times faster than average. I help aspiring marketing freelancers understand how agency departments work together and build a oneperson version using the agentic frameworks. Um, okay. So, I like the direction of both of these, but you definitely need to change a few things cuz the second one is way too um the second one is not specific enough. Like it’s not specific enough the outcome. Okay. So, as aspiring marketing freelancers do not want to uh work together to build a oneperson version of Ajentic frameworks. They want an outcome. Okay? The outcome is they’re making more money as a freelancer or they’re spending less time doing freelancing, etc., etc., right? Or they don’t have to worry as much about getting clients for freelancing, etc., etc. They want an outcome, a tangible outcome. Okay? So these wishy-washy ones where it’s like I’m going to help people optimize and we can circle back and D. No, you can’t do that. Okay. Can’t do that. You have to be specific. It needs to be a tangible outcome. Now, the first one that you suggested has a much more tangible outcome, which is uh get a diagnosis and treatment two to three times faster than average. That is a much more tangible outcome. I would work a little bit on that outcome. Um because someone who has an auto an autoimmune disease like chances are they’ve had it for a very long time and they just want it to get they just want to get rid of it a ASAP, right? Um so I I don’t know about two to three times faster. It’s like what is the average? Cuz because that’s the question that would pop up into my head if I saw this. Let’s just say I had an autoimmune disease. That’s the question that would pop up into my head. I’m just like okay two to three times faster than what? Right? But what’s the average for getting rid of the autoimmune disease? Is it like one day versus three days or is it like one year versus three years? Right? You see what I mean? It’s just too confusing. Um and so you I don’t know if I would mention the time. So I I am kind of leaning towards the first one out of the two of them. I like that one better. Um

    and uh but the second one has a lot of uh the second one could be good too, but the problem is is uh it’s just not um specific enough. But yeah, I’m out of the two I’m leaning towards the first one. Scott Isabella, YouTube. YouTube. Okay, here we go. All these people. Yeah, I think it was mostly YouTube, but I am seeing some Facebook, too. Okay.

    Um, I read your comment, Shay. Uh, yeah, go shayenhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code. Click the link in the chat, guys. Shay, I just read your comment. Um, and about you asking your daughter and everything. I won’t read it out loud because it’s a bit long, but um

    listen, I I think you just need to book your call. We we can help you figure it out. Um book your call. Play around with the niche validator, of course. Um if you don’t have anything, you can just be like, “Hey, I don’t I don’t really know.” Um but we we can we can help you book your call if you book a call. Okay? So that’s that’s what I highly recommend that you do. Um,

    okay.

    All right. Your friend. So, Allison got recommended by a friend. That’s great to hear, Allison. That’s awesome. Who recommended you? Is it someone inside the program? Allison, keep uh keep your eyes on that one, guys. Copy that. Let me know.

    Allison O’Hara at 9:16 a.m. Okay, very cool. Nicole, question. What if uh if your expertise is in the area of education, specifically helping teachers put more movement arts into their classes? Seems like not a lot of people would pay for that. So, what I mean is, do teachers even go to YouTube to learn more about teaching? They’re already so burnt out. Yeah, it’s a good question, Nicole. It’s a good question. Um, it can kind of see there’s there’s a lot of different ways you could go with that, Nicole. So, just as an example, now first of all, I you know, love and respect teachers. Uh, you guys are awesome. Education is the future. I think it’s the most important thing. But teaching in the United States is not very high paying. Now, if you’re talking about like South Korea, teachers are paid very highly in South Korea. you’re talking about, you know, some other countries teachers are are paid better, right? Unfortunately, here in the US they aren’t. And so there are certain teaching positions that are higher paying. So just as an example, you could um you know go to a private school, right? So that could be a niche that you could pick is teach people how to get into a private school that pays more, right? That’s a that’s a great example. Um, there’s a lot of people that have made a good amount of money making templates or just making it easier for teachers. So, what think about like teachers burning out? Why? Why are teachers burned out? What is burning them out? That is a problem that you can help them solve, right? So, let’s just say they’re burned out because they’re making presentations all day long about certain topics. Well, what if you help them make presentations faster? That’s a problem you could help them solve, right? Let’s just say they’re uh burned out because um they are uh uh you know having a lot of trouble with rowdy kids in their class, right? And and they and it just really stresses them out. Well, you could make a a a program where you teach them how to keep their class in order, right? So, this is one of those things. Yes, teachers, to be fair, teachers don’t have that much money, but in that particular case, what I would probably do is I would probably do like either templates or like one-time sales or in uh I would probably do like a group, like a group coach um kind of like a school group where they pay maybe $50 a month to be a part of the group. Um and that’s how I would monetize that. But for sure, they would come to YouTube and watch content 100%. If it’s a painful problem, they’re going to watch content about it 100%. Right? So yeah, that’s something definitely something we can help you with. Um, of course, what I would say is u you should uh book a call with us and we can we can help you dial it in further because of course I’d have to ask you questions. We’d have to go back and forth for me to really answer it. But for sure there’s a lot of great options within that. Additionally, as a teacher, you have a ton of experience presenting, right? So making YouTube videos would be a breeze for you. You presented to a rowdy class for a long time. Making YouTube videos is a breeze, right? Um Christian says, “A friend of mine sent you a YouTube link.” Good to know. Good to know, guys. Okay.

    Yeah, we had a we had two sisters join. We also had an entire friend group of uh of women join. Like their whole friend group just joined the program and they’re all crushing it. We see them in the in the um community all the time.

    They all just join together. Something something fun for them to do for six months. Uh Barbara, I have my niche and I have my outline including details. I’m even doing a seminar at a rally next weekend. I believe my presentation and all the information would be beneficial to others. I just have no idea how to get started. Will this program help me with this? By the way, I am not a business or social influencer, just a retired project manager, tech writer with a positive attitude. Yeah, most of the people that we work with are not like business owners or people who already have YouTube channels. Most of the people we work with are beginners who simply have experience and wisdom and problems that they’ve already solved in the past so they can help other people solve those problems. So, in terms of uh presentation, yes, we can definitely help you with presentation. Claude is insanely good at helping you make uh presentations, right? There are videos that in the past would have taken me a 100 hours that I’m now able to make in 30 minutes with Claude, right? It’s like it’s actually crazy the difference that it makes. Um, but the whole point is it all comes from you, right? The information, the actual experience, the wisdom, the expertise, it all comes from you. Then Claude just turns it into something that’s very palatable, very easy for other people to digest, right? Um, and yeah, we can definitely help you make something like that. Lisa, YouTube, I just saw your first time today on Facebook. Got it. Good stuff. iPhone YouTube. Yeah. So, that’s an example of us syndicating the content, guys. So, remember I teach you how to syndicate content. That’s a perfect example of us. We take our YouTube videos and we just post them on Facebook. Takes me zero extra time. And a bunch of you guys came from Facebook. So,

    Bev, uh, YouTube, awesome. John, here’s the skills doc. Good stuff. Kayla, my MLI, mother-in-law, found you on Facebook. Awesome. Good stuff. Yeah. Hey guys, keep on keep on inviting people. I love to I love to see it. Invite the whole family. Invite the friends. Love to see it. Nina, is my niche too narrow? honest in the work AI adaption AI adaptation for people who’ve weathered enough change to know the difference between the hype and something actually useful in work in the work AI adaptation. Uh it I I like where you’re going with that, Nina, but it’s too again uh it’s it’s it’s it doesn’t like how do I say this? It’s not specific enough. Okay. it it’s not tangible enough. Okay. Uh it like in the weeds. What? What? What? No, no, no. You got you got to make it much more tangible. Who is the exact person you’re helping and and what problem are you helping them overcome? So, for instance, just be just try to be a bit like when you’re first making it, just be very logical. No tang intangible stuff, no flowery language. Just like be very logical when you’re first starting this. Um, you can make it a little bit more kind of attractive looking later on, but when you’re first starting this, just be very logical with it. Go to.com/coaching, scan that QR code, click the link in the chat, guys. Uh, but yeah, when you’re first starting, just be very logical with this, guys. like when when I’m when you say this stuff like basically AI adoption for uh in in the work in the work does that mean people who are working like I you got to be more specific like what is in the work what in the world is that if I have to wonder what you mean by your niche hypothesis statement you’ve got you it’s it’s gone wrong okay if I have to wonder what you mean by it it’s gone wrong okay so you want to you got to get more specific than that, right? So, are you are you helping people who are working professionals uh to adopt AI? Are you helping people who are a little bit more advanced to adopt AI? Are you help like like uh like who who are you trying to help here? Maybe uh people in a certain industry adopt AI, right? What industry do you specialize in? Let’s just say you do cyber security. AI for cyber security professionals, right? That kind of thing, right? You know what I mean? Like be specific about exactly who you’re helping and exactly what problem you’re helping them overcome. All right. So, um yeah, like I like where you’re headed with that, Nina, but you got to be more specific. Ken, uh Shane, how do you monetize a religious spiritual niches niche if there is not a product to sell? Um you can definitely sell a product. You can sell your hourly coaching. You can sell like a group program. You can sell um there’s there’s uh you know, you could sell like workbooks, like Bible workbooks or something like that. There’s tons of stuff that you can sell. Yeah, there’s still tons of tons of stuff you could do. Um, you could also uh like start your own uh church or something like that. We’ve had one of our uh coaches got a church to over 100,000 subscribers on YouTube.

    Charles, the niche validator won’t load. Um, make sure you’re logged into ChatGpt or Claude, whichever one you’re using, um, before you click on it. Dave, been following your videos trying to figure out a side hustle. All good, man. Which one are you leaning towards? Anton, YouTube. Awesome. Mary, yes, no access to the material and the download YouTube. Um, just make sure you’re logged in, guys, before you click on it. So, if you’re on chat GBT, make sure you’re logged into Chat GBT. If you’re on one of the other ones, make sure you’re logged into one of those other ones.

    Sylvia, I’ve been following you on YouTube for over a year. Awesome, Sylvia. John, my wife and I watch your YouTube, but she found this call opportunity on Facebook. Good to hear. Interesting. Uh, guys, go to go.shom.com/coaching, scan that QR code, click the link in the chat. Nicole, what is the main thing that we should be ready prepared for on the call? I would mess around with the niche validator. And then, like I said before, guys, make sure you look at the thank you page. It’s very, very important that you do this. Make sure you look at the thank you page. And this is just like an endless scroll, guys. It’s just an it just never ends. It just keeps going. It’s like an endless scroll of results and testimonials. And this isn’t even all of them, right? Like, this isn’t even close to all of them. It’s probably like five times more than that. And so, yeah, then same thing on this, like it actually has a bit more information as well. So, you know, it’s uh there’s a there’s a bit more even on here. Looks like FAQs and stuff like that. So, yeah. Uh make sure you do that. And uh um that’ll that’ll get you prepared. Uh niche validator plus follow directions, you know, read your email as well, follow the directions, your email, follow the directions on the thank you page, and mess around with the niche validator and that’ll prepare you for the call.

    Okay, awesome.

    So, we still got 700 people on the call. You guys are in the made it until the end squad. You guys are awesome. Um, Sumit, okay, thank you. Uh, Ron says, “Thank you, Shane. This class was awesome.” Bennett says, “Thank you, Shane. Looking forward to the call.” Awesome. Melissa says, “I got turn AI trends into apps, research, and income ideas all for beginners.” Yeah, could be really good. Um, I would say probably probably you want to be a bit more specific. But yeah, that that is actually pretty good. I like that. But probably you want to be a bit more specific like industry. That’s what I see AI doing is it’s becoming very industry specific now. So people come to me for instance for like content creation related AI stuff and I’m you know we’re we’re really good at that. We spend over 20,000 a month testing like everything out um so that you guys know exactly what works. So yeah that’s what a lot of people come to me for. So me I have a restaurant business as well as staffing and just starting my consulting business on supply chain AI. How should I start YouTube if I am completely new? That’s a great question. Um, and yeah, we have a lot of people with in-person businesses. I was just on the phone the other night with uh one person who uh basically has a medical training business that’s an in-person business and it worked perfectly fine for her. Um, YouTube worked really well. Now, of course, there’s a little bit of differences between certain types of in-person businesses and and others. Uh, for instance, if you have like a a business where almost all of your clients come locally, um, then you’re you’re probably going to need to make localized content for that, you know, like in like, you know, city specific content, which is totally fine. We have a lot of realtors, for instance, that do that and they’re crushing it. Um, but yeah, restaurant business, when it comes to supply chain AI consulting, um, you you would start your YouTube channel the exact same way that anybody else starts their YouTube channel. You do the literally the stuff that I talked about. You dial your niche in. You get your niche hypothesis statement so you know exactly who you’re helping and exactly how you’re helping them. Um, and then you find video ideas using the icon method to attract the right people to your niche. Um, and that is that is exactly what you do. Sherry, I know my message was missed, but ask again. And and if you want to know more on that, just go ahead and book a call with us. Sher, I know my message was missed to ask again. Which would you recommend we work with when it comes to content creation on YouTube? Chachi or Claude? Claude. Uh Claude is better for most things. Uh the one thing we like Chachi BT for is image creation. We like Chachi PT for making the thumbnails for instance. Nehemiah nish Chinese robots. Chinese robots. Yeah, that’s right. I saw I saw apparently they had some kind of weird robot Olympics thing.

    Yep, I saw that. I saw that. Leah, what is support email? Support at shanehumus.com, guys. Danielle, wow. Yeah. Um, Cheryl, the niche generator helped with my niche, which is I help overwhelmed dog parents create calmer homes by keeping their dogs mentally occupied with frozen enrichment. Frozen enrichment. Um, I think again, no need to include the the Z part here. Um,

    but yeah, basically just help overwhelmed dog owners keep their dogs um calmer. Yeah, I like that. I think that’s great. Um, we do work with people in the animal niche. So, for instance, we worked with one guy who has one of the biggest um golden retriever companies in the U in the US. he, you know, sells golden retrievers and um and uh uh he he also does training for golden retrievers as well. So, a lot of the times those niches might be dog specific because there are different types of dogs and they do have different needs. There’s some dogs that have much higher energy than other dogs for instance, um there’s, you know, etc., etc. So, a lot of those trainings are actually dog specific, but I like the direction you’re going, Cheryl. Um, but uh, yeah, like maybe maybe like you know some of the smaller dogs or something like that. Yeah, Renee. Uh, so I would book a call, Cheryl. I would definitely book a call. I like the direction you’re going with that. So yeah, go-sh.com/coaching. Scan that QR code. Click the link in the chat, guys. Renee, if I don’t know friends contact from memory, how can I share? Uh, if I don’t know friends contact from memory, how can I share? If I don’t know friends contact from memory, how can I share? Uh you uh just just uh you know show them my YouTube channel. Yeah, it’s as easy as that. Lincoln, what niche is the 4.5 mil? Um that particular client is in the finance niche. I’m not going to tell you their exact niche, obviously, but they’re in the finance niche.

    All right.

    Kellen says, “Second time in this webinar and the information is very valuable.” Thank you. Thank you so much, Kellen. Have a good one. Where is the skills doc? Scroll up. Scroll down. We posted it many times. Renee, what want call, but last time I got completely to booking, but I lost my video connection. Oh, I’m sorry to hear that. Go ahead and try to book again. You can book the call again.

    Um,

    Jenna Milan Mandisa question. I have a niche that works with moms, but I’m not sure which way to go. So, is small enough to become a niche authority? I want to show busy moms and moms who have neglected themselves uh get unstuck. Uh, yeah. I mean, that’s a great niche, Mandisa. That’s that’s that’s an awesome niche. Um, you might you might need to get a little bit more specific like what are the exact problems that they’re having. Um, but yeah, that that sounds like an awesome niche for sure. Yeah, that we we those types of niches work very well. Leah, this has been very valuable. Awesome, Leah. Love to hear it. Lisa, looking forward to the call. Thanks so much. You got it, Lisa. Neil, thank you. Scott says, “Thank you.” Awesome. Uh, Nicholas, uh, yep, just you get it just for booking the call and showing up to it, Nicholas. Bonus number seven. Um, Kelly, one of your videos you uh stated to use Claude as opposed to Chazzy PT. Is there a reason for the change? Uh, yeah, Claude right now is just better. It’s just better for um content creation specifically. The one thing we like using ChatGpt for is thumbnail creation. We like ChatGpt better for creating the actual thumbnails. For some reason, Claude is kind of not so good at that.

    It is good, but it’s just a lot harder. Like you have to like connect different other AIs and it’s just like kind of a headache.

    Uh Lydia says her kiddo is heading back to Lawrence and thank you so much for the help and the insight. I’m guessing she means Lawrence, Kansas. Yeah, that’s where I went to university. University of Kansas. Go Jay-Hawks. Rock Shock. Um, but uh, yeah, you got it, Lydia. Have a good one. Sylvia, is there something that we can do before the call? What should we bring to the call? Uh, yeah, just thank you, Paige. Uh, admin responded to you. Thank you, Paige. Um, play around with the niche validator as well and just have an idea of what your niche uh should be or what ide what ideas you have and also have an idea of what your goal is in ter like financially like how much do you want how much money do you actually want to make? Cheryl, my niche is I help overwhelmed dog parents. Yep, already answered that one. Cheryl, uh, I think I might have scrolled back up here. How about lifestyle, home, and fragrance niche? Will that work? Yeah, of course. Of course. like those those types of niches of course work, but you got to get more specific like what’s your niche hypothesis statement. Scott says, “Makes sense.” Awesome. Shelly, thank you. You got a Shelly. David, my niche is I help CPG business owners get into Costco. Oh, wow. That is good. That is so good. It might that might be I I I very rarely say this, but that might actually be a little bit too niche. You might need to expand that a little bit. Like how to get into physical stores, for instance.

    instead of just Costco or how to sell in-person products instead of like online because most people, you know, make content about selling products online. How about how about selling in-person products, right? Like like the box, the boxes, the packaging, etc. Kim, what about helping eight figure founders rule in private so they don’t have to bleed in secret? Um, too intangible. Um, you need to be more tangible exactly what you’re helping them do. So rule in private, what exactly does that mean? Like basically they just like take themselves out of the CEO seat and somebody else is running their company for them. Um like what what exactly does that mean? Like rule in private like if again if I have to wonder what the hell it excuse my language sorry if I have to wonder what the hell it means then I you’ve just lost. It needs to be so unbelievably obvious exactly who you help and exactly what you help them do. You do not want to leave this to chance or imagination or anything like that. You need to literally it needs to be this clear. I help this person do this. That’s it. Like like that is what the niche hypothesis statement does. And I cannot emphasize how important this is for people to know exactly who you help and exactly what you help them do. You want to have an elevator pitch. It needs to be one sentence where you can tell people exactly who you help and exactly what you help them do, right? So, what problem are you helping them solve? You know what I mean? This is this is too intangible. It’s too intangible. Uh Shelly, good night. Awesome. Shelly, good night. Scott personal. Good stuff, Scott. Spencer, how about this niche? I help older adults with IT issues. Does it need to be more specific? Oh, that’s actually great. I like that, Spencer. So, uh no, I don’t think it needs to be more specific. That’s great. Um, yeah, older adults with IT issues. So, like it for for 50 and above. I think that niche would work. Yeah, that should absolutely work. Um,

    Scott says, “The average is 3 to five years.” Yeah, but the problem is is like it’s hard it’s hard for us to know that um with with your title, remember like like the actual niche hypothesis statement you had? It’s really hard to know that. Um, all right guys, I’m going to I’m going to jump off here in a little bit. All right. So, go to go.chainhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code. Click the link in the chat. I’m going to be jumping off here in a bit.

    Uh, Lopsy says, “My industry is in chaos and has always had a broken business model. Ultimately, I want to help VFX artists be able to live, make a good income, and have a good life, comfort, family, etc. Can I jump in there or do I have to build something first? Like, okay, lopsy, there is a huge amount of opportunity for VF VFX artists right now. There’s actually a massive amount of opportunity. If you excuse me, if you if you try to fight against AI, you are going to have a terrible time. If you just accept that AI is a huge technology and it’s changing the world and you just learn how to use it and you totally embrace it, you’re going to have a great time. Okay? So, the people who fight against AI and rail against it, oh, it’s not fair. It’s like my industry is in chaos. Those people are going to have a terrible time. Right? The people who just accept AI, know what it can do, know what it can’t do, and use it are going to have a great time. Right? So that’s what I would recommend that you do is VFX specifically like making uh uh using AI, right? So right now there’s some really cool sto stuff stuff coming out. I have a good friend who’s in the video game industry and he uses Unreal Engine. Um and Unreal Engine is just a pain to use. It’s a pain to use in in in video games. And there’s some AIs that are coming out right now that are making it way easier to make actual video game content. Like way easier. So, um yeah, that’s uh that’s something that uh is a huge opportunity. So, again, chaos, as uh Littlefinger in Game of Thrones says, chaos is a ladder, right? My industry is in chaos. As you say, Lopsy, chaos is a ladder. Okay. So the people who freak out or they rail against whatever the new thing is, you know, the AI technology, those people are going to have a bad time. But the people who just accept like, hey, this is the way it is. We got to move on. Okay. Those are the people that are going to have a lot of great opportunities and and be able to take advantage of it, right? So Josh, I’m worried that the AI space is bloated. Even when you have specific solutions targeting SMBs with GHL, it’s probably better to target a specific industry, HVAC plumbing. or is it better to lean into teaching late adopters of AI? Definitely better to target a specific industry in my opinion. So basically like AI for accountants, AI for you know people who crunch numbers on Excel, that kind of thing. I think it’s better to target a specific industry. That’s what I’m seeing. For instance, I of course teach people AI for content creation and um you know we’re having a great amount of success with it.

    JD Dunting helping people with addiction recovery and rebuilding. Alternatively, firsttime parents and the first year of parenthood uh those are two very different ones, but um yeah, both of those could work. Absolutely. So, um you know, addiction and recovery, we’ve already had several people had a lot of success in our program with that one. and parent related stuff. Um, yeah, we’ve had people have success with that, too. And so, yeah, both of those are really good. I’ I’d recommend book a call. Go.coaching. Scan that QR code, click the link in the chat. Heather, this is what the validator came back with for me. I help women in their 40s lose weight that stopped responding to old diets without giving up the food that they love. I’d probably change it just a little bit, but that sounds really good. I like it. tomorrow. Ask support if there are other days besides Tuesday and Wednesday. I’m tied up with all those days. We can uh support just reached out to you uh tomorrow. So, we responded to you in the chat.

    Shay says, “Booked immediately and for tomorrow.” Thank you for responding. You got it, Shay. My pleasure. Margarita, thank you. Been great. Stoked. Awesome, Margarita. Um, Katie says, “I think we all need encouragement and communication skills.” Yeah, absolutely. Courtney Courtourtney Raio, return on investment, right? My nurse brain automatically thought release of information. Uh, nice, nice, nice. Rao. Um, yep. Yep. There’s certain uh acronyms where it’s always just going to be that for me. Yeah. Yeah, I I say them out loud like like as if I just expect everybody to know them because it, you know, it’s common sense once you’ve been doing it for a long time. So, like remember guys, what’s common sense to you is not common sense to other people. You can help people out a lot with stuff that’s oftenimes very simple to you. There’s a lot of smoke where I’m at right now. There’s a lot of smoke. There’s like some some some fires and there’s a lot of smoke. I need to take a take a um Claritin here in a little bit. Call confirmed. Turquoise. Awesome. Allison, no. Who is watching the webinar? Yes, there’s lots of people still watching. Still on. Appreciate you guys. Katie, I’m scheduled tomorrow to complete a sec a second phone call. Awesome. Margaret YouTube. Allison, she’s watching the webinar. Learning together. Awesome. All right, guys. Last few minutes here. I’m going to scroll down to the bottom. For the people that are on the fence about booking a call, okay, so you haven’t booked a call yet. You’re on the fence about booking call. Tell me why. Comment in the chat. Okay, for everybody else, go ahead and book a call. Go.coaching. Scan that QR code. Click the link in the chat. For everybody else, go ahead and book a call for planning and niche skill. Opus or Fable? Fable. M. Sandy says, “Just not there yet.” Why are you not there, Sandy? Why are you just not there yet? How can we get you there, Sandy? How can we get you there now, Sandy? Okay.

    Okay. Uh, Laura says, “Call confirmed.” Awesome, Laura. How can we get you there, Sandy? Let me know. Um, Veronica, I booked a call but scared, I guess. What’s making you scared, Veronica? Uh, Charity, be safe, Shane. I have a call booked uh for tomorrow and have my claw and chat updated. Thank you for all this great information. You got it, Charity. My pleasure. And I will be safe. Yeah, the fires are actually really far away. The fires are in Indonesia, but they’re coming all the way across the ocean from Indonesia, which is crazy. So, there’s like some forest fires in Indonesia, and it’s like causing a lot of smoke all the way across the ocean. It It’s actually making me feel like the world is a lot smaller than you think. Cuz like I’m not even that close to Indonesia. The world’s not as big as you think. You know, if there’s smoke that’s getting to me all the way across the ocean, that’s pretty nuts. Um Sherry, you need to make a tea with ginger, honey, and lemon. Whatever it is in that red, it needs to go. Yeah. Oh, that red can coke zero. It’s Coke Zero. Come on. The red can is fine.

    The Coke Zero is okay. You know, we’ll we’ll find out. We’ll find out. My niche score is an average of eight out of 10. That’s pretty good, Larry. That’s pretty good. Sandy, my mind is all over the place. Need my own Coke and a smile. Well, here’s a smile for you, but I can’t give you the Coke. Um, but but yeah, Coke Zero is the one I like. I like getting the minis specifically. I like the Coke Coke Zero minis. Those are my favorite ones. I think the minis actually taste different, too. Courtney, I’ve been playing around with your Chad GPT guide, and I’ve come up with an idea for a channel, but I’m nervous as hell. It seems so dumb. Guys, if you’re nervous, there’s nothing to fear. Just book the call. The call is going to be valuable whether we end up working together or not. Honestly, guys, we probably won’t even give you uh a a uh offer when you book the call. Okay? Only 18% of people who apply even uh you know, get an offer, right? So, we probably won’t even give you an offer. So, it’s just going to be valuable and then and then we’ll part ways and you know, maybe in the future if if uh you meet, you know, if you’re a better fit at that time, then we can uh we can join. We can we can we can uh have you join the community, right? So, there’s nothing to lose. The call is going to be valuable whether we end up working together or not. Kate, call confirmed. Matthew, awesome, Kate. Thanks. Good night. Call booked. Awesome. Matthew, have a good one. Adiola wouldn’t let me book a call. says, “I am not a good fit at the moment.” Um, yeah, please check your answers on the budget investment side. Yep. Caroline, just can’t afford. All good, Caroline. No worries. Uh, it is. We do have payment plans though, right? We do have payment plans. We can get the payments pretty low. Spencer, thanks Shane. Uh, love your channel. Awesome. Spencer, appreciate you. John, where is the skills doc? Uh, commented below. Um, just make sure you’re logged in before you try to click on it. It’ll work if you’re logged in. Artine. Um, love the niche accelerator. Thank you. Awesome. We’ll screenshot that. Yeah, love people. People love those. Amazing thunderstorms in Kansas City. Good. Yeah. Yeah. Kansas City. I lived uh about an hour away from Kansas City for like six years or something. It was a really long time. Um, in Lawrence, Kansas. So, I went up to Kansas City all the time. But yeah, Kansas City is great. Great barbecue there. Katie, I’m watching and listening. Thanks, Shane. I cannot get to the skill dock. Uh, go get some fresh air. Thank you for helping me. Uh, by giving me hope with a remote job. You are a star. Oh, that’s awesome. Love it. You got a remote job. Good stuff. Uh, wow. That is tough. In Wisconsin, we had air with smoke from Canada. Yeah, it’s actually amazing. I can’t believe that the smoke gets that far away from where it originates. Really makes you think. Like the world’s smaller than you think. Um, Kelly, can you explain AdSense again? So AdSense are basically the ads when it when you’re watching YouTube and ads pop up on the channel, right? So like interruption ads, they pop up on the channel. The creator of those ads gets a 55% of the revenue generated. 55% of the revenue paid by the company to show up with their ads on YouTube. So that’s how AdSense works.

    Um Sherry is creating Flim. Yes, it is. Daniel, I accidentally closed the Zoom call page this page. lost all the previous links from the chat. Hey, just go ahead and save those links, guys. Copy and paste those links and save them. That’s one thing I’ll say, guys. By the way, I’m going to go ahead and post the thank you page links. Um, so for whatever reason you guys uh closed down the thank you page, I’m going to go ahead and post those thank you page links. Okay, so I just posted them in the chat. Additionally, um I’m going to post the Whoops. Whoops. Whoops. Oops. Additionally, I’m going to post the uh link to apply for one-on-one coaching. So, I’m posting this myself. This is me actually posting the link just in case you don’t want to click the ones from the admin. So, this is me posting it. Um and uh yeah, so you guys can have that. I highly recommend again if if you close down the thank you page, make sure you click on those links cuz you’re going to see a bunch of different examples of people that you know, just endless scroll, guys, right? Different people that got results. Um this one’s a little bit different. um has some FAQ videos, but it’s pretty similar thing. So, make sure you click on those links to uh to see that. And um yeah, I think that’s going to that’s going to uh be great. So, uh with that being said, guys, um I am going to jump off here in two minutes. So, I’m going to jump off here in 2 minutes and I’m feeling great, but thank you, Salvador. I think it’s just the smoke. It’s just the smoke. That’s it. that. But uh yeah, we we did just buy like an air purifier. So, we’re going to try to set that up. Um yeah, Robert, where is the skills doc? Uh just scroll up, scroll down. Robert, can’t copy out of this chat. Yeah, good good stuff. Good stuff. Okay. Um yeah, the the webinar replay will be sent out to everybody who attended the webinar. So, that that’s great. And one last time, guys, go.shenhome.com/ passionhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code, click the link in the chat. Um, and uh, I did drop those links as well. Like I said, I dropped them myself. So, go ahead and save those. Oh, yeah. I forgot to say that. If for whatever reason, let’s just say you’re doing your dishes, you’re you’re uh, cooking dinner or whatever, uh, you’re driving your lawn mower around, mowing your lawn, whatever, um, and you can’t do it right now, go ahead and just screenshot this and just make sure you do it within the next 28 hours or 24 hours, right? So, screenshot this. uh it it’ll save the QR code and it’ll save this and you just type that in or or screen or um scan the QR code. Um or what you can do is you can post the link. Okay, so you can apply for the one-on-one coaching. You can post that link. I’m going to put that link again right now. Just save that, copy and paste it. Then then you can apply later on when you have a little bit more time to do it. I do recommend doing it within the next 24 hours though. Highly highly recommend doing it within the next 24 hours. Um, and uh, also like I said before, I I think you should also save these links for the thank you page, too. So, I’m going to put these links uh in there, and you can save these things these links for the thank you page as well. With that being said, guys, thank you so much. Have a good one. I am going to jump off right now. Thank you so much, guys. Appreciate you all. Uh, thank you to the admins as well. Shout out to the admins. Admin Stephven, admin Aaron, Alexis, Justine, Kevin. Uh, shout out to those guys. very for uh uh making the putting this whole event on. Um Neil says, “Thanks.” You got it, Neil. My pleasure. Steve, uh Sherry Buenes, noes data, I guess. I is that is that the right thing? I don’t know. Uh have a great one, guys. Jassie, awesome. Jasse, Mark, thanks Daisy. Thank you. Mike, Lisa, uh, Jasse, Charity, Aaron, Mary, Sandy, Allison, Laura, Jane, Tony, Jason, Steve, um, Leah, Moore, Nicole, AJ, Tamara. Awesome. Have a good one, guys. Cheers. Thank you so much. And, uh, look forward to working with a few of you, uh, a few of you inside the program. Have a good one. Bye, guys. Take care.

  • 09/10/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Social Security

    Does that mean I cannot claim the spousal social security? No, you can’t. And so, like in in the presentation, if you have a a spouse that works, you are entitled to a portion of that. And so, uh no, I get that question all the time. And you are, uh definitely entitled to that. No work is required. So, it doesn’t mean that you can’t claim. You just uh you have to uh apply for your spouse’s record and you have uh you have to wait if you wait until your full retirement age, your spousal benefit is up to 50%. So, remember that. And you can start claiming as early as age 62, but you’re going to be getting that reduced uh monthly amount. So, as a homemaker, in my eyes, that is a full-time job. you just don’t get paid for it, but you know, you are entitled to your spousal uh social security. Great question.

    All right.

    And for those I know there’s a lot of you in in attendance. Um, you know, if there are questions that you have that you can’t come up with now, uh, or you don’t have, but they come up later, I get a ton of questions after the fact. Uh, so, you know, my information is on the screen there. So, please take uh my the scanning scanner there, QR code, my direct numbers there, my email. So, please please take a look at that. I have another question. How much do you charge for a consultation? Zero. We do not charge fees for consultations here, which is again a good benefit that I I beg you to to take advantage of because there are other firms out there who charge an arm and a leg just to, you know, see how you can work with them. We do not do that here at the credit union. So again, please check that yes uh for an appointment and I will reach out to you and set something up and I can I love to meet in person. I’m located here in the Chicagoland area by O’Hare, but we also uh do Zoom meetings. I I do a lot of Zoom meetings with uh with members as well as phone consultations. So, um do not hesitate to to reach out because, you know, our expertise here uh is is a good resource. And so, you know, I have a team here uh at Alliant Retirement and Investment Services that that’s all we do is is planning for for our clients when it comes to retirement, investments, education, whatever it is. So, please take advantage.

    All right, that looks about it for questions. Uh but again, if something comes up after uh our presentation today, please feel free to reach out to me. Uh I would love to talk to you and and answer those questions. But with that being said, again, I know your time is valuable and I appreciate you joining me this morning. Have a a fantastic rest of your day and a good upcoming weekend. Appreciate you all.

  • 09/09/2026 – PodShorts Customers-Only Red-Carpet VIP Training!

    Just a couple of minutes. I’m just waiting for all the strugglers who are still in the waiting room to jump on in and get access to the live session today before they get logged up because we have a house. Well, so many people on the call today. I’m super excited, very very happy that everybody made it. Um, we’re going to have a fun session today. We’re going to show you some really cool stuff. Um, but I want to before we get started, I I don’t want to spend a lot of time on the introduction this time. I want to jump right into the training part. All right. So, I’m going to walk you guys through about what this webinar is about, what the next couple of webinars are going to be, and uh how we’re going to help you make a lot more money with pot shots, with H2, with all the other things that we have prepared for you. Now, for those of you who just picked up pot uh Pot Shorts and uh are just about to get started, don’t know how to use it and everything, couple of things I want you to do is make sure first you go to this URL and log in. We have sent you an email with your username and password in it. Use that to log in here. Now, watch this demo video that you see on the dashboard. That’s the number one thing right over here. Next, I want you to click on this profile icon over here on the top right. And then I want you to go to help and support. Now, in help and support section, you’ll see a lot of video tutorials that we have added and a lot of PDF tutorials that going to pop up here as well. So, if you don’t understand English, if English is not your primary language, you can read the PDF tutorials as well and translate them there so you understand. Now, everything is very clearly step by step explained in all these videos over here, which is also why we’re not going to be doing a technical live demo training on the webinar because that would be unfair for people who cannot make it to the webinar today. And I want everybody to be able to, you know, uh, learn and use pot charts properly, which is why we have added all the videos here already for you. So you can go back and watch them multiple times and you can read about them and understand how to use this. So we’re not going to be doing a technical demo. What we’re going to be doing is we’re going to be showing you how you can make money with podcast with short videos with Instagram with Tik Tok by selling services by you know going viral and how to leverage the Instagram’s algorithm. And to do that, I’ve got a good friend of mine on the call who’s going to be running the training, showing you everything behind the scene, how he has been doing this, how we have been doing this, and how you can replicate this in your business, go viral, generate tons of traffic, publish a lot of content, create everything with AI, automate everything with AI, and start making money. So, we’re going to be doing that training right now, today, and then uh in this week and the next week, we’re going to be doing social media management training. and we’re going to be doing a AI automation agency training and a lot of good stuff. Now, all these trainings are included as part of the bundle deal. So, if you’re part of the bundle, you’ll get access to all of these training as recordings as well. But, we’re going to be doing these live for you. So, you can be on the call, you can ask questions, you can engage with us. And if you have any doubts, you can just ask us live right here so we can help clear those doubts and help you get started copying exactly what we are doing. replicating what we are doing, generating tons of leads, tons of traffic, and tons of sales. Start making money with this. So, without further ado, let’s jump into this training. I’ve got my friend up here. We’re going to switch the screen real quick, and then we’ll get the training started. And I’m super pumped up. Again, make sure you turn off your phones and have a paper and pen with you to take notes. And if you have any questions, post those questions in the comment section here and we will respond. um on the comment section as well. I’m going to be responding personally and yeah, let’s get this party started. Just going to wait just a second and let everybody get checked in here.

    Make sure you have a pen, a piece of paper. Make sure you get some caffeine. I got my my tea right here, ready to rock.

    My bulletproof tea. All right, guys. Well, welcome everyone. My name is Chan. So excited you guys are here. Um, now I know that you heard something about like the Costco method. Well, we’re going to talk all about it right now. So, let me go ahead and share my screen. Give me just a second to pull it up. All right. I hope you guys are fired up. We have a lot to cover today. All right. Can you see my screen? All right. Awesome. Let’s dive in. So, let’s talk about the Costco method. It’s a way that complete beginners are quietly earning 3,000 or more per week from home while AI does 95% of the heavy lifting without creating products, getting on the phone, or showing your face to a single person. Now, I know that’s a big claim. So, before I say another word, let me just show you something. This is a brand new business I started from absolute zero in September. 5 months later, over $200,000. Now, you can see the money being paid out here into my bank account. 5,554 deposited into my checking and then another 12K payment. And this this is a picture of me climbing in Patagonia with my best friend while money is coming into my bank account. I was completely off the grid. No laptop, no phone calls. The business grew while I was up there. And yes, I did almost fall off the cliff. My buddy still has the video. I’ve asked him to delete it and he has not. Uh but that’s a story for a different time. But here’s why this matters. I’m not the only one. Okay, this is Nathan. 6 months ago, he was a manager in Greensville, South Carolina, worried sick about being replaced by AI, and he decided to own the AI instead. He collected his first payment of $750 in 7 days. And today, he collects $28,000 a month with this same method. And it keeps going. Here’s Josh, Teresa, Crystal, Roxanna, and many more crushing it with this system. Now, I’m not showing you these results to impress you. I’m showing you because this is the exact system I’m walking you through today. how to simply plug AI into a proven business model and make your first sale in as little as seven days with minimal out-of- pocket costs, no phone calls, and no clients. But stay until the very end because that’s where I’m going to open up the Costco formula. It’s the H2 AI dashboard live on screen and build a complete campaign from scratch in under 10 minutes so that you can see exactly what your first day looks like. If you leave early, you miss the part that actually makes this whole thing work. And as a thank you for staying, I’m giving everyone who’s here at the end a free copy of our H2 AI quick start guide. And this normally sells separately, but it walks you through step by step through making your first sale in under 72 hours. And it shows you how to earn reoccurring income from sales you didn’t even make yourself. That’s where the real money is. Okay? So stick around and it’s yours straight into your inbox. So drop a let’s go in the chat if you’re committed to staying till the end. Let’s see it. Let’s go. Let’s go. Let’s go. All right. The energy is here. Let’s dive in. Now, let me be crystal clear about what this is and what this is not. Okay, this is not another start an agency presentation, cold calling strangers, trying to land clients. This is not your typical affiliate promoting Amazon links, collecting $20 commissions because Amazon only pays you 3%. What I’m going to show you today involves high ticket digital products. We’re talking $500, $1,000, even $2,000 plus on commissions on a single sale and using a system where AI does the work. You don’t create anything. You don’t sell anything on the phone. And you don’t need to understand a single line of code. And here’s the thing, you don’t have to show your face. You don’t have to get on camera. You don’t have to tell a single person you know what you’re doing. If privacy matters to you, and I know for a lot of you it does, this works completely faceless. I’ll show you exactly how later on. Now, this is something genuinely new, and I don’t say that lightly. I’ll show you the exact tools that made this possible. Tools that literally didn’t even exist six months ago. But before I go any further, I want you to do something for me. Type in the chat right now. If you hit your income goal in the next month, what is the very first thing you’re going to buy or pay off? Don’t overthink it. Just type it in right now. Pay off your mortgage, pay off debt, bills, travel, retire your mom, vacation, like whatever it is. I love it. Keep them coming in. Keep them coming in. Now, here’s why I asked. Because everything you guys just typed requires one thing, more money coming in. And the question isn’t whether opportunities to make that money exist. They always do. The question is whether you recognize them in time. Because every few years a window opens and it stays open for about 12 to 18 months. And the people who step through it build wealth that lasts the rest of their lives. In 2015, it was Amazon FBA. Regular people with no warehouses, no business degrees were pulling in 30 to 50k a month selling simple products that they didn’t even manufacture. And today, that space is a bloodbath. The window closed. In 2020, it was Shopify and drop shipping. People build stores from their kitchen table during co and hit six figures in under a year while everyone else was binge watching Netflix waiting for things to go back to normal. But today, ad costs tripled, margins collapse, and the window closed. Right now, and I mean right now, AI has opened the next window. And I’m not talking about the AI window most people think they see, the one where you start an agency and cold call and email strangers. I’m talking about a completely different window that almost nobody is looking at. But here’s the problem. Nobody’s talking about it. Most people chasing AI money right now are plugging it into the wrong business model. They’re using the most powerful technology in human history to sell a $20 calorie counter app. Or they’re cold calling, trying to land $5,000 a month agency clients, competing against thousands doing the exact same thing. It’s like strapping a rocket engine to a bicycle. It doesn’t matter how powerful the engine is if the vehicle underneath can’t handle it. What changed everything for me and what I’m handing you today is this. The business model matters more than the technology. And when you plug AI into a proven high ticket model where someone else does the selling and you collect $500 to $1,000 plus in commissions, that’s when you stop trading time for money and start waking up to commission notifications from sales you didn’t make. Now, grab a pen and paper and seriously hold it up. Here’s what I want you to write down. Three words. Costco method formula. And underneath that, I want you to write this. Other people’s products. AI does the work. High ticket commissions. That’s the entire model in one line. Costco didn’t invent a single product on it shelves. It built a system that moves other people’s products at scale. And that is exactly why you’re about to learn how to do this with high ticket digital products that pay you $500 to $2,000 from your laptop with AI doing the heavy lifting. So today I’m going to walk you through three things. First, the Costco blueprint. Exactly how this model works. How you use $150 hot dog products to collect $500 to $2,000 per sale. And why this is fundamentally different from anything else in the online space. Second, I’m going to show you the 95% engine, the all-in-one AI dashboard that does all the leg work for you. And third, the plug-in partnership. How to skip the learning curve. how to plug in a done for you system with AI tools, a sales team, a community already in place, so you never build from scratch. You’ll be ready to move. Now, let me tell you why today is different from anything you’ve seen before. The results behind this model are not new. We and thousands of other people have been generating serious income this way for over 4 years. That’s a real proven track record. Here’s some of our folks crushing it right now. Hitting 100K streak from Google search to 20K per month. And here’s some more. And it just keeps on going. But what is new is for the first time ever, we can automate 95% of the process. 6 months ago, the AI tools I’m going to show you today either didn’t exist or weren’t good enough to rely on. That changed and that’s what cracked this wide open for beginners. You’re not starting from scratch like I did. You’re plugging into a 4-year-old system with AI handling the parts that used to take months to learn. And that’s why I know there are people on this call right now who are going to look back at today as the day it all shifted. I don’t know which of you it is yet, but I know that you’re here. So, let me show you why it doesn’t matter where you’re starting from. It doesn’t matter if you’re a complete beginner with zero experience. It doesn’t matter if you’re on a tight budget. All you need is less than an hour a day. And I’ll show you how to find that hour. And if you’ve tried other things before, courses that didn’t work, businesses that fizzled out, stuff that felt way harder than the ad made it look, I want you to hear me on this. It wasn’t you. It was the model. The wrong model fails no matter how hard you work. And the right model works even when you’re still figuring it out. The only reason I can make a claim like that is because we’ve seen it. Hundreds of verified people who have made money with this exact system. And many of them were earning within their first seven days. And this is all kinds of people. People like Jed and Nancy here. There are a couple with six kids running a farm. Talk about having no time. And yet now they’re collecting over $12,000 per month with this method. Four to five sales a month. That’s it. That’s what high ticket does for you. Then there’s Norine. She was working as a cashier at Whole Foods, making barely above minimum wage. She followed the steps and had her best month ever. $15,000 from just 20 high ticket sales. Think about that. To make $15,000 selling a $15 ebook, you need to sell a,000 of them. Nor made 20 sales. That’s the difference between the right model and the wrong model. And the story doesn’t end there. Her brother Naveiv watched what she was doing, followed the same process, and in his best month collected $27,000. Now, Naveiv went hard and the timing was right. So, his numbers are on the higher end. But even at half that, even at a quarter of that, we’re talking about life-changing money for most people. All right, let’s get into it, guys. It sounds nuts to say it out loud, but today, the process from this H2H method you’ll soon learn about has now helped me do over 20 million in sales. I was invited on TV shortly after I crossed that milestone. I’ve been invited to speak on big stages with hundreds of people. I’ve been featured on Time Square. I’ve been interviewed by celebrity entrepreneurs like Gary Vee and Grant, others like Dan Martell. And I’ve taught this model to thousands of people, but none of that compares with this. Last year, I sat down next to my mom and I told her, “I need you to really hear what I’m about to say.” She gave me that look that she always gives me, a little bit worried, bracing herself like something bad was coming. She just turned 60, still grinding out like 12-hour shifts, still driving an hour to work, an hour back. Sometimes she’d come home so wiped out, she would fall asleep in her work clothes because she didn’t have the energy to change. And here’s the thing, my mom did everything right. She did everything herself her entire life. That’s what she was taught. Well, we were all taught. Work hard, do it yourself, study, get good grades, get the degree, get the job, put your head down, don’t ask for help, don’t take shortcuts, figure it out on your own, and someday, someday, it’ll all pay off. I call that the do-it-yourself trap. And if you grew up hearing that same message, do it yourself, work harder, grind longer, type relatable in the chat. I’m seeing them come in right now. Relatable, relatable, relatable. Yeah, every single one of us. My mom followed the DIY trap perfectly for 40 years. Did everything herself. Never asked for help. Never looked for a shortcut. And the reward was flung asleep in her uniform because she was too exhausted to change. That’s what the DI trap gets you. Not freedom, not security. Exhaustion with a paycheck. I grabbed her hands and I said, “It’s over. No more shifts. No more alarm clocks at 5:00 a.m. No more coming home so exhausted you pass out on the couch. I’ve got it from here. All of it.” She just looked at me and didn’t say anything. I said, “Mom, I want you at every soccer game, every birthday party, every random Tuesday when the kids just want to make cookies with grandma. You’ve missed enough already. I don’t want you to miss anything else.” Her chin started shaking. “You spent your whole life working so I can have a future,” I told her. But now it’s my turn to give you the rest of yours. And she just broke. Like, not polite little tears, the kind that comes from somewhere deep. The kind that says, “I didn’t think I’d ever see this date.” My kids were standing there totally confused, asking, “Why was grandma crying? Why is she so sad? She wasn’t sad. For the first time in her life, she was allowed to stop. That’s what this business gave me. Not the trophy, not the interviews, but that moment. Being able to look at my mom who sacrificed everything for me and tell her she never has to work another day in her life. Now, if that story moves you, if you have someone in your life you’d love to have that moment with, type their name in the chat right now. Just her first name. Mom, dad, wife, husband. Just type it. Yeah, we all feel like I see those names. That’s your why. Hold on to that because that’s what this is all about. So, if you’re watching this and you’re thinking, “Chance, this all sounds awesome, but is it really as good as you say it is? Why are you sharing it? Why don’t you just keep this stuff to yourself and make a whole bunch of money with it? Why you got to tell everyone? That’s the real answer. I want more people to have that moment I had with my mom.” whatever your vision looks like. Your parents, your spouse, your kids, yourself. That moment when you realize you are free. Well, let me be straight with you about something else because I believe you deserve the full picture. I’m not up here just out of the goodness of my heart. I am a decent guy, but nobody does anything for no reason. So, here’s what’s in it for me. I’m building a network of partners, people I can hand the system to, run deals with, and build something bigger with. People who go out and win so that we all eat. That’s the game I’m playing here. So, type fair in the chat if you think that’s a fair arrangement. Fair, fair, fair. Come on, let’s see them. I appreciate that. See, transparency matters to me. And here’s what I already know is going to happen. Most of you watching this, I’d say 99 out of 100 probably, you’re going to take everything I show you today and go build it yourself. And I’m good with that. Like, seriously, I’m about to give you the whole playbook, nothing held back. And if you take this and run with it, never give me a dime, and completely change your life, that’s a win. I want to see that happen. Like, I truly mean that. But there’s going to be maybe one in a hundred of you watching this and think, I don’t want to figure this out alone. I don’t want to spend months piecing it together. I just want the shortcut. I want Chance’s team building this for me while I collect all the income. And if that’s you, stay until the end. And once I’ve shown you exactly how everything works, I’ll walk you through what it looks like to partner with us directly where my team at AI handled the heavy lifting and you focus on just collecting the income. So, what we’re going to talk about today is first the biggest, most wide openen online income opportunity no one is talking about. This is completely overlooked and how to do it with zero experience or doing any of the selling yourself or even creating a digital product yourself. We’re going to talk about the three keys to building automated income with other people’s online products that anyone can start with as little as a few hundred bucks. And then I’m going to show you how to automate 95% with an easy to use AI and you don’t have to know a thing about tech because it’s so simple to use as you’ll soon see. And I’m not just going to tell you about it. At each of these three keys, I’m going to share my screen and show you the AI working live in real time. You’ll see it find proven offers. You’ll see it build your landing pages and website from scratch. You’ll see it create viral content for you. Three separate live demos, not slides, not mockups. The actual tool running live in front of your eyes. And here’s the through line in all this. You’re not building anything from scratch. At every step, you’re plugging into something that’s already proven, already working, already generating results. And that’s the opposite of the DIY trap. You don’t build it. You don’t plug it in. All right. Now, let’s be 100% clear on just a few things because it’s important you don’t misunderstand me. Now, while this is highly automated, as I said, it is not do nothing, make money, guys. That doesn’t exist. All right? Consistent effort goes a long way. While this can work fast, it’s not this will make you a million with one click. Those are two different things. And while this completely changed my life, my results are not typical results. And while this has worked for tons of regular everyday people, that is not a guarantee to work for you, okay? So, your results will vary depending on what you do with it. And I just want to make sure we’re on the same page there. So, type agree in the chat if you understand results take effort. Come on, guys. Don’t be shy. I want to see it. I agree. I agree. I agree. All right. Keep them coming. Good. All right. We’re all adults here. Now, with that said, this is the only thing online that I recommended to my friends and family. This here is Asrav and he copied this process. You can see he made over 225,000 which is over 250k USD. Don’t worry guys, I’m going to bring him on live here later so he can share it as well. Then we showed our good friend Jason how to do this. Jason never thought in a million years he’d be making this kind of money from the internet like this. So this allowed him to have hope, see a way out of the grind, and it’s been completely life-changing. So let’s first establish the facts that digital products are the best place for everyday people to make money online. It’s just a fact. The e-learning industry alone is over 400 billion. And that is absurd. More than $1 billion a day is being paid out online. That is more money flowing to everyday people selling digital products than every Fortune 500 CEO. These aren’t tech billionaires. These aren’t Wall Street guys. That money is going to regular people who figured out how to position themselves in front of this wave. So, trying to make money online without digital products, I like to say, is like using a banana as a hammer. It just doesn’t make sense. It’s silly. Like, what are you doing with your life? And I know this because I lived it. This was me. Let me tell you exactly what happened. See, I thought going online meant I’d escaped from the trap. But I hadn’t. I just traded one version of it for another. Instead of doing everything myself at a job, I was doing everything myself in a business. Sourcing products, building funnels, running ads, handling customer service at 2 in the morning. More hours, more effort. Built everything yourself. That’s what real entrepreneurs do, right? That’s the DIY trap. It just followed me from my career into my business. Same lie, different building. I was doing everything the gurus told me to do. I was sourcing products, building funnels, running ads, handling customer service, dealing with suppliers in China at 2 in the morning, managing shipping delays, the whole thing, working 10, 12-hour days. And I’m not exaggerating when I say my best month, I basically broke even once I subtracted the ad costs, the returns, the software, and the product costs. I remember sitting at my desk one night. I’d been staring at Shopify Analytics for 3 hours, and it just hit me. I’m building everything from scratch. Every single piece of this business I’m personally responsible for. And every time something breaks, I’m the one fixing it. I didn’t have a business. I had a job that I built for myself and a bad one at that. And then something happened that changed everything. A buddy of mine, he was in a completely different space promoting other people’s digital courses online. He casually mentioned what he had made that month. And that number made me sick. Not because he was making so much, because he was barely working compared to me. He didn’t create the product, somebody else did. He didn’t build a salesunnel. It was already built. He didn’t handle customer service. The product creator did. He didn’t close sales. There was a team for that. All he did was get people to look at the offer. That’s it. Get eyeballs on something that was already proven to sell. And I remember thinking, “This is completely upside down. I’m over here building every single thing myself, grinding 12 hours a day, and barely breaking even.” He plugged into someone else’s system that was already working and made more in a month than I made in three. So, I tested it. I found a digital product in a space I cared about. Promoted it with some simple content. And within the first week, I kid you not, I made more in commissions than my entire best month of drop shipping. And I didn’t build anything. I didn’t create anything. I didn’t fix anything. That was the moment the light bulb went off. I’d been lied to. The old way of believing I needed to do everything myself. Work harder, grind longer, build from scratch. But the smartest people in this space weren’t doing any of that. They were plugging into systems that already worked. And that realization, you don’t need to build a business. You need to plug into one that’s already built. Became the foundation of everything I’ve done since. That was the moment I escaped the DIY trap for good. I stopped trying to build everything myself. I stopped believing I had to create it all from scratch. And I learned the one lesson that changed everything. You don’t build a business, you plug into one. And how is all this possible? Well, it sure as hell wasn’t physical products. So, what is the digital product? A digital product is as it sounds, a product that only exists digitally and on the internet. things like courses, playbooks, guides, software, coaching programs. And because of that, you can get started with it for practically nothing because you don’t have to buy inventory. It’s just extremely low risk. And the best part of all, in my opinion, is that it can be fully automated. Like 100% automated. I like to call this online income without the BS. Okay? There’s no buying products and spending thousands of dollars. There’s no managing inventory. There’s no shipping to worry about. There’s no client calls or customer service headaches. And you don’t even create products yourself. you use other people’s products. Lendon calls it by far the easiest and most profitable income to start with that he’s ever found. And now he’s done over $100,000 in a single month. But before I go any further, I need to rewire something in your brain. Because the way most people think about making money online is completely backwards. And once you do what I’m about to show you, you’ll never look at business the same way again. Let me ask you something that’ll blow your mind. Have you ever been to Costco? Okay, type yes in the chat if you ever been to Costco. Yes. Yes. Yeah, we’ve all been to Costco, right? Most of you. Anyways, if you’ve ever been to Costco, you know about the hot dog, the legendary $150 hot dog and soda combo. It’s been a $150 since 1985, 40 years. They refused to raise the price. The founder literally told the new CEO, “If you raise the price of the hot dog, I will kill you.” Now, why would a company lose money? Yes, lose money on a hot dog. Here’s what actually happens. You drive to Costco thinking you’re going to grab a hot dog, maybe some paper towels. 2 hours later, you’re loading a 65 in TV, a lifetime supply of olive oil, and random groceries into your car. Your receipt says $1,288. The hot dog got you through the door, but the TV paid for the building. Costco prints 200 billion a year with this method. McDonald’s uses the same formula. They sell you a burger for a few bucks, but then it’s would you like fries with that and a drink and maybe a McFlurry. That $4 cheeseburger just became a $15 meal. GoDaddy does the same thing. They sell you a domain for 99 cents. Then you need monthly hosting, email, security, SSL certificates. Suddenly that dollar turned into 100. Xbox sells the console at a loss. They don’t care because the next 5 years you’re buying games, subscriptions, controllers, Xbox Live, thousands of dollars over time. These are some of the most profitable companies on the planet and they’re all making billions every year doing the exact same thing. They get you in with something small, something easy to say yes to, and then they make the real money on everything that comes after. We call this the H2H method. Hot dog to high ticket. Type H2 in the chat if this is starting to click for you. H2. H2H. Come on, let’s keep them coming. Keep them coming. Yeah. Okay, everyone’s starting to get it. And once you see it, you can’t unsee it. It’s everywhere. It’s how the big players have always made money. And now you can, too. So, here’s why I’m telling you this. Most people trying to make money online are out there selling hot dogs. They’re grinding for $10 commissions, maybe 27 if they’re lucky. They need hundreds of sales just to pay rent. What I’m going to show you today is how to sell the $150 hot dog and get paid for the TV. How to be the person who earns 300, 500, or even $1,000 from a single customer, without creating any products yourself, without running ads, without speaking with another human being, and without showing your face if you don’t want to. And notice the pattern here. You’re not building the product. You’re not building the sales system. You’re not building the team that closes the high ticket deals. You’re plugging into all of it. That’s the core of everything I teach. Now, if you’re thinking, “But Chance, I’m not a course creator. I’m not an expert at anything.” That’s totally fine, and neither am I. There’s zero product creation involved. None at all. There’s also no technical skills required. None of the traditional things you might expect to come along with something like this because the way we do it. We sell other people’s products for them and earn massive commissions. And the creation of it, we stay out of it. It’s so simple that even people like Darren here, he immediately had no experience with online business, never sold anything online before, and still makes over $11,000 a month with this, and he’s just done this in his spare time. So, when I say truly anyone can do this, I really mean anyone. Because as a faceless digital product owner, your role is very simple. Your most important role is getting eyeballs on proven offers and then letting the sales system work their magic. Cuz we know how to turn simple social media content into reliable passive income machines that can produce huge life-changing monthly profits month after month after you set them up. And they can work in dozens of niches, thousands of different topics, again, without you knowing anything about those topics themselves. And this is what makes our method completely unique from anyone else’s is that all you need is one winning offer to make thousands to even up to $10,000 per month automated online. Like Richard here, with just one simple offer he promotes, he’s making incredible commissions every single week. That’s potentially job replacing income from promoting one offer. And of course, you can do more. That’s how guys like Farz here went from zero to over $100,000 per month with this. And he says his business model has been an absolute gamecher in his life. The freedom it gives you is just incredible and blows his mind. And guys, we’ve been doing this ourselves for years now. Here’s a screenshot from back in 2022 when I was first getting started with this. So, I’ve seen the ups and downs, everything that’s happened over the years. And I can safely say that right now, there has never been a better time to be promoting digital products online. Cuz what used to take weeks can now be done in minutes. What used to cost hundreds of dollars can now be done for practically nothing. And a lot of the work you used to have to do now can be fully automated thanks to AI. So this software completely bridges the gap and makes selling digital products realistic for absolutely anyone who wants to do it. Because again, the way we do it, all you need is one proven $50 product and then you get paid $500 to $1,000 in high ticket commissions on the back end. That’s the way our hot dog to high ticket model works. And in a few minutes, I’m going to share my screen and show you this AI building everything live step by step, key by key. You’ll see exactly what I mean. But as you can see, Omar made over $9,500 per month from being an H2H method AI owner. He says, “I can’t believe how quickly this is happening and primarily all off of the core offers that he promotes. So, we’re actually using our own AI tools right now so we can get content made, get it posted, drive traffic, and grow our business faster than we ever have.” Right? So imagine for a second what if you were just one offer away from creating whatever life you want for yourself. One offer away from say leaving your 9 toive job. This here is Crystal. Crystal was working grueling hours at her job feeling exhausted and overwhelmed. All she wanted was financial freedom and more time with her family. And she was easily able to replace all of her income from the core offers she promotes. And now she says being able to work from home and have this freedom is the most amazing feeling ever. And what if you’re one offer away from escaping the corporate grind? Travis was worried about being replaced by AI. But guess what? He didn’t have to keep worrying like that anymore. He discovered digital products, positioned himself to sell the hot dog product, earn high ticket commissions, and now he’s collecting 22K per month. But listen, maybe all you want out of this is just a little extra income. And it’s really not asking much. Just a,000 to $2,000 a month. Well, here’s Caleb, a regular guy, and he’s thrilled about being able to bring home an extra $40,000 a year working just a couple hours a week. And you know what? Why not? That kind of money covers most people’s mortgage, all of your groceries, car payments, everything just from doing this. It’s pretty crazy, right? So, type enough in the chat if an extra,000 to $2,000 a month would be enough to change your life right now. Let’s see it. Enough. Enough. Enough. Okay, that’s the thing, guys. You don’t need 100k months. For most people, a couple thousand extra per month is a difference between stress and freedom. Now, for me, it simply meant that I was able to take better care of my family. I remember what it was like staring at the ceiling at night wondering if I’d ever escape the grind. I remember the fear, the uncertainty. I remember talking to people who’d spent their whole lives doing everything themselves, working harder, grinding longer, trying to figure it out all alone, and they were struggling. And that’s the thing about the DIY trap. You do everything right. You do everything yourself, and you’re still lying awake at 2 a.m. wondering if you’re ever going to get ahead. And that’s what digital products have helped me escape. And that’s what it can do for you, too. So, now I’m going to show you exactly how you can start making this happen for yourself using our trademarked H2 method. Now, this is where we make $150 sale and collect $500 to $1,000 commission payout using this easy AI system. And remember the core principle driving all this. You’re not building a business from scratch. You’re plugging into a system that’s already built, already proven, already generating results, already done for you. Every single key I’m about to show you is designed around that idea. Now, the H2 method works on the idea of less is more. And the perfect example here is Andrew. Andrew was following someone else’s advice who said, “Promote a bunch of different offers. You know, the more offers you promote, the more money you make.” He spread himself thin across 20 different products, made $300 in total. Then he came to us, followed our simple H2 method, and is now making 31K per month in commissions. Okay, that’s the power of this. And I’m going to show you how exactly he did it. It was following the three keys of the H2 method. And those three keys are very simple. Find, build, and traffic. Okay? And at each key, I’m going to share my screen and show you the AI doing the work live so that you don’t just hear me talk about it. You watch it happen right in front of you. So, type three keys in the chat if you’ve got your pen and paper ready. All right, let’s see it. Three keys. Three keys. Three keys. All right, people are paying attention. Now, let’s dive in. So, let’s get into the first key of the H28 method. Find a winning offer. Now, before I show you how we find offers, I need to show you the mistake that kills more digital product promoters than anything else. Because if you don’t understand this, nothing else I show you today will matter. Here’s what most people do. And it seems smart on the surface, but they look at thousands of digital products available to promote, and then they think, I should promote a bunch of different ones. More offers mean more chances to make more money, right? Diversify. Cast a wide net. Something’s got to stick. Sounds logical. Makes total sense. It’s also dead wrong. And it’s a DIY trap disguised as strategy. Do more, work harder, figure it all out yourself across 20 different directions, and eventually something will stick. When you promote 20 different offers, you’re splitting your time, your content, your energy, your attention across 20 different directions. You can’t go deep on any single one. and you never learn what messaging actually converts for the specific audience. You don’t build authority in any niche. You don’t develop a kind of content machine that compounds over time. And you’re throwing spaghetti at 20 different walls, hoping something sticks and wondering why you’re exhausted and broke. This is the number one reason why people fail at promoting digital products. Not because the model doesn’t work. It clearly works, but because they turn a simple model into a complicated one by spreading themselves impossibly thin. And let me show you exactly what I mean. Andrew came to us after following someone else’s advice. Promoted as many offers as he can. He spread himself across 20 different products, 20 different niches, 20 different content angles, weeks and weeks of effort. Total result, 300 bucks. Not 300 bucks a day, not 300 bucks a week, just $300 total. After months of grinding, he was demoralized. Honestly, he thought the whole model was a scam. He was ready to quit everything. But then he came to us and we told him something that went against everything he’d been taught. We said, “Stop. Drop it all. 20 offers. Pick one. One winning offer. One audience. Just one message.” He thought we were out of our minds. How could doing less possibly make more money? But he followed the H2H method. He found our proven hot dog offer with a high ticket backend and he built his system around it. He focused all of his content on serving one audience with one clear message. And Andrew now makes $31,000 per month from one offer. Okay, I need you to actually sit with that. He went from $300 total across 20 offers to $31,000 per month from one. Same person, same amount of effort, completely different results. The only thing that changed was the strategy. That’s the power of key number one, and it’s deeply counterintuitive. The DIY trap tells you more is better. More hustle, more offers, more hours. Do it all yourself. Spread yourself thin. grind harder. But in this model, one winning offer beats 20 random ones every single time. Cuz when you go all in on one offer, everything compounds. Your content gets better, your messaging gets better, sharper, your audience starts to trust you, the algorithm starts favoring you because you’re consistent. One snowball rolling downhill beats 20 snowflakes blowing in the wind. So the question becomes, how do you find the one winner? This is where most people freeze. Analysis, paralysis, thousands of products out there. Which one do I pick? What if I choose wrong? What if I waste months promoting something that doesn’t sell? That uncertainty is actually more dangerous than picking one. Because at least if you pick wrong, you’re learning something. But if you freeze and pick nothing, you stay exactly where you are. And that’s the most expensive outcome of all. We eliminated that problem entirely. And I want to show you how live. All right, guys. You ready? Now, I’m about to show you the H2H software. Are you ready? I have been patiently waiting to show you this because of how slick it is. Boom. Here you go. Check this out. This is the dashboard all in one place. First thing I want you to notice is like how clean this looks. It’s nothing overwhelming. It’s very simple. You don’t need a tech degree. If you can click a mouse, you guys, you can use this. Now, look at this tab right here. These are all the high converting offers already loaded into the system. I didn’t build these. I didn’t have to negotiate with the vendors. I didn’t have to set up the affiliate links. They’re already here. They’re already connected. All in one place. They’re already proven. These already work. Now, I’ve been in the industry for many years, and I’ve done tens of millions in sales. And my team and I, we know exactly what converts. We know what pays. We know what’s going to last, right? So, you can keep running the same offer for years and years to come. We went through the entire marketplace cuz there are hundreds, if not thousands of different ones out there. And we handpicked the best performing offers. Products already proven, already generating millions of sales, already paying out massive commissions to our promoters. And guys, these aren’t theoretical like this might work products. These are documented winners with years of sales data behind them. So see this right here? This one sells for 47 bucks, 97 bucks, 27 bucks. Well, they actually have a back-end high ticket commission where this one’s going to pay a,000 plus in commissions. Some of them can be a,000 bucks. Some of them can be 1,500. Some of them can be 2,000. And they’re already connected on the back end. So you don’t have to worry about any of that. And the best part is you don’t have to sell these yourself. Like there’s already professional teams on the back end closing these deals for you. Like it’s completely done for you. You just sit back and you collect the high ticket commissions. So let me actually select one right here. Okay. So I’m going to select this offer here.

    And this one’s going to pay out the 27 bucks on the front end and then about $1,000 worth of high ticket commissions on the back end. So, I just clicked it and that’s it. That’s my hot dog offer. It took 3 seconds. I didn’t have to spend hours finding an offer that wouldn’t sell. And I didn’t even have to create this. That’s the power of what we built. You’re not sifting through tens of thousands of random products hoping that one of them is a winner. You’re choosing from a curated menu of proven success with just one click. And you’re going to absolutely love what comes next in the build. But first, understand what we’re doing here. Remember the Costco hot dog? Lowcost entry product that leads to much bigger purchases. Every offer we promote follows this exact structure. An easy $47 offer, an easy $97 playbook, a $500 miniourse, something priced low enough that people say yes without overthinking it. And that’s your hot dog. It gets them through the door. But behind that front-end product sits a high ticket backend. A97 advanced program, a $2,000 coaching package, a $5,000 mastermind. That’s your TV. And here’s the part that changes everything. You don’t sell the back end. A professional sales team handles that entirely. These are established million-doll companies that are paying you commissions. You just sell the hot dog and they sell the TV. And you collect commissions on all of them for bringing them the hot dog buyers. This is where the real money gets made. and you’re not involved in any of the backend. When someone buys a product using your special link, your name gets stuck to that customer forever in their system. It’s like writing your name on their file and permanent marker. Now, here’s the cool part. The company that made the product, they already have a whole system set up to sell that customer bigger and more expensive stuff over time, like courses, coaching, and VIP programs that cost hundreds or even thousands of dollars. The company does all the heavy lifting, the emails, the phone calls, the selling. You don’t have to do any of it, but because your name is permanently on that customer’s file, you get paid every time they buy something bigger because you’re the one who brought that person to them in the first place. So that person who originally bought a little $47 thing, they might up spending $2,000 later and you get paid $1,000 in passive commissions from that just because you brought them that person. You literally just get a notification on your phone one day like, “Hey, you just earned a,000 bucks from a sale you didn’t even know was happening. Guys, this is 100% done for you. Gordon is a great example. Complete beginner, had failed at e-commerce, no relevant experience whatsoever. He came to us and we helped him find the right offer. One proven hot dog in a niche that made sense for him. And now he’s generating tens of thousands of dollars per month, not because he’s special, because the offer was already proven. He just needed to find the right one and commit to it. So, here’s where you are after key number one. You’re not guessing. You’re not researching for weeks. You’re not hoping you picked right. You’re not spreading yourself across 20 offers and praying something sticks. You’ve selected one proven winner from a handpicked collection. An offer that’s already generating millions in sales, already paying massive commissions, already converting through an optimized sales system with a high ticket backend already connected. You saw me do it live in 3 seconds. One click. And notice what you did not do. You didn’t build the product. You didn’t build the sales system. You didn’t negotiate the commissions. You didn’t assemble the back-end team. You plugged in. That’s the escape from the DIY trap. You stop trying to do everything yourself and you plug into what’s already working. The offer is proven. The backend is high ticket and the sales system is built. Your one winning offer is locked in. Now you need a way to get that offer in front of people. Which brings us to key number two, the build. So you’ve got your winning offer. Your hot dog is locked in. You know it sells. The proof is already there. Now let me ask you something. And I need you to be honest with yourself here. Have you ever started something online, a website, a side project, a business idea, and spent weeks, maybe even months, trying to get everything set up perfectly before you actually launched? Tweaking the design, rewriting the copy, watching tutorial after tutorial, telling yourself you’ll start promoting once everything looks just right. Type me in the chat if this sounds familiar. Yeah, me, me, me, me, too, guys. I’ve done it so many times, almost everybody on this call. If that sounds familiar, I need you to hear this. There’s a silent killer in the online business world. It doesn’t get talked about because it disguises itself as productivity. It feels like progress. It feels responsible. It looks like you’re doing the right thing and it destroys more businesses than bad products, bad markets, or bad luck combined. I call it the build mode. And build mode is the do-it-yourself or DIY traps favorite weapon because it trained you to believe that you have to prepare everything yourself before you’re allowed to start. Study first, learn every skill, master the tech, build it all from scratch, get it perfect, then and only then you’re allowed to go live. Build mode is that belief eating your business alive and is almost certainly the reason why most people watching this don’t have an online income right now. Here’s how build mode works. You find an offer to promote. Great, step one, done. Now, you need a landing page. So, you spend a week learning landing page software. You watch 14 YouTube tutorials. You design something. It looks okay, but not great. So, you redesign it again. Now, it looks worse. You start from scratch. Two weeks gone, zero sales, zero traffic, zero dollars. Then you need sales copy for that page. You’ve never written copy before. So you Google how to write a sales page. You read six articles, you draft something, it sounds weird. You rewrite it. You ask a friend, they say it’s fine. And then you rewrite it again. Anyways, another week gone with zero sales. Then you need a website. You need ad creative. You need email sequences. Maybe SEO too, just in case. Each one is another week, another learning curve, another thing standing between you and your first dollar. Eight weeks in, you’ve worked on your business. Every single day, you’ve been busy. You’ve learned a ton, and you have made exactly 0. Now, here’s the part nobody tells you. Here’s why the build mode is actually lethal. Your belief in this model, your belief that this can work for you is directly tied to how quickly you see results. Every single day that passes without a sale is a day your brain is quietly collecting evidence that this doesn’t work. It doesn’t matter if the model is proven. It doesn’t matter that thousands of people are making money with it. Your brain doesn’t care about their results. It cares about yours. After 8 weeks of building with nothing to show for it, most people quit. Not because the model failed them, because build mode ate them alive before they ever got to the part that actually makes money. I’ve seen this hundreds of times. Smart, motivated people who absolutely would have succeeded gone. buried in tech, killed by perfectionism, disguised as preparation. So, here’s the insight I need you to really internalize. If you write down one thing from today, make it this. The single most important metric in your first 30 days, it’s not how good your landing page looks, it’s not how polished your content is, it’s not how professional your website is, it’s how fast you get your first sale. So, type speed in the chat if you know money loves speed. Speed, speed, speed. Exactly. speed to first sale changes everything because the moment that first commission notification hits your phone, even if it’s $50, even if it’s $85, your brain shifts from I think this might work to, “Holy crap, this works.” And that shift from hoping to knowing is worth more than any landing page design or copyrightiting course on the freaking planet. And that’s the moment you stop being a person who’s trying something and become a person who has a business. So, here’s what we did. We looked at every single friction point. Every place where people got stuck, where they gave up, where they wasted time or lost motivation, and we eliminated them. I don’t want you to just take my word for it. Let me show you. All right, here’s the live demo number two. This is the one that makes people’s jaws drop. I’m going to share my screen and show you what killing build mode actually looks like. Now, remember the offer that we selected a few minutes ago? That product that pays you 27 bucks on the front end and pays you $1,000 on the back end? Well, it’s right here already locked in from key number one. And now watch what happens next. This is crazy. Okay, so for the business name, literally you can choose whatever you want. I’m just going to do AI Masters. I’m going to click next. Now, you can choose the theme of your website. You wanted to have a light theme or a dark theme. I’m going to choose dark. And then you choose the color palette that you want for your website. I’m going to go with neon pink. And I’m going to click next. And then right here, you actually put in your payment link so that you can collect money from the leads. So, I’m just going to put in a test link for right now, just for the sake of this demo. And I’m going to go ahead and select generate website. Now, the AI is building the entire landing page right now. The headline, the sales copy, the call to action, the email capture. It’s writing everything. And it’s not going to generate some like template garbage. This is copy specifically designed for digital product promotion based on years of testing and millions of dollars in results.

    And boom. Look at that guys. What that take like 30 40 seconds. Look at this thing. full landing page, professional copy, mobile responsive, beautifully designed, checkout button, everything a customer needs to go from interested in a product to a buyer. And it was all done in under 30 seconds. You can literally send traffic to this right now and start making sales. Guys, type insane if your mind is absolutely blown right now. Like, this is insane. We didn’t need to spend hours doing research. We literally clicked a couple of buttons and boom, just like that. All right. Now, type insane in the chat. Like, let me see him. Type insane if this is nuts, right? Like, you guys are starting to get this. Is this starting to click for you? That all just happened. A complete funnel and website in under a minute. Like, I don’t know how to code. So, we didn’t need any coding. We didn’t need to pay any designers, no tech skills, no build mode. Like, we’ve been talking about this whole time. The H2H AI built every single piece of this. And you didn’t pay any designer thousands of dollars. You didn’t write a word. You didn’t design anything. You clicked buttons and the AI did the rest. So, let me ask you, how long do you think that this would take if you did all of that yourself, right? The landing page, the sales copy, the website, the checkout flow. We’re talking weeks, if not months. Some people spend 6 months trying to get to this point and then give up before they ever make a single dollar. And we just did it all in under a minute live in front of you. So, let me put this into perspective so that you feel the difference. the old way. Six to eight weeks of building before you’re ever ready for traffic. Thousands of dollars spent on tools, designers, and software. Motivation bleeding out every day you don’t see results. And most people never even make it to launch. Now with H2 AI, pick your offer, click to deploy your landing page, click to launch your website, your entire system live and ready for traffic in an afternoon. You just watch it happen in under a minute. John is a great example. He deployed his system using the H2 AI back in early 2024. He set it up once, didn’t rebuild it, didn’t go back and tweak it for weeks. He deployed, started driving traffic, and months later, that same system is still generating leads and sales every single month. The machine he built in one afternoon is still paying him while he sleeps. That’s what automated income actually means. You build it once, and because we’ve already built the hard parts for you, once means minutes, not months, and it works for you indefinitely. And guys, there’s dozens of niches that we can do this in. So, let me give you a few examples so you can see the range of what’s out there. Online education and coaching programs is one of the biggest categories. Programs teaching real estate investing, e-commerce, social media marketing, all generating massive commissions. Business opportunity offers, which is a niche we’ve had enormous success with personally. Investing education and career development, trading courses, wealth building, career coaching, very passionate buyers actively seeking solutions. You got health and wellness, absolutely massive weight loss coaching, fitness programs, anti-aging. The buyers in this space are some of the most motivated you’ll ever encounter. And there’s even more. relationship coaching, personal growth, parenting, productivity, categories so broad you think they couldn’t work, but they’re generating massive commissions every single day. What I can guarantee is that there’s an offer for you. Whatever your interest, whatever resonates, there’s a proven hot dog waiting for you in that space. So, here’s where you are now. Key one, you found your winning offer. One proven hot dog with a high ticket backend already connected. You watched me select it live in 3 seconds. Key number two, you deployed your system. landing page live, website ready, copywritten, all handled in clicks, not weeks. And you watch the AI build every piece in under a minute. No build mode, no three-month death spiral. Deployed and ready. And once again, notice what you didn’t do. You didn’t design the landing page. You didn’t write the copy. You didn’t code the website. You didn’t draft the emails. You plugged into a system that was already built. Two keys in and you still haven’t built anything from scratch. The DIY trap says you have to do all this yourself, but you just watch the H2 AI do it in under a minute. So, you have the offer, you have the infrastructure, everything is in place. There just one piece left. You need people to see it. You need eyeballs on your offer. So, type traffic in the chat if you’re ready for key number three. Come on, guys. Let’s see it. Don’t traffic. All right. People are still in. They’re still getting fired up. This is one of my favorite parts. All right. So, let’s go. All right. And that’s key number three where we unleash what I call the traffic avalanche. And this one is going to blow your mind. And this is also where I need to address something that I know is on a lot of your minds. Something you might have been thinking this whole time, but haven’t said it out loud yet. I know that some of you are thinking, “Chance, that sounds great, but I don’t want to show my face. I don’t want to get on camera. I don’t want my co-workers or my family or my friends to see me doing this and judge me.” Type me in the chat right now if that’s a fear that you have. Me, me, me. Yeah. Lots of you. Like, you know, I’m the same way anymore, right? Yeah. Yeah. I feel that. I feel that. Let me kill that fear for you right now because not only do you not have to show your face, for many of our students, going faceless is actually the preferred method. You get all the income benefits with none of the social exposure. And here’s the thing. Most people who want to make money online are terrified of one thing, and it’s not the tech, it’s not the money, it’s the fear of being seen trying and failing publicly. They’re scared their co-workers will laugh. Their family will judge them. Their friends will think they got scammed. That fear keeps more people broke than any lack of skills or knowledge ever could. So, let me be crystal clear. With the H2 method, you can do this completely anonymously. No face, no voice, no real name. You can create a brand new account that has nothing to do with your personal identity. Post simple faceless content and make money while nobody in your life has any idea. That’s not a limitation, that’s a feature. Now, let me show you how this actually works. Cuz this is where I need to challenge something you probably believe about creating content online. If you’ve ever thought about posting on social media to grow a business, you’ve probably had this thought. I need to be creative. I need to come up with original ideas. I need to find my unique voice and stand out. Sounds right, doesn’t it? That’s what everyone says. Be authentic. Be original. Stand out from the crowd. That’s a DIY trap whispering in your ear again. Figure it out yourself. Be original. Work harder than everyone else. Come up with your own idea through sheer willpower and talent. But that’s not how content works. Here’s what I’ve learned from 4 years and tens of millions of dollars in this business. When you’re starting out, originality is your enemy. I know that sounds backwards, but let me explain. The algorithms on Tik Tok, Instagram, YouTube, they don’t give golden stickers for creativity. They reward one thing and one thing only, patterns that keep people watching. That’s the entire game. These platforms want eyeballs glued to screen so that they can sell ads. So, they push content that holds attention. And here’s the thing about attention holding content. It follows patterns, specific hook structures, specific pacing, specific call to action frameworks. The top 1% of videos on every platform share the same underlying patterns, even though they look completely different on the surface. So, when you sit down and try to be original, you know what you’re actually doing. You’re ignoring every pattern that millions of data points have already proven to work and hoping your untested idea somehow performs better. That’s not creative. That’s gambling. Smart marketers have known this for decades. You don’t reinvent the wheel. You find wheels that are already rolling and you build your own version. And that’s what I call the swipe and deploy system. It’s a reason complete beginners are generating traffic and sales from the very first week. And I’m not going to just explain it. I’m going to show you live demo number three. This is the last one. And honestly, this one might be the most exciting. All right, guys. This part is so sick. This is the content radar. All right. Now, I want to show you something. It’s going to make all this in real time using AI. So, check this out. I’m just going to insert income and hit get results. and it’s going to scan Tik Tok, Twitter, YouTube, Reddit ads, and it’s going to find the most trending viral videos around income. All right, now let’s just give this just a few seconds and your mind is about to be blown cuz the AI is going to scan and it’s going to find the top 1%. Okay, so let’s give it just a second for it to load.

    And these are the videos that are blowing up right now. Like check this out. This is 3.4 million views. uh 169,000 views. Uh so what we’re going to do is we’re going to grab this top one because this is the most viral one for income on Tik Tok. And I’m going to select generate my version. And then what I can do here is I can choose which model that I want. Okay. So I’m going to choose this one here. And it’s going to start generating my video. Uh, it’s going to take the transcript of the previous video we just looked at and it’s going to create the exact same video but with the model that I just chose and it’s going to give us all the data around why this video went viral. Okay, this is pretty nuts and it’s only takes a couple of seconds to load. So, we’re just going to let that load here in the background. Guys, remember these are not random videos. These are proven viral videos. All right, so we come in here um and we look at the transcript. So, what we used to do back in the day is we would get viral transcripts and then we would record that video ourselves or we’d pay somebody to do it. But again, that takes time, that takes energy, it costs money, you got to do so much editing. Remember, we don’t want to get stuck in that DIY trap. So, what it’s going to do now is it’s going to let us create our version. Okay? So, it’s going to take just another minute or so here. And what you’ll notice is it took the hook structure, the script, the call to action. It’s reverse engineering everything that made this video go viral so that we can repeat the same success.

    Now we’re going to go ahead and click confirm transcript.

    And now we’re going to go and click on approve and generate video.

    Now remember, I didn’t hire a content strategist. I didn’t spend hours brainstorming or doing research. I didn’t have to write a script either. All I did was click a few buttons. And AI is doing this 100% for you. And wow, look at this guys. No face required, no effort required, no skills required, your face isn’t required. This is a completely faceless video that AI created. You didn’t have to record on your camera. Nobody sees you. Nobody knows what you’re up to. And guys, just look at how good this is. It’s only getting better every single day. Now, all I had to do is just download that video. And now I can go and edit it. I can add subtitles. I can add B-roll. I can do whatever I want to that video. I can also just add captions here, download that video, and it’s ready to post on social.

    Side hustles that actually make good money. And look at that. Now, your subtitles are already done and you can just go post this on social media. Something that you have to be on a waiting list for. Now, I want to show you something else. I want to show you accounts that are actually making money doing this right now. See this account right here? No face, no name, no personal identity whatsoever. Dissemble content with text overlays. This person makes over $8,000 a month promoting digital products. Nobody in their life knows that they even do this. Here’s another one. See these videos? It’s run by a dude that uses Content Raiders viral scripts. They post videos with this AI avatar 20 to 30 seconds long. And look at this. This video got 150,000 views. This video got 1.8 million views. This video got 3.2 million views. No real face, no real voice, no real identity, but loads of traffic. And this is one of our students, Talha. Look at this. He tried posting for years with his face barely getting views. And then he followed our process. He saw this format crushing it on the content radar and posted a video with his hands on a keyboard with a motivational quote on a screen and he got 419,000 views with another one shortly after that getting 100,000 views. He’s done really well with tens of thousands in sales now and none of these people showed their face. None of them spent hours trying to make content. Nobody in their life has any idea they’re making money online. So, type faceless in the chat if this changes things for you. Let’s see it. Faceless. Faceless. Faceless. Yes, I love it. A lot of you just had something shift, didn’t you? So, let me recap what you just saw. The content radar finds proven viral videos. The AI copies their patterns. You click one button and it creates your version completely faceless if you want. Script written, format chosen, ready to post. You didn’t have to brainstorm. You didn’t have to be creative. You just copied what’s already winning and let the AI do the heavy lifting. The one-click multiplication. Now, here’s where it gets really funny. That same video, that exact same video you modeled and created works on Instagram reels. It works on YouTube shorts. It works on Facebook. Same content, same file, different platform, different audience. So instead of creating three pieces of content for three platforms, you create one piece of content and post it in three places. You just tripled your traffic for zero extra work. Let’s say your video gets 10,000 views on Tik Tok. Pretty solid. Now, you post the same video to reals, another 8,000 views. Same video to YouTube Shorts, another 12,000 views. You went from 10,000 people seeing your offer to 30,000 people seeing your offer with one video. That took you 15 minutes to make because you weren’t starting from scratch. You were modeling a proven winner. And here’s what’s wild. The audiences don’t fully overlap. Someone scrolling Tik Tok at midnight isn’t the same person browsing Instagram at lunch. So, you’re not just getting more views, you’re getting more reach into different pools of potential buyers. I call this omniresence without the overwhelm. The math. Now, let me slow down and show you exactly what this looks like in dollars and cents. Because once you see these numbers, you’ll understand why our students get so obsessed with posting content. Let’s keep this ultra conservative. One video a day, that’s it. Nothing crazy. 15 minutes of your time using the AI tools we’ve got for you. Now, let’s say that your video averages just a,000 views. Not viral, not explosive, just a,000 people seeing your content. Honestly, that’s on the low end of what our students typically see, but let’s just use that anyways. Now, let’s say you’re promoting a $100 digital training, something right in the sweet spot of our hot dog offers. Industry average conversion rates for this type of content hover around 2 to 3%. But let’s be pessimistic. Let’s say you only convert at 1%. half of industry average. Worst case scenario, 1% of 30,000 views is 300 clicks to your offer. And 10% of those convert to buyers. That’s 30 sales. So 30 sales and an average commission of $85 per sale, which is typical for these front-end offers comes out to $2,550. Almost 3K from one simple video a day at below average conversion rate. But wait, we’re not done. Remember the hot dog formula? Those 30 front-end buyers are now inside the product owner’s funnel. Remember what I told you? The moment they bought through your link, you’re tagged as their referral. Now, the product owner system takes over their email sequences, their follow-up content, their sales team, all working to upgrade those buyers to the high ticket backend. Industry data shows roughly 3 to 5% of those front-end buyers upgrade to the high ticket. So, let’s just say one or two of your 30 buyers gets on a call with the product owner sales team and decides they want the advanced program. At $1,000 commission per high ticket sale, that’s another $1 to $2,000 on top of your front-end earnings. So, your real monthly total closer to $4,500 to $5,000 from 15 minutes a day. Type money math in the chat if you’re seeing this clearly now. The math works. All right. All right. Let’s see it. Yep. Money math. Money math. Money math. You guys are starting to get it right now. starting to get excited. And remember, we calculated using just one platform. So, if you’re posting that same video across Tik Tok, Instagram, YouTube, like we talked about, triple those views, triple that math. Suddenly, you’re looking at $10,000 a month from the same amount of effort. Now, everything I just showed you works with zero ad spend. You can build the entire business without paying a dime to Mark Zuckerberg or Google. This is the organic path, and that is super powerful. But I know some of you are watching this thinking, “Chance, I don’t want to wait for the snowball to build. I want results.” Now, if that’s you, there’s a $5 speed button. I’m only mentioning this for the small percentage of you who want to move faster. Everyone else, ignore this completely. The organic avalanche is the main event. Here’s how it works. You already have the video. AI helped you make it. You already have the offer. The hot dog is ready to sell. If you have $5 to spare, you can take that same video and run it as a simple ad. Think of it like a vending machine. You put $5 in and views come out. No waiting, no hoping, no praying the algorithm notices you. Just instant distribution, a targeted audience. For five bucks, the platform will show your video to roughly a,000 people who match your ideal customer profile immediately. Day 1 through three, you’re spending five bucks getting views, building data. Nothing exciting yet, but you’re planting seeds. And day four or five, ding, first sale, 25 bucks. You just turned $15 into 25. Most people would celebrate, but not you. You take that 25 and you shove it right back into the ads. And day six or day 10, more views, more leads, more buyers entering into your funnel. The machine is warming up and then it happens. Someone who bought your $25 frontend enters the product owner’s ascension system. And a few days later, they get on a call with the product owner sales team and they upgrade to the $997 program. You just made a $1,000 commission from a sale you had nothing to do with from a customer who cost you $5 to find. It’s a vending machine. Dollar in, $5 out. You stand there all day feeding at quarters. That’s a solid return on investment. Uzi uses the $5 method strategically. He went from 0 to $27,000 per month in just 50 days. But let me be clear, you don’t have to do this. The organic path works. Thousands of people are building real income without spending a scent on ad. If you’re on a tight budget or you’re patient, just stick with organic. Get compounds. The paid option is just there. If you want to pour gasoline on the fire, why this changes everything? What I just described, one piece of content modeled from a proven winner, distributed everywhere, the algorithm doing all the heavy lifting, optional paid acceleration if you want it, completely faceless if you prefer. This was not even possible 5 years ago. It wasn’t even practical 2 years ago. The AI dashboard to create content this fast didn’t exist. The short form platforms weren’t this dominant. And the cross posting wasn’t this seamless. The algorithms weren’t this hungry for new creators. But right now, all of these forces have converged at the exact same moment. The barrier to getting traffic has never been lower. The tools to create content has never been faster. And the platforms have never been more desperate to find new creators to push. And most people are still stuck in the DIY trap, thinking they need to create everything from scratch, build an audience slowly, pay their dues, figure it all out on their own. And that’s not how this works anymore. You don’t need luck. You don’t need a following. You don’t need a viral moment. You don’t need to show your face. You just need system. And once again, notice what you didn’t do in key3. You didn’t invent the content format. You didn’t brainstorm viral ideas from scratch. You didn’t spend weeks creating a content calendar. You plugged into patterns that were already proven to work and the AI helped you deploy your version in minutes. You watched the content radar do it live. Three keys in three times you plugged into something that already existed instead of building from zero. That’s not a coincidence. That’s an entire philosophy. Find a winning offer. You watch me select one in 3 seconds. Deploy your system with AI. You watched it build a landing page and website in under a minute. Unleash the traffic avalanche. You watch the content radar create faceless viral content at the click of a button. That’s the H2 method. Three keys, three live demos, no complexity, no waiting, no more following the DIY trap. Type I’m in in the chat. If this is starting to feel like something that could actually work for you, I’m in. I’m in. I’m in. Hold on to that feeling. Come on, guys. I see it. I’m in. Who’s in? Are you guys Are you guys with me? All right, let’s go. So, guys, let me take a breath for a second. Sorry, I get really excited. I get really fired up

    cuz I want to make sure something actually lands for you before we go any further. Over the last hour, I’ve shown you three things that if you really understand them, they put you in a completely different position than 99% of people trying to make money online right now. And they all point to the same truth I told you at the very beginning. You don’t need to build a business from scratch. You need to plug into one that’s already built. People like Andrea, she didn’t think it was possible. never made an online income, but she simply just gave it a shot and now making over $6,300 per month by making this single shift. And now she never has to worry about money again. How nice would it be if you never had to worry about money again? Pretty nice, right? Type never again in the chat if you’re ready to stop worrying about money. Never again. Never again. Never again. Never again. All right, I hear you guys. Now, I’ve shown you the $300 billion per year digital products industry that’s shockingly untapped, and now you can get started with it from scratch using the H2 method, selling the $150 hot dog, but getting paid for the TV. I’ve shown you how to find proven offers with high ticket backends that convert with certainty. You watch me select one live in just a couple of seconds. I’ve also shown you how the H2 AI deploys your entire system in clicks. You watch to build a landing page and websites in under a minute. And I’ve also shown you the traffic avalanche method using the content radar to create content modeled from proven viral winners completely faceless if you want. Every single step, three live demos, three times you’ve watched someone plug in instead of building it from scratch. And the best part is you’ve only seen a tiny fraction of the success happening right now. The A2 program lives inside something called the AI owners community. And here’s the thing. Instead of being afraid of AI, instead of worrying about getting jobs replaced by it, our tribe of like-minded folks have decided to flip the script. We own the AI. We make money from it. There are hundreds of them making reoccurring income from digital products every single month. This is not your typical online business. And these are just a few of the people from our community. And it just keeps going. So now the question is, how do you get access to all this? How do you get the H2 AI, the Traffic Avalanche system, the proven offers, and a step-by-step guidance to actually make this work? So guys, this is far and away the biggest and best thing we’ve created. And today, we’re opening up 50 spots inside the H2H community. We have to limit it to 50 because of the hands-on coaching and support our team provide. Every person who joins gets access to live coaching calls, offer approval, and direct support from our team. And if we let too many people in at once, we can’t deliver the level of attention that actually gets you results. So we cap it at 50 to make sure that everyone who joins gets the support that they need to succeed. So we can only take 50 people at this stage. So if you’re seeing this right now, that means we still have availability. When you join, you get full access to the H2 AI software, the same tool I showed you live three separate times today. The tool that finds proven offers, builds your landing pages and websites in clicks, and uses the content radar to create viral content by modeling what’s already working, including completely faceless content. You get the complete training program to go along with it and unlimited support for every step of the way. So, here’s what you get. First, our brand new H2 Academy program, which is laid out in simple step-by-step training videos structured around the three keys I showed you today. find build and traffic to get you your first sale in 7 days. All you do is come in and follow the videos. So Uzi here followed the videos and he says if you just put 50% effort into the program, you’ll create an asset that pays you for life. This month I did over 27,000. The value and guidance here is incredible. So that’s what other people are saying about the course and you get lifetime access to it forever. All right, but today what you get today is a whole lot more than just a course. You also get unlimited access to weekly group coaching calls. So, this is where you can connect directly with our highly trained coaches up to four days a week. This is going to help you get past any obstacles, whether it’s selecting your first winning hot dog offer, setting up your systems, or unleashing the traffic avalanche, and get your offers converting as quickly as possible. Now, this is normally an extra $195 a month add-on, but today we’re including it for free. And that’s because we want to make this program the most successful one we’ve ever had. So, for our members, we’re not giving you any reason not to succeed. So, we’re just going to include all the support and coaching you could ever want. How does that sound, guys? Type in the chat, yes, if that sounds good. Let’s see it. Come on. The more I see it, the more bonuses we’re going to be releasing here. All right. Yes. Yes. Yes. There we go. There’s some more. All right. So, next, you also get access to our private H2 AI owners community. This is the main hub where you’ll hang out with other members. When you have a community where you’re surrounded by like-minded individuals and coaches that are supporting you every step of the way, your probability of success goes up 10fold. This is why all the software CEOs are in Silicon Valley. All the top actors are in Hollywood. All the top bankers are in New York. The community is also a great source of daily inspiration as well as help from other members like Lyndon here. He’s posting some motivational tips, some things that helped him scale to over 100K a month using the H2H method. Next thing you’re also going to get is what we call our offer approval system. This is actually super important. Remember key number one, finding a winning offer. This is where our team of professional coaches will review your hot dog offer selection, hold your hand, and approve it before you start promoting. We make sure it has the right price point, the right high ticket backend, and the right commission structure. And this is how we really make sure you’re doing it right so that you can be confident and maximize your commissions ultimately to make you your first campaign a success. And then last but not least, you also get access to our brand new H2 AI. That’s 6 months unlimited access to our tool that’s going to help you automate 95% of the process. The same tool I demonstrated live for you three times today. The one that finds proven offers, builds your landing pages and websites in seconds, and uses the Content Radar to find viral winners, and model them for your own content, faceless or otherwise. And this is why we’re forced to limit the amount of people we let in today to 50. I wish I could take on everyone, but we just can’t do it right now. So to recap everything you’re getting today, the H2H Academy course with the complete three key systems, 4 days a week group coaching, the private community, our offer approval system, and the H2 AI access. Now, before I tell you the price, I want to put something into perspective because I think once you see this, you’ll realize how crazy the value actually is. If you were to assemble what’s inside this program piece by piece on your own, forget about the years of testing and the community, just the raw tools, services. Here’s what you’re looking at. If you hired a copywriter to write your landing pages, your emails, and your ad creatives, and I’m not talking about a great one, just a decent freelancer, you’re looking at $3,000 to $5,000. If you hired a web developer to build your site, that’s another $2,000 minimum. Have you bought the AI tools we’ve built separately? Content radar, landing page builder, offerinder, you’re easily at $200 a month. So that’s $2,000 a year for offerinder AI. Then another $2,000 a year for site builder AI and then another 2,000 for content radar and hiring a business coach for weekly sessions. And ours are available four days a week. A decent coach charges $500 a month minimum. That’s another 6 grand a year. And to add it all up, you’re easily north of $18,000. So let that number sit for a moment. Over $18,000 to assemble what you’re getting today. But we don’t charge $18,000 for this. And if we did and all it did was give you an extra $1,000 a month in additional income every month, wouldn’t that still be worth it, guys? And I’m not even going to charge you half that amount. Well, the previous version of the program, we were selling it for $5,000. The one that everyone’s been through was $5,000. You can see that that’s the price. People have been paying this for a long time. But now with everything that we’re adding to the H2 Academy, the live coaching, the traffic avalanche method, the newest up-to-date H2 AI access software, once we sell out of these 50 spots, enrollment into the program will be 6,000. But for these 50 spots that we have available today, you can get in at a fraction of the price. For the first 50 spots, you can get in for just $1,997 one time or you can spend $997 down today and then two more installments totaling $3,000. Now, here’s the thing. I know some of you just heard 1,997 and started doubting yourself. I get it. I want to address that headon because I refuse to let price be the thing that keeps you stuck on the DIY trap for another year. So, let me break this down so it actually makes sense. 1997 sounds like a big number, but let’s look at what it actually is. 1997 divided by 365 days is $547 per day. $547. That’s less than the price of gas that you pay to go to a job you hate. So, type gas in the chat. If you spend $5 a day on something that keeps you trapped, let’s see it. Gas. Gas. That could be riding the bus, taking an Uber, right? Renting one of those Lime scooters to get to work, right? Yeah, we all do. So, the question isn’t, can I afford 2,000? The question is, can I redirect $547 a day from things that keep me where I am into something that could change where I’m going? And here’s what makes this different from every other investment you’ve ever made. A college read costs $100,000 and takes four years with zero guarantee of income. This costs less than a single university class and can start generating income in the coming days. The math isn’t even close. But I know that for some of you, even 1997 isn’t available right now. And I don’t want that to stop you cuz you are exactly the person that this is designed for. If you had plenty of money, you wouldn’t need this. So, here’s what I’ve done to make sure nobody gets left behind. Okay, guys. is I’m going to share my screen one more time and this is important cuz I don’t want a single person to miss out because they got confused by the checkout process or ran into a technical hiccup. I’m going to walk you through every option step by step so you know exactly what to do. So, what you want to do first is make sure you enter in your full name, your phone number, and your email and double check to make sure this information is correct because this is how you’re actually going to get access to your account and ensure it’s set up correctly. So, I’m just going to put in some test info here so that you guys can see how this work

    and go ahead and go on to step two.

    And now let’s talk about option number one. So, this is obviously the best value. It’s a onetime payment of 1997. You pay once, you never pay again. And if you got it, I definitely recommend doing that. This is definitely the move because you’re going to save over $1,000 compared to the installment plan. So, what you want to do is enter in your email again here. You’re going to put in your card information here, your billing address, and then you’re going to hit complete purchase. Okay? So, again, make sure you double check this. Make sure all this information is correct, and you’ll move on to uh the second step. Now, for those of you that do not have the 1 1997 in hand currently, then what you can do is the three easy installments of 997. Now, if you have issues and your card is declining, no worries. All you need to do is flip over your card on the back, call your bank, and let them know that you’re trying to put through um this transaction. Now, that’s not a mistake on your end. It’s just your bank doing their job. This is a new merchant that they haven’t seen before. So, go ahead and prove the transaction and then you can rerun it and you’ll be all good. Now, please understand that AI and digital products specifically right now is the hottest opportunity on the market. And we’re the first ones to crack it with the age to age method. Remember what I said earlier? Most people chasing AI right now are still following the DIY trap. They’re plugging AI into the same old playbook. We’re doing something completely different. So, I’m telling you, these spots are going to go fast. So, if you want one of these 50 spots, what I need you to do is click the button on your screen. Each one of these spots is covered by our 100% money back guarantee, which I’ll tell you about right now. Here’s our money back guarantee, which means if you don’t absolutely love it, you don’t pay. We don’t want your money. All right, so this allows you to test drive the program for up to 6 months and you can still say, “Nah, not for me. Can I please have my money back?” And the answer is yes, we absolutely will. Here’s how to qualify for it. While others have long, complicated, confusing stipulation and hoops to jump through, we just ask one small thing. You try the system, and that’s just to launch one campaign and promote one hot dog offer. That’s it. That’s what the purpose of the program is and you’re going to do it anyway. That’s key number one, key number two, and key number three in action. And at that point, if you aren’t 100% satisfied with the results or anything, you can get every penny of your investment back. Guys, type risk-free in the chat if that changes the equation for you. Risk-ree, risk- free, risk- free. Come on, guys. We’re making this an absolute no-brainer because it is. And we are legally obligated to follow through with this. Once you join, you have paperwork that says, “Here’s everything we’re going to deliver to you,” as well as the six-month money back guarantee anytime. You can just send us an email and we will issue you a full refund. So, knowing that you get to try before you buy it, and no matter what happens, you’re backed by a 6-month 100% money back guarantee. Does that change things for you? Because it should. It should change everything. Now, let’s get into the ridiculous bonuses we have for you. And let’s start the timer. The first 50 people who join today will be getting eight additional bonuses. You heard that right, eight additional bonuses completely for free or until the timer runs out. There’s no extra charge, nothing on top of everything you’re already getting. Let’s talk about bonus number one, the $500 cash back. All you need to do is get your first high ticket sale with our proven hot dog to high ticket system and we will send you $500 action taker rebate. We’re literally paying you to take action. And remember the math I showed you, even at conservative conversion rates, you’re looking at 30 sales in your first month. Getting to five sales is just the beginning. Jason here got his $500 cash back and says this program pays for itself pretty quick. And by the way, when you factor in the $500 cash back, effective investment drops to $1,497. On the financing plan, that makes your monthly payment even lower. We’ve really tried to remove every possible barrier. So, type no excuses in the chat if the barriers are disappearing. Let’s see in the chat. No excuses. No excuses. No excuses. Exactly. I love it. Now, bonus number two is a resort vacation for up to seven nights. I wasn’t sure if I should include this because honestly, it sounds too good to be real, and I don’t want you to think I’m making things up, but it is real. And when I tell you what it is, you’re going to understand why I saved it for the bonus stack. Remember, at the very beginning of this presentation, I showed you that picture of me climbing in Patagonia, completely off-rid, no laptop, no phone calls. business still growing while I was gone. That image, that feeling is the whole point of what we’re building here. Not just income, but actual freedom. The ability to actually go somewhere and live your life while the system runs. So, here’s what we did. We partnered with a resort network that has properties in over 1,800 locations across 37 countries. These are real resorts, beachfront properties, mountain lodges, city hotels. And here’s how it works. When a resort has empty rooms, they don’t make a dime. Dead inventory. So, they came to us and said, “If you can send us guests who’ll fill those rooms, we’ll comp the stay.” Because even if you never spend a dollar at the bar or the spa, a filled room is better for them than an empty one. And if you do grab a poolside drink or massage, that’s great. Everybody wins. So, as part of joining the H2H Academy today, you’re getting a free resort stay up to seven nights. Your room is completely free. Now, let me paint this for you so it’s not so abstract. You could take a long weekend in Vegas. You could spend a week on a beach in Thailand. You could fly your mom somewhere she’s never been and hand her the room key. You could go to Hawaii. You could go to London or Sydney or the mountains of Canada. There are 1,800 locations in 37 countries and you’ll see the full list the moment you get inside. Now, there sometimes small taxes or local search charges depending on the city. Yeah, sometimes. But the room itself is 100% free, comped, and covered. And here’s why I love this one. Every other bonus helps you build your income. This one helps you enjoy it. Three months from now, commissions rolling in. Laptop open at a resort overlooking the ocean. A $1,000 notification hits. You close the laptop and walk to the pool. That’s what this model produces. This bonus makes sure you actually go live it. It’s yours with the enrollment, but only for the first 50 spots. Once we close it, it’s gone. So, type yes in the chat if you already know where you want to go. All right. Now, let’s talk about bonus number three. Top 10 proven hot dog offers list. The exact offers that have generated the most commissions across our entire community. We hand selected them and this bonus literally does key number one for you. Bonus number four, done for you templates. Battle tested funnel templates, email sequences, ad copy frameworks, content scripts, the same frameworks Uzi and our most successful students use to generate over $20,000 per month. Bonus number five, zero budget traffic avalanche Kickstarter. It’s a complete guide on how to make your first sale without spending a dime on ads, including a full section on faceless content creation, how to make videos that convert without ever showing your face or using your real name. Richard here says it is by far the fastest and easiest income to start with that he found on the internet. He generated over 18,000 in month one from organic traffic alone. Completely faceless. Bonus number six, one-year access to the H2 AI software. Not just six months, but a full 12 months of access to the same tool I demonstrated live three times for you today. Bonus number seven, priority access to offers with the lead back-end sales teams. We’ve identified and partnered with the offers that have the highest converting, most aggressive back-end sales teams in the industry. These are the product owners whose closers are proven to ascend the most buyers from hot dog to high ticket, which means more high ticket commissions flowing to you without ever getting on a sales call ever. And we only share this curated list with H2H Academy members. And bonus number eight, this is an extra membership, the two for one. And this is huge. It’s an additional H2H Academy membership included for free. Do this with anyone you want. Your spouse, your friend, your sibling. When you split the investment, it literally cuts the price in half. These are all the bonuses that you get for free when you join today. And guys, this is limited to the first 50 only. So if you’re thinking, “If only this was half the price.” Well, now it is. Split it with someone, redeem your $500 cash back, and the out-ofpocket per person is less than getting your car repaired. Plus, you can spread that out using financing. We’re talking potentially $30 to $40 a month per person. That cost of a pizza delivery to build an automated income stream. So, type no-brainer in the chat if this is starting to feel like an obvious decision. Nobrainer. Nobrainer. Nobrainer. Let’s go. And guys, we’re not even done yet. All right. Now, let’s jump into some Q&A. These are the most common questions people have. And this is a question I get all the time. How much time do I need to do this? Guys, this used to be five hours a day. But now, thanks to AI, it’s less than an hour a day. 15 minutes to launch your first H2 campaign. As you just saw in the demo, our AI takes away 95% of the work. Remember, Jed and Nancy have six kids. They’re running a farm. They make $12,000 a month. The average person spends 2.5 hours a day scrolling on social media. What if you redirected 30 minutes of that into building an income stream? A lot of people also ask, “How soon can I get into profit?” Now, first, right off the bat, I can’t make any guarantees, and I don’t even make guarantees about you will make money. That’s really up to you. However, what I can say and promise and guarantee is that the program is structured to get you profitable as fast as humanly possible using the three keys: find, build, traffic. And that’s why we implement things like coaching five days a week to help you move forward as quickly as you can. So, as long as you just follow the course, you’ll actually have your first campaign launched in seven days or less. Remember the math I showed you? One video a day, 1,000 views each, 30 days, and you’re looking at real income even at below average conversion rate. Another question I get a lot of the times is, do I have to show my faith? And the answer is no. I showed you live in the key number three demo. Faceless content is not only possible, it’s one of the most popular approaches right now. Some of our most successful students have never shown their face or used their real name. Nobody in their life knows they do this. And you can create a completely anonymous brand. Post faceless videos with text overlays and stock footage and make real money while maintaining complete privacy. What if I get stuck and need help? Well, we give you 5 days a week of coaching calls. You have a private community. You have a support widget in your dashboard. You’re never alone. So again guys, you get 5 days a week coaching calls, private community, support widget inside of your dashboard, and you’re never alone. Tall home was ready to quit in week two, got on one coaching call, one 20-minute conversation changed his hook structure. His next video got 14,000 views, and his first two sales came in the next day. He also got another video to get 400,000 views just a week later. What kind of experience or special skills do I need? And this is the best part, guys. None. The H2 AI handles the heavy lifting. You saw in all three live demos, I click buttons, that’s it. The one thing you have to bring is just the willingness to stick with something. Another question I get is, I’m a tech dinosaur. How techy is this really? Well, you watch the live demos. I click the button. They built everything. If you can use a smartphone, you can use this. If everyone does this, won’t it get saturated? Guys, the digital products market is a $300 billion industry. Saturating it is like trying to empty the ocean with a teaspoon. How do I know this is legit? Well, guys, don’t hear from me. Just look at all of the reviews we’ve gotten. You can’t fake hundreds of testimonials, hundreds of reviews from paying customers. Forbes featured me. I’ve spoken on stages. I’ve been interviewed on TV, been on Entrepreneur, and been on Time Square. All thanks to what we’ve been able to do here. And here’s even more, guys, and I could keep going on and on and on. Another question that I always get is, “Money is too tight for me. What should I do?” I walked you through this during the checkout walkthrough, but let me say it again because this is very important. We have the payment plan. You can split this with a friend. Uh, I also get this a lot. Now is not a good time. Can I join later? Absolutely, you can join later, but just so you know, it’ll be $6,000 and there’ll be no bonuses and no H2 AI access. And when is it ever the perfect time? If you really think about it, like I talked about early on in this training, like we’re not getting more time. We’re not being less stressed. We have to make it the right time to change literally our experience. And here’s the vehicle to do it. Robert told me the same thing. It wasn’t the right time. And 4 months later, he had $4,000 a month coming in outside his job. And he didn’t care about the crazy at work anymore. The timing was never going to be perfect. He just started. All right, guys. Now, let’s get one of our students in here. Give me just a second while I pull him up. All right, cool. All right, here we go. All right, everybody. As I promised, Mr. Adra is on the call live with us today. How you doing, my man? It’s good to see you. Doing great, man. Thanks for having me. Yeah, right on. Well, can you just tell the audience a little bit about your background? Yeah, 100%. Um, come from normal normal family, normal upbringing. You know, my dad was a taxi driver. Mom just used to so close from home. Uh I’m from a small town in in the UK called Manchester. A lot of people are familiar with it through the football team Manchester United. I tried everything at that time. Um you know coming leading up to this I did try like you know drop shipping. Uh I remember doing FBA, private label, Amazon FBA private label stuff. Uh bit of you know trading um tried quite a bit of that stuff. Actually lost a lot of money. Um network marketing. Did it all. But then I ended up here. And you know what? This was like the the breakthrough and the most sustainable thing I did. The most sustainable most was essentially what changed my life. Incredible, man. Thank you so much for sharing. And can you tell us like what kind of results you’ve seen with this model? I know you crashed and burned and some other models. I did as well. That’s why I love this so much. Can you just kind of let people know like what you did two years back then what did you do this last year and what do you think you’re on track to do this year? 2024 we did 250k. At 2025 we did $550,000. And this year we’re like on track it’s going to be a lot more than 550k. I think we’re on track to do a million dollars. Like that’s my goal I’m aiming for. But I think still even if get 750 I’m going to be happy to come in 250 or to 550 and on track for that million dollar year. That’s epic dude. I’m so proud of you, man. That’s that’s insane. And it’s got to feel good. Especially you’re a young dad. You know you’re bringing a young one into the world. I mean it’s got to allow you to be a lot more present with your family knowing like you got your stuff taken care of. like you’re bringing home that bread, baby, guaranteed. 100%. It’s a it’s generally a good feeling. It’s almost like I hate to use the word, but almost like passive, you know? It’s kind of like it’s kind of like passive income because you create the products once and they’re up there now. And so at least what it’s done for me cuz I’ve been in all these other models, you know, like selling services and stuff like that. And what they didn’t give me was like freedom, but this model, it gives you freedom. So that’s the thing. I and I I need that, you know, with my son being first time dad. It’s wonderful, you know, having that time, having that freedom. I love it, man. And so, you know, what do you think made this model different than what you had done before online because you still had some success. Can you speak, you know, you’re talking about building out products, you know, having to supply the service, having to build a sales team, like what what makes this actually different? Brother, you know, one of the key things that I learned from you was um the importance of like having a high ticket, you know, selling premium offers. And the good thing about what we have like what you’ve got here is that here sell the high ticket without actually having to do the selling yourself. So, this is something I always struggled with like selling premium offers cuz I was like like what do I create? How do I sell it? I don’t like taking phone calls and stuff. I like to be the guy in the background. I’m not what you want your freedom. You know, you don’t want to be on the phone calls all the time. Um, and so that was the best thing about this, being able to sell premium offers without actually having to sell it myself. And that’s literally if you ask me what changed is that’s what changed because one thing I’ve learned in business now is like who like whoever can spend the most customer always wins. And the only way you can spend the most acquire a customer is having a high lifetime value. Ring is your customer being worth more money to you than your competitors. And the only way you can do that by having a premium offer by selling high ticket. But if you anything anyone anything like me, you don’t want to get on sales calls. You don’t want to create a $5,000 offer. Take the responsibility of dealing with those clients yourself. And so then when you give someone like me a system like this that is all hands off done for you. That’s obviously going to be life-changing, you know. Absolutely, man. That’s so powerful. And for some of the people that are on this call right now live with us that are a bit on the fence and are thinking like this is kind of starting to make sense like I want to do it. I’ve been burned in the past. I want to make this online thing work. Like what would you say to someone that’s like kind of on the fence right now? I just um one of the reasons a lot of people stay on the fence is because there’s so many options on the internet, you know. I would just say take it from me. I tried it all. Whatever you think looks good right now like drop shipping or the Shopify. When I say I tried it, I didn’t just like dabble with it, you know. I gave everything six to 12 months at a time. Spent a whole lot money and this right here like this like first year doing this boom like started to change. And that’s number one thing. Number two thing is this though, the time we are in right now, the growth in AI, the opportunity we have access to today, the speed you can create products, the speed you can get traffic, the speed you can build an audience, it’s unbelievable. It’s second to none. And the thing is is the opportunity is still growing. People are still learning about it. people are still not fully tapped into it. Um I just feel like the opportunity is so ripe right now and I just feel like if you were to miss out on it um you know you would you would regret it and I think that’s the biggest pain in this life like have a regret. You don’t want to let this time pass you by a lot of millionaires are going to in this you know coming years and you know you either stand on the right side or on on you know the side of regret. Yeah absolutely you want to be on the right side of history when now we have AI to like really go and power this thing. We talked about earlier in the call like guys, this is the opportunity of a freaking lifetime. Like, do not sleep on this. Like, we’re not going to see anything like this ever again in our life. It’s gonna be nuts. 100%. Well, hey brother, I know you got a lot going on. I know it’s late in your side of the world, so I I appreciate you hopping on and and chatting with us. Um, you know, I know the people Do you guys love this, by the way? Like, let me know in the chat. Do you guys love hearing from this guy? Yeah, we’re seeing it, man. Like, thank you so much. Um, really appreciate you being here. And, uh, we’ll see you inside of the community. I appreciate it. Till soon. All right, cheers. All right, guys. I’m going to wrap this up. I’ve shown you the numbers. I’ve shown you the method. I’ve shown you the AI building everything live, not once, but three separate times at each key. You watch the offer finder select a proven winner in 3 seconds. You watch AI build a landing page and website in under a minute. And you watch the content radar create faceless viral content at the click of a button. I’ve shown you the proof. Not two or three people, but hundreds. I’ve answered every question I could think of. I’ve removed the risk with a full six-month guarantee. But none of this matters if you don’t see yourself in this. So, I want to take you back to the very beginning. I asked you to type what you do if you hit your income goal. Some of you said pay off your mortgage. Some of you said travel. Some of you said retire their parent. Some just said get out of debt. I want you to picture that thing one more time. Not a fantasy, not as someday, but picture it as something that’s actually happening. Because the distance between where you are right now and that thing you’ve typed in the chat is not as far away as you think. Remember that picture I showed you at the beginning, me in Patagonia completely off the grid climbing with my best friend while my business grew without me. That’s not a fantasy. That was just a Tuesday. And remember what I told you at the very beginning. The biggest lie in online business is that you need to build everything yourself. You don’t. You never did. The DIY trap told you that you had to build everything yourself. the product, the funnel, the content, the sales teams, all of it. But today, I showed you three times live that you don’t you just plug in. Everything I’ve shown you today was designed to make one thing clear. The most successful people in this space don’t do it themselves. They plug into systems that are already winning. And that’s exactly what’s waiting for you. The offers are proven. The H2H AI is built. You watch it work three times. The sales team is standing by. The community is active. The coaching is live 5 days a week. You can do it all completely faceless. Everything is already in place. The only thing missing is you. Every person you saw today was sitting exactly where you’re sitting, watching something like this, wondering if it was real. And they made the decision. Nathan made a decision and now he collects $28,000 a month. Tonnie made a decision and now she works from home with her family. And Jed and Nancy made the decision and now they earn $12,000 a month while raising six kids on a farm. I made a decision and because of that decision, I sat next to my mother, held her hand and told her she’d never have to work another day in her life. The method is proven. The AI tools are built. The offers are ready. The support is there. The guarantee removes every ounce of risk. The only thing left in this entire equation is you. I will stay on for a few more minutes to get any last minute questions answered, but the spots are going and I can see them filling up in real time. So, type I’m joining in the chat if you’re heading to the page right now. Let’s see it guys. Come on now. I’m joining. I’m joining. There we go. There we go. I’m joining. Let’s build this thing together because a year from now, you’re going to look back at this exact moment and you’re either going to thank yourself for finally taking action or you’re going to wish that you had. So make today the day that you choose yourself. My name is Chance and on behalf of our entire H2H AI owners team, thank you for spending this time with me today. We don’t take it for granted. Your free gift that I promise you will be in your inbox within the next hour or so. So keep an eye out for it. I really look forward to seeing you guys on the other side. So, go ahead, get in there and let’s rock and roll. Let’s go. Let’s go. Let’s go. All right, guys. Take care.